6 Eee Flip Book

SRI RAMAKRISHNA ENGINEERING COLLEGE
[Educational Service : SNR Sons Charitable Trust]

[Autonomous Institution, Reaccredited by NAAC with 'A+' Grade]
[Approved by AICTE and Permanently Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai]
[ISO 9001:2015 Certified and all eligible programmes Accredited by NBA]
Vattamalaipalayam, N.G.G.O. Colony Post, Coimbatore-641022
UG REVISED REGULATIONS 2020 (V1.0)

Outcome based Learning through choice based credit system
(For students admitted from 2021-2022 and onwards)
Curriculum and Syllabus
www.srec.ac.in
Information on the minimum number of credits to be earned for the successful completion of B.E.. /
B.Tech. programmes for
† Regular candidates (4 years) : 162 credits
† Lateral Entry candidates (3 years) : 120 credits
Chairperson Academic Council/Principal
2 B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

CONTENTS
S.No Contents Page No.
I HIGHLIGHTS OF THE CURRICULUM 5

II VISION AND MISSION OF THE INSTITUTION 6
III REGULATIONS 2020 7
IV PROGRAM OUTCOMES 29
V CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS 33
• HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES (HS) 45
• BASIC SCIENCES (BS) 83
• ENGINEERING SCIENCES (ES) 179
• OPEN ELECTIVES (OE) 281
• ONE CREDIT COURSES 335
• UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES AND PROFESSIONAL
ETHICS COURSES 393
• MANDATORY COURSES 405
VI DEPARTMENT VISION, MISSION, PEOs AND PSOs 425
VII CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS 427
• PROFESSIONAL CORE COURSES 429
CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS 3

SRI RAMAKRISHNA ENGINEERING COLLEGE
[Educational Service : SNR Sons Charitable Trust]
[Autonomous Institution, Reaccredited by NAAC with 'A+' Grade]
[Approved by AICTE and Permanently Affiliated to AnnaUniversity, Chennai]
[ISO 9001:2015 Certified and all eligible programmes Accredited by NBA]
Vattamalaipalayam, N.G.G.O. Colony Post, Coimbatore-641022
Sri Ramakrishna Engineering College was established in the year 1994 by SNR Sons Charitable
Trust. It is an Autonomous Institution since 2007 and accredited by NAAC with 'A' Grade. The
Institution offers 10 Undergraduate Programs and 7 Post Graduate Programs in Engineering and
Technology along with MBA. All eligible Programs have been accredited and reaccredited by the
NBA, New Delhi.
HIGHLIGHTS OF THE CURRICULUM
• Outcome based education with Student centric learning through Choice Based Credit System
• Industry driven learning with multi disciplinary approach
• Project-based learning
• Competency enhancement courses including on-line learning
• Collaborations with Premier Institutions-National and International
• Certification courses in foreign languages
• One credit courses offered by Industries and Research establishments
• Employability enhancement courses focusing on placements
• Industry Internship opportunities
• Inculcates Innovation, startup culture and Entrepreneurship development
• Syllabi development based on emerging technologies
• Active learning methods
• Assessment based on student learning levels
• Periodic programme outcome review within the broad framework of agreed expected
graduate attributes

VISION AND MISSION OF THE INSTITUTION
VISION
To develop into a leading word class Technological University consisting of Schools of Excellence
in various disciplines; with a co-existent Centre for Engineering Solutions Development for
worldwide clientele.
MISSION
To provide all necessary inputs to the students for them to grow into knowledge engineers and
scientists attaining.
Excellence in domain knowledge, practice and theory
Excellence in co-curricular and Extra-curricular talents
Excellence in character and personality

SRI RAMAKRISHNA ENGINEERING COLLEGE, COIMBATORE - 641 022
(An Autonomous Institution, Permanently Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai)
REVISED REGULATIONS 2020 (V1.0)

Outcome based learning through choice based credit system
For all B.E.. / B.Tech. Full-Time Programmes
(For the students admitted to B.E.. / B.Tech. Programmes from the Academic year 2021-2022 and onwards)
PREAMBLE
Sri Ramakrishna Engineering College with a focused vision and mission of imparting quality technical education in
domain knowledge, both theory and practice is gearing up for several initiatives towards academic excellence and
quality improvement. In view of this the Outcome based Education through Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) is
being introduced from the Academic year 2021-2022, to strengthen interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary
approach with advances in learner-centric programmes and life- long learning opportunities with enriched and
flexible contents. The industry interaction initiative provides a meaningful linkage between the challenging
professional world and the academia. The programmes are designed with science, applied science and technology
components along with liberal arts forthe graduates of the various programmes to function efficiently and
effectively in the technological society.
The proposed academic structure under the Outcome based education through Choice Based Credit System shall
make innovations possible preparing the students to work as a team and face the professional challenges through
learning additional courses as specialization /minor courses. The proposed systems creates ample environment for
self learning, innovation leading to a startup culture and Entrepreneurship development which is supported by the
institution.
SCOPE
The regulations provided herein shall apply to all Regular, Professional and General Undergraduate (UG)
programmes offered in SREC.
These regulations are quite comprehensive and include definitions of key terms, critical concepts, mechanics of
calculations, role of various boards and committees and the evaluation system.
1. PRELIMINARY DEFINITIONS AND NOMENCLATURE
In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise specifies:
1. "Programme" means under graduate degree programme.i.e., B.E.. / B.Tech. Degree Programme.
2. "Specialization" means discipline of B.E.. / B.Tech. Degree Programme, like Mechanical Engineering,
Information Technology, etc.,
3. "Course" means a Theory / Integrated or Practical course that is normally studied in a semester, like
Engineering Graphics, Fundamentals of Computing and Programming, etc.,
4. "Head of the Institution" means the Principal of the College /Institution
5 "Head of the Department" means Head of the Department concerned.
6. "University" means affiliating University, currently, ANNA UNIVERSITY, CHENNAI
2. ADMISSION CRITERIA
The Admission Criteria for all Programmes will be as per the norms of the Directorate of Technical Education and
the Affiliating University.

Lateral Entry Candidates
i. The candidates who possess the Diploma in Engineering / Technology awarded by the State Board of Technical
Education, Tamil Nadu or its equivalent are eligible to apply for admission to the third semester of B.E.. /
B.Tech. Programme corresponding to the branch of study.
(OR)
ii. The candidates who possess the Degree in Science (B.Sc.) (10+2+3 stream) with mathematics as a course at the
B.Sc. level are eligible to apply for admission to the third semester of B.E.. / B.Tech. Such candidates shall
undergo two additional engineering courses in the third or fifth and fourth or sixth semesters respectively as
prescribed by the respective Chairman of Board of Studies.
3. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME
The four academic years will be divided into eight semesters with two semesters per academic year. Each semester
shall normally consist of 90 working days including examination days.
Degree Stipulated number of Semesters Permitted number of Semesters

B.E./B.Tech (Regular) 8 14
B.E./B.Tech (Lateral) 6 12
The permitted number of Semesters can be increased on a case to case basis subject to the approval of the Academic
Council and the affiliating university.
The total period for completing the programme is reckoned from the commencement of the first Semester of the
programme to which the candidate is admitted and it shall not exceed the maximum period specified irrespective of
the period in break of study in order that he/she may be eligible for the award of the degree
The ongoing degree programmes in Bachelor of Engineering / Technology are given below:-
B.E. Civil Engineering
B.E. Mechanical Engineering
B.E. Electrical and Electronics Engineering
B.E. Electronics and Communication Engineering
B.E. Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
B.E. Computer Science and Engineering
B.E. Biomedical Engineering
B.E. Aeronautical Engineering
B.E. Robotics and Automation
B. Tech Information Technology
B. Tech Artificial Intelligence and Data Science
M. Tech Computer Science and Engineering (5 years Integrated)
4. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMMES
The Curriculum and Syllabi under Regulations 2020 are implemented based on the recommendations of Model
Curriculum by AICTE, New Delhi and UGC, New Delhi with a view of achieving excellence in the quality of
education by keeping the requirements of enhancing the employability Skill and producing well-rounded engineers
for the benefit of Industry, Society and Nation as a whole.

The outcome based learning through CBCS enables the students to earn credits across programmes and provides
flexibility for slow and fast learners in registering the required number of credits in a semester. The CBCS facilitates
the transfer of credits earned in different departments / Centers of other recognized / accredited universities or
institutions of higher education in India and abroad either by studying directly or by online method.
The curriculum of every programme is designed with a minimum number of credits to be earned, to be eligible for
the award to degree is 162 (120 for lateral entry).
5. CATEGORIZATION OF COURSES
Every B.E../B.Tech. Programme will have a curriculum with syllabi consisting of theory and practical courses that
shall be categorized as follows:
Category of Course D Description Credits

Humanities and Social Sciences C o u r s e s i n c l u d e Te c h n i c a l E n g l i s h ,
including Management courses [HSMC] Employability Skills, Engineering Ethics and
Human Values, Communication skills and 9-11
Management courses
Basic Science courses [BSC] Courses include Chemistry, Physics, Biology and
Mathematics 23-25
Engineering Science courses including Courses include Workshop, Drawing, Basics of

workshop drawing, basics of electrical Electrical / Electronics / Mechanical / Civil / 25-27
/mechanical/ computer etc [ESC] Computer / Instrumentation Engineering
Professional core courses [PCC] Courses include the core courses relevant to the
chosen programme of study 57
Professional Elective courses relevant to Courses include. elective courses relevant to the
18
chosen specialization/branch [PEC] chosen programme of study.
Open subjects - Electives from other Courses include inter-disciplinary courses which
technical and /or emerging subjects are offered in other Engineering/ Technology 09
[OPC] Programme of study
Project work, seminar and internship in Courses include the courses such as Project,
industry or elsewhere/Skill Development Seminar and Inplant training / Internship for 15
Courses (SDC) / [EEC] improving Employability Skills
Mandatory Courses [MC] Courses include Personality and Character
development and the courses recommended by
Non-Credited
the regulatory bodies such as AICTE, UGC, etc.
162
• Curriculum of a semester shall normally have a blend of 5 or 6 lecture courses and laboratory courses.
• Employability Enhancement Course(s) may also be included. Credit will be assigned to each course.
• However, the total number of courses per semester shall not exceed 8/9 (including EEC).
• The medium of instruction is English for all courses.

Each course is assigned certain number of credits based on the following:
Contact period per week Credits

1 Lecture Period 1
1 Tutorial Period 1
2/3 Practical Periods 1
(Laboratory / Seminar / Project Work / etc.) 1-8
6. INDUCTION PROGRAMME
• All students shall undergo induction program in the first semester for duration as per the guidelines of All India
Council for Technical Education (AICTE).
• All student have to attend and complete the induction programme.
• A student who does not complete the induction programme in the first semester shall do the same in the when
offered next.
7. COURSE ENROLLMENT AND REGISTRATION
• Each student, on admission shall be assigned to a student faculty advisor who shall advice and counsel the
student about the details of the academic programme and the choice of courses considering the students'
academic background and career objectives
• Every student shall enroll for the course of the succeeding semester in the current semester. However, the
student shall confirm the enrollment by registering for the courses with in the first five working days after the
commencement of the concerned semester.
• No course shall be offered by a Department unless a minimum of 15 students register for that course.
• After registering for a course, a student shall attend the classes, satisfy the attendance requirements for that
course, earn Continuous Assessment Marks and appear for the Semester end examinations.
• Each student on admission shall register for all the courses prescribed in the curriculum in the student's First
Semester of study.
• The enrollment for the courses of the semesters 2 to 8 will commence 10 working days prior to the last working
day of the preceding semester. The student shall enroll for the courses with the guidance of the student's Faculty
Advisor.
• The curriculum for any semester except for final semester will normally carry credits between 21 and 25.
8. DIRECT SELF STUDY ELECTIVE COURSES
• All B.E.. / B.Tech. degree programme candidates who have earned a CGPA of 7.50 and above up and who have
no standing arrears will be eligible to take one elective course as Self Study course, which may be either an
Open Elective or a Professional Elective by getting prior approval from the HoD who will nominate a faculty
for the periodic monitoring and continuous evaluation of the course.
• The candidate has to register with the office of the Controller of Examinations through the Academic
Coordinator & Head of the Department with in the first 15 working days of the respective semesters.

• The grade for the course will be based on the continuous assessment by the mentor and the performance of the
candidate in the semester end examinations.
• The candidate is also permitted to study a course / a topic of candidate choice.
• The syllabus for such course which is not part of any of the curricula of the programmes offered in the
Institution - but are courses from Emerging Technologies will be considered
• The Mode of assessments for such courses shall be approved by the Programme Assessment Committee and
forwarded to the Chair Person, Academic Council for the formal approval of the course by the academic
bodies.
9. OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES
• Open Elective courses include the elective courses relevant to the chosen discipline which a candidate can
choose from the curriculum of other B.E../B.Tech. programmes and elective courses offered by the
Departments under the faculty of Science and Humanities.
• Open elective courses generally will not require any pre-requisite course of that programme
Please note the following when selecting your open elective/s:
• Some open elective courses may not be appropriate as an open course for a particular degree program.
Example: Business Degree courses are not considered open for students in a business degree program.
• Some open elective courses may not be offered in the current academic semester or year.
• Some open elective courses may reach capacity early and therefore space may not be available for all interested
students.
• Therefore, students who enroll early are most likely to get their choice.
• Students are responsible for ensuring that they successfully complete all courses as required by the program
design, in order to graduate.
10. GLOBAL INITIATIVE OF ACADEMIC NETWORKS (GIAN)
• Two weeks / Ten days courses offered under the Global Initiative of Academic Networks (GIAN) program of
MHRD conducted at premier institutes can be considered instead of one elective course.
11. ONE CREDIT COURSES
• Candidates can also opt for one credit industry oriented courses of 15 to 20 hours duration, which will be
offered by experts from industry/ other institution/our faculty on specialized topics.
• Candidates can complete such one credit courses during the semesters 3 to 7 as and when these courses are
offered by different departments.
• A candidate will also be permitted to register for the one credit courses of other departments provided the
candidate has fulfilled the necessary pre-requisites (if any required) of the course being offered subject to
approval by both the Heads of the Departments.

• If a candidate wants to avail exemption of electives, he/she can do so by exercising his/her option in writing to
the respective Head of the Department during the beginning of the semester. The equivalent norms will be that
one elective is equivalent to three one credit courses successfully completed by the candidate.
• One credit courses will be evaluated by the course instructor / department faculty concerned. A total of 100
marks will be assessed by continuous assessment only; of which 75% weightage will be for final test to be
scheduled by the course instructor / department faculty concerned.
• The Head of the Department may identify a faculty member as coordinator for the course. A committee
consisting of the Head of the Department, faculty handling the course (if available), coordinator and a senior
faculty member nominated by the Head of the Department shall monitor the evaluation process.
• The marks will be awarded to the candidate by the above committee based on their performance.
• The grades earnedby the candidates for the one credit courses which is not opted for conversion into an
elective(s), will not be included in the computation of CGPA.
12. INDUSTRIAL TRAINING/ INTERNSHIP
• If Industrial Training is not prescribed in the curriculum, the student may undergo Industrial Training
optionally and the credits earned will be indicated in the Grade Sheet
• In case of Internship the training needs to be undergone continuously from one organization only.
• The student is allowed to undergo a maximum of 6 weeks Industrial Training for Internship during the entire
duration of study.
• At the end of the Internship training the candidate should submit the report and certificate from the
organization where he / she underwent the training.
• Evaluation of the Industrial/Internship training will be done based on the report and Viva-Voce examination
conducted internally by a department committee constituted by the Head of the department.
• The college shall monitor the student internship program. The internship report of each student shall be
submitted to the Head of the Department of the college with the approval of the Guide.
Duration of Training Credits

2/3 Weeks 1
6 Weeks 2
13. TRANSFER OF CREDITS THROUGH ONLINE COURSES

Within the broad frame work of the SREC learning outcome based curriculum frame work through choice based
credit system Regulations 2020, and on the recommendation of the concerned Chair Person of the Board of studies
and the Chair person of the Academic Council, students may be permitted to earn part of the credit requirements for
professional and open elective courses from other approved Institutes of repute and status in the country /abroad or
online learning courses of SWAYAM* platform under UGC during their period of study(*Credit Frame work for
online learning courses through SWAYAM Regulation 2016).
The Credits earned by such credit transferred courses shall be for Professional and Open electives courses only.

THE GUIDELINES FOR THE TRANSFER OF CREDITS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
• The Online Course shall be a credited course which is taught for at least one semester as a part of a subject.
• Students with consistent academic performance (having a CGPA of 8.0 or above and no arrear) can opt for
credit transfer courses through online mode of learning with recommendation of the Chairperson of the Board
of studies and the approval of the Chair Person of Academic Council.
• The Board of studies of the concerned department shall evaluate the credit transfer course with respect to the
course contents, number of contact hours, course evaluation system, and approval or acceptance letter from the
other institutions/Online courses and decide the Equivalent Elective Course(s) in their respective department
curriculum and the number of Equivalent Credits the student earns for the course
• The Chair person of the Board of studies shall also evolve a method for calculating the Equivalent Grades for
the credit transferred courses as per the SREC Autonomous Regulations 2020 by taking into account the course
evaluation system followed in the other institution/Online course platform.
• The Chair person of the Board of studies shall issue a Credit Transfer Certificate mentioning in it the details of
Equivalent Courses, corresponding Credits and Equivalent Grades for the credit transferred courses. The
complete details will then be forwarded to the Chairperson Academic Council for approval.
• Credits and the Grades earned by the student under this Credits Transfer scheme will be reflected in the
corresponding Semester Grade Card and Consolidated Grade Card issued by institution by entering the
Equivalent Grades for the credit transferred courses.
• Evaluation of online course as per the absolute grading norms is as given below:
Marks Letter Grade Grade Point

90-100 O 10
75-89 A+ 9
60-74 A 8
50-59 B+ 7
40-49 B 6
14. B.E./B.TECH WITH HONOURS/ DEGREE WITH A MINOR
• All branches of Engineering and Technology shall offer Elective Courses in the EMERGING AREAS like
Artificial Intelligence (AI), Internet of Things (IoT), Blockchain, Robotics, Quantum Computing, Data
Sciences, Cyber Security, 3D Printing and Design, Augmented Reality/ Virtual Reality (AR/VR).
• Under Graduate Degree programme in EMERGING AREAS shall be allowed as specialization from the same
Department.
• Minor specialization in EMERGING AREAS in Under Graduate Degree programme may be allowed, where a
student is from another Department.
• The students eligibility for taking up specialization/Minor degree courses will be the same as that of Directed
Self study (as in S.N.8) as prescribed in the Revised Regulation Handbook 2020.

• The Additional Number of Credits to be earned for the award of specialization/Minor degree is 20 credits over
and above the credits required for the award of Undergraduate degree as suggested in the Model Curriculum.
These credits earned for specialization/Minor degree cannot be transferred for the academic credits to be
earned for the award of degree.
• The candidate will be permitted to take up specialization/minor degree courses from the IV/V semester
onwards. The eligibility criteria will be the (N-1)th semester performance.
• The same candidate will be permitted to undertake both specialization and minor degree courses if the
candidate is able to earn the required number of credits for the award of the same.
• The course requirements for specialization/Minor degree are to be completed before the commencement of the
final semester of study.
S. Under Graduate Engineering Name of the Specialization / Permitted to

No Programme Minor Degree Offer
1 Mechanical Engineering Robotics Specialization
2 Electrical & Electronics Engineering Electric Vehicles Specialization
3 Electronics & Communication Internet of Specialization /
Engineering Things (IoT) Minor
4 Electronics & Instrumentation Sensors Technology Specialization /
Engineering Minor
Artificial Intelligence and Specialization /
Machine Learning Minor
5 Computer Science & Engineering Cyber Security Specialization
Data Science Minor
Virtual & Augmented Reality Specialization
6 Civil Engineering Green Technology and Specialization
Sustainability cEngineering
15. GAP YEAR -CONCEPT OF STUDENT ENTREPRENEURSHIP
• The committee with the Principal as the chairman, an external member (preferably from industry), two internal
members and respective HODs as the member secretary will evaluate the students who are involved in
entrepreneurship activities
• The committee is vested with the power to ascertain the modalities and parameters to recognize a specific
student as "Outstanding" for granting gap period for the purpose of pursuing entrepreneurship (or) working on
"Startup Idea" at the college level
• First class with distinction will be awarded to those students who availed themselves of gap year facility to
pursue entrepreneurship subject to fulfillment of all conditions stipulated in academic regulations for the
award of first class with distinction.
• Candidates can pursue entrepreneurship during their programme of study with a break of one year
• The gap year facility is given to ensure syllabus continuity at the time of joining back and after an appraisal
process by an incubator where the student is attached.

• Student entrepreneurs working on a start-up idea during gap year of the college may be permitted to convert
their start-up project as their final year project towards degree completion
• A GAP year is permitted to the students to take a year break to work on their start-ups and resume academics to
complete the course.
• The GAP year ranges from 8 months to a maximum of period of one year.
• The student who is interested to avail for GAP year, shall apply the same after the publication of the results of
IV/VI semester.
Eligibility Criteria:
• The student applying for GAP year should have secured a first class
• The student must have participated / won prizes in the national level contests organized by Govt. agencies such
as UGC, AICTE, MHRD, DRDO, etc.,/ leading corporates / Institution of Eminence (IITs/IIM/ IISC/NITs,
etc.,) Institutional seed funding for Proof of Concept (PoC) setup.
• The student must submit a basic PoC with a minimal validation along with his application.
• A review committee will be constituted comprising of Principal - Convenor, HOD of the Student Department,
Internal Members from SREC CoIN, NISP and EDC.
• The decision will be taken by the committee as per the rubrics tabulated below
MHRD IIC/EDC
Hackathons (Max.25) Funding (Max.10)
(Max.25)
Phase Points Phase Points Phase Points
Won 10 Won 5 Applied 2
Final Round 10 Participation 5

Ideation (In -house
Participation 5 5 Fund received 8
through MHRD -IIC)
B-Plan 10
• Monthly Review will be conducted for the first six months. For the next six months, review will be conducted
once in 45 working days.
• At the end of the Gap Year the student must have converted his/her idea into a new product and ensure the
validity for Commercialization/Technology Transfer.
• The student can be allowed to avail Gap Year in the Third/Fourth year of his/her study.
• If III Year is availed as Gap Year by the student, he/she may be permitted to sit with the juniors to study the Third
Year Courses and take the Final Year (Fourth Year) courses as Self - Study.
• If IV Year is availed, he/she may be permitted to complete the Fourth Year Courses as Self - Study during the III
Year itself.
• First class with distinction will be awarded to those students (if eligible) who availed themselves of gap year
facility to pursue entrepreneurship subject to fulfillment of all conditions stipulated in academic regulations.
• The student entrepreneurs working on a start-up idea during gap year of the college may be permitted to
convert their start-up project as their final year project towards degree completion.

16. LIVE-IN-LAB
• It is an experiential learning programme for the students to understand the problems of the population living in
villages and to identify projects to address the problems, develop solutions, put into practice, assess results and
ultimately reveal innovative multidisciplinary solutions for the betterment of rural people and rural economy.
• The interested students shall go to the village adopted by the institution from the second year onwards, and they
have to stay at least for two weeks continuously in that village.
• During the stay, they can interact with the village population and identify the problem. Further, they have to
provide a solution to the problems identified at the end of the period of study to consider the same as an
internship.
• COIN and Head of the department should ensure that all the necessary arrangements are made in this regard.
• At the end of the study, the students have to submit a report as a group consisting of maximum of 6 members to
the department about the visit which includes the date of visit, questionnaires prepared for the identification of
problem, justification and the suggestions/solutions given for the identified problem. Photo proof is essential
for all activities.
• The report will be evaluated by a committee constituted by the controller with the approval of the Principal as
per the procedure formulated for the evaluation of the project.
• All such projects will be considered as Internship.
ASSESSMENT FOR LIVE - IN - LAB
Review I
Assessment Marks
Workshop (Group Participation) -Training 15
Village Visit- Reports 15
Problem Identification and Ideation 35
Poster Presentation 10
Paper Submission review/Report 25
Total 100
Review II
Assessment Marks
Proposed Implementation with COIN - SREC Presentation 10
Proposal Submission + Review 10
Prototype Design 20
Implementation 35
Final Report and Proof of Concept 25
Research Paper Publications/ Product 10
Total 100 + 10

17. STUDENT EXCHANGE SCHEME IN APPROVED FOREIGN UNIVERSITIES
• Students who complete a part of the academic programme either one or two semesters under the student
exchange scheme in approved foreign Universities, the transfer of credits of equivalent courses completed by
them in the foreign university will be approved;
• The remaining courses of the respective semester(s) which they have not studied in the respective regulation,
they shall register for those courses within the next two or subsequent semesters on a self-study basis.
• Such an appearance of the student in those courses will be treated as first appearance for the purpose of
classification
18. REAPPEARANCE REGISTRATION
• The maximum number of credits the candidate can register in particular semester cannot exceed 36 credits
excluding laboratory courses.
• Choice of reappearance course in registration will be permitted only for candidates who have more than 36
credits excluding practical courses in the current semester of study. A candidate who has to register for less than
36 credits excluding practical courses during the current semester of study shall appear for all courses.
• If a candidate who fails to secure a pass/ is absent for the end semester examination in a theory course (except
electives), the student shall do reappearance registration for that course in the subsequent semester/when
offered next.
• If a candidate is prevented from writing end semester examination of a course due to lack of attendance the
candidate has to register for the course again in the subsequent semester/when offered next, attend the classes
and fulfill the attendance requirements and earn continuous assessment marks
• If the course, in which the student has failed/prevented from writing end semester examination due to lack of
attendance, is a professional elective or an open elective, the student may be permitted to do reappearance
registration for that course in the subsequent semester. (OR) Register for any other professional elective or
open elective course in the subsequent semesters, attend the classes and fulfill the attendance and continuous
assessment requirements.
• A student who after having earned necessary attendance, has failed in any other course like Laboratory Course,
In plant Training, Internship with Continuous Assessment and End semester examination components or in
any course carrying only Continuous Assessment marks will register for the examinations when it is conducted
next time and will be solely assessed in the final examinations carrying the entire marks of that course.
• A student who has earned necessary attendance in the course Project work/Mini Project but does not submit the
report on Project work on or before the date specified by the department/college /whose project report is not
accepted for reasons of incompleteness or other serious deficiencies/ could not appear for the semester end
examination on the scheduled date, or failed to secure a pass he/she shall be deemed to have failed in the Project
work and awarded grade RA and will have to register for the same at the beginning of the subsequent semester,
redo and submit the Mini Project/project report at the end of that semester and appear for the final examination,
the Continuous Assessment mark earned afresh.
• A student after registering for a course may withdraw his / her registration between first &second Continuous
assessment Test on valid reasons and complete the registration process if it is duly authorized by the Faculty
Advisor. Total number of credits of such dropping courses cannot exceed 6.

19. ATTENDENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR APPEARING FOR THE SEMESTER END EXAMINATION
OF A COURSE
A candidate who has fulfilled the following conditions shall be deemed to have satisfied the attendance
requirements for the completion of a semester:
• Every candidate is expected to attend all classes and secure 100% attendance.
• Candidates who secure, less than 65% of overall attendance will not be permitted to appear for the End
Semester Examinations. The Candidate shall seek readmission to the same semester in the subsequent
academic year
• A candidate must secure not less than 75% of attendance (after rounding off to the nearest integer) course wise
taking into account the total number of periods required for that course as specified in the curriculum.
• The maximum limit of duty leave exemption to a candidate during a semester shall be limited to 10% of the
required attendance in that course. This duty leave is for representation in University/Inter University/ State /
National/ sports events, Co-Curricular activities, paper and/or project presentation with prior permission from
the head of Institution based on the recommendation of the Head of the Department, provided the progress and
conduct of the candidate is satisfactory.
• If a candidate secures attendance between 65% and 75% in any course in the current semester due to medical
reasons (hospitalization/accident/specific illness) he/she may be given exemption (due to medical reasons
only) to appear for the current semester examinations in that course. Subject to the condition that the candidate
should submit, the medical certificate approved by the Head of the Institution based on there commendation of
the Head of the Department on the day of resuming to college, after availing leave on medical reason.
• Candidates who secures, less than 65% of attendance will not be permitted to appear for the Semester End
Examinations of that course. The candidate has to re register and repeat that course in the subsequent semester/
when offered next.
• Students maintaining a CGPA > 9.00 and SGPA > 9.00 in the latest completed semester can avail a waiver for
attendance in the following semester. Students who avails the attendance waiver will be awarded the marks
based on their performance in an advanced assignment specified by the course coordinator ( in emerging topics
related to the course).
• She/He can appear in all assessments and evaluation components without being marked ineligible due to
attendance-based regulations
• Students participating in National/International events like Hackathon, Innovation contest etc., will be
condoned for 9 instructional days per semester, and in Entrepreneurship related activities a maximum of 18
instructional days per semester.
20. ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES FOR AWARDING MARKS
• All B.E../B.Tech. Programmes consist of Theory Courses, Laboratory Courses, Theory integrated with
laboratory and Employability Enhancement Courses.
• Appearance in Semester End Examination is mandatory for all courses including Theory, Laboratory and
Project work.
• Performance in each course of study shall be evaluated based on
• Continuous assessments throughout the semester
• Semester End Examination at the end of the semester

20.1 MARKS WEIGHTAGE FOR DIFFERENT COURSES:
S.No Category of course Continuous Assessments Semester End Examinations
Marks Marks
1 Theory Courses 40 60
2 Laboratory Courses 60 40
3 Projects Work 60 40
4 Theory cum Laboratory Courses 50 50
5 All Other Courses 100
• The Semester End Examinations for theory courses will be of 3 hours duration and shall normally be conducted
between October and December during the odd semesters and between April and June during the even
semesters.
• Semester End Examination is a mandatory requirement for passing the course having an external component
and every candidate should appear for the examination for theory, laboratory courses and project work.
• In case a student is unable to attend the continuous assessment due to medical reasons (hospitalization /
accident/ specific illness) or due to participation in the College / University / State / National / Sports events
with prior permission from the Head of the Department a Reassessment may be given at the end of the semester
after getting approval from the Head of the Department through the concerned course instructor events with
prior permission from the Head of the Department a Reassessment may be given at the end of the semester after
getting approval from the Head of the Department through the concerned course instructor
20.2 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT FOR THEORY COURSE
Continuous Assessment
Assessment weightage 40%
Duration Weightage
Semester in Exam - I 120 min 12.5 End Semester

Examinations
Semester in Exam - II 120 min 12.5 weightage 60%
Assessment by Course instructor (A1) ----- 5
Assessment by Course instructor (A2) ------ 5
Assessment by Course instructor (A3) ------ 5
20.3 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT FOR LABORATORY COURSES:
Continuous Assessment weightage 60%

Assessment End Semester Practical Examinations40%
Duration Weightage
Pre Examination
Semester in 10
90 min 20 Viva
Exam - I
Exam Exercise 20
Semester in
90 min 20
Exam - II
Record 10
Lab Weekly
----- 10
Exercise
Mini / PLUS Paper Publications 5 marks
Capstone ------ 10
Project

• The Semester End Examinations for Laboratory courses shall normally be conducted between October and
December during the odd semesters and between April and June during the even semesters.
• Every laboratory exercise / experiment should be evaluated based on the candidate's performance during the
laboratory class /examination and the student's records maintained.
20.4 ASSESSMENT FOR THEORY CUM LABORATORY COURSES
Continuous Assessment End semester examination weightage
Component Assessment weightage 50% 50%
Duration Weightage Assessment Weightage
Exam Cycle - I
LAB 90 min 10 Lab Viva 5
Examination
Lab Weekly Exercise 5 Experiment 10
Semester in Exam - I 120 min 12.5
Semester in Exam - II 120min 12.5 End Semester
Assessment by Course Exam
Theory ------ 5 Theory 3 Hrs 35
instructor (A1)
Assessment by Course
instructor (A2)
------- 5
20.5 ASSESSMENT FOR MINI PROJECT / PROJECTWORK

• Project work may be assigned to a single candidate or a group of candidates not exceeding 3 per group.
• There shall be two assessments during the semester by are view committee. The student shall make
presentation on the progress made before the committee.
• The Head of the Department shall constitute a project review committee for each programme.
• The project evaluation shall be carried out by a project committee comprising Head of the Department or
his/her Nominee (Chairperson), Project Coordinator, (Prof/Assoc.Prof) and Project Faculty Guide.
• The project work assessment shall be based on:
• Conceptual understanding of Engineering Fundamentals
• Ability to design and develop solution and conduct investigation of complex problems
• Ability touse modern engineering and IT tools
• Decision making ability
• Interdisciplinary approach
• Initiative, leadership, and sense of responsibility
• Ability to produce research information for team
• Ability to demonstrate under standing of team rules when assigned, share in teamwork
• Ability to demonstrate good communication skills
• Completion of objectives
• Presentation
• Answer to queries
• The candidate(s) is expected to submit the project report on or before the last working day of the semester.
• The semester end examination for project work shall consist of evaluation of the final project report submitted
by the candidate or students of the project group by an external examiner followed by a viva-voce examination
conducted separately for each student by a committee consisting of the external examiner, the guide of the
project group and an internal examiner

Continuous Assessment weightage 60% End semester examination weightage40%
Components Weightage Components Weightage
Review I 15 Presentation 10
Review II 15 External Review 10
Review III 15 Report 10
Report Review by Guide 15 Paper Publication 10
Ethics & Academic Integrity Requirements of Mini Project /Project work

Criteria for accepting similarity index (using turn it in plagiarism check software), for the submission of UG Mini
project / project work report
• The overall similarity index should not exceed 25% to be acceptable
• The highest similarity percentage from any one source should not exceed 4-6%.
• In case of self-plagiarism, the permissible percentage should not exceed, say at 7-10%.
20.6 ASSESSMENT OF CONTINOUS ASSESSMENT COURSES
Internal 100%
Type of Course Components Weightage
ONE-CREDIT COURSE Quiz/ Assignment 25
Test I 75
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING/ Assessment by Industry 30
INTERNSHIP Viva-voce 20
Case Study / Report 20
Presentation 30
SEMINAR Seminar Paper / Report 40

Presentation 40
Answer to Queries 20
21. PASSING REQUIREMENTS

A candidate must who has obtained minimum of 45% marks in the end semester examination, in both Theory
and Practical Courses (including Project work), is declared to have passed in the end semester examination for
that course.
A candidate who secures not less than 50% (Internal Assessment + End semester examinations marks) is declared to
have passed in the examination for that course
A student is deemed to have passed in any course carrying only Continuous Assessment marks if the total mark
secured by him/her is at least 50% of total marks.

A student who has already appeared for a course in a semester and passed the examination is not entitled to reappear
in the same course for improvement of letter grades / marks.
22. AWARD O FLETTER GRADES
• All assessments of a Course will be done on Relative Grading System
• The same Ranges of Grades are applicable for the results of revaluation/Re appeaance / substitute /
supplementary examinations of that particular course.
• Relative Grading System: In the system, the grades are awarded to the students based on their performance
relative to others in Theory and theory cum laboratory courses having Continuous Assessment (CA) and end
semester Examination (SE) components.
• Uniform Evaluation Method of students based on Relative Grading as issued by Registrar and Controller of
Examinations office Anna University, Chennai through circular Letter No.4041/AU/CAC/Rel.Grading/2022
dated 25.06.2022 and Letter No. 793/AU/CAC/2022 dated 17.02.22 is followed for the awarding of Grades.
• This uniform evaluation method consists of the norms to be followed for the award of marks for internal and
end semester examinations of all types of courses ,passing requirements ,relative grading and award of letter
grades and classification of degree of degree.
• This is followed for the evaluation and passing of results for all the UG/PG students who joined from the
academic year 2021-2022 onwards in Autonomous Colleges affiliated to Anna University.
• The process of Grade generation the steps of Moderation, Normalization, Separation of Passed and Failed
marks and then Grade Generation using the Anna University Relative Grading system(AURG).
• All candidates with failed marks will be awarded U Grade
• There will be six letter Grades for the passed candidates such as O,A+,A,B+,B, AND C
Letter Grade Description Grade Points

O Excellent 10
A+ Very Good 9
A Good 8
B+ Above average 7
B Average 6
C Pass 5
U denotes Re-appearance for not scoring the 0
minimum passing requirement
RA SA denotes Re-appearance for the examination due to Shortage of
Attendance
RA-AB Denotes Re-appearance for being absent for the
examination
WH Denotes withdrawal in the End Semester Examination
23. GPA AND CGPA CALCULATION

All assessments of a course will be done on absolute marks basis. However, for the purpose of reporting the
performance of a candidate, letter grades, each carrying certain number of points, will be awarded as per the range of
total marks (out of 100) obtained by the candidate in each course.

After the results are declared, grade sheets will be issued to each student, which will contain the following details:
• The list of courses enrolled during the semester and the grades scored.
• The Grade Point Average(GPA) for the semester, which is calculated as follows:
The Cumulative Grade Point Average(CGPA), which is calculated as follows:
Where Ci/ Cj- is the credits assigned to the course

GPi, GPj - is the grade point corresponding to the letter grade obtained for each course
n - is number of all courses successfully cleared during the particular semester in the case of GPA and during all the
semesters in the case of CGPA.
24. ELIGIBILITY FOR THE AWARD OF DEGREE
A student shall be declared eligible for the award of the Degree if he/she has
• Successfully gained the required number of total credits as specified in the curriculum corresponding to his/her
programme of study within the stipulated time.
• Successfully completed the prescribed number of Value Added Courses*, and essential non-academic courses
if prescribed in the regulations.
• Successfully completed any additional course prescribed by the Head of the Institution, whenever the
candidate is readmitted under their regulations.
• No disciplinary action is pending against him/her.
*Value added course (if any) are offered to facilitate the students to keep pace with the latest technologies pertaining
to their chosen field of study. The students have the option to choose the course according to their interest and these
courses will improve the employability of the students and assist them in exploring new opportunities.
25. CLASSIFICATION OF THE DEGREE AWARDED
a. FIRST CLASS WITH DISTINCTION
A student who satisfies the following conditions shall be declared to have passed the examination in First class with
Distinction:
• A candidate who qualifies for the award of the Degree having passed the examination in all the courses
prescribed for the programme of study with in the stipulated number of Semester of study in first
appearance plus one year (Two Semesters) which includes authorized break of study of one year (if availed).
• The candidate should have secured a CGPA of not less than 8.50 in all the courses prescribed for the
programme of study.
• The candidate should NOT have been prevented from writing semester end examination due to lack of
attendance in any of the courses.

b. FIRST CLASS
A student who satisfies the following conditions shall be declared to have passed the examination in First class:
• A candidate who qualifies for the award of the Degree having passed the examination in all the courses
prescribed for the programme of study with in the stipulated number of semesters plus one year (Two
Semesters) reckoned from the commencement of study in the first Semester including authorized break of
study (if availed) (or) Prevention from writing semester end examination due to lack of attendance (if
applicable)
• The candidate should have secured a CGPA of not less than 6.50 in all the courses prescribed for the
programme of study.
c. SECOND CLASS
• All other candidates (not covered in clause 25.a and 25.b) who qualify for the award of the Degree shall be
declared to have passed the Examination in Second Class.
26. RANK
• A student shall be eligible for award of ranking only if he/she has passed the examination in First class with
distinction or First class in having passed all the courses in first attempt.
• Those who have availed the provision of break of study / withdrawal will not be eligible for rank.
• Ranks will be awarded only for a maximum of 5% the Class strength
27. PROCEDURE FOR COMPLETING THE COURSE
• The academic year will be from June to May in which odd semester will be from the period of June to
November / December and even semester from December to May / June respectively.
• A candidate who has a break of study for some reason in any one of the semesters in the degree of study can
rejoin the course in that semester only at the time of its normal commencement in the Institution for regular
students upon satisfying the following conditions:
• He/She should have obtained the approval from the DOTE and Affiliating University
• He /She should have completed the courses of study of the previous semesters.
• He/She should have registered/appeared for all the Examinations of the previous semesters.
• A candidate will be permitted to proceed from one semester to the next Semester only if he / she has satisfied the
regulation for eligibility to appear for the Semester End Examination in the semester concerned.
• It is mandatory that a candidate has to complete the required number of value added courses during the duration
of the programme.
It is mandatory to successfully complete the required Employability Enhancement Course /other Mandatory
courses during the duration of the programme.
• No candidate will be enrolled in more than one Semester at any time. In the case of repeaters / Readmission, the
earlier Internal Assessment in the respective courses will be disregarded.
28. END SEMESTER EXAMINATIONS
• There shall be an Semester End Examinations of 3 hours duration in each lecture/tutorial based courses.

• The Semester End Examinations shall be conducted between October and December / January during the Odd
semesters and between March and May/June in the Even Semesters.
• If a student indulges in malpractice during examinations, the student shall be liable for punitive action as
prescribed by the University from time to time.
• A candidate who is absent for semester examination in a Course/Project Work after having enrolled for the
same shall be considered to have attempted in that examination for the purpose of classification.
• Supplementary Examinations may also be conducted at such times as may be decided by the Chairperson of the
Academic Council/Principal subject to the approval of the Academic Council.
• After the duration of the programme (stipulated number of semesters) the passing requirement in the Semester
End Examinations will be 50% marks in the Semester End Examination for that course.
29. TRANSPARENCY IN EVALUATION
• After the publication of End Semester results, the students are allowed to verify the answer scripts of all
subjects as per approved norms
• Consequently, the application for revaluation of the answer scripts for those subjects is permitted.
• The refund of the fee will be made for the candidate who has failed originally and secured a pass mark after the
revaluation of the answer script
• The verification of answer scripts is not allowed for practical courses, one credit courses, seminars, practical
training and project work.
30. REVALUATION & REVIEW
The students are entitled for the following within fifteen days from the declaration of the results.
• As per the regulations, there is only one valuation. However, a candidate after verification of their answer
scripts, if is not satisfied with the Grades allotted. Then they can apply for Revaluation on payment of the
prescribed fee. If the student is not satisfied with the Grades allotted after Revaluation, they can apply for
review of answer script.
• Only a candidate who has applied for the verification of answer script and Revaluation of the answer script is
eligible for applying for review of answer script.
• The prescribed fee for the review of answer script should be paid. The refund of the fee will be made for the
candidate who has failed originally and secured a pass mark after there view of answer script.
31. ISSUE OF STATEMENT OF GRADES AND DEGREE CERTIFICATE
• After the publication of the results in each semester, the Institution will issue the Statement of Grades. After the
successful completion of the Degree Programme, the Academic Council of the Institution will recommend the
list of candidates to the University for award of the Degree Certificates.
32. PROVISION FOR WITHDRAWAL FROM EXAMINATION:
• A candidate, may for valid reasons and on prior application, (medically unfit/Unexpected family
situations/sports approved by the Head of the Institution) may be granted permission to withdraw from
appearing for the Semester End Examinations in any course or courses in only one semester examinations
during the entire duration of the Degree Programme.

• Withdrawal application shall be valid only if the candidate is eligible to appear for the Examination in that
course and if it is made prior to the commencement of the examination in that course(s) duly recommended
by the Head of Department and approved by the Head of the Institution.
• Withdrawal shall not be construed as an appearance for the eligibility of a candidate for First Class with
Distinction.
• The candidate shall reappear for the withdrawn Course / Courses during the Examination conducted in the
immediate subsequent Semester. Withdrawal is not permitted in the Semester End Examinations in the final
semester of the period of study by the candidate.
33. BREAK OF STUDY FROM A PROGRAMME
• The candidates permitted to rejoin the programme after break of study shall be governed by the Curriculum and
Regulations in force at the time of rejoining.
• The students rejoined in any of the Semesters have to gain the stipulated number of credits in order to become
eligible for the award of degree, under the regulations in vogue at the time of his/ her rejoining.
• The total period for completion of the programme reckoned from the commencement of the course for the first
Semester to which the candidate was admitted shall not exceed the maximum period, irrespective of the period
of break of study in order that he/she may be eligible for the award of the Degree.
• If any student is detained for want of required attendance, progress and good conduct, the period spent in that
semester shall not be considered as permitted 'Break of Study'.
34. FACULTY ADVISOR AND CLASS COMMITTEE
To help the students in planning their courses of study and for general advice on the Academic Programme, the Head
of the Department will attach a certain number of students to a teacher of the Department who shall function as
Faculty Advisor for those students throughout their period of study. Such Faculty Advisor shall advise the students
and monitor the courses taken by the students, check the attendance and progress of the students attached to him / her
and counsel them periodically. If necessary, the Faculty Advisor may also discuss with or inform the parents about
the progress of their wards. An Academic Coordinator will monitor the Faculty Advisors.
The class committee consists of teachers who handle the class, student representatives and a chairperson who is not
handling the course for that class. It is like the 'Quality Circle" with the overall goal of improving the teaching-
learning process.
The functions of the Class Committee include:
• Solving problems faced by students in the classroom and in the laboratories.
• Clarifying the regulations of the Degree Programme and the details of rules there in.
• Informing the student representatives about the academic schedule dates and the syllabus coverage.
• Informing the student representatives about the regulations regarding weightage used for each assessment.
• In case of Practical Courses (Laboratory /Drawing / Project Work / Seminar etc.) the breakup of marks for each
Experiment/exercise/module of works, should be clearly interacted with the representatives In the Class
Committee Meeting who would inform the students.
• Analyzing the performance of the students of the class after each Test and finding the ways and means of
solving problems, if any.

• Identifying the weak students, if any and requesting the teachers concerned to provide some additional help or
guidance or coaching for such weak students.
The Class Committee for a class under a particular programme is constituted by the Head of the Department. The
Class Committee shall be constituted in the first week of the Semester. Two or three subsequent meetings may be
held at suitable intervals. During these Meetings, the student members representing the entire class, shall
meaningfully interact and express their opinions and suggestions of the class students to improve the effectiveness
of the teaching-learning process. At least 10 student representatives (including girls) shall be included in the Class
Committee.
The Chairperson of the Class Committee may invite the Academic Coordinator, Faculty advisor(s) and the Head of
the Department to the meeting of the Class Committee.
The Chairperson has to prepare the minutes of every meeting, submit the same through the Head of the Department
to the Head of the Institution with in two days of the Class Committee meeting and arrange to circulate among the
students and teachers concerned. If there are some points in the minutes, requiring action by the authorities
concerned, the same shall be brought to the notice of the authority by the Head of the Institution.
35. MANDATORY COURSES (MAC)

• These courses include Personality and Character development and the courses recommended by the regulatory
bodies such as AICTE, UGC, etc.
• All students shall enroll, for atleast one course from Personality and Character Development category and one course
from Allied Skills category listed below in addition to mandatory employment enhancement courses/department
allied courses prescribed in the curriculum of the programme concerned for the award of degree
Table of Mandatory Courses
Category Course Title

Sports & Games
Empowerment through Yoga
National Cadet Corps
Personality and Character
National Service scheme Any one Course
Development
Extra/Co Curricular Activities
Professional Society Activities
Aptitude/Soft skills
Youth Red Cross
English Proficiency Certification
Allied Skills Foreign / Vernacular Languages Any one Course
Globally accepted Technical Certification Courses
• Courses offered Career Development and Placement Division

• Courses offered by Bureau of Overseas Education Any one Course
• Courses offered by entrepreneurship development cell

36. Universal Human Values and Professional Ethics Course
• A course on Universal Human Values and Professional Ethics is mandatory to all the candidates of the various
B.E. /B.Tech programmes as per the recommendations of AICTE (Except B.E. Bio Medical Engineering)
• The content will be delivered as three, fifteen hour courses.
• The first two contents of fifteen hour course will be common to all Programmes of B.E./B.Tech and in
continuation to the Universal Human Values delivered during the first year Induction Programme.
• The third fifteen hour content is to be programme specific and to be delivered by the specific departments.
• It is essential to complete the Universal Human values and Professional Ethics course by all the candidates of
B.E./B.Tech programmes.
37. DISCIPLINE
Every student has to maintain discipline both inside and outside the Institution and not to indulge in any activity that
may spoil the name of the Institution. The Head of the Institution shall constitute a Disciplinary Committee which
will enquire into act so find discipline and report to the Head of the Institution.
38. REVISION OF REGULATIONS, CURRICULUM AND SYLLABI
The Institution may from time to time revise, amend or change the regulations, scheme of examinations and syllabi
if found necessary through the approval of the Academic Council with the approval of the affiliating University.

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
The department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering established in the year 1994 offers B.E. (Electrical and
Electronics Engineering) and M.E. (Power Electronics and Drives) Programs and is permanently affiliated to Anna
University, Chennai. It is also a recognized research department by Anna University, Chennai offering Ph.D
program. The Undergraduate Program was accredited in the year 2003 and reaccredited in 2007, 2012 and 2016 by
NBA, New Delhi.
VISION AND MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT
VISION
The department will strive and achieve global recognition as a Centre of Excellence for engineering education. This
distinguished education will enable the graduates to appreciate the need for the technological, economic & social
enrichment of the nation in particular and the world at large.
MISSION
• Electrical and Electronics Engineering program will provide quality under graduate education following
outcome based education model, besides promoting ethical and social values.
• The program will prepare qualified graduates for professional practice or graduate studies, at regional, national
and international levels.
• Graduates are able to work skillfully and effectively in single and/or multidisciplinary teams and competent to
engage in life-long learning.
Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs)
The graduates of this program after four to five years will,
PEO I. Lead successful career or engage in higher studies in a broad range of electrical engineering & allied
specializations at the regional, national and international levels.
PEO II. Consider societal, environmental and ethical issues in executing their work to help fulfill their
professional responsibilities by continuous updating of their knowledge, to themselves, employers,
employees, co-workers and the local and global communities.

Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes (POs and PSOs)
Program Outcomes as stated by NBA: Engineering Graduates will be able to
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an
engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering problems
reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering
sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system
components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and
safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods
including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to
provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and
IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the
limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,
safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering
practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal
and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the
engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams,
and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design
documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and
management principles and apply these to one's own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage
projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and
life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
Program Specific Outcomes:
Graduates of Electrical and Electronics Engineering at the time of graduation will be able to
PSO1. Understand the Principles and Construction of Electrical Machines and determine their Performances.
PSO2. Specify, Architect and Design Power Electronic Systems for Drives, Power quality Management and
Renewable Energy Systems.
PSO3. Specify, Architect and Analyse Power Systems that can efficiently Generate, Transmit and Distribute
Electrical Power.
PSO4. Design, Implement and Test Analog, Digital and Embedded Signal Processing Systems using state of the
art components and software tools.

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS FOR
HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES (HS)

BASIC SCIENCES (BS)
ENGINEERING SCIENCES (ES)
OPEN ELECTIVES (OEs)
ONE CREDIT COURSES(OCs)
UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS COURSES
MANDATORY COURSES

CURRICULUM
Course
S. No. Course Title L T P C POs CA ES TOTAL
Code
Liberal Arts -
1. 20AE201 1 0 0 1 5, 6 100 - 100
Indian Space Missions
2. 20AE203 Aviation Management 3 0 0 3 1, 8, 11 40 60 100
20BM207 Hospital System
3. 2 0 0 2 6,7,8,9,11 40 60 100
Management
20BM208 Regulatory affairs,
4. Bioethics and Intellectual 2 0 0 2 6,7,8 40 60 100
Property Rights
Liberal Arts -Architectural
5. 20CE206 Conservation and Historic 1 0 0 1 1,2,6,7 100 - 100
Preservation
Liberal Arts -Cultural
6. 20CE207 Implications on Building 1 0 0 1 1,3,6,9 100 - 100
Design
Circular Economy for
7. 20CE224 Sustainable Built 1 0 0 1 2,5,7 100 - 100
Environment
Principles of Construction
8. 20CE225 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,10,11 40 60 100
Management
Lean Construction
9. 20CE226 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,7,11 40 60 100
Technology
Liberal Arts - Sociology of 1, 2, 3, 6, 7,
10. 20CS203 1 - - 1 100 - 100
Digital Media 8, 9, 10, 12
Entrepreneurship 2,3,5,6,7,9,
11. 20CS231 Development And Business 3 - - 3 100 - 100
10,11,12,
Management
Management Essentials For
12. 20CS232 3 - - 3 1,2,3,11 100 - 100
Engineers
Workplace Professionalism
13. 20CS233 3 - - 3 6,7,8,12, 100 - 100
And Human Values
6, 8, 9, 11,
14. 20EE209 Principles of Management 2 0 0 2 40 60 100
12
1,6,7, 9, 10,
15. 20EE210 Total Quality Management 2 0 0 2 40 60 100
12
Project and Finance
16. 20EE216 2 0 0 2 8, 9, 11, 12 40 60 100
Management
17. 20EE235 Positive Psychology 1 0 0 1 6, 10, 12 100 - 100
Engineering Project and 9, 10, 11,
18. 20EI210 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Finance Management 12
Planning and
19. 20EI211 3 0 0 3 8, 9, 10, 12 40 60 100
Organizational Behavior
Leadership Excellence and -
20. 20EI219 1 0 0 1 9,10,11,12 100 100
Development
21. 20HS201 Advanced Business English 3 0 0 3 9, 10, 12 100 - 100
22. 20HS202 Technical Writing 3 0 0 3 9, 10, 12 100 - 100
23. 20HS203 Basic German 3 0 0 3 9, 10, 12 100 - 100

24. 20HS204 Basic Japanese 3 0 0 3 9, 10, 12 100 - 100
Preliminary Business 2 0 2 3 9, 10, 12
25. 20HS270 100 - 100
English
26. 20IT209 Entrepreneurship
Development 3 0 0 3 2,3,4,7,12 40 60 100
27. 20IT210 Project Management 3 0 0 3 2,3,4,5,9,12 40 60 100
28. 20IT203 Web Design 1 0 0 1 1,2,3,5,12 100 - 100

Liberal Arts - Women
29. 20IT218 Development and 1 0 0 1 8,12 100 - 100
Empowerment
Liberal Arts
30. 20MA209 1 0 0 1 1,2 100 -- 100
Vedic Mathematics
40 60 100
31. 20ME218 Total Quality Management 2 0 0 2 1,2,6,7,11,12
32. 20ME225 Economics for Engineers 3 0 0 3 1,2,4,11,12 40 60 100

Work System Engineering
33. 20RA212 3 0 0 3 1,6,7 40 60 100
and Ethics
Economics for Robotics and
34. 20RA217 3 0 0 3 1,7 40 60 100
Automation

BASIC SCIENCES (BS)
Course Course Title
S.No. L T P C POs CA ES TOTAL
Code
1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
1. 20AEI01 Design Thinking 1 0 0 1 100 - 100
10
1, 2, 3, 5, 9,
2. 20AE271 Computing Laboratory 0 0 2 1 60 40 100
10, 12
3. 20BM201 Biochemistry 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
Human Anatomy and
4. 20BM203 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
Physiology
5. 20BM205 Life Science 2 0 0 2 1 100 - 100
Biology for Engineers
6. 20BM206 1 0 0 1 1 100 - 100
20BM217 Concepts of Medical
7. 2 0 0 2 1,3,5 40 60 100
Device Design
8. 20BM270 Biochemistry Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1 60 40 100
Human Anatomy &
9. 20BM271 0 0 2 1 1 60 40 100
Physiology Laboratory
10. 20BS201 Physical Sciences 4 0 0 4 1 40 60 100
Basic Sciences
11. 20BS270 0 0 2 1 1,2,5,9,10,12 60 40 100
Laboratory
12. 20CE201 Basics of Geology 1 0 0 1 1,7 40 60 100
Principles of Architecture
13. 20CE202 2 0 0 2 1,5,9 40 60 100
and Planning Concepts
14. 20CE208 Applied Geology 1 0 0 1 1,2,6,7 100 - 100
Landscaping and Interior
15. 20CE218 2 0 0 2 1,2,5 40 60 100
Design
Materials and
16. 20CH208 3 0 0 3 1,2 40 60 100
Composites
Chemistry of Advanced
17. 20CH209 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
Materials
18. 20CH201 Engineering Chemistry 2 0 0 2 1,2 40 60 100
19. 20CH202 Chemical Science 2 0 0 2 1 40 60 100
20. 20CH203 Chemistry 2 0 0 2 1,7 40 60 100
21. 20CH204 Applied Sciences - II 2 0 0 2 1 40 60 100
22. 20CH205 Applied Chemistry 2 0 0 2 1 40 60 100
23. 20CH207 Corrosion Science 3 0 0 3 1,2 40 60 100
24. 20EC203 Electromagnetic Fields 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,12 40 60 100
25. 20EI271 Simulation Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,4,5,9,12 60 40 100
Electrical Machines and
26. 20EI205 3 0 0 3 1,2,3 40 60 100
Drives
27. 20IT2I01 Design Thinking 1 0 0 1 1,2,3,5,6,9 100 - 100
28. 20ME203 Design Thinking 1 0 0 1 1,2,3,6,9,10,12 100 - 100
Algebra, Calculus and
29. 20MA201 3 1 0 4 1, 2, 5, 9 40 60 100
Transforms
20MA202 Matrices, Differential 1, 2, 5, 9
30. 2 1 0 3 40 60 100
Calculus and Transforms
20MA203 Linear Algebra and 1, 2, 5, 9
31. 3 1 0 4 40 60 100
Differential Calculus

20MA204 Integral and Vector 1, 2, 5, 9
32. 2 1 0 3 40 60 100
Calculus
20MA205 Calculus and Numerical 1, 2, 5, 9
33. 2 1 0 3 40 60 100
Methods
20MA206 Transforms and Its 1, 2, 5, 9
34. 2 1 0 3 40 60 100
Applications
20MA207 Integral Calculus and
35. Partial Differential 3 1 0 4 1, 2, 5, 9 40 60 100
Equations
20MA208 Linear Algebra and
36. 2 1 0 3 1, 2, 5, 9 40 60 100
Vector Calculus
20MA210 Partial Differential
37. Equations and Tensor 2 1 0 3 1,2,5,9 40 60 100
Calculus
20MA211 Transforms and Partial
38. 2 1 0 3 1,2,5,9 40 60 100
Differential Equations
20MA212 Computational Methods 1,2,5,9
39. 2 1 0 3 40 60 100
in Engineering-I
40. 20MA213 Numerical Methods 3 1 0 4 1,2,5,9 40 60 100
20MA214 Discrete Structures and 1,2,5,9
41. 2 1 0 3 40 60 100
Combinatorics
42. 20MA215 Probability and Statistics 2 1 0 3 1,2,5,9 40 60 100
20MA216 Probability and 1,2,5,9
43. 2 1 0 3 40 60 100
Queueing Theory
20MA217 Transforms, Probability 1,2,5,9
44. 2 1 0 3 40 60 100
and Statistics
20MA218 Probability, Statistics 1,2,5,9
45. 2 1 0 3 40 60 100
and Numerical Methods
20MA219 Probability and Random 1,2,5,9
46. 2 1 0 3 40 60 100
Processes
20MA220 Computational Methods 1,2,5,9
47. 3 1 0 4 40 60 100
In Engineering- II
48. 20PH201 Engineering Physics 2 0 0 2 1,5,12 40 60 100
49. 20PH202 Waves and Optics 2 0 0 2 1,5 40 60 100
50. 20PH203 Physics 2 0 0 2 1,5 40 60 100
51. 20PH204 Applied Sciences I 2 0 0 2 1,5 40 60 100
52. 20PH205 Applied Physics 2 0 0 2 1,5 40 60 100
53. 20PH206 Biophysics 2 0 0 2 1,5 40 60 100
54. 20PH214 Biophysics 3 0 0 3 1,5 40 60 100
20PH207 Nano and Smart
55. 3 0 0 3 1,5,12 40 60 100
Materials
Essentials of Materials 1,5
56. 20PH208 2 0 0 2 40 60 100
Science
Nano and Quantum 1,5
57 20PH209 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Physics
Essentials of Quantum 1,5
58. 20PH210 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Physics
59. 20PH211 Advanced Materials 2 0 0 2 1,5 40 60 100
Aircraft Materials and 1, 2, 3, 7,
60. 20PH213 2 0 0 2 40 60 100
Processes 12
61 20PH270 Physics Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,5,9,10,12 60 40 100
62. 20MA221 Optimization Techniques 3 1 0 4 1,2,5,9 40 60 100
63. 20MA101 Graph Theory 2 1 0 3 1,2,5,9 40 60 100

Course
S.No. Course Title L T P C POs CA ES TOTAL
Code
Engineering Drawing 1, 3, 5, 9,
1. 20AE272 0 0 2 1 60 40 100
Practices 10, 12
Fluid Mechanics and
2. 20AE204 2 1 0 3 1, 2, 3, 4 40 60 100
Machinery
3. 20AE205 Thermodynamics 2 1 0 3 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 40 60 100
Mechanical Sciences 1, 2, 3, 9,
4. 20AE273 0 0 2 1 60 40 100
Laboratory 10, 12
Frontiers in Biomedical
5. 20BM202 2 0 0 2 1, 7 40 60 100
Engineering
6. 20BM204 Circuits and Devices 3 1 0 4 1 40 60 100
Circuits and Devices
7. 20BM272 0 0 2 1 1 60 40 100
Laboratory
Principles of Telemedicine
8. 20BM213 3 0 0 3 1,5,6 40 60 100
and Mobile applications
Construction materials,
9. 20CE203 3 0 0 3 1,5,8 40 60 100
Techniques and Equipment
10. 20CE204 Geodesy 3 0 0 3 1,2,5 40 60 100
11. 20CE205 Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0 3 1,2 40 60 100
Building Planning and
12. 20CE270 1 0 2 2 1,5,9,10 60 40 100
Drafting Laboratory
13. 20CE271 Geodesy Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,5,9 60 40 100
Material Testing
14. 20CE272 0 0 2 1 1,4,5,10 60 40 100
Laboratory
Smart City and Urban
15. 20CE219 2 0 0 2 1,2,11 40 60 100
Planning
16. 20CS201 Disruptive Technologies 2 0 0 2 1,2,3,4,7,12 100 - 100
17. 20CS202 Programming Paradigms - I 2 1 0 3 1,2,3,4,12 40 60 100
18. 20CS241 Programming Foundations 2 0 0 2 1,2,3,4 40 60 100
19. 20CS242 Artificial Intelligence 2 0 0 2 1,2,3,4,12 40 60 100
Computer Hardware and
20. 20CS271 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,4,5 60 40 100
Software Laboratory
Programming Paradigms - I
21. 20CS272 Laboratory
0 0 2 1 2,3,4,5,12 60 40 100
22. Programming Foundations
20CS291 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,4,5,9,10 60 40 100
Laboratory
Programming Paradigms -
23. 20CS204 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,4,5,11 40 60 100
II
24. 20CS273 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,4,5,11 60 40 100
II Laboratory
25. 20CS210 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,4,5, 40 60 100
III
26. 20CS278 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,4,5 60 40 100
III Laboratory
Data Structures and
27. 20CS243 2 0 0 2 1,2,3,4 40 60 100
Algorithm Analysis
Data Structures and
28. 20CS292 Algorithm Analysis 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,4 60 40 100
Laboratory

29. 20EE201 Electric Circuits 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,9,10 40 60 100
Principles of Electrical
30. 20EE236 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,9,10 40 60 100
Engineering
Foundations of Electrical
31. 20EE237 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,6,9,10 40 60 100
Engineering
Compendium of Electrical
32. 20EE251 2 0 2 3 1,2,5,9,10 50 50 100
Engineering
Electrical and Electronics
33. 20EE261 3 0 2 4 1,2,5,9,10 50 50 100
Engineering
Basics of Electrical and
34. 20EE262 2 0 2 3 1,2,5,9,10 50 50 100
Electronics Engineering
Electric Circuits and
35. 20EE270 Electron Devices 0 0 2 1 1,2,5,9,10 60 40 100
Laboratory
Network Analysis and
36. 20EE202 2 1 0 3 1,2,5,9,10 40 60 100
Synthesis
37. 20EE203 Electromagnetics 2 1 0 3 1,2,5,12 40 60 100
38. 20EE238 3 0 0 3 1,2,6 40 60 100
Power Systems
39. 20EC201 Electron Devices 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,5 40 60 100
Aircraft Electrical and
40. 20EC202 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,5 40 60 100
Electronic Systems
Basic Electrical and
41. 20EC270 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,5 60 40 100
Electronics Laboratory
Analog Devices and
42. 20EC222 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,5 40 60 100
Integrated Circuits
Analog Devices and
1,2,3,4,5,9,
43. 20EC290 Integrated Circuits 0 0 2 1 60 40 100
10,12
Laboratory
Digital Circuits and 1,3,4,5,
44. 20EC223 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Microcontrollers 11 ,12
Digital Circuits and 1,2,4,5,9,
45. 20EC291 Microcontrollers 0 0 2 1 60 40 100
Laboratory 10,11,12
1,2,3,5,9,
46. 20EC251 Digital Logic Circuits 2 0 2 3 50 50 100
10,12
Microcontrollers and 1,3,4,5,9,
47. 20EC252 2 0 2 3 50 50 100
Programming 10,11,12
48. 20EI201 Elements of Instrumentation 2 0 0 2 1 40 50 100
49. 20EI202 Sensors and Its Application 2 0 0 2 1 40 50 100
Aerospace sensors and 1
50. 20EI203 2 0 0 2 40 60 100
Instrumentation
Electric circuits and 1,2
51. 20EI204 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Electronic Devices
Sensors and 1,2,4,5,9,10
52. 20EI251 2 0 2 3 50 50 100
Instrumentation
53. 20EI271 Simulation Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,4,5,9,12 60 40 100
Aerospace Sensor and 1,2,4,5,9,10
54. 20EI272 0 0 2 1 60 40 100
Instrumentation Laboratory ,12
Control Systems in
55. 20EI218 2 0 0 2 1,2,3,5 40 60 100
Aeronautics

20IT201 Problem Solving and 3 0 0 3
56. 1,2,9 40 60 100
Computer Programming
20IT202 Object Oriented 3 0 0 3
57. 1,2,9 40 60 100
Programming Concepts
58. 20IT241 Programming in Python 2 0 0 2 1,2,9 40 60 100
Object Oriented
59. 20IT242 3 0 0 3 1,2,9 40 60 100
Programming
Data Structures and
60. 20IT243 3 0 0 3 1,2,9 40 60 100
Algorithms
61. 20IT244 Python Programming 3 0 0 3 1,2,9 40 60 100
20IT251 Multimedia Principles and
62. 1 0 2 2 1,2,3,5,9,10 50 50 100
Web Design
R Programming for Data
63. 20IT261 2 0 2 3 1,2,5 50 50 100
Science
64. 20IT270 C Programming Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3 60 40 100
20IT271 Object Oriented 0 0 2 1
65. 1,2,3 60 40 100
Programming Laboratory
20IT291 Programming in Python 0 0 2 1
66. 1,2,3 60 40 100
Laboratory
Object Oriented
67. 20IT292 Programming using C++ 0 0 2 1 1,2,3 60 40 100
Laboratory
Data Structures and 1,2,3
68. 20IT293 0 0 2 1 60 40 100
Algorithms Laboratory
Python Programming 1,2,3
69. 20IT294 0 0 2 1 60 40 100
Laboratory
20IT252 Java Programming 1,2,3,5,9,
70. 2 0 2 3 50 50 100
10,12
20IT272 Programming in C++ 1,2,3,9,10,
71. 0 0 2 1 60 40 100
Laboratory 12
20IT295 Programming Skills 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,9,10, 60 40 100
72.
Laboratory 12
Engineering
73. 20ME201 2 1 0 3 1,2 40 60 100
Thermodynamics
74. 20ME202 Manufacturing Technology 3 0 0 3 1,2,5 40 60 100
75. 20ME204 Computational Mechanics 3 1 0 4 1,2,5 40 60 100
Thermal Engineering and
76. 20ME205 3 0 0 3 1,2 40 60 100
Fluid Mechanics
77. 20ME208 Robotics 2 0 0 2 1,2 40 60 100
78. 20ME271 Engineering Graphics 0 0 4 2 1,2,9,10,12 60 40 100
Computer Aided
79. 20ME272 Engineering Graphics 1 0 2 2 1,5,9,10 60 40 100
Laboratory
Engineering Practices
80. 20ME273 0 0 2 1 1,2,5,9,10,12 60 40 100
Laboratory
81. 20ME211 Strength of materials 2 1 0 3 1,2,3 40 60 100
Resource management and 1,2,4,5,11
82. 20ME213 2 0 0 2 40 60 100
optimization techniques
83. 20ME226 Introduction to Robotics 2 0 0 2 1,12 40 60 100
20EE240 Fundamentals of Electrical
84.
and Electronics Engineering 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,9,10 40 60 100
Fundamentals of Electrical
85. 20EE281 and Electronics 0 0 2 1 1,2,4,5 60 40 100
Engineering Laboratory
86. 20EC204 Digital System Design 3 0 0 3 1,2,3 40 60 100

**OPEN ELECTIVES (OEs)
Electives Offered by B.E. Aeronautical Engineering
Course
S.No. Course Title L T P C POs CA ES TOTAL
Code
Modelling of Mini and
1. 20AE2E51 3 0 0 3 2, 3, 7 40 60 100
Micro Air Vehicles
Fundamentals of Applied
2. 20AE2E52 3 0 0 3 2, 3 40 60 100
Aeronautical Sciences
3. 20AE2E53 Vehicle Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3 1, 2 40 60 100
4. 20AE2E54 Automotive Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3 1, 5 40 60 100
5. 20AE2E55 Space: The Final Frontier 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
6. 20AE2E56 Electric Aviation 3 0 0 3 1, 7 40 60 100
Elective Offered by B.Tech. Artificial Intelligence and Data Science
Python Frameworks for 1,2,3,4,5,6,
7. 20AD2E51 2 0 2 3 50 50 100
Machine Learning 12
Electives Offered by B.E. Biomedical Engineering
8. 20BM2E31 Healthcare Technology 3 0 0 3 1,5 40 60 100
9. 20BM2E32 Materials in Medicine 3 0 0 3 1,5 40 60 100
Electives Offered by Department of Chemistry
20CH2E51 Nano Materials for Energy 1,7 40 60 100
10. 3 0 0 3
and Environment
20CH2E52 Green Chemistry for 1,7 40 60 100
11. 3 0 0 3
Engineers
12. 20CH2E53 Analytical Chemistry 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
20CH2E54 Environmental Science and 1,7 40 60 100
13. 3 0 0 3
Sustainability
Electives Offered by B.E. Civil Engineering
14. 20CE2E51 Waste Management 3 0 0 3 1,2,6,7,11 40 60 100
Global warming and
15. 20CE2E52 3 0 0 3 1,3,5,7,11 40 60 100
climate change
Geographical Information
16. 20CE2E53 3 0 0 3 1,2,5 40 60 100
System
17. 20CE2E54 Disaster management 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,11 40 60 100
Environmental
18. 20CE2E55 3 0 0 3 1,2,7 40 60 100
Management in Industry
Remote Sensing and GIS For
19. 20CE2E56 Urban Planning and 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,5,6,7,8 40 60 100
Management
20. 20CE2E57 Habitat Sustainability 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,6,7 40 60 100
Occupational Health and 1,2,5,6,7,8,1
21. 20CE2E58 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Safety 2
Electives Offered by B.E. Computer Science Engineering
22. 20CS2E61 Python for Data Science 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,4,5,12 40 60 100
20CS2E62 1,2,3,4,5,11
23. Data Analytics 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
,12
24. 20CS2E63 Java Programming 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,4 40 60 100
25. 20CS2E64 Machine Learning 3 0 0 3 2,3,4,11,12 40 60 100
26. 20CS2E65 Cyber Security 3 0 0 3 2,3,4.11,12 40 60 100

Electives Offered by B.E.Electrical and Electronics Engineering
27. 20EE2E51 Renewable Energy Systems 3 0 0 3 1,6,11 40 60 100
28. 20EE2E52 Power Generation Systems 3 0 0 3 1,6,7,11 40 60 100
Troubleshooting of
29. 20EE2E53 3 0 0 3 1,3,4,12 40 60 100
Electrical Apparatus
Electric and Hybrid
30. 20EE2E54 3 0 0 3 1,2,9,10 40 60 100
Vehicles
31. 20EE2E55 3 0 0 3 1,2 40 60 100
Drives
Electives Offered by B.E. Electronics and Communication Engineering
32. 20EC2E51 Consumer Electronics 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,6 50 60 100
33. 20EC2E52 MEMS and NEMS 3 0 0 3 1 50 60 100
Image Processing and
34. 20EC2E53 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,11,12 50 60 100
Applications
35. 20EC2E54 Internet of Things 3 0 0 3 1,3,12 40 60 100
Electives Offered by B.E. Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
20EI2E12 Programmable Logic
36. 3 0 0 3 1,2,5 40 60 100
Controller
20EI2E13 Automation and Machine
37. 3 0 0 3 1,2 40 60 100
Vision Systems
20EI2E14 Testing and Calibration of
38. 3 0 0 3 1,2,5 40 60 100
Equipment's
39. 20EI2E17 Industrial Pollution and Control 3 0 0 3 1,7 40 60 100
Electives Offered by B.Tech. Information Technology
20IT2E51 Android Application
40. 3 0 0 3 1,2, 3,5, 12 40 60 100
Development
20IT2E52 Database Systems 1,2,3,4,5,
41. 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
12
42. 20IT2E53 Foundations of IT 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,12 40 60 100
20IT2E54 Introduction to Data
43. 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,4,5,12 40 60 100
Science
Electives Offered by B.E. Mechanical Engineering
Intellectual Property Rights 5,6,7,8,10, 40 60 100
44. 20ME2E01 3 0 0 3
for Engineers 12
45. 20ME2E52 Engineering Economics 3 0 0 3 1,2,11 40 60 100
Entrepreneurship and
46. 20ME2E53 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,11 40 60 100
Finance Management
47. 20ME2E54 Project Management 3 0 0 3 1,5,11 40 60 100
Electives Offered by Department of Physics
Characterization of
48. 20PH2E01 3 0 0 3 1,5 40 60 100
Nanostructures
Non-Conventional Energy 1,5
49. 20PH2E02 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Resources
50. 20PH2E03 Solar Technology 3 0 0 3 1,5,6 40 60 100

Electives Offered by B.E. Robotics and Automation
51. 20RA2E51 Automation in Industry 4.0 3 0 0 3 1,6 40 60 100
52. 20RA2E52 Social Robotics 3 0 0 3 1,6,7,8 40 60 100
Embedded Systems for
53. 20RA2E53 3 0 0 3 1,2 40 60 100
Robotic Applications
Robotic System
54. 20RA2E54 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,9,12 40 60 100
Engineering
Electives Offered by M.Tech. Nanoscience andTechnology
Fundamentals and
55. 20NT2E01 Applications of Nanoscience 3 0 0 3 1,3,7 40 60 100
and Nanotechnology
Nanotechnology In
56. 20NT2E02 Environmental 3 0 0 3 1,3,7 40 60 100
Remediation
Electives Offered by Department of Mathematics
Mathematics for
57. 20MA2E01 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,9 40 60 100
Data Science
Mathematics for
58. 20MA2E02 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,9 40 60 100
Machine Learning
Operations
59. 20MA2E03 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,9 40 60 100
Research
Statistics for Big
60. 20MA2E04 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,9 40 60 100
Data Analytics
Graph Theory and
61. 20MA2E05 3 0 0 3 1,2,5,9 40 60 100
Its Applications
Electives Offered by Department of English
Life Skills & Personality

62. 20EN2E01 2 1 0 3 9,10,12 100 - 100
Development
63. 20EN2E02 Art of Speaking 1 2 0 3 9,10,12 100 - 100

Generic Skills For
64. 20EN2E03 2 1 0 3 9,10,12 100 - 100
Employability
Gender Perspective
100
65. 20EN2E04 in Team Building and 3 0 0 3 9,10,12 40 60
Leadership
** Candidates should choose the open elective not from the Programme of the Student
9 Credits to be completed from list

ONE CREDIT COURSES(OCs)
B.E. Aeronautical Engineering
Course
S.No. Course Title Offering Industry
Code
1. 20AEI002 Lean Manufacturing Premier Fine Linens, Coimbatore
Cessna 152 Aircraft and
2. 20AEI003 Air Works, Hosur
R11F2S300 Engine
B.E. Biomedical Engineering
Medical Equipment Prashan Medical Technologies, Coimbatore
3. 20BMI001
Training
Machine Learning in VisionCog Research & Development Pvt. Ltd.
4. 20BMI002
Healthcare Application Thiruvananthapuram
3D Printing for Medical Medsby Healthcare and Engineering Solutions,
5. 20BMI003
and Robotics Use Coimbatore
6. 20BMI004 Foundation in Clinical Skyline CRS, CatchU Academy ,Coimbatore
Research
7. 20BMI005 IR Thermography in BAMARA Techware (Teledyne FLIR), Coimbatore
Engineering
B.E. Civil Engineering
8. 20CEI001 Construction Safety Vijaya Builders, Coimbatore
Department of Civil Engineering,
9. 20CEI002 Water Audit
Sri Ramakrishna Engineering College
Geotechnical Exploration
10. 20CEI003 Minerva Civil Lab Testing Pvt. Ltd., Chennai
And Investigation
Design of High
11. 20CEI004 Roads & Bridges L&T IDPL, Chennai
Performance Concrete
Non - Destructive Testing
12. 20CEI005 Roads & Bridges L&T IDPL, Chennai
Practices
Analysis and Design of Mithran Structures, Coimbatore.
13. 20CEI006
Structures
VikrutiStructures,Coimbatore.
14. 20CEI007 Fire Safety
Planning and Design of SV Consultants, Coimbatore.
15. 20CEI008
Industrial Structures
Day Lighting And Inhabitat Landscape, Coimbatore
16. 20CEI009
Ventilation
Building Automation Sri Ramakrishna Engineering College, Coimbatore.
17. 20CEI010
Techniques
B.E. Computer Science Engineering
18. 20CSI001 NextGen Imaging Wipro Technologies, Bengaluru
20CSI002 Introduction to Design of
19. HTIC,IIT Madras, Chennai
Wearable Medical Devices
20CSI003 Emerging Technologies &
20. Wipro Limited, Bengaluru
Innovation
21. 20CSI004 Full Stack Development Triosrex Private Limited, Coimbatore
20CSI005 Hands on Medical Image
22. HTIC, IITM, Chennai
Processing with Simpleitk
23. 20CSI006 Applied Matrix Operations HTIC, IITM, Chennai
Deep Learning & Image
20CSI007 processing using
24. BuzzTech Training Institute, Coimbatore
Convolutional Neural
Networks (CNN)
20CSI008 Industrial Coding
25. OrbidX, Coimbatore
Standards,
20CSI009 Programming Techniques
26. IBM, Bengaluru
for Super Computers
Agile – Dev Ops IBM, Bengaluru
27. 20CSI012
Methodology
B.E. Electrical and Electronics Engineering
20EEI001 Industrial IoT (using fully
28. Kalycito Info Tech Pvt. Ltd., Coimbatore
open source)
Energy Management and
29. 20EEI002 Encon Energy Solutions, Coimbatore
Audit
Solar PV Installation and
30. 20EEI003 Progen Energy Solutions, Coimbatore
Commissioning
Power Semiconductors -
31. 20EEI004 Characteristics, Driving ABB Limited, Chennai
and Applications
Industrial Automation
32. 20EEI005 Axis Global Automation, Coimbatore
(PLC and SCADA)
33. 20EEI006 Magnetics Salzer Electronics Pvt. Ltd, Coimbatore
34. 20EEI007 E-Vehicle: The Future Spero Bikes, Coimbatore
Cyber Security Enabled
35. 20EEI008 Central Power Research Institute, Bangaluru
IoT
B.E. Electronics and Communication Engineering
20ECI001 Introduction to Augmented Praya Labs, Tiruvannamalai
36.
Reality
20ECI002 Reverse Engineering With Profenaa Technologies, Coimbatore
37.
Sensors
20ECI003 Machine Learning - KrishTech, Coimbatore
38.
Application Perspective
LoRa Gateway Design & KrishTech, Coimbatore
39. 20ECI004
Application
Embedded Communication S&S Power Systems, Chennai
40. 20ECI005
Protocols
PCB Design and Enthu Technology Solutions India Pvt. Ltd, Coimbatore
41. 20ECI006
Fabrication
42. 20ECI007 Embedded and IoT Capegemini Engineering, Coimbatore
43. 20ECI008 Connected Car-Electronics KrishTech, Coimbatore
44. 20ECI009 Digital Twin Praya Labs, Tiruvannamalai
45. 20ECI010 Antenna Engineering Entuple Technologies, Bengaluru
B.E. Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering

46. 20EII001 Automation And Control FLSmidth Pvt., Ltd., Chennai
Machine Learning For
47. 20EII002 Instrumentation- Krishtech, Bangalore
Application Perspective
Quality Control And
48. 20EII003 Investment Portfolio Triosrex Pvt., Ltd., Bangalore
Management
Sensors and Its Application
49. 20EII004 MELZ Indcosys Solutions, Coimbatore
In Industrial Automation
50. 20EII005 Industrial Pneumatics Janatics India Pvt., Ltd., Coimbatore

B.Tech. Information Technology
Mobile Web Application
51. 20IT2I02 Development Ladder Minds, Coimbatore
with ColdFusion
IBM Cloud Private With
52. 20IT2I03
Linux On Z Systems
IBM, Bengaluru
Blockchain on IBM
53. 20IT2I04
Mainframe
20IT2I05 iOS App Development Mallow Technologies Pvt Ltd, Karur
54.
Basics
20IT2I06 Ethical Hacking and Cyber Hackup Technology, Coimbatore
55.
Security
56. 20IT2I07 Artificial Intelligence Hewlette Packard Enterprise, Bengaluru
Blockchain and Enterprise RapidQube, Mumbai
57. 20IT2I08
Applications
B.E. Mechanical Engineering
Programmable Logic
58. 20MEI001 M/s. TVS Training and Services Ltd, Chennai.
Control (PLC)
Introduction to Injection
59. 20MEI002 M/s. Salzer Electronics Ltd, Coimbatore.
Moulding Process
Geometric Dimensioning &
60. 20MEI003 Roots Industries India limited, Coimbatore
Tolerancing
Advanced Cast Irons and
61. 20MEI004 M/s. Indoshell Cast Private Limited, Coimbatore
Foundry Management
Heat Treatment of Steel
62. 20MEI005 M/s. Flow Link Systems, Coimbatore.
Castings
63. 20MEI006 Industrial Automation
M/s. Maple Tech Solutions, Hosur
64. 20MEI007 Industrial Safety
65. 20MEI008 Metal Additive M/s. Wipro Enterprises, Bengaluru

Manufacturing
66. 20MEI009 Non Destructive Testing M/s Shri Sai NDT, Pondicherry
67. 20MEI010 HVAC building load calculations

and psychrometry M/s Sigma Solutions, Coimbatore
68. 20MEI011 HVAC Air distribution system
69. 20MEI012 Control automation M/s Axis Global automation,

Coimbatore
20MEI013 Tool design M/s Mechtech Engineering
70.
centre, Coimbatore
M.Tech. Nanoscience and Technology
Physical Characterization
71. 20NTI001 and Applications of
Nanomaterials
Optical Characterization
72. 20NTI002 and Applications of M.Tech Nanoscience and Technology,
Nanomaterials Sri Ramakrishna Engineering College, Coimbatore
Electrochemical
Characterization and
73. 20NTI003
Applications of
Nanomaterials

Department of Robotics and Automation
Exploring ROS Basics and RigBetel Labs, Pune
54. 20RAI001
Modelling
ROS Tools, Mapping and RigBetel Labs, Pune
55. 20RAI002
Navigation
Industrial Electric Panel ADNA Automation,Coimbatore
56. 20RAI003
Design
57. 20RAI004 Motion Control Dr.Kuppan Chetty, Hindustan University.
58. Automation using PLC, Axis Global Institute of Industrial Training, Coimbatore
20RAI005
SCADA and HMI
59. Robotic Simulation using Axis Global Institute of Industrial Training, Coimbatore
20RAI006
Moto Sim Software
Employability Enhancement Courses (eec)

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P C POs CA ES TOTAL
Code
1. 20XXX Mini Project - I 0 0 4 2 1-12 60 40 100
2. 20XXX Mini Project - II 0 0 4 2 1-12 60 40 100
1
3. 20XXX Project Work 0 0 8 1-12 60 40 100
6
Internship / Startup /
4. 20XXX 0 0 4 2 1-12 60 40 100
Entrepreneurship
5. 20XXX Industrial One Credit Course 0 0 4 1 1-12 60 40 100


20AE201 INDIAN SPACE MISSIONS 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
On Successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the policies and milestones accomplished by Indian space Programme PO6
CO2: Summarize the Indian space missions with numerous launch vehicles PO5, PO6
CO3: Describe the navigation and communication systems employed in space science PO5, PO6
CO4: Recognize the roles of the Indian space centers and its parent organizations PO6
GENESIS OF INDIAN SPACE PROGRAMME 2

Major Milestones in Indian Space Programme, Indian Space Policy
INDIAN SPACE MISSIONS 3
Mars Orbiter Mission, LVM3-X (CARE), Astrosat, GSAT-30, PSLV-C48, PSLV-C47, Chandrayaan, Chnadrayaan
2, Future Missions.
INDIAN SPACECRAFT 2
Communication, Earth Observations, Navigations, Space Science, Experimental and Small Satellites, Student
Satellites
LAUNCHERS 3
Historic:SLV. ASLVOperational: PSLV, GSLV, GSLV Mk III,Sounding Rockets,
Future:RLV-TD, Scramjet Engine-TD.
APPLICATIONS 2
Earth Observation, Disasaster Management Support and Satellite Communication.
INDIAN SPACE CENTERS 2
Department of Space and ISRO.
INDIAN DEFENCE ORGANISATION 1
Department of Defence, DRDO and centers.
Total Hours: 15
REFERENCES
1. From Fishing Hamlet to Red Planet, "Indian's Space Journey", P.V.Manorajan Rao, 2015.
2. Publications from Space Science missions.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.space.com/indian-space-research-organization.html
2. https://www.dos.gov.in/

20AE203 AVIATION MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Illustrate the air transport commercial practices and uses. PO1
CO2: Explain the management perspectives. PO1
CO3: Explain about the economical strategy of airline industry. PO1
CO4: Describe the scheduling procedures based on various factors. PO1
AVIATION INDUSTRY & AIRLINE MANAGEMENT 15

Development of air transportation - Comparison with other modes of transport - IATA, ICAO, EASA, FAA, DGCA,
UAM, MIL, QMS 9100 - The general aviation industry airline - Factors affecting general aviation - uses of aircraft -
Airline management: Levels of management, functions of management, Organization: Principles, Chart, Staff
departments and line departments.
AIRLINE ECONOMICS 12
Forecasting: purposes, methods - Airline pricing: pricing and demand, types of passenger fares, pricing process,
airline costs, pricing and output determination - Aircraft selection process: Technical aspects, Fleet rationalization,
Fleet commonality, Factors affecting choice of fleet, Fleet planning process.
PRINCIPLES OF AIRLINES SCHEDULING 18
Equipment maintenance - Flight operations and crew scheduling - Ground operations and facility limitations -
Equipments and types of schedule - Hub & spoke scheduling - Aircraft reliability - Maintenance schedule and its
determination - Aircraft scheduling with reference to engineering.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. L Alexander T Wells, "Air Transportation", 7th Edition, Wadsworth Publishing Company, 2011.
2. Fedric J.H. "Airport Management", Digitized Edition, Richard D. Irwing, 2007.
REFERENCES
1. Gene Kropf "Airline Procedures", Himalayan Book house, 1949.
2. Wilson & Bryon "Air Transportation". Himalayan Book house , 2006.
3. Philip Locklin D "Economics of Transportation", Richard D. Irwing, 1972.
4. Graham.A-Managing Airport an International Perspective -Butterworth Heinemann, Oxford-2001
5. Wells.A-Airport Planning and Management, 4th Edition-McGraw-hill, London-2000.
6. Doganis.R.-The Airport Business-Routledge, London-1992
7. Alexander T.Well, Seth Young -Principles of Airport Management-McGraw Hill 2003
8. P.S.Senguttuvan-Fundamentals of Airport Transport Management - McGraw Hill 2003

20BM207 HOSPITAL SYSTEM MANAGEMENT 2 0 0 2
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1: Express the process for technology procurement, handling and maintenance of PO6
medical devices in a hospital facility.
CO2: Describe the concepts of financial assessment, risk management and employee PO8, PO9,
management in medical industry. PO11
CO3: Explain the advantage and utility of information technology in medical data PO6
handling and communication.
CO4: Summarize the requirements for the design and construction of hospital PO6, PO7
plant facility
HEALTH TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 9

Introduction to medical technology management practices, good management practice for medical equipments,
health care strategic planning utilizing technology assessment, evaluation, procurement, equipment control and
asset management, computerized maintenance management system, Maintenance of equipment- In-house and
contract, various types of contracts, PM & CM- TQM applications-Types of Biomedical equipment- Impact
analysis
MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING IN HEALTHCARE 7
Industrial engineering in healthcare, financial management of clinical engineering services, cost-effectiveness and
productivity, personnel management, skills identification, management styles and human resource development,
quality -Patient safety and the clinical engineering- root cause analysis, HFMEA, risk management, patient safety.
HEALTH INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 7
Physiologic monitoring and clinical information systems, Management Decision and related information
requirement, electronic Medical record. Advanced diagnostics and artificial intelligence. Telemedicine: Clinical
and operational issues. Picture Archiving and Communication Systems, DICOM.
ENGINEERING THE CLINICAL ENVIRONMENT 7
Physical Plant, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning, electrical power, medical gas systems, support services,
construction and renovation, radiation safety, sanitation, water systems in health care facilities, disaster planning -
Accreditations -Health Care Quality and ISO. Hospital Facilities Safety Standards.
Total Periods: 30
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Roberto Miniati, Ernesto Iadanza, Fabrizio Dori, "Clinical Engineering from Devices to Systems", 1st Edition,
Academic Press, 2016.
2. Ernesto Iandanza, "Clinical Engineering Handbook",2nd edition, Academic Press,Elsevier,2020.
REFERENCES:
1. R.C.Goyal, "Hospital Administration and Human Resource Management", PHI-7th Edition,2017.
2. G.D.Kunders, "Hospitals -Facilities Planning and Management", TMH, New Delhi -5th edition Reprint 2007.
3. Arnold D. Kalcizony & Stephen M.Shortell, "Health Care Management", 6th Edition, 2011.
4. Azzam Taktak Paul Ganney David Long Paul White, Clinical Engineering, "A Handbook for Clinical and
Biomedical Engineers", 1st Edition, Academic Press, 2013.
5. Joseph Dyro, "The Clinical Engineering Hand Book", Elsevier, 2004.

20BM208 REGULATORY AFFAIRS, BIO ETHICS AND 2002
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to
CO1: Understand and explain the regulatory processes and the role of the regulatory PO6
process in the medical product lifecycle.
CO2: Describe the bioethical principles and applications in biomedical research. PO8
CO3: Comprehend and articulate the various processes necessary to translate developments PO7
from research to products or services employable by the health sector
CO4: Distinguish various aspects of intellectual capital, identify mechanisms available PO6
for establishing their rights and utilization
REGULATORY AFFAIRS 12
Role of regulatory agencies and professionals; Medical devices-definition and life cycle; Risk based classification
of medical devices; safety and effectiveness; Overview of the regulatory controls applicable during various stages
of medical device life cycle; Familiarization with regulatory agencies - FDA, EU and CDSCO; Introduction to
quality management systems and ISO standards in medical industry, ASTM Standards, Phases of Clinical trials.
PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS 8
Morality, professional conduct and responsibility, legality. Health - private and public perspectives. Principles and
applications of ethics in taking medical devices from laboratory to users.
INTELLECTUAL RIGHTS 4
Framework, Agreements and Laws. GATT and TRIPS, WTO. International conventions, limitations and leverages.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 6
Types, organizations, processes, implementations.
Total : 30
TEXTBOOKS
1. Val Theiz, "Medical Device regulatory practices: An international Perspective", Pan Stanford, 2015
2. Sree Krishna V, "Bioethics and Biosafety in Biotechnology", New Age International, 2007.
3. Alikhan S and R Mashelkar , "Intellectual Property and competitive strategies in the 21st century", Wolters
Kluwer, 2009.
REFERENCES
1. Stephen F. Amato (ed.), Robert M. Ezzell Jr. (ed.), "Regulatory Affairs for Biomaterials and Medical Devices",
Woodhead Publishing, 2014
2. WIPO Academy -Courses and Study Materials
WEB REFERNCES
1. http://eumdr.com/
2. https://www.fda.gov/
3. https://cdsco.gov.in/opencms/opencms/en/Home

20CE206 ARCHITECTURAL CONSERVATION AND 1001
HISTORIC PRESERVATION
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Recall the importance of historic conservation and preservation to
strengthen cultural integrity. PO6
CO2: Interpret the necessary techniques for maintaining and preserving architectural
and historic sites. PO1, PO7
CO3: Evaluate the various categories of historic conservation and select appropriate
preservation techniques. PO1
CO4: Investigate the heritage structures and prepare a conservation report PO1, PO2
HERITAGE CONSERVATION 7
Introduction - heritage conservation- need, debate and purpose - understanding heritage - types of heritage
resources. Zones and historic areas; planning for heritage districts, towns and cities - values and significance - value
assessment, approaches of conservation. Divergent approaches - ethics of conservation - history of conservation
movement; concepts and definitions - International agencies like ICCROM, UNESCO and their role in
conservation.
HISTORIC PRESERVATION 8
World Heritage Sites, selection criteria, authenticity and integrity, case studies, endangered sites.
Categories, Types and issues of heritage precincts - Causes of decay - listing, documentation - assessment of
heritage structures, sites and precincts. Investigation - state of preservation and preparing conservation report,
guidelines for maintenance and repair - case studies
Total Hours: 15
REFERENCES
1. Cullinane, J. J. Maintaining and Repairing Old and Historic Buildings. Wiley-Blackwell, 2018.
2. Croci, G. The Conservation and Structural Restoration of Architectural Heritage. Southampton, UK: WIT
Press, 2017
3. Fitch, J.M.. Historic Preservation: Curatorial Management of the Built World. Virginia: 5th printing 2016.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/heritage-matters
2. https://www.mooc-list.com/course/cities-yesterday-today-and-tomorrow-why-heritage-conservation-
matters

20CE207 CULTURAL IMPLICATIONS ON BUILDING DESIGN 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Interpret the influence of cultural changes in historical and industrialized structures. PO6
CO2: Develop a model of structures based on cultural development. PO1, PO3,
PO6, PO9
HISTORICAL EVOLUTION 5
Study of vernacular architecture - traditional way of life of people -Understanding the impact of social and physical
environment - climate of the place- Impact on materials and methods of building construction. Cross-cultural
understanding of factors influencing early settlement and built form, Indus Valley Civilization and the early Aryan
architecture of the Ganga basin, Vedic principles of planning.
INFLUENCE OF FOREIGN ARCHITECTURE 7
Architecture of Egypt, West Asia (Mesopotamia, Assyria, neo-Babylon and Persia), China, Pre-Columbian
America, Greece (Aegean to Hellenistic times) and Rome - Inception and development of Buddhist architecture in
India - overview of developments in South East Asia, Japan, China and the Silk Route - Growth and development of
the bungalow, the hill station, the cantonment and the residency in response to the perceived needs of the British in
India; Indo-Saracenic Architecture of the Indian sub-continent;
IMPACTS OF INDUSTRIALISATION &CULTURE 3
The Industrial revolution and its impact - Initiation of modern architecture and town planning- Issues related to the
growing problems of urban areas in the world and their future development. Design with relation to the contextual
environment, heritage and impact analysis.
Total Hours: 15
REFERENCES
1. Koc Gulah and ClaesMarie-Therese, "Cultural Influences on Architecture" IGI Global, 2017
2. Amos Rapoport , "Culture, Architecture and Design" Locke Science Publishing Co., Inc., 2005

20CE224 CIRCULAR ECONOMY FOR SUSTAINABLE 1001
BUILT ENVIRONMENT
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify areas where circular economy principles can be applied to the Built PO2, PO5,
Environment through multi-scalar design strategies PO7
INTRODUCTION 15
Built environment - Housing demand -recent building technologies and design strategies -building products and
materials - life-cycle performance of buildings-linear economy versus circular economy - principles of Circular
Economy - design for disassembly -case studies in the design and development process of buildings - circularity in
buildings connecting water, energy and waste - geographical significance of building products-environmental
impacts
Total hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. David Cheshire, Building Revolutions: Applying the Circular Economy to the Built Environment, CRC Press,
Taylor & Francis Group, Florida, 2020.
2. Ramjeawon, T. Introduction to Sustainability for Engineers, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, Florida
2020.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.edx.org/course/circular-economy-for-a-sustainable-built-environ-2
2. https://www.ellenmacarthurfoundation.org/assets/downloads/publications/Ellen-MacArthur-Foundation-
Towards-the-Circular-Economy-vol.1

20CE225 PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Define construction management principles, classification, stages PO1
and organization types
CO2: Describe the construction planning and resource planning in project management PO1
CO3: Compute construction schedules, network diagrams and time estimates of projects PO1,PO5
CO4: Infer the cost required for each activity in construction to prepare tender PO2,PO10,
document, Contract types and report. PO11
CO5: Summarize the Quality control measures and safety in construction PO1
CO6: Describe the basic concepts of lean techniques and productivity in
construction management.
PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT 6

Definition - Principles of Construction Management - Classification and stages of Construction - Contracting firms
- Organization - Types of organizations.
CONSTRUCTION AND RESOURCE PLANNING 6
Construction Planning: Collection of field data - Preliminary estimates - Approval and sanction of estimates -
Budget provision - Construction stages - Scheduling methods - Progress report and charts - Resource Planning
TECHNIQUES FOR CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT 9
Bar Chart- Mile stone chart- Work break down structure and Preparation of networks - Network techniques like
PERT and CPM in construction management- Calculations for scheduling with leads, lags and windows - Resource
oriented scheduling - Scheduling with resource constraints and precedence - Use of Advanced Scheduling
Techniques -Scheduling with uncertain durations Project monitoring and resource allocations through network
techniques.
CONTRACT MANAGEMENT 9
Contractors: Contract system - Types of contracts - Specifications, documents, procedures, conditions, taxes, law of
constructions and Legal implications and penalties. Tender And Tender Documents: Definition - Calling for tenders
- Tender documents submission of tenders - Processing of tenders - Negotiations and settlement of contracts -
Labour Regulations.
QUALITY CONTROL AND SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION 9
Quality and safety Concerns in Construction - Organizing for Quality and Safety - Work and Material Specifications
- Total Quality control - Quality control by statistical methods - Statistical Quality control with Sampling by
Attributes - Statistical Quality control by Sampling and Variables-Safety.
LEAN CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES 6
Overview of Lean Technology - Techniques for Lean Management: Five Whys, Pareto analysis, Fishbone diagram;

Waste response -Tools in Lean Construction: Productivity Improvement - Process, machinery Operator and
equipment; Enabling lean through information technology.
Total hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Chitkara, K.K. "Construction Project Management Planning", Scheduling and Control, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co., New Delhi, 2009.
2. B.C. Punmia, K.K. Khandelwal., "Project Planning and Control with PERT and CPM" 4th Edition Laxmi
Publications, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Dr. M.S. Roy., "Quantity Surveying and Contract & Tenders" 1st Edition, Vayu Education of India 2015.
2. P S Gahlot, "Construction Planning And Management" New Age, International, 2007
3. Shang Gao and Sui Pheng Low, Lean Construction Management: The Toyota Way, Springer, 2014.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105104101/ nptel-aic/construction planning and management -intro.pdf
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/103/105103093/

20CE226 LEAN CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Define the principles of construction management, organization and activity, PO1
Techniques in lean construction
CO2: Outline the quality control and safety in construction management. PO1
CO3: Explain core concepts of lean construction and its importance in productivity. PO1
CO4: Apply the concepts of lean construction tools and techniques in construction PO2, PO5,
industry PO7, PO11
CO5: Predict the lean implementation to achieve sustainability in construction design PO2, PO5,
and modeling. PO7, PO11
INTRODUCTION TO CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT 12

Project -Definition, Classification, Project Life cycle; Project Management - Definition, Objectives, Functional
areas; Management of Resources-Material, Labour, Money, Time, Equipment; Planning and Scheduling of
Resources -Work breakdown structure,Concepts of Critical Path Method, Program Evaluation and Review
Technique.Traditional Construction management techniques and their problems; Comparison between Traditional
and Lean construction project.
LEAN CONSTRUCTION 6
Lean Management -Lean Production; Evolution of Lean Construction; Production theories in construction -
Productivity, Daily Progress Report,Value in Construction sector, Forms of waste in construction industry.
CONCEPTS IN LEAN CONSTRUCTION 9
Principles of lean construction -Value identification, Value Stream, Workflow reliability and work structuring, Pull
planning, Continuous improvement; Variability and its impact; Lean Project Delivery system; Production Control.
LEAN CONSTRUCTION TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES 9
Waste management Framework: Waste Detection -Value stream mapping, Construction process analysis, Spaghetti
diagram; Waste Processing -5 Whys, Pareto analysis, Fishbone diagram; Waste response -5S, Just-In-Time, Visual
Management, Last Planner system, Huddle meetings, Kanban cards, Look ahead Schedule, Six Sigma.
LEAN CONSTRUCTION IMPLEMENTATION 9
Lean construction implementation - Training, selecting the members, preparing project plan, implementation,
review. Productivity Improvement: Process, machinery Operator and equipment; Enabling lean through
information technology; Lean through Building Information Modelling; Sustainability through lean construction
approach
Total Hours: 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Corfe, C. and Clip, B., Implementing lean in construction: Lean and the sustainability agenda, CIRIA, 2013.
2. Shang Gao and Sui Pheng Low, Lean Construction Management: The Toyota Way, Springer, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Dave, B., Koskela, L., Kiviniemi, A., Owen, R., and Tzortzopoulos, P., Implementing lean in construction:
Lean construction and BIM, CIRIA, 2013.
2. Ballard, G., Tommelein, I., Koskela, L. and Howell, G., Lean construction tools and techniques, 2002.
3. Salem, O., Solomon, J., Genaidy, A. and Luegring, M., Site implementation and Assessment of Lean
Construction Techniques, Lean Construction Journal, 2005.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.buildingsguide.com/blog/introduction-lean-construction/
2. https://www.leanconstruction.org/wp_content/uploads/2019/06/LeanConstructionDefined.pdf
3. http://ieomsociety.org/ieomdetroit/pdfs/256.pdf

20CS203 SOCIOLOGY OF DIGITAL MEDIA 1 0 0 1
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Apply relevant digital media skills in a variety of perspectives PO1, PO2, PO3, PO6,
including liberal arts, history, communication and information theory. PO7, PO8, PO9, PO10
CO2: Analyze the theories of media studies for the better transformation PO2, PO3, PO6, PO7,
of conceptual ideas to innovative and productive digital media PO8, PO9, PO10, PO12
PROFESSIONAL DIGITAL PRACTICE

Digital media tools for professional purposes: to build networks, construct an e-profile, publicise and share research
and instruct students.
SOCIOLOGICAL ANALYSES OF DIGITAL USE
Researching the ways in which people's use of digital media configures their sense of selves, their embodiment and
their social relations.
DIGITAL DATA ANALYSIS
Using digital data for social research, either quantitative or qualitative.
CRITICAL DIGITAL SOCIOLOGY
Undertaking reflexive and critical analysis of digital media informed by social and cultural theory.
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Alessandro Delfanti & Adam Arvidsson, "Introduction to Digital Media", Wiley Blackwell,1stEdition , 2019.
2. Simon Lindgren , "Digital Media and Society", 1st Edition, SAGE Publications Ltd,2018.
REFERENCES
1. Deborah Lupton, "Digital Sociology", Routledge, 2015.
2. Nigel Chapman, Jenny Chapman, "Digital Media Tools", 3rd Edition, Wiley, 2014.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/248381396_Introducing_digital_sociology
2. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/308093817_Digital_sociology

20CS231 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND 3 0 0 3
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the basics of entrepreneurship, business models and PO2, PO3,
startup management. PO12
CO2: Outline the roles of entrepreneurship development institutions in PO6, PO7,
creating the startup culture. PO11
CO3: Apply the innovative entrepreneurship skills in the development of PO5, PO6, PO7,
business models for setting up of startups. PO9, PO10, PO11
CO4: Examine the overall success of the venture after its transformation PO5, PO6, PO7,
from ideas to implementation. PO9, PO10, PO11
INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP 15
Entrepreneurship - Concept and Definitions - Entrepreneurship and Economic Development - Classification of
Entrepreneurs - Traits and Qualities of a successful Entrepreneur -Role of Entrepreneurial Institutions in
Entrepreneurship Development-Various Schemes and Incentives-Venture Capitalists - Angel Investors- E cells -
Entrepreneurship Development Programmes - Social Entrepreneurship
DEVLOPMENT OF BUSINESS MODEL 15
Innovation and creativity in the current business scenario- Challenges of Innovation- Business models and value
propositions- opportunity analysis and idea generation- Evaluation- Feasibility analysis- Business Plan -
Developing a Business Plan - Project Management -Tools and Techniques of Project Management - Project
Development Cycle-potential fatal flaws of business models
TRANSFORMATION OF BUSINESS MODEL INTO STARTUP 15
Startup Culture in India-Gaining marketing Intelligence- Customer Segments, Channels and Partners, Revenue
Model and Streams- Effective marketing- financial performance analysis and budgeting- Establishing an ethical
culture in the firm- understanding the legal and regulatory aspects for the venture- Obtaining Business Licenses and
permits- Strategic improvement plans
Total Periods : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Khanka. S.S., "Entrepreneurial Development" S.Chand & Co. Ltd., Ram Nagar, New Delhi, 2018.
2. Donald F Kuratko, "Entrepreneurship - Theory, Process and Practice", 9th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Hisrich R D, Peters M P, "Entrepreneurship" 8th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2013.
2. Mathew J Manimala, "Entrepreneurship theory at cross roads: paradigms and praxis" 2nd Edition, Dream tech, 2005.
3. Rajeev Roy, 'Entrepreneurship' 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2011.
4. Eric Ries, "The Lean Startup: How Constant Innovation Creates Radically Successful Businesses", Penguin, 2011
5. Rudrajeet Desai, "Breaking Out and Making Big: A No-Nonsense Book on New Age Start-Ups and
Entrepreneurship", Collins, 2014
WEB REFERENCES

20CS232 MANAGEMENT ESSENTIALS FOR ENGINEERS 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the fundamental management concepts for the practice of a PO2, PO3,
profession by an engineer. PO11, PO12
CO2: Understand the financial and economic aspects that are needed by an PO2, PO3,
engineer for the project management. PO11
CO3: Apply the quantitative skills to approach the business problems and PO2, PO3,
bring out better solutions. PO11
CO4: Apply the knowledge of generally accepted accounting principles and PO2, PO3,
managerial theories in the engineering organizations. PO11
FOUNDATIONS OF MANAGEMENT 15
Management: Concept - Types of Business Organization - Contribution of F.W.Taylor and Henry Fayol -
Organization Chart, Structure and Process; Leadership, Traits, Styles; Current Trends in Management; Functional
Areas of Management
FINANCE AND ECONOMICS FOR ENGINEERS 15
Concepts of Economics - Micro-Economics - Macro Economics - Managerial Economics - Demand and Supply
Analysis- Accounting concepts and conventions - Profit and Loss Account - Balance Sheet- Sources of Finance -
Working Capital Management - Crowd funding
PROJECT MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 10
Project Planning - Application of Gantt chart -Critical Milestones Chart- Tools for Tracking - Managing Time:
Variance Management and Earned Value - Managing Multiple Projects - Project Scheduling - Cost Management -
Agile Project Management
Total Periods : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich, "Essentials of Management", Tata McGrawHill, 10th Edition, 2014.
2. Khan M.Y and Jain P.K, "Basic Financial Management", McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2013.
3. M. Y. Khan and P. K. Jain, "Management Accounting: Text Problems and Cases", Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
4. Russ J. Martinelli, Dragan Z. Milosevic, "Project Management Tool Box", Wiley Publications, 2016.
5. Salvatore and Srivastava, "Managerial Economics", Oxford University Press, 7th Edition, 2013
REFERENCES
1. Joseph L Massie, "Essentials of Management", Prentice Hall of India, 7th Edition, 2010.
2. Prasanna Chandra, "Fundamentals of Financial Management", Tata McGraw Hill, 8th Edition, 2012.
3. Pandey. I. M, "Financial Management", VikasPublishing House, 10th Edition, Reprint 2011.
4. S. N. Maheshwari, "Financial Accounting", Vikas Publishing House, 2012.
5. Clifford F. Gray, Erik W. Larson andGautam V. Desai, "Project Management", McGraw Hill, 6th Edition, 2014.
WEB REFERENCES

20CS233 WORKPLACE PROFESSIONALISM AND HUMAN VALUES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the fundamentals of psychology, behavior patterns and essential PO6, PO7,
human values for every individuals in the society. PO8, PO12
CO2: Understand the dimensions of psychological factors that involves in every PO6, PO7,
human being in an organization and in the society. PO8, PO12
CO3: Apply the basic professional etiquettes in everyday life for being a better PO6, PO7,
employee in the organization and a responsible citizen of the society. PO8, PO12
CO4: Experiment with various problems faced by every individual in the society PO6, PO7,
and the appropriate solution for the betterment of one's own self. PO8, PO12
INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY 15
Industry and Psychology - Factors responsible for Psychology-Human Engineering- Hawthorne Studies -Mental
Psychology- Organizational Psychology - Employee Motivation-Job Satisfaction and Commitment
ORGANISATIONAL PROFESSIONALISM 15
Professional Etiquettes- Workplace courtesy- Workplace communication- Diversities in the workplace-
Organizational Stress -Job Stress -Consequences - Organizational: Nature, Causes and Management
ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES 15
Morals, values and Ethics - Integrity - Service learning - Civic virtue - Respect for others - Living peacefully -
Caring - Sharing - Honesty - Courage - Valuing time - Cooperation - Commitment - Empathy - Self-confidence -
Character - Spirituality - Yoga and meditation for professional excellence and stress management.
Total Periods : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Ghosh, P.K. and Ghorpade, M.B, " Industrial Psychology", Himalaya Publishers, 4th Edition,2020.
2. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, "Ethics in Engineering", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2018.
REFERENCES
1. Frank J.Landy, Jeffrey.M.Conte, "Work in the 21st Century: An Introduction to Industrial and Organizational
Psychology", Wiley, 4th Edition,2013.
2. Aamodt, M.G, "Industrial Organizational Psychology: An Applied Approach", Wadsworth/ Cengage Reprint,
2008.
3. Muchinsky, P. M. "Psychology Applied to Work", Thomson, 8th Edition, 2007.
4. Singh .N, "Industrial Psychology", Tata McGraw Hill, Reprint Edition, 2011.

20EE209 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT 20 0 2
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Demonstrate the roles, skills and functions of management. PO6, PO8, PO9,
PO11, PO12
CO2: Infer the importance of planning to diagnose and solve organizational PO6, PO8, PO9,
problems and develop optimal managerial decisions. PO11, PO12
CO3: Understand the complexities associated with management of human PO6, PO8, PO9,
resources in the organizations and integrate the learning in handling PO11, PO12
these complexities.
CO4: Understand the concept of controlling and reporting PO6, PO8, PO9,
PO11, PO12
CONCEPTUAL FOUNDATION 8
Definition of Management - Science or Art - Management and Administration - Approaches to Management -
Development of Management Thought - Contribution of Taylor and Fayol - Functions of Management - Types of
Business Organisations - Leadership - Types of Leadership Motivation - Hierarchy of needs - Motivation theories -
Motivational Techniques
PLANNING AND ORGANISING 10
Nature, Objectives, Types and Levels, Process of Planning, Planning Premises and Forecasting, MBO, Decision
Making. Concept Organising, Forms of Organizational Structure, Combining Jobs: Departmentalization, Span of
Control, Delegation of Authority, Authority & Responsibility.
STAFFING, DIRECTING AND CONTROLLING 12
Staffing Concept; Overview of - Manpower Planning, Job Design, Recruitment & Selection, Training &
Development, Performance Appraisal. Directing Concept, Direction and Supervision, Communication and
Information technology. Controlling Concept, Types of Control, Controlling Techniques. Control of Overall
Performance - Direct and Preventive Control - Reporting.
Total Periods: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Koontz. H, & Weihrich H., "Essentials of Management: An International Perspective", 8th Edition, Tata
McGraw Hills, New Delhi, 2016.
2. Ghuman K. & Aswathapa K, "Management Concepts and Cases", 10th Edition, Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi,
2017.

REFERENCES
1. Telsan M. T., "Industrial and Business Management", 4th Edition, S. Chand, New Delhi, 2016.
2. Ramaswamy I., "Principles of Business Management", 8th Edition, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES
1. nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105146/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc21/SEM1/noc21-mg30/
CASE STUDY
1. Management by Objectives - Super Department Stores
2. Creativity and Decision making - Tackling harassment on airlines
3. Lack of coordination in decision making - Vauxhall Helicopter Crash 2013
4. Planning and Forecasting - Easy Jet

20EE210 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the definition of a leader and the characteristics of a quality leader in PO6, PO7, PO9,
handling the team members. PO10, PO12
CO2: Understand the customer perception of quality and be able to apply the concepts PO6, PO7, PO9,
for customer retention during the professional career. PO10, PO12
CO3: Understand the implication of standards of ISO 9000 series and ISO 14000 PO6, PO7, PO9,
series to the society and the environment. PO10, PO12
CO4: Use non-statistical and statistical tools/techniques for problem solving, grouping PO1, PO6, PO7,
ideas and finding the important ones in the complex situation. PO9, PO10, PO12
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES 15

Introduction - History - Benefits of and obstacles to TQM - Leadership concepts, Deming Philosophy - Voice of
customer (QFD), Customer retention - Employee Motivation, teams, performance appraisal - Juran Trilogy, PDSA
cycle, Six sigma - Selection, certification and rating of suppliers - Cost of quality - Taguchi's Loss Function - Quality
Management Systems (ISO 9000 series) - Environmental Management System (ISO 14000 series).
TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES 15
Benchmarking - Tools for Quality by Design - Failure Mode Effect Analysis, the Design FMEA Document - Product
safety and liability laws, prevention against liability - Management tools: affinity diagram, interrelationship
digraph, tree diagram, matrix diagram - Statistical Process Control: cause and effect diagram, histogram, control
charts for variables and attributes.
Total Periods: 30
TEXT BOOK
1. Besterfield and Dale H., "Total Quality Management", 3rd Revised Edition, Pearson Education, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. James R. Evans, "Total Quality Management, Organization, and Strategy", 4th Edition, Thomson Publications,
2007.
2. Besterfield D. H., "Quality Control", 7th Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2004.
3. Subbaraj R., "Total Quality Management", Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2008.
WEB REFERENCES
4. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_mg03/preview
CASE STUDY
1. Toyota Corporation case study report
2. TQM and Process Improvement in Xerox
3. Apple's success and Total Quality Management tools implementation
4. A Holistic Approach to Quality Success in Tata Steel

20EE216 PROJECT AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Comprehend project characteristics and various stages of a project. PO8, PO9,
PO11, PO12
CO2: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of project planning and PO8, PO9,
implementation. PO11, PO12
CO3: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of financial accounting PO8, PO9,
concepts and analyze the transactions. PO11, PO12
CO4: Comprehend the sources of finance available for start-ups projects PO8, PO9,
and entrepreneurs PO11, PO12
PROJECT PLANNING AND IMPLEMENTATION 20

Characteristics of projects - Definition and objectives of project management - Social relevance and national
interest - Stages of project management - Defining work content, time estimation, project cost estimation and
budgeting, fund raising, project risk management, project scheduling with resource constraints and planning tool -
Application of Gantt Chart - Critical Milestones chart - Tools for tracking - Developing Project Plan, Resource
Leveling and Resource Allocation - Time Cost Trade off - Project Implementation - Post-Project analysis and Report
preparation.
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING AND FINANCING OF ENTERPRISE 10
Meaning, Nature and scope of financial accounting, Accounting concepts & conventions, Business Transactions,
Analysis of Transactions - Need for Financial Planning, Sources of finance - Project financing - Institutional finance
to Entrepreneurs - Venture Capital.
Total Periods: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Prasanna Chandra, "Fundamentals of Financial Management", 7th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2020.
2. Shtub, Bard and Globerson, "Project Management: Engineering, Technology and implementation", Prentice
Hall India.
REFERENCES
1. M.Y. Khan and P.K. Jain, "Financial Management", 8th Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2018.
2. Ravi M. Kishore, "Project Management", McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2007.
3. Pravin Kumar, "Fundamentals of Engineering Economics", Wiley India, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDY
1. Delhi Metro Project
2. India's Quest for Green Energy: Kamuthi Solar Project
3. Millau Viaduct: Creating an Engineering Marvel
4. Making of Aakash: The World's Cheapest Tablet
5. UIDAI's Aadhaar Project: Challenges Ahead

20EE235 POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explain the goals and assumptions of positive psychology PO6, PO10, PO12
CO2: Relate positive psychology phenomena in real life PO6, PO10, PO12
CO3: Summarize the applications of positive psychology PO6, PO10, PO12
INTRODUCTION2
Positive psychology: Goals and assumptions; Relationship with health psychology
POSITIVE EMOTIONS, WELL-BEING AND HAPPINESS 5
Positive emotions: Cultivating positive emotions; Well-being: negative vs positive functions; Subjective well-
being: Emotional, Social and Psychological well-being; Model of complete mental life
SELF CONTROL, REGULATION AND PERSONAL GOAL SETTING 5
The value of self control; Personal goals and self regulation; Personal goal and well-being; goals that create self
regulation; everyday explanations for self control failure problems
APPLICATIONS OF POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY 3
Mental health: Moving toward balanced conceptualization; Lack of developmental perspectives
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Snyder, C.R. &Lopez .S.J, "Handbook of Positive Psychology", New York: Oxford University Press, 2nd
Edition, 2009.
2. Baumgardner .S .R & Crothers .M .K, "Positive Psychology", U.P: Dorling Kindersley Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Edition,
2011.
REFERENCES
1. Carr .A, "Positive Psychology, The Science of Happiness and Human Strengths", Routledge, New York, 2nd
Edition, 2011.
2. Singh .A, "Behavioral Science: Achieving Behavioral Excellence for Success", Wiley India Private limited,
New Delhi, 2013.
WEB REFERENCES

20EI210 ENGINEERING PROJECT AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Comprehend project characteristics and various stages of a project. PO9,PO10,PO11,PO12
CO2: Infer the knowledge on project planning and implementation PO9,PO10,PO11,PO12
CO3: Familiarize with financial accounting concepts, prepare and analyse
financial statements PO9,PO10,PO11,PO12
CO4: Summarize the sources of finance available for start-ups projects and
entrepreneurs PO9,PO10,PO11,PO12
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND IDENTIFICATION 10
Attributes of a Project-Project Life Cycle -Project management Process-Benefits of Project Management- Need
Identification: Project Selection- Project organization- Project feasibility Analysis: Technical feasibility,
commercial and financial visibility- Environment Analysis.
PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND CONTROL 15
Project representation: Role of project managers, relevance with objective of organization, preliminary
manipulations -Basic Scheduling concepts : Resource levelling, Resource allocation, Setting a base line- Project
management information system- Importance of contracts in projects -Team work in Project Management-
Formation of Effective terms.
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 12
Financial Accounting Concepts and Conventions - Preparation and Analysis of Financial Statements : Profit & Loss
Account and Balance Sheet - Sources of Finance : Long Term Sources, Term Loans and Working Capital Advances
- Break even analysis.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP 08
Entrepreneurship and Economic Development - Classification and Types of Entrepreneurs - Traits and Qualities of a
successful Entrepreneur -The Entrepreneurial Process - Role of Entrepreneurial-Institutions in Entrepreneurship
Development-Various Schemes and Incentives-Venture Capitalists
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Prasanna Chandra, "Fundamentals of Financial Management", 8th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2017.
2. Project Management Institute "A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge", PMBOK Guide, 6th
Edition, 2017
REFERENCES
1. M.Y. Khan and P.K. Jain, "Financial Management", 7th Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2017.
2. Ravi M. Kishore, "Project Management", McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2007.
3. Pravin Kumar, "Fundamentals of Engineering Economics", Wiley India, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES

20EI211 PLANNING AND ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 3003
Course Outcomes
CO1: Infer the importance of planning and it's effective application at work place to PO10,PO12
diagnose and solve organizational issues.
CO2: Demonstrate and apply the concepts of organizational behaviour to understand PO8, PO9,
the behaviour of people in the organization. PO10, PO12
CO3: Analyze the role of personality and demonstrate the ability to build strong PO6, PO9,
personality attributes. PO10, PO12
CO4: Evaluate the various leadership styles and apply the appropriate styles at PO9, PO10,
different corporate situations. PO12
PLANNING 10
Nature and Purpose of Planning -Steps in Planning - Types of Planning - Objectives - Setting objectives - Policies -
Planning Premises - Planning Tools and Techniques.
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 12
Introduction - Key Determinants - Multidisciplinary Roots of OB - OB Models - Emerging Challenges and
Opportunities for OB - Emotional Intelligence - Motivation Theories - Conflicts and Negotiation.
PERSONALITY AND BEHAVIOR 13
Personality and Individual Differences: Determinants of Personality - Major Personality Attributes influencing OB
- The Big Five Model, MBTI Theory - Theories of Personality - Well-Being: Positive Psychology, Mindfulness,
Happiness Factor, Meaningfulness, Positives and Negatives.
LEADERSHIP AND BEHAVIOR 10
Leadership Theories - Types and different styles of Leader - The New Reality for Leaders - Skills and Competencies
- Women and Leadership - Best practices of Leadership - Entrepreneurial Traits and Behaviours.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Stephen P.Robbins, Timothy A. Judge, Neharika Vohra, "Organisational Behaviour", PHI Learning Pearson
Education, 16th Edition, 2017.
2. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich, "Essentials of Management", 2nd edition 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. L.M.Prasad, "Principles and Practices of Management", Sultan Chand & Sons, 1st Edition, 2014.
2. Fred Luthans, "Organisational Behaviour", McGraw Hill, 12th Edition, 2014.
WEB REFERENCES

20EI219 LEADERSHIP EXCELLENCE AND DEVELOPMENT 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Illustrate about positive outlook and critical thinking PO9, PO10, PO11,PO12
CO2 Build the team work and leadership skills PO9, PO10, PO11,PO12
CO3 Develop the communication and personality skills PO9, PO10, PO11,PO12
CO4 Recognize the networking and interpersonal skills PO9, PO10, PO11,PO12
CO5 Interpret the entrepreneurialleadershiprequirements PO9, PO10, PO11,PO12
GROWTH MINDSET AND CREATIVE EYE 2

Developing Habit - Overcoming Self-LimitingBeliefSystem - Being & Doing Positive - Branding - Think out of
Box - Critical Thinking
LEADERSHIP 2
Basics of Leadership - Type of Leadership - Road Ahead-Dream & Destination - Case Study
TEAM BUILDING 2
Basics of Team - Building a Good Team - Success recipe for Good Team - Group Team Discussion
INTRAPERSONAL COMMUNICATION 2
Changing Negative Self- Talk to Positive - Managing Overthinking
EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT 2
Know Yourself - Control Yourself - Empower Yourself - Time Management - Dressing for Success
NETWORKING & PEOPLE SKILLS 2
Interpersonal Skills - Assertiveness - Negotiation Skills - Problem Solving - Decision Making - Persuasiveness
ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILL 5
Frame work for entrepreneurial leadership requirements - Personalized Assessment of entrepreneurial orientation -
Explore top competencies and Behaviors of successful Entrepreneurial leaders - Gain insight into what
distinguishes Entrepreneurial Leaders from Traditional leaders - Evaluate the gaps that exist between Self-
Perception versus Actual Results - Look at Leadership Characteristics that contribute to being an effective leader -
Examine Four Key Success Factors and Attributes that Entrepreneurial leaders exhibit - Highlight top Influences
that drive Entrepreneurial leaders to take- action - Engage in a discussion about the Challenges and Opportunities
leaders face - Ask participants to Identify Gaps and areas needing further development - Put in place Individual
Action Plans for each participant moving forward - Assess the Entrepreneurial Orientation at the team, group or
organization level - Include Exercises and Stories of successful Entrepreneurial leaders
Total Periods: 17

20HS201 ADVANCED BUSINESS ENGLISH 3 0 0 3
PRE REQUISITE
20HS270 Preliminary Business English
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Choose the vocabulary to communicate in profession and business world. PO10, PO12
CO2: Extend the use of listening and reading skills to comprehend effectively. PO9, PO10, PO12
CO3: Illustrate the skills required to participate in conversations and to PO9, PO10,
deliver oral presentations. PO12
CO4: Develop professional writing skills to be used for various activities. PO10, PO12
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY 10

Sentence Pattern - Articles - Determiners - Phrasal Verbs - Idioms and Phrases - One word substitution -
Collocations- Spotting Errors - Describing Cause and Effect - Framing Question and Answers -Vocabulary related
to Teamwork, Hotels, Corporate Companies, Job Responsibilities, Financial Terms, Marketing and Ethical
Banking, Health and Safety, Business Expenses, Business Travel, Staff Appraisal, Marketing Disasters and Global
Marketing.
READING AND LISTENING 15
Listening for writing short answers: Telephone conversation - identifying topic, context, function - Extended
conversation or monologue; interview, discussion, presentation - formal and informal conversation.
Reading: Understanding text structure, Skimming and Scanning, Vocabulary and structure information,
understanding sentence structure/error identification- Articles on: teamwork, making arrangements, choosing a
hotel, Ways of entertaining business clients, arranging a company visit.
SPEAKING 10
Giving personal information: talking about present circumstances, past experiences and future plans, expressing
opinions, speculating - Expressing and justifying opinions, Speculating, Comparing and Contrasting, Agreeing and
Disagreeing- Role Play - Giving Directions - Discussion: current affairs, company's growth, Job benefits,
Promoting companies at trade fairs, Presentation, Group Discussion, Making suggestions.
WRITING 10
Giving Instructions: explaining a development, asking for comments, requesting information-agreeing to requests-
Report and Proposal - Completing a business report- Correspondence Internal and External : Explaining,
Apologizing, Reassuring, Complaining, Promotional - Recommending, persuading- Interpreting Charts and
Diagrams - Paragraph writing :Compare and Contrast - Paraphrasing- Job Description- Product Description-
Dangers of Plagiarism-
Preparation and presentation of Technical paper as per standard IEEE format using plagiarism Software.
Total Hours: 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. "Cambridge English: BEC Vantage with answers", 1st edition. Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2016.
2. "Cambridge English: Business Benchmark Pre-intermediate to Intermediate Business Preliminary", 2nd
edition. Cambridge University Press, Noida, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Ian Wood, Paul Sanderson, Anne Williams with Marjorie Rosenberg, "Pass Cambridge BEC Vantage", 2nd
edition, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Gerson, Sharon.J Steven M.Gerson, "Technical Writing - Process and Product", 3rd edition, Pearson Education
(Singapore) (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
3. Murcia Marianne Celce, Donna M.Brinton and Marguerite Ann Snow, "Teaching English as a Second or
Foreign Langauge", 4th edition, National Geographic Learning, a part of Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2014.
WEB REFERENCES
1. www.cambridgeenglish.org/learning-english
2. www.facebook.com/cambridgeenglish.
3. www.cambridgeenglishonline.com
4. www.writeandimprove.com
5. BEC Orientation App

20HS202 TECHNICAL WRITING 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recall the scientific and technical communication in the workplace for PO10, PO12
effective collaboration.
CO2: Illustrate technical information and knowledge in practical documents for PO9, PO10,
professional audiences. PO12
CO3: Develop the unique qualities of professional writing style in letters/ Emails PO9, PO10,
and Instructions. PO12
CO4: Demonstrate proof reading and editing skills through usage of coherent, PO10, PO12
concise and appropriate sentences.
TECHNICAL WRITING 15
The writing process: pre-writing, writing, rewriting - words often confused- frequently asked questions in
interview- Process of writing project report-Graphical representations-Punctuation- Bibliography- Dangers of
Plagiarism.
TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS 20
Format of writing Thesis, Preparing Abstracts, article - Email Correspondence - Editing for Style - Instructions and
Recommendations - Procedures and Policies in Describing and Summarizing Technical Information - Small group
meetings: brainstorming, collaborating on writing projects - Preparation and presentation of Technical paper as per
standard IEEE format using plagiarism Software - Ethics in writing.
EDITING AND PROOF READING 10
Resume (Cover letter and Curriculum Vitae), Statement of purpose, Professional and Business Letters, Letter to the
editor- Error correction, Meeting: preparing Agenda, Minutes and Memos - Professional Presentations - Style in
technical writing.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Konar, Nira. "Communication Skills for Professionals", 1st edition, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Anderson. Paul.V. "Technical Communication", 8th edition, Cengage Learning India, Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2014
REFERENCES
1. Basu, B.N. "Technical Writing", 1st edition, PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Bailey, Stephen. "Academic Writing: A Practical guide for students", 1st edition, London, Routledge, 2004.
3. Rizvi, Ashraf M, "Effective Technical Communication", 5th edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008
WEB REFERENCES
3. https://medium.com/technical-writing-is-easy/free-technical-writing-ebooks-c7662b213af1

20HS203 BASIC GERMAN 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Relate the German Language to Culture, Food and Nationality. PO10, PO12
CO2: Illustrate the structure of German language and its Grammar. PO10, PO12
CO3: Explain the concept of time using verbs and tenses. PO9, PO10, PO12
CO4: Develop simple sentences for basic conversation. PO9, PO10, PO12
GERMAN CULTURE 10
Tradition- Universities and Companies- Places in a City Greetings-Countries, Food, Shopping and preferences in
Food, Friends-Family and Profession, Nationalities and Languages- Hobbies.
BASIC GRAMMAR 20
Wh-Questions- Definite Article-Irregular Verbs and Personal Pronouns, Irregular verbs-modal verbs and Sentence
formation, Number system, Question words, Statements and Questions, Negation: nicht/kein, Imperatives,
Alphabets-Numbers- Personal pronouns and basic verbs - Yes/No questions- Indefinite Article and Negation
Article, Time-Akkusative cases, verbs with Akkusative, time information.
SPEAKING AND WRITING 15
Self-Introduction - Questions and Answers regarding places - finding way to places, Simple Dialogues Exercises,
Questions and answers with time, arranging an unofficial appointment and Profession arranging an in official
appointment and excuse for a delay.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Dengler, Stefanie, et al, "Netzwerk A1". 1st edition, Klett-Langenscheidt Gmbh, München, 2013.
2. Evans,Sandra, et al, "A1- Hueber". 1st edition, Verlag, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Funk,Hermann, et al, "Studio d A1".1st edition, Goyal Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd, 2009.
2. Dallapiazza, Rosa-Maria, et al, " Tangram Aktuell 1 (Deutsch als Fremdsprache) ". 1st edition, Max Hueber
Verlag, 2004.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.goethe.de/en/index.html
2. https://learn-german-easily.com/index-basic-german
3. https://www.deutsch-lernen.com/learn-german-online/beginners/summary.php
4. https://www.studying-in-germany.org/learn-german/

20HS204 BASIC JAPANESE 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recall the Japanese script and alphabet without errors. PO10, PO12
CO2: Extend the conversation using basic sounds in Japanese language. PO9, PO10, PO12
CO3: Explain the concept of time by learning verbs, tenses and vocabulary. PO9, PO10, PO12
CO4 Make use of appropriate vocabulary required for simple conversation PO9, PO10, PO12
in Japanese language.
JAPANESE ALPHABET 15
Japanese script - Pronunciation of Japanese(Hiragana), (Katakana) - Long vowels - Pronunciation of in, tsu, ga -
Letters combined with ya, yu, yo - Daily Greetings and Expressions - Numerals. N1 wa N2 desu - N1 wa N2 ja
arimasen - S ka - N1mo - N1 no N2 - san - Kore - Sore - Are - Kono N - Sono N - Ano - N - Sou desu - Souja Arimasen
- S1 ka - S2 ka - N1 no N2 - Sou desu ka - Koko - Soko - Asoko - Kochira - Sochira - Achira - Ni wa N2 (place) desu -
Doko - Dochira - N1 no N2 - Ko - So - A - Do ( Demonstrative words) - O kuni - Kanji10 - Technical Japanese
Vocabulary (30 Numbers).
CONCEPT OF TIME 15
Ji - Fun - Pun - Introduction of verbs - V Masu - V Masu - V Masen - V Mashita - V Masendeshita - N (Time) Ni V -
N1 Kara - N2 Made - N1 to N2 - S Ne - N (Place) e Ikimasu - Kimasu - Kaerimasu - Doko (e) Mo Ikimasen -
Ikimasendeshita - N (Vechile) de Ikimase -Kimasu - Kaerimasu - No (Person / Animal) to V - Itsu - S Yo -N o
(transitive) - N o Shimasu - Nani o Shimasuka - Nan and Nani - N (place) de V - V Masenka - V Mashou - o - Kanji 10
- Technical Japanese Vocabulary (30 Numbers).
BASIC GRAMMAR 15
N (tool/means) de V - Word/Sentence wa Go de Nani desu ka - N (person) Ni Agemasu, etc - N (person) Ni
Moraimasu etc - Mou V Mashita - Introduction to Adjectives.
Total Hours : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Yoshiko, Isuruo, et al, "Minna no Nihongo". 1st edition, 3A Corporation, Tokyo, March 2001.
2. Kazuko, Karasawa, et al, " Nihongo Challenge". 1st edition, Ask publishing, Japan, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES
1. www.japaneselifestyle.com
2. www.learn-japanese.info/
3. www.kanjisite.com/
4. www.learn-hiragana-katakana.com/typing-hiragana-characters/

20HS270 PRELIMINARY BUSINESS ENGLISH 2 0 2 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Choose effective listening and speaking skills by means of rhetorical PO10, PO12
functions
CO2: Extend reading and writing skills for professional business communication PO9, PO10, PO12
CO3: Demonstrate the art of speaking and writing through the appropriate usage PO9, PO10,
of Grammar and Vocabulary PO12
CO4: Build communication through the four major skills of language learning. PO10, PO12
AUDITORY & ORATORICAL SKILLS

LISTENING 8
Describing jobs and its responsibilities- Telephonic Conversation- Company / Product description - Describing
dimensions of product - Office etiquette-Recruitment procedures-Short conversations and monologues - Interview /
discussion between two or more people- Listening for specific information
SPEAKING 10
Self Introduction- General interaction and social language- Expressing opinion agreeing and disagreeing-
Demonstrating job, company status, explaining games - Person Concerned (Business) - Company profile-
Vocabulary development- Role play- Annual Sales report- Comments on articles - Picture description- situational
conversation (working in pairs) - Advertisements
COMPREHENSION & ANALYTICAL SKILLS
GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY 8
Parts of Speech- Tenses- Subject Verb Agreement - Reasons and Consequences- Degrees of Comparison- Framing
Questions- Conditional Clauses- Short messages - Vocabularies related to banking, interview, business equipments,
Hotel, traffic and transport.
READING 9
Reading Comprehension- Grammatical accuracy and understanding of text structure- Formal and Informal
conversations- Reading Short texts: memos, understanding short real world notices -Reading for gist and specific
information- Interpreting visual information - Reading and transfer information- Cloze Reading
WRITING 10
Email etiquette and Email Writing- Fax -Memos- Process Description - Sequencing words -Arranging
appointments- Asking for permission- Giving Instructions- Letter writing - Check list -Job Application- Telephone
etiquette - Recommendations - Preparing Agenda and Minutes- Internal and External Communication - Formal and
Informal writing.
Total Hours: 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Cambridge English: BEC Preliminary with answers. Cambridge University Press, New Delhi 2016.
2. Wood Cambridge University, "Business Benchmark Pre-intermediate to Intermediate Business preliminary",
second edition Cambridge University Press, Noida, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Ian wood, Anne Williams with Anna Cowper, "Pass Cambridge BEC Preliminary", 2nd edition, Cengage
Learning, 2015.
2. Dr.K.Rathnasabapathi, "Dynamics of Communication Skills in English through situational approach", 1st
edition, 2016.
3. Murcia Marianne Celce, Donna M. Brinton and Marguerite Ann Snow, "Teaching English as a Second or
Foreign Langauge", 4th edition, National Geographic Learning, a part of Cengage Learning, 2014.
WEB REFERENCE
1. www.cambridgeenglish.org/learning-english
2. www.facebook.com/cambridgeenglish.
3. www.cambridgeenglishonline.com

20IT203 LIBERAL ARTS - WEB DESIGN 1 0 0 1
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the basic concepts of web design. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO12
CO2: Design and build websites using HTML5 and CSS3. PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
GETTING STARTED WITH WEB DESIGN BASICS AND HTML5 7

Introduction to Impressive Web design - Guidelines for creating Impressive Web Page design -Examples on top
most award winning Website designs - How the Web works - Structure of a Web Page - Role of Web design in e-
Publishing - Introduction to HTML5 and its features - Structural Tags - Formatting Text - Creating Tables and Lists -
Adding Links - Working with Forms and Controls - Embedding Multimedia elements and Images.
EXPLORING CSS3 8
Introduction to CSS3 - Embedding CSS in HTML document - Selectors - Formatting Text - Colors and
Backgrounds - Box model - Positioning and Layout - Transitions, Transforms and Animations - Responsive Web
design.
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jennifer Robbins, "Learning Web Design", 5th Edition, 2018, O'Reilly Media, Inc.
2. Thomas A. Powell, "HTML & CSS: The Complete Reference", 5th Edition, 2010, McGraw Hill.
REFERENCES
1. Terry Felke-Morris, "Web Development and Design Foundations With Html5", 9th Edition 2019, Pearson
India.
2. Elizabeth Castro, Bruce Hyslop, "HTML5 and CSS3", 7th Edition 2012, Peachpit Press.
3. Andy Chong, "Basics Animation: Digital Animation", 1st Edition 2007, AVA Publishing.

20IT209 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the concept and overview of entrepreneurship with a
view to enhance entrepreneurial talent. PO2
CO2: Apply the knowledge on the basics of entrepreneurial skills and
competencies with necessary inputs for creation of new ventures. PO3, PO4
CO3: Develop business plan, explain operational implementations for project
management and to generate innovative business ideas. PO7, PO12
Concept and overview of Entrepreneurship - Evolution and Growth of Entrepreneurship in India - Role of
Entrepreneurship in Economic development - Emerging models of corporate entrepreneurship - Entrepreneurial
Culture - Entrepreneurial Society - Entrepreneurship Development Programs - Problems and Challenges of
Entrepreneurs - Entrepreneurial Scenario in India.
INTRODUCTION TO TECHNOLOGY INNOVATION & STARTUPS 15
Idea versus opportunity - Sources of ideas and opportunities - identification - Evaluation and selection of
opportunities - Innovation and its forms - Myths and realities - Understanding the process - Product Development
Cycle - Management of Technological Innovation - Technology Fusion and the new R&D - New age Startups -
Business Incubation Centres - Start-up policy framework and incentives.
BUSINESS PLAN AND FINANCING 15
Business Plan - Meaning, Scope and Need - Financial, Marketing, Human Resource and Production/Service Plan -
Business plan Formats - Financial opportunity identification - Banking sources - Non-banking Institutions and
Agencies - Venture Capital - Meaning and Role in Entrepreneurship - Government Schemes for funding business -
Pre launch, Launch and Post launch requirements - Procedure for getting License and Registration - Challenges and
Difficulties in Starting an Enterprise.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Khanka. S.S., "Entrepreneurial Development", S.Chand & Co. Ltd., Ram Nagar, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Donald F Kuratko, "Entrepreneurship - Theory, Process and Practice", 9th Edition, Cengage Learning 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Hisrich R D, Peters M P, "Entrepreneurship", 8th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2013.
2. Mathew J Manimala, "Entrepreneurship theory at cross roads: paradigms and praxis" 2nd Edition, Dream tech, 2005.
3. Rajeev Roy, "Entrepreneurship", 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2011.
4. Eric Ries, "The Lean Startup: How Constant Innovation Creates Radically Successful Businesses", Penguin, 2011.
5. Rudrajeet Desai, "Breaking Out and Making Big: A No-Nonsense Book on New Age Start-Ups and
Entrepreneurship", Collins, 2014.

20IT210 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Interpret and apply the concepts of project identification and analysis. PO2
CO2: Acquaint with the knowledge on project appraisal, planning and PO3, PO4
scheduling techniques.
CO3: Review and evaluate progress on of project and apply project management
and controlling techniques. PO5
CO4: Develop the skills and techniques of a successful negotiator. PO9, PO12
INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT 10

Project Management - Definition - Goal - Phases of a Project - Project Life Cycle - Primary project constraints -
Roles and responsibilities of the project manager - Project Identification and Analysis - Generation and Screening of
Project Ideas - Forms of Project Organization.
PROJECT PLANNING AND ANALYSIS 10
Techniques of Project Appraisal - Market Demand Analysis - Technical Analysis - Project Planning stages - Project
financing - Sources - Role of Financial Institutions in Project Financing - Project Planning and Scheduling.
PROJECT EVALUATION AND CONTROL 15
Project Evaluation: Objectives- Methods-Phases and Types of Post Audit-Computer Aided Project Management
and future of Project Management-Agile Project Management - Project Monitoring and Control - Control
Techniques - Concept of Time and Cost Overrun- Managing Project Risk - Project Closure.
NEGOTIATION MANAGEMENT 10
Negotiation - Introduction - Definition - Benefits - Negotiation skills - Negotiation Process - Negotiation lifecycle-
Negotiation During the Project Life Cycle - Rules of Negotiation - Power And Politics - Negotiating
Collaboratively - Project Constraints During Negotiation.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Nagarajan, "Project Management", New age International Publishers, 6th Edition, 2012.
2. Russ J.Martinelli, Dragan Z.Milosevic, "Project Management Toolbox", Wiley, 2nd Edition, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Prasanna Chandra, "Projects: Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing, Implementation and Review", Tata
McGraw Hill, 8th Edition, 2014.
2. Joseph Phillips, "IT Project Management: on track from Start to Finish", Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2008.
3. James Lewis, "Project Planning, Scheduling and Control", Tata McGraw Hill, 5th Edition, 2010.
4. James P. Clements and Jack Gido, "Effective Project Management", Cengage Learning, 3rd Edition, 2009.
5. Jack R. Meredith and Samuel J. Mantel, "Project Management - A Managerial Approach", Wiley, 8th Edition,
2015.

20IT218 WOMEN DEVELOPMENT AND EMPOWERMENT
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Learn about diverse approaches to Gender Development. PO8, PO12

CO2: Sensitize about gender parity and women empowerment. PO8, PO12
CO3: Impart knowledge on Gender issues and laws. PO8, PO12
WOMEN'S EMPOWERMENT AND GENDER PARITY 7

Women and Gender Equality- Gender Sensitization- Status of women in Vedic Era- The Role of the United Nations
in Universal Women's Empowerment- The Gender Role in Sustainable development (Feminism & Power)- Women
and Leadership- Empowerment through Women's Education- Role of Women Entrepreneurs in India
GENDER INCLUSIVE APPROACHES AND LAW 8
Different Approaches to Development - Women in Development (WID) - Women and Development (WAD) -
Gender and Development (GAD) - Millennium Development Goals in India - Contemporary Gender and Health
Issues- Personal laws for women- Criminal Laws for women-Right to self-defence.
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Adv. SanjivNarang, "Laws for Women in India", 2021.
2. Dr.ShikhaBhatnagar, "Women's Empowerment & Gender Equity", Notionpress, 2020.
3. Dr.AnujaMahapatra and Prof.SukhadebNaik, "Crime against Girls and Women: Global Perspective and
Challenges", New Delhi, Enkay Publishing House, 2013.
4. Ed,Wendy Harcourt, "The Palgrave handbook on Gender and development", Palgrave Macmillan, 2016.
5. TambeAngha, "Development Gender Perspective", KrantijotiSavitribaiPhule Publication, Women's Studies
Centre, SavitribaiPhule Pune University, Pune, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Nirmala Banerjee, Samita Sen and Nandita Dhawan,"Mapping the Field: Gender Relations in Contemporary
India", Kolkata: School of Women's Studies, Jadavpur University, 2012.
2. Veltmeyer Henry (ed.), "The Critical Development Studies Handbook: Tools for Change", Fernwood
Publishing, 2011.
3. Boserup, Ester, "Woman's Role in Economic Development", London,2010.
4. Dr.AnujaMahapatra and Prof.Sukhadeb Naik, "Crime against Girls and Women: Global Perspective and
Challenges", New Delhi, Enkay Publishing House,2013.

20RA212 WORK SYSTEM ENGINEERING AND ETHICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Demonstrate the understanding of work system design by work PO1, PO6,
study techniques PO7
CO2: Distinguish the manual and computer process planning methods PO1, PO6,
used in modelling PO7
CO3: Summarize the concepts of production planning and control for PO1, PO6,
industrial automation PO7
CO4: Explain the concepts of industrial ergonomics in man -machine PO1, PO6,
automation PO7
CO5: Recognize concepts of ethics and moral values in engine ering PO1, PO6,
industries PO7
WORK SYSTEM DESIGN 15

Productivity - Definition - reasons for low productivity - methods to improve productivity
Work Study: Basic Concept - Steps Involved in Work Study - Concept of Work Content - Techniques of Work Study
- Human Aspects of Work Study.
Method Study: Objectives - basic procedure - Various recording techniques: Process charts - multiple activity charts
- SIMO chart - flow diagram - string diagram - Principles of motion economy
Work Measurement: Purpose - basic procedure - various techniques of work measurement - Stop watch - time study
PROCESS AND PRODUCTION PLANNING 15
Process Planning: Definition - Objective - Scope - Approaches to process planning - Manual Process Planning -
Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP) - Retrieval and Generative Model.
Production Planning and Control: Functions of production planning and control - Types of production systems -
Routing - Loading and scheduling - Different methods of scheduling - Expediting - Dispatching
Ergonomics: Basic Concept - Industrial Ergonomics - Ergonomics: Anthropometry - Man-Machine System-1 -
Man-Machine System-2 - Case Study of Assembly Line Worker
ENGINEERING ETHICS 15
Definition of ethics - Morals values and ethics - integrity-Work ethics - Variety of moral issues - Moral dilemmas -
Moral Autonomy - Theories about right action - Self-interest
Engineering as Experimentation - Engineers as responsible Experimenters - Codes of Ethics - Safety and Risk -
Assessment of Safety and Risk - Risk Benefit Analysis and Reducing Risk - Respect for Authority - Conflicts of
Interest - Occupational Crime - Professional Rights - Employee Rights - Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) -
Discrimination

Multinational Corporations - Environmental Ethics - Computer Ethics - Engineers as Managers - Consulting
Engineers - Engineers as Expert Witnesses and Advisors - Moral Leadership - Code of Conduct - Corporate Social
Responsibility
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Panneerselvam.R, "Production and Operations Management", Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 3rd Edition, 2012.
2. Mike Martin and Roland Scherzinger, "Ethics in Engineering", McGraw-Hill, New York 1996.
REFERENCES
1. Khan.M.I, "Industrial Engineering", New Age International Publishers, 1st Edition, 2004.
2. Philip.E.Hicks, "Industrial Engineering And Management: A New Perspective", McGraw-Hill, 3rd Edition, 2007.
3. Govindrajan.M, Natarajan.S, SenthilKumar.V.S, "Engineering Ethics", Prentice Hall of India,Newdelhi,2004.
4. Charles D.Fledermann, "Engineering Ethics", Pearson Education / Prentice hall, New jersey,2000
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143/
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105126/26

20RA217 ECONOMICS FOR ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the basics of economics, law of demand and supply. PO1, PO7
CO2: Perform and evaluate capital investment alternatives and cost analysis in PO1, PO7
manufacturing
CO3: Perform the economics analysis of robot and cost consideration in automation PO1, PO7
CO4: Summarize the implementation phase and selection of tools in robotics and PO1, PO7
automation
ECONOMIC ANALYSIS- METHODS 9
Law of supply and demand - Concept of Engineering Economics - Engineering efficiency - Some economic
concepts - Value and utility - Interest and Interest rate - Time value of money - Interest formulas: Simple and
compound interest - Cash flow diagrams - Replacement and Maintenance Analysis - Depreciation
PRODUCTION ECONOMICS AND COST ANALYSIS 12
Production economics - Elements of economic analysis - sensitivity analysis - Methods of Evaluating Capital
Investment Alternatives - Costs in Manufacturing - Elements of Cost - Break-Even Analysis -Make or buy decision -
Unit cost of production - Cost of Manufacturing - Lead time and Work-in-process - Different costing methods -
product life cycle cost analysis - Tools and techniques
ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF ROBOTS AND AUTOMATION 15
Type of robot installation - cost data required for the analysis - Methods of Economic analysis - Payback - ROI -
EUAC - Cash flow method - problems - subsequent uses of robot - Difference in production rates - other factors -
Robot project analysis form.
Cost considerations in Industrial Automation - Procurement and deployment - Operations and maintenance - End-
of-Life (EOL) management - Monte carlo method
IMPLEMENTING ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION 9
Familiarization with robotics and automation technology - plant survey to identify potential applications - Selection
of the best applications - Selection of a robot and automation tools - detailed economic analysis - planning and
installation
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mikell P. Groover, Mitchell weiss, Roger N. Nagel, Nicholas G.Odrey, Ashis Dutta, "Industrial Robotics 2e-
Technology, Programming and Applications ", McGraw Hill, 2012
2. Panneer Selvam, R, "Engineering Economics", Prentice Hall of India Ltd, 2001.
REFERENCES
1. Riggs.J.L, Engineering Economy, 4th edition, McGraw Hill, 2002
2. Richard D. Klafter, Thomas. A, Chri elewski, Michael Negin, "Robotics Engineering an Integrated Approach",
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1989
3. Donald.G. Newman, Jerome.P.Lavelle, "Engineering Economics and Analysis", Engg. Press, Texas, 2002.
4. Degarmo E.P., Sullivan W.G and Canada J.R, "Engineering Economy", Macmillan, 1984
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107209/#
20MA209 VEDIC MATHEMATICS 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Enhance mental agility and intelligence. PO1, PO2
CO2: Solve complex mathematical calculations mentally. PO1, PO2
High Speed Multiplication, Faster Division, Algebra: Linear, Simultaneous, Quadratic and Miscellaneous
Equations, Accelerated Addition, Instant Subtractions, Squares Cubes, Square Roots, Cube Roots, Digital Roots,
Math Meditation - Doing Math Calculations without Pens and Paper, Divisibility, Calendars, Pythagoras Theorem,
Recurring Decimals, Determinants, Triples, Coordinate geometry, Calculus.
Total Hours: 15
REFERENCES
1. Vedic Mathematics by Jagadguru Swami Sri Bharati Krishna Tirthaji Maharaja (MLBD) January 2018
2. The Power of Vedic Maths by Atul, Jaico Publishing Company,2011
3. Vedic Maths - 1 by H.K.Gupta S.Chand (G/L) & Company Ltd; 3rdedition 2008

20ME226 INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Outline the configuration and architecture of robotics. PO1

CO2 Summarize the subsystems of industrial robots PO1
CO3 Explain the applications of industrial robots PO1, PO12
CO4 Describe the legged and wheeled mobile robots used for locomotion. PO1
Overview of Robotics 6
Evolution - Classification - Laws of Robotics - Structure and Configuration, Characteristics, Components of Robots
and General Architecture - Development Trends in Robotics.
Industrial Robots and their Applications 12
Robot subsystems - Robot Vision - Artificial Intelligence - Industrial Automation - Underwater Robots - Flying
Robots - Robots in Painting, Gluing, Handling, Tending, Hemming, riveting, laser cutting and Welding.
Autonomous mobile robots 12
Locomotion - key issues for locomotion, legged mobile robots, leg configurations and stability, examples of legged
robot locomotion, wheeled mobile robots, wheeled locomotion-the design space, wheeled locomotion: case studies.
Total Periods: 30
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Robotics, Appin knowledge solutions, Infinity Science Press LLC, Hingham, Massachusetts, New Delhi 2007.
2. R.K.Saha - Introduction to Robotics - McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, New Delhi, 2014.
3. Roland Siegwart, Illah Reza Nourbakhsh and Davide Scaramuzza, "Introduction to Autonomous Mobile
Robots, Second Edition", MIT Press, 2004.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. H.F. Davidson, Lester Gerhardt, Michael Brady, Robotics and Artificial Intelligence, Springer Berlin
Heidelberg, 2012
2. Mordechai Ben-Ari, Francesco Mondada, Elements of Robotics, Springer International Publishing, 2017.

20ME218 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Outline the TQM principles and the essential concepts for the PO1, PO2, PO6,
implementation of effective quality management system PO7, PO12
CO2 Apply the various statistical process control tools to control PO1, PO2, PO6,
the quality of the process and product PO7, PO12
CO3 Make use of TQM strategies for continuous process improvement PO1, PO2, PO6,
PO7, PO12
CO4 Organize various TQM techniques like QFD, TPM and FMEA for PO1, PO2, PO6,
organizational excellence PO7, PO11, PO12
CO5 Illustrate the features of Quality Management System and PO1, PO2, PO6,
Environmental Management System PO7, PO12
TQM PRINCIPLES AND ESSENTIALS 10
Definition of quality, Dimensions of quality, need for quality, Evolution of quality, Contributions of TQM gurus,
Factors affecting quality, Quality planning, Quality costs and Benefits of TQM. The Deming philosophy, Barriers to
TQM implementation.
TQM leadership - Leadership characteristics and Habits of effective leaders. Customer satisfaction - Types of
customer- Customer perception of quality, Kano model, Customer retention, Supplier partnership - Employee
involvement - Motivation, Empowerment and Team work
STATISTICAL PROCESS CONTROL FOR TQM 6
Seven quality control tools, Statistical methods for quality improvement, Process control -Control charts for
variables - X, R charts and Control charts for attributes - np and c charts. Concept of process capability, and New
seven management tools.
TQM STRATEGIES 5
Continuous process improvement - Juran Trilogy, PDSA cycle, Kaizen, Benchmarking - Reasons to benchmark,
benchmarking process. Six sigma, 5S, Quality circles and Poka-Yoke.
TQM TOOLS 6
Quality Function Deployment (QFD) - The voice of the customer, house of quality building house of quality and
benefits of QFD. Failure Mode Effect Analysis (FMEA) - Reliability, Failure rate and Product Life Cycle, Stages of
FMEA, Design and Process of FMEA document. Total Productive Maintenance (TPM).
QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 3
Features of ISO 9001:2015-Quality Management System and ISO 14001: 2015-Environmental Management
System
Total Periods: 30

TEXT BOOKS
1. Dale.H.Besterfiled, et al., "Total Quality Management", Pearson Education Asia, 4th Edition, 2015.
2. Subburaj Ramasamy., "Total Quality Management", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. James.R.Evans, & William.M.Lidsay., "Management and Control of Quality", Thompson Learning, 2005.
2. Narayana.V and Sreenivasan.N.S., "Quality Management - Concepts and Tasks", New Age Publications
International Edition, 1996
3. Kanishka Bedi., "Total Quality Management", Oxford University Press, 2006.
4. Mukherjee.P.N, "Total Quality Management", Prentice Hall, 2005.

20ME225 ECONOMICS FOR ENGINEERS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Illustrate the elements ofmacro and micro economics PO1, PO2,
PO11, PO12
CO2 Describe the use of cash flow diagrams for economic analysis PO1, PO2, PO4,
PO11, PO12
CO3 Outline the application of various depreciation calculation techniques for PO1, PO2, PO4,
determining economic life of assets. PO11, PO12
CO4 Summarize the applications of cash flow diagrams, depreciation methods PO1, PO2, PO4,
for replacement and maintenance analysis PO11, PO12
CO5 Apply replacement analysis to find out the best possible replacement time PO1, PO2, PO4,
PO11, PO12
INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS AND MACRO-ECONOMIC THEORIES 15
Introduction to Economics - Macro and Micro Economics- Law of supply and demand, Concept of Engineering
Economics - Engineering efficiency, Economic efficiency, Scope of engineering economics. Make or buy decision,
Value engineering : Function, aims, Value engineering procedure. Macro-Economic Theories:Poverty-meaning,
absolute & relative poverty, causes, measures to reduce Unemployment: meaning, types, causes, remedies,
Inflation: meaning, types, causes, measures to control
COST ANALYSIS, INTEREST FORMULAE AND CASH FLOW 15
Elements of cost: Marginal cost, Marginal Revenue, Sunk cost, Opportunity cost, Break-even analysis -
Elementary economic Analysis :Time value of money, Single payment compound amount factor, Single payment
present worth factor, Equal payment series sinking fund factor, Equal payment series payment Present worth factor
equal payment series capital recovery factor - Uniform gradient series annual equivalent factor, Effective interest
rate. Methods of comparison of alternatives - Present worth method , Future worth method , Annual equivalent
method (Revenue dominated cash flow diagram, cost dominated cash flow diagram), rate of return method.
REPLACEMENT ANALYSIS AND DEPRECIATION 15
Replacement and Maintenance analysis - Types of maintenance, types of replacement problem, determination of
economic life of an asset, Replacement of an asset with a new asset - Capital recovery with return and concept of
challenger and defender, simple probabilistic model for items which fail completely.
Depreciation :Introduction, Straight line method of depreciation, declining balance method of depreciation - Sum of
the years digits method of depreciation, sinking fund method of depreciation/ Annuity method of depreciation,
service output method of depreciation
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Panneer Selvam, R, Engineering Economics, Prentice Hall of India Ltd, New Delhi, 2001.
2. Donald.G. Newman, Jerome.P.Lavelle, Engineering Economics and Analysis Engg. Press, Texas, 2002
REFERENCES
1. Degarmo E.P., Sullivan W.G and Canada J.R, "Engineering Economy", Macmillan, 1984.
2. Grant E.L., Ireson W.G. and Leavenworth R.S, "Principles of Engineering Economy", Ronald Press, 1976.
3. Smith G.W., "Engineering Economy", Lowa State Press, Iowa, 1973.
WEB REFERENCE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc18/SEM1/noc18-me35/

20EI219 LEADERSHIP EXCELLENCE AND DEVELOPMENT 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Illustrate about positive outlook and critical thinking PO9, PO10, PO11,PO12
CO2 Build the team work and leadership skills PO9, PO10, PO11,PO12
CO3 Develop the communication and personality skills PO9, PO10, PO11,PO12
CO4 Recognize the networking and interpersonal skills PO9, PO10, PO11,PO12
CO5 Interpret the entrepreneurialleadershiprequirements PO9, PO10, PO11,PO12
GROWTH MINDSET AND CREATIVE EYE 2

DevelopingHabit - OvercomingSelf-LimitingBeliefSystem - Being&DoingPositive - Branding - ThinkoutofBox -
Critical Thinking
LEADERSHIP 2
BasicsofLeadership - TypeofLeadership - RoadAhead-Dream&Destination - CaseStudy
TEAM BUILDING 2
BasicsofTeam - BuildingaGoodTeam - SuccessrecipeforGoodTeam - GroupTeamDiscussion
INTRAPERSONAL COMMUNICATION 2
ChangingNegativeSelf-TalktoPositive - ManagingOverthinking
EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT 2
KnowYourself - ControlYourself - EmpowerYourself - TimeManagement - DressingforSuccess
NETWORKING & PEOPLE SKILLS 2
InterpersonalSkills - Assertiveness - NegotiationSkills - ProblemSolving - DecisionMaking - Persuasiveness
ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS 5
Frameworkfor entrepreneurialleadershiprequirements -
PersonalizedAssessmentofentrepreneurialorientation -
ExploretopcompetenciesandBehaviorsofsuccessfulEntrepreneurialleaders -
GaininsightintowhatdistinguishesEntrepreneurialLeadersfromTraditionalleaders -
EvaluatethegapsthatexistbetweenSelf-PerceptionversusActualResults -
LookatLeadershipCharacteristicsthatcontributetobeinganeffectiveleader -
ExamineFourKeySuccessFactorsandAttributesthatEntrepreneurialleadersexhibit -
HighlighttopInfluencesthatdriveEntrepreneurialleaderstotake-action -
EngageinadiscussionabouttheChallengesandOpportunitiesleadersface -
AskparticipantstoIdentifyGapsandareasneedingfurtherdevelopment -
PutinplaceIndividualActionPlansforeachparticipantmovingforward -
AssesstheEntrepreneurialOrientationattheteam,groupororganizationlevel -
IncludeExercisesandStoriesofsuccessfulEntrepreneurialleaders
Total Hours: 17

20IT218 WOMEN DEVELOPMENT AND EMPOWERMENT 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Learn about diverse approaches to Gender Development. PO8, PO12
CO2: Sensitize about gender parity and women empowerment. PO8, PO12
CO3: Impart knowledge on Gender issues and laws. PO8, PO12

Issues- Personal laws for women - Criminal Laws for women - Right to self-defence.
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Adv. SanjivNarang, "Laws for Women in India", 2021.
2. Dr.ShikhaBhatnagar, "Women's Empowerment & Gender Equity", Notionpress, 2020.
4. Ed,Wendy Harcourt, "The Palgrave handbook on Gender and development", Palgrave Macmillan, 2016.
5. TambeAngha, "Development Gender Perspective", KrantijotiSavitribaiPhule Publication, Women's Studies
Centre, SavitribaiPhule Pune University, Pune, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Nirmala Banerjee, SamitaSen and NanditaDhawan, "Mapping the Field: Gender Relations in Contemporary
India", Kolkata: School of Women's Studies, Jadavpur University, 2012.
2. Veltmeyer Henry (ed.), "The Critical Development Studies Handbook: Tools for Change", Fernwood
Publishing, 2011.
3. Boserup, Ester, "Woman's Role in Economic Development", London, 2010.

20RA212 WORK SYSTEM ENGINEERING AND ETHICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Demonstrate the understanding of work system design by work study techniques PO1, PO6, PO7
CO2: Distinguish the manual and computer process planning methods used in modelling PO1, PO6, PO7
CO3: Summarize the concepts of production planning and control for industrial automationPO1, PO6, PO7
CO4: Explain the concepts of industrial ergonomics in man-machine automation PO1, PO6, PO7
CO5: Recognize concepts of ethics and moral values in engineering industries PO1, PO6, PO7

Issues- Personal laws for women - Criminal Laws for women - Right to self-defence.
Total Hours: 15
WORK SYSTEM DESIGN 15

Productivity - Definition - reasons for low productivity - methods to improve productivity
Work Study: Basic Concept - Steps Involved in Work Study - Concept of Work Content - Techniques of Work Study
- Human Aspects of Work Study.
Method Study: Objectives - basic procedure - Various recording techniques: Process charts - multiple activity charts
- SIMO chart - flow diagram - string diagram - Principles of motion economy
Work Measurement: Purpose - basic procedure - various techniques of work measurement - Stop watch - time study
PROCESS AND PRODUCTION PLANNING 15
Process Planning: Definition - Objective - Scope - Approaches to process planning - Manual Process Planning -
Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP) - Retrieval and Generative Model.
Production Planning and Control: Functions of production planning and control - Types of production systems -
Routing - Loading and scheduling - Different methods of scheduling - Expediting - Dispatching
Ergonomics: Basic Concept - Industrial Ergonomics - Ergonomics: Anthropometry - Man-Machine System-1 -
Man-Machine System-2 - Case Study of Assembly Line Worker

ENGINEERING ETHICS 15
Definition of ethics - Morals values and ethics - integrity-Work ethics - Variety of moral issues - Moral dilemmas -
Moral Autonomy - Theories about right action - Self-interest
Engineering as Experimentation - Engineers as responsible Experimenters - Codes of Ethics - Safety and Risk -
Assessment of Safety and Risk - Risk Benefit Analysis and Reducing Risk - Respect for Authority - Conflicts of
Interest - Occupational Crime - Professional Rights - Employee Rights - Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) -
Discrimination
Multinational Corporations - Environmental Ethics - Computer Ethics - Engineers as Managers - Consulting
Engineers - Engineers as Expert Witnesses and Advisors - Moral Leadership - Code of Conduct - Corporate Social
Responsibility
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Panneerselvam.R, "Production and Operations Management", Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 3rd Edition,
2012.
2. Mike Martin and Roland Scherzinger, "Ethics in Engineering", McGraw-Hill, New York 1996.
REFERENCES
1. Khan.M.I, "Industrial Engineering", New Age International Publishers, 1st Edition, 2004.
2. Philip.E.Hicks, "Industrial Engineering And Management: A New Perspective", McGraw-Hill, 3rd Edition,
2007.
3. Govindrajan.M, Natarajan.S, SenthilKumar.V.S, "Engineering Ethics", Prentice Hall of India,Newdelhi,2004.
4. Charles D.Fledermann, "Engineering Ethics", Pearson Education / Prentice hall, New jersey,2000
WEB REFERENCES
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105126/26

20RA217 ECONOMICS FOR ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the basics of economics, law of demand and supply. PO1, PO7
CO2: Perform and evaluate capital investment alternatives and cost analysis in manufacturingPO1, PO7
CO3: Perform the economics analysis of robot and cost consideration in automation PO1, PO7
CO4: Summarize the implementation phase and selection of tools in robotics and automation PO1, PO7
ECONOMIC ANALYSIS- METHODS 9

Law of supply and demand - Concept of Engineering Economics - Engineering efficiency -Some economic
concepts - Value and utility - Interest and Interest rate - Time value of money - Interest formulas: Simple and
compound interest - Cash flow diagrams - Replacement and Maintenance Analysis - Depreciation
PRODUCTION ECONOMICS AND COST ANALYSIS 12
Production economics - Elements of economic analysis - sensitivity analysis - Methods of Evaluating Capital
Investment Alternatives - Costs in Manufacturing - Elements of Cost - Break-Even Analysis -Make or buy decision -
Unit cost of production - Cost of Manufacturing - Lead time and Work-in-process - Different costing methods -
product life cycle cost analysis - Tools and techniques
ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF ROBOTS AND AUTOMATION 15
Type of robot installation - cost data required for the analysis - Methods of Economic analysis - Payback - ROI -
EUAC - Cash flow method - problems - subsequent uses of robot - Difference in production rates - other factors -
Robot project analysis form.
Cost considerations in Industrial Automation - Procurement and deployment - Operations and maintenance - End-
of-Life (EOL) management - Monte carlo method
IMPLEMENTING ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION 9
Familiarization with robotics and automation technology - plant survey to identify potential applications - Selection
of the best applications - Selection of a robot and automation tools - detailed economic analysis - planning and
installation
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mikell P. Groover, Mitchell weiss, Roger N. Nagel, Nicholas G.Odrey, Ashis Dutta, "Industrial Robotics 2e-
Technology, Programming and Applications ", McGraw Hill, 2012
2. PanneerSelvam, R, "Engineering Economics", Prentice Hall of India Ltd, 2001.
REFERENCES
1. Riggs.J.L, Engineering Economy, 4th edition, McGraw Hill, 2002
2. Richard D. Klafter, Thomas. A, Chrielewski, Michael Negin, "Robotics Engineering an Integrated Approach",
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1989
3. Donald.G. Newman, Jerome.P.Lavelle, "Engineering Economics and Analysis", Engg. Press, Texas, 2002.
4. Degarmo E.P., Sullivan W.G and Canada J.R, "Engineering Economy", Macmillan, 1984
WEB REFERENCES

BASIC SCIENCES (BS)

20AEI01 DESIGN THINKING 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completing this course the student will be able to,
CO1: Understand the importance of Design Thinking PO1, PO2, PO3
CO2: Evaluate the quality information and emotions & keep thinking straight. PO2, PO3, PO4
CO3: Identify skills and personality traits of successful problem solving PO2, PO3, PO4
CO4: Apply standard problem-solving heuristics to aid in problem solving PO2, PO3, PO4
CO5: Apply problem-solving techniques to programming activities. PO1, PO5
CO6: Formulate and successfully communicate the solutions to problems PO3, PO10
INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN THINKING 2

Definition of Design Thinking, Business uses of Design Thinking , Variety within the Design Thinking Discipline,
Design Thinking Mindset
EMPATHIZE PHASE 2
Customer Journey Mapping: Fundamental Concepts, Empathy, Ethnography, Divergent Thinking, Convergent
Thinking, Visual Thinking, Assumption Testing, Prototyping, Time for Learning and Validation.
Design Thinking Resources: People, Place, Materials, Organizational Fit
Design Thinking Processes: Numerous Approaches
ANALYZE PHASE 5
5-Whys and How:
Process Stages of Designing for Growth, What Is, What If , What Wows, What Works, Design Thinking Tools and
Methods, Purposeful Use of Tools and Alignment with Process, What Is: Visualization, What Is: Journey Mapping,
What Is: Value Chain Analysis, What Is: Mind Mapping, What If: Brainstorming, What If: Concept Development,
What Wows: Assumption Testing, What Wows: Rapid Prototyping, What Works: Customer Co-Creation, What
Works: Learning Launch, Design Thinking Application, Design Thinking Applied to Product Development
SOLVE PHASE 2
Ideation: Free Brainstorming.It's time to experiment! Through trial and error, team identifies which of the possible
solutions can best solve the identified problem(s).
MAKE/TEST PHASE 4
Prototype: Testing is essential because everything, ultimately, should be about the people who will use your
products. Time to revisit the problem statement and make sure the end solution is meeting those needs and resolving
frustrations.
TEXTBOOKS
1. Design Your Thinking (English, Hardcover, Soni Pavan)

2. The Lean Startup: How Today's Entrepreneurs Use Continuous Innovation to Create Radically Successful
Businesses, by Eric Ries
REFERENCES
1. https://ryanstutorials.net/problem-solving-skills/
2. https://www.interaction-design.org/literature/topics/design-thinking
3. https://www.designbetter.co/design-thinking
4. https://www.invisionapp.com/inside-design/what-is-design-thinking/
CASE STUDIES
1. https://theaccidentaldesignthinker.com/2017/09/16/40-design-thinking-success-stories/
2. https://voltagecontrol.com/blog/8-great-design-thinking-examples/
3. http://www.talenteducation.eu/toolkitforteachers/designthinking/projects/
LIST OF EXERCISES
1. Project planning - Introduction to teamwork & how to make collaboration work
2. Five whys" or "Nine Whys" exercise
3. The "Six Thinking Hats" exercise

20AE271 COMPUTING LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completing this course the student will be able to,
CO1 Use variables, expression, function definition to solve linear and
non-linear equations and matrix manipulation PO1
CO2: Analyse ODE and plot graphs by importing data into workspace PO2
CO3: Create a subsystem using various blocks in a Block set PO3
CO4: Use m Files in various environments and interfacing external hardware PO5
CO5: Communicate the results of the experiments through reports PO9, PO10, PO12
List of Experiments
1. Implementation of Fibonacci Series.
2. Solving linear and non linear equations
3. Interpolation and Curve fitting
4. Data Visualization using GraphicalUtilities
5. Solving Ordinary Differential Equations and plotting thefunction
6. Creating standalone Applications.
7. Creating subsystems for simpleapplications
8. Access of mfiles
9. Creating a function using mfile
10. Interfacing withhardware.
REFERENCES
1. Brian R. Hunt, Ronald L. Lipsman and Jonathan M. Rosenberg, "A Guide to Matlab for beginners and
experienced users", Cambridge University Press,2001.
2. Stormy Attway, "Matlab: A Practical Introduction to programming and problem solving", 4th edition,
Butterworth-Heinemann, 2017.
3. S.R. Otto and J.P. Denier, "An Introduction to Programming and Numerical Methods in MATLAB",
Springer,2005.

20BM201 BIOCHEMISTRY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explain the structure and functions of subcellular organelles and biomolecules PO1
CO2: Describe metabolism of liver, muscle, heart and brain. PO1
CO3: Describe the procedures for assessment of functions of liver and kidney. PO1
CO4: Explain the principles of biochemical techniques. PO1
BIOMOLECULES 15
Biochemistry of living cell- Structural features of eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells- Functions of cell organelles -
Sub cellular fractionation using differential centrifugation. Classification, structure and functions of carbohydrates,
lipids, proteins and nucleic acids. Enzymes - Classification, kinetics, Inhibition, Assay of enzymes. Diagnostic
enzymes. Hormones- Chemical nature, General mode of action. Assay of hormones.
METABOLISM 15
Metabolism in major organs- liver, muscle, heart and brain and their regulation. Major inherited metabolic disorders
of carbohydrate, lipid and protein metabolism. Metabolic Integration in conditions like Diabetes, starvation.
Regulation of gene expression in eukaryotes.
CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY 15
Principles and applications of chromatography, electrophoresis, spectroscopic techniques. Organ analysis:
Assessment of kidney and liver functions. Blood gas Analysis. Regulation of acid-base balance. Measurement of
electrolytes. Uses of radioisotopes in biology and medicine.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Michael M. Cox and David L. Nelson, "Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry", W. H. Freeman and Company,
7th Edition, New York, 2017.
2. Keith Wilson and Walker, Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 8th Edition,
Cambridge University Press,2018.
REFERENCES
1. Reginald H. Garrett and Charles M. Grisham, "Biochemistry", Brooks Cole Publishers, 6th Edition, California,
2017.
2. Robert K. Murray and Victor W. Rodwell, "Harper's Illustrated Biochemistry, Lange Medical Books, 31st
Edition, 2018.
3. Donald Voet, Judith G. Voet and Charlotte W. Pratt, "Fundamentals of Biochemistry", JohnWiley & Sons,5th
edition, New Jersey, 2014.

20BM203 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the body planes and organization of tissues PO1
CO2: Explain the components and functions of cardiovascular, nervous,
respiratory, digestive, excretory and Sensory system PO1
INTRODUCTION 5
Origin of anatomical names - Prefixes and suffixes -Anatomical positions and body planes. Types and organization
of tissues. Functional organization and homeostatic mechanisms of the major functional systems. Control systems
of the body.
NERVOUS AND SENSORY SYSTEM 10
Membrane potentials and action potentials- contraction and excitation of muscle. Organization and functions of the
nervous system. Nerve conduction and synapse. Reflex action- Somatic and autonomic nervous system. Motor
functions and control. Special senses -optics and physiology of vision, senses of hearing, taste and smell. Cerebral
blood flow. Cerebrospinal fluid system.
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM 8
Composition of blood -hemostasis and blood coagulation. Structure of circulatory system - Heart -Cardiac cycle-
Normal Electrocardiogram. Blood pressure and its regulation. Nervous regulation of circulation. Cardiac output,
venous output and their regulation. Coronary, pulmonary and peripheral circulation.
RESPIRATORY SYSTEM 7
Structure of respiratory system. Physiological aspects of respiration. Exchange of gases through respiratory
membrane. Transport of gases in blood and tissue fluids. Regulation of respiration. Lung volume and vital
capacities of the lungs.
DIGESTIVE AND EXCRETORY SYSTEM 15
Organization and functions of GI system. Physiologic anatomy of liver. Secretions, digestion and absorption in the
GI tract. Body fluids and Kidneys. Mechanism of urine formation. Renal mechanisms for control of blood and
extracellular fluid volume. Role of kidneys in regulation of blood pressure. Regulation of acid-base balance.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. John E Hall, Guyton and Hall, "Text book of Medical Physiology", 14th Edition, Elsevier, 2020.
2. Anne Waugh and Allison Grant, Ross and Wilson "Anatomy and Physiology in health and illness", 12th Edition,
Churchill Livingstone Elsevier, 2014.
3. William F.Ganong, "Review of Medical Physiology", 22nd Edition, Mc Graw Hill,2010.
REFERENCES
1. Elaine.N. Marieb, "Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology", 8th Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Gillian Pocock, Christopher D. Richards, "The Human Body - An Introduction for Biomedical and Health
Sciences", Oxford University Press, 2009.

20BM205 LIFE SCIENCES 2002
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Comprehend the key building blocks and processes of life at all levels of biological organization.PO1
CO2: Recognize engineering problems and find potential biological solutions by biomimicry approach.PO1
TREE OF LIFE 10
Darwinian evolution & molecular perspective; Introduction to phylogeny - Classification systems in biology and
relationships; Cellular assemblies - From single cell to multi-cellular organisms: Geometry, Structure and
Energetics.
MOLECULAR PROCESSES 10
Gene regulation, protein synthesis, energy metabolism, sensing at the cell level, rotary motors at the Nano scale,
cellular decision making networks, photosynthesis, embryonic development, cell-cell communication, physiology,
self-organization, self- repair, evolution, ecosystem dynamics, geochemical ecological cycles, ecosystem
resilience.
BIOLOGICALLY-INSPIRED INNOVATION IN ENGINEERING DESIGN 10
Introduction to Biomimicry, Design Process- Problem driven BID process- Solution Driven BID process-Tools;
Application of Biomimetics in artificial intelligence, bioinformatics and computational biology, robotics, smart
materials, medical devices, biosensors, architecture and human computer interfaces.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Scott Freeman, "Biological Science", 2017. Pearson Education Limited.
2. Miko, I. &Lejeune, L.,eds. "Essentials of Genetics, 2009". Cambridge, MA: NPG Education.
3. Yoseph Bar-Cohen, "Biomimetics: Nature-Based Innovation", 2012. CRC Press.
REFERENCES
1. Dawkins, R. "The Greatest Show on Earth: The Evidence for Evolution", Bantam Press, Trans world
Publishers, Random House Group, London, 2009.
2. Janine M. Benyus, "Biomimicry-Innovation inspired by Nature", 2002, Harper Collins.

20BM206 BIOLOGY FOR ENGINEERS 1001
Course outcomes
CO1: Explain the biological materials and surfaces, basic mechanisms in biology PO1
CO2: Explain biological materials and processes as a source of engineering design PO1
PREREQUISITE: Nil
Nature as an inspiration for Human Innovation 8
Tree of life and Molecular processes. Mimicking and Inspiration of nature for engineering design. Nature as a model
for structures, parts and tools, mechanisms. Defense and attack mechanisms in biology. Biological materials,
processes - examples of inspirational materials, multifunctional materials and intelligent characteristics.
Biologically inspired control.
Bio-inspired Design Process 7
Biomimetic processes for engineering design. Bio inspired sensors in engineering applications. Robotics emulating
biology. Aerodynamic and hydrodynamic mobility, social and other biological behaviors, interfacing biology and
machines- Bionics.
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Scott Freeman, "Biological Science", 2017. Pearson Education Limited.
2. Yoseph Bar-Cohen, "Biomimetics: Nature-Based Innovation", 2012. CRC Press.
REFERENCES
1. Helena HashemiFarzaneh&UdoLindemann. "A Practical Guide to Bio-inspired Design". 2019. Springer
Nature.
2. S. ThyagaRajan, N. Selvamurugan, M. P. Rajesh, R. A. Nazeer, Richard W. Thilagaraj, S. Barathi, and M. K.
Jaganathan, "Biology for Engineers," Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
3. Janine M. Benyus, "Biomimicry-Innovation inspired by Nature", 2002, Harper Collins.

20BM217 CONCEPTS OF MEDICAL DEVICE DESIGN 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explain the biomedical engineering design in the industrial context. PO1
CO2: Specify the hardware development methods and tools for medical device design. PO5
CO3: Specify the software development methods and tools for medical device design PO5
CO3: List the human and biological factors to be considered in medical device design. PO3
DESIGN OF BIOMEDICAL DEVICES AND SYSTEMS 6

The essentials of design, Biomedical engineering design in industrial context, industrial design process,
Fundamentals design tools, Brain storming and idea generation techniques, Elementary decisionmaking
techniques, objectives trees, quality function deployment diagrams- process, requirements, design, verification and
validation, Design team management, reporting and documentation.
HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT METHODS AND TOOLS 6
Design for six sigma, Methodologies, Structure, Design for six sigma tools, Component Derating, Safety margin,
Load protection, Environmental protection, Product misuse, Reliability prediction, Design for variation, Design of
experiments, Design changes, Design for manufacturability, Design for assembly, Design reviews.
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT METHODS AND TOOLS 6
Software design levels, Design alternatives and trade-offs, Software architecture, Choosing a methodology,
Structure analysis, Object oriented design, Choosing a language, Soft ware risk analysis, The requirements trace
ability matrix, Software review, Performance predictability. Module specifications, Coding, Design support tools.
HUMAN FACTORS 6
The human element in human factors engineering, The hardware element and the software elements in human
factors, The human factors process. Industrial design and considerations. Analysis of test data, The definition of
reliability, Types of reliability, Failure rate, Mean time between failures, Reliability, Confidence level and limits.
BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING DESIGNS 6
Biomedical System, Special issues when dealing with non human subjects, Unintended consequences,
Environmental interactions, Biological principles, Design objectives, Resistance development, regulations and
standards, Ethics, Biological engineering design examples
Total Periods: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Paul H. King, Richard C. Fries, Arthur T. Johnson, "Design of Biomedical devices and systems", 3rd Edition,
CRC Press, 2016.
2. Mathew Bret Weinger, Michael E Wiklund, Daryle Jean Gardner- Bonneau. "Hand Book of Human factors in
Medical Device Design", CRC Press 2010
REFERENCES
1. Peter J. Ogrodnik, "Medical Device Design: Innovation from Concept to Market", Academic Press, 2012.
2. "Biodesign: The Process of Innovating Medical Technologies", Paul Yock, Stefanos A. Zenios, and Todd J.
Brinton, Cambridge University Press, 2015.
3. Peter J. Ogrodnik Class 1 Devices: "Case Studies in Medical Devices Design", Academic Press, 2014

20BM270 BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify the biomolecules present in a given sample by qualitative analysis. PO1
CO2: Determine the concentration of biomolecules in the biological samples. PO1
CO3: Measure the activities of enzymes and their properties. PO1
EXPERIMENTS
Preparation of Buffer and measurement of pH, qualitative and quantitative analysis of carbohydrates, lipids,
proteins and nucleic acids. Thin Layer Chromatography of lipids. Chromatography of protein hydrolysates -
Enzyme kinetics - assay of enzyme activity, study of effect of substrate and enzyme concentration, effect of pH,
temperature and inhibitors.
REFERENCE
1. Sivan and Naik, Manipal Manual of Clinical Biochemistry, 4th edition, Elsevier India, 2014.

20BM271 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify parts of cardiovascular and skeletal system PO1
CO2: Study the blood parameters to understand hematological variations. PO1
CO3: Measure blood pressure, respiration rate and acquire ECG. PO1
CO4: Perform tests to assess vision and hearing. PO1
EXPERIMENTS
Identification of functional parts of the cardiovascular and skeletal systems. Blood groups, Blood cell counts and
Hemoglobin. Measurement of blood pressure. Measurement of respiration parameters.Acquisition of biosignals-
ECG. Testing of vision and color blindness. Testing of hearing and recording of audiogram.
REFERENCE
1. Charles Henry Stowell, "A Handbook of Simple Experiments in Physiology", Burdett & Co, 2006.

20BS201 PHYSICAL SCIENCES 4 0 04
PHYSICS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Summarize the properties of semiconductors and magnetic materials. PO1
CO2: Illustrate the working of various light emitting devices, optical fibers
and photo detectors with their applications. PO1
CO3: Apply the principles of laser to various optical devices used for memory storage. PO1, PO5
SEMICONDUCTING MATERIALS 4
Elemental and compound semiconductors - Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors -Properties
MAGNETIC MATERIALS 6
Definition of fundamental terms - Material - Classification - Dia, Para, Ferro and ferri magnetic materials -
Properties - Heisenberg and Domain theory of ferromagnetism - Hysteresis - Hard and soft magnetic materials -
Ferrites - structure, preparation and applications
PHOTONICS 6
Lasers: Applications - Computer peripherals - Fiber Optics: Applications - Fiber optical communication - Fiber
optic sensors - Electromagnetic radiation Polarization - Production and Detection of Plane, Circular and elliptically
polarised light
SOURCES AND DETECTORS 6
Light Emitting Diode - Organic LED's - Polymer light emitting materials - Plasma light emitting devices - LCD's -
Semiconductor Diode - PIN and Avalanche Photodetector.
MAGNETIC AND OPTICAL STORAGE TECHNIQUES 8
Magnetic Memories - Optical Data Storage - Phase Change Recording - Magneto - Optical Data Storage - Hi-Tech
involved in System Development - Capacity of Storing Devices - Holographic Storage - Construction and
Reconstruction of a Hologram - Photorefractive Storage - Bubble memory - DVD - Blue-ray disc - Flash memory.
Total Hours : 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gaur R K and Gupta S L, "Engineering Physics", Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2018.
2. Avadhanalu M N, and Kshirsagar P G, "A Textbook of Engineering Physics", S. Chand & Company Ltd, 2018.
REFERENCES
1. Charles Kittel, "Solid State Physics", John Wiley and Sons, 8thEdition, 2012.
2. Raghavan V, "Materials Science and Engineering - A first Course", PHI Private limited, 6th Edition, 2015.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/104104085/
6. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/113104005/lecture_pdf/module6.pdf

CHEMISTRY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Apply the principles of electrochemistry to various electrochemical devices. PO1
CO2: Summarize the synthesis and properties of polymers and nano materials. PO1
CO3: Make use of the characteristic properties of materials for engineering applications. PO1
ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND ENERGY STORAGE DEVICES 15

Electrochemistry: Electrochemical cells -Electrode potential - Emf measurement -Nernst equation - Weston
cadmium cell - Electrochemical series - Significance-Polarization, Decomposition potential, Over voltage - Types
of electrodes: Calomel electrode and Glass electrode - Ion selective electrodes.
Batteries:Types - Primary batteries, Secondary batteries-Modern batteries - Zinc air and Lithium-ion battery -
Speciality batteries: Nickel hydride battery, Torpedo battery - Battery recycling -Super capacitors -Fuel Cells:
Proton exchange membranefuel cell - Direct methanol - O2 fuel cell.
MATERIALS CHEMISTRY 15
Polymers-Polymerization- Structure, properties and uses of industrially important polymers - PVC - Teflon - ABS -
Speciality polymers: Polycarbonate, Kevlar -Electronic polymers: Polyacetylene, Polyaniline, Polythiophene-
Polymer blends and alloys - Photo and electroluminescence materials.
Nanochemistry: Nanomaterials- Chemical Synthesis -Nucleation - Mechanism of homogeneous and heterogeneous
nucleation-Hydrothermal and Sol-gel methods- Properties and applications of nanomaterials - Nanotubes of metals
- ZnO, Fe2O3 nanotubes - Synthesis, special features and applications- Carbon fibres - Properties and applications-
Graphenes - Applications.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jain P C and Monica Jain, "Engineering Chemistry", 16th Edition, Dhanpat Rai publishing Co., 2016.
2. Gowarikar V. R., Viswanathan N.V. and Jayadev Sreedhar, "Polymer Science", 3rd Edition, New Age
International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2019.
REFERENCES
1. Dara S S., "A text book of Engineering Chemistry", 12th Edition, S.Chand & Co. Ltd., 2013.
2. Shashi Chawla "A Textbook of Engineering chemistry", 3rd Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2010.
3. Cao G., "Nanostructures and Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and Applications", 2nd Edition, ICP,
London, 2004.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122101001/downloads/lec-23.pdf
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/104105039
3. www.fi.tartu.ee/rynno/raamat/Introduction%20nanomaterials-sisu.pdf

20BS270 BASIC SCIENCES LABORATORY 0021
A. PHYSICS LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Experiment with laser to find its wavelength and particle size of the given
lycopodium powder. POI, PO9
CO2: Utilize the appropriate method to find the modulus of elasticity of the PO1, PO2, PO5
given material. PO9, PO12
CO3: Make use of optical fiber to obtain the Numerical Aperture and PO1, PO2, PO5
Acceptance angle. PO9, PO12
CO4: Analyse the characteristics and efficiency of the solar cell. PO1, PO5, PO9
CO5: Examine the thickness of a thin film using the principle of interference. PO1, PO2, PO9
CO6: Compare the wavelength of Mercury spectrum using diffraction grating. PO1, PO5, PO9
CO7: Find the band gap of the given Semiconductor diode by suitable PO1, PO2
experimental setup. PO5, PO9
CO8: Experiment with B-H curve to estimate the energy loss in a magnetic material. PO1, PO2, PO9
CO9: Make use of Ultrasonic waves to evaluate the acoustical parameters. PO1, PO5, PO9
CO10: Examine Dielectric Constant of the given material. PO1, PO2, PO9
CO11: Make use of XRD to determine the lattice parameters of crystalline
materials and sputtering unit of the deposited thin film. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO12: Develop effective communication skills through reports. PO1, PO10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determine the Wavelength of the semiconductor laser source.
2. Determine the size of the given powder particle by forming diffraction pattern.
3. Determination of Young's Modulus of the given material of the rectangular bar using Cantilever method.
4. Determination of Rigidity Modulus of the wire by using Torsional pendulum.
5. Estimation of Acceptance angle and Numerical Aperture (NA) of the Optical fiber.
6. Estimation of the efficiency of a solar cell and to study its characteristics.
7. Determination of thickness of a thin film - Air Wedge method
8. Determination of wavelength of Mercury spectrum using diffraction grating.
9. Determination of the band gap of the given Semiconductor diode.
10. Estimation of the Energy loss in a magnetic material - B-H curve
11. Determine the velocity of the Ultrasonic waves in the given liquid medium and to determine the acoustic
impedance using ultrasonic interferometer.
12. Determination of the Dielectric Constant of the material.
13. Demonstration and determination of lattice parameters of crystalline materials using XRD.
14. Demonstration of thin film deposition technique using Sputtering Unit.
Note : Chairpersons of the concerned Board will choose the experiments

B - CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Examine various water quality parameters by suitable analysis methods. PO1, PO7, PO9
CO2: Apply EDTA method to determine the elements present in alloys quantitatively. PO1, PO9
CO3: Infer the strength of acid in the given sample using pH meter. PO1, PO5, PO9
CO4: Infer the strength of acids using electrical instruments. PO1, PO5, PO9
CO5: Make use of potentiometer to determine the amount of ferrous iron. PO1, PO5, PO9
CO6: Make use of electrical instruments to determine the amount of ferrous ion and
concentration of nickel. PO1, PO5, PO9
CO7: Utilize the weight loss method to determine efficiency of corrosion inhibitors. PO1, PO9
CO8: Examine the thickness of the anodic film formed by anodization of aluminium. PO1, PO9
CO9: Illustrate the determination of molecular weight of polymers by
viscometric method. PO1, PO9
CO10: Illustrate the method to determine reaction rate constant of a first order reaction. PO1, PO9
CO11: Analyze the physical properties of a fuel. PO1, PO9
CO12: Develop effective communication skills through reports. PO10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Estimation of hardness of water by EDTA method.
2. Estimation of calcium and magnesium independently by EDTA method.
3. Estimation of alkalinity of water.
4. Estimation of dissolved oxygen by Winkler's method.
5. Estimation of total chloride in water.
6. Estimation of Ni in steel/Cu in brass by EDTA method.
7. Determination of strength of given hydrochloric acid by pH metry.
8. Estimation of mixture of acids by conductometric method.
9. Estimation of ferrous iron by potentiometric method.
10. Estimation of Ni using DMG by spectrophotometric method.
11. Determination of efficiency of corrosion inhibitors.
12. Anodization of aluminium and determination of thickness of anodic film.
13. Determination of molecular weight of the polymer by Ostwald Viscometry.
14. Determination of reaction rate constant of a first order reaction.
15. Analysis of a fuel by proximate analysis method.
Note: Chairpersons of the concerned board will choose the experiments

20CE201 BASICS OF GEOLOGY 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recall the role of geology in the design and construction process of civil PO1, PO7
engineering structures.
CO2: Interpret the inherent behavior of various rocks and minerals according to PO1, PO7
plate tectonic theory.
CO3: Calculate the properties of rocks based on physical and engineering behavior PO1, PO7
for its application in construction industries.
CO4: Infer the geological conditions through geological cross section studies for PO7
safety and suitability of structures.
PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 4
Role of Geology in Civil Engineering - Weathering and its types - Geological work of river, wind, sea and ground
water
MINERALOGY 4
Various crystallographic systems - Physical and Engineering properties of Minerals -Morphology- Quartz and
Feldspar group - Kaolinite, Montmorillonite, Illite, Vermiculite, Chlorite Minerals - Elementary knowledge on
Ore minerals.
PETROLOGY 3
Classification of rocks - Igneous - Sedimentary and Metamorphic rocks. Description, occurrence, engineering
properties, distribution and uses of Granite, Dolerite, Basalt, Sandstone, Limestone, Laterite, Shale, Quartzite,
Marble, Slate, Gneiss and Schist
STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY 4
Geological maps and their importance in civil engineering projects -3D Earth- Uses of Clinometer and Brunton
compass in Geological mapping - Classification of Folds and joints in Geology.
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Parbin Singh A., "Text Book of Engineering and General Geology", S.K.Kataria and Sons, 8th edition, New
Delhi, 2015.
2. Garg S.K., "Physical and Engineering Geology", 3rd Edition, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Dugal S.K et. al., "Engineering Geology", McGraw Hill Education (India) (P) Ltd. 2014.
2. Blyth F.G.M., "A Geology for Engineers", 2nd Edition, Arnold, London, 2016.
3. Reddy D.V., "Engineering Geology", 2nd Edition, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd., Noida, UP, 2017.
WEB REFERENCE
1. NPTEL Course on Engineering Geology http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105106/

20CE202 PRINCIPLES OF ARCHITECTURE AND 2002
PLANNING CONCEPTS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explain the principles and planning aspect of different types of
building in architectural view. PO1
CO2: Summarize the development control for area and primary elements in
architecture. PO1
CO3: Apply the architecture design concepts in civil engineering projects. PO1, PO5, PO9
ARCHITECTURAL PRINCIPLES 7
Introduction to architecture - elements of architecture - primary forms - organizing principles - proportion, scale,
balance, symmetry, hierarchy, axis with building examples from historical & contemporary architecture.
PLANNING ASPECTS & REGULATIONS 8
Building types & design criteria - Space standards for residential, commercial & institutional categories. Building
bye laws applicable for approval by the local governing body - Development control rules for area
PRIMARY ELEMENTS IN ARCHITECTURE 7
Geometry in Architecture - points, lines and shapes.-Linear elements -planar elements and volumetric elements.-
Patterns in nature and building design-Order to chaos.-Regularity and irregularity.
CONCEPTS IN ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 8
Concept - types - Ideas and Intent in design - Intuitive, contextual, Iconic, Experiential, Symbolic and Modular.
Ideologies and philosophies of architects. Case Studies. Importance of graphics in architectural design. Study of site
plans, city plans, conceptual drawings. Interpretation of architects' conceptual sketches and the respective buildings
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Peter von Meiss, "Elements of architecture - from form to place", Spon Press 2013.
2. Vaidyanathan .G, Kulasekaran .I, Sathishkumar .G, "Building planning & construction companion", Edifice
Institute of Building services publication, 2002.
REFERENCES
1. Jerry Yudelson, "Marketing Green Buildings: Guide for Engineering, Construction and Architecture", The
Fairmont Press Inc., 2006.
2. M. Bauer, P. Mosle and M. Schwarz, "Green Building: Guidebook for Sustainable Architecture", Springer -
Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2010.
WEB REFERENCE

20CE208 APPLIED GEOLOGY 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recall the role of geology in the design and construction process
of civil engineering structures. PO1.PO6,PO7
CO2: Interpret the inherent behavior of various rocks and minerals according
to plate tectonic theory. PO1.PO6,PO7
CO3: Examine the properties of rocks based on physical and engineering
behavior for its application in construction industries. PO1.PO6,PO7
CO4: Predict the geological conditions through geological cross section
studies for safety and suitability of structures. PO1, PO2, PO6,PO7
PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 4
Role of Geology in Civil Engineering- Weathering and its types- Geological work of river, wind, sea and ground
water.
MINERALOGY 4
Various crystallographic systems - Physical and Engineering properties of Minerals -Morphology- Quartz and
Feldspar group - Kaolinite, Montmorillonite, Illite, Vermiculite, Chlorite Minerals.
PETROLOGY 3
Classification of rocks - Igneous - Sedimentary and Metamorphic rocks - Description, occurrence, engineering
properties, distribution and uses of Granite, Dolerite, Basalt, Sandstone, Limestone, Laterite, Shale, Quartzite,
Marble, Slate, Gneiss and Schist.
STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY 4
Geological maps and their importance in civil engineering projects -3D Earth- Uses of Clinometer and Brunton
compass in Geological mapping - Classification of Folds and joints in Geology.
Total Hours: 15
CASE STUDIES
1. Case Study on minerals impact in construction failure
2. Topographical Depiction from Google Earth
TEXT BOOKS
1. Parbin Singh A., "Text Book of Engineering and General Geology", 8th edition, S.K.Kataria and Sons, Eighth
Edition, Delhi, 2015.
2. Garg S.K., "Physical and Engineering Geology", Third Edition, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Dugal S.K et. al., "Engineering Geology", McGraw Hill Education (India) (P) Ltd. 2014.
2. Blyth F.G.M., "A Geology for Engineers", 2nd Edition, Arnold, London, 2016.
3. Reddy D.V., "Engineering Geology", 2nd Edition, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd., Noida, UP, 2017.
WEB REFERENCE
1. NPTEL Course on Engineering Geology http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105106/

20CE218 LANDSCAPING AND INTERIOR DESIGN 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Define the basic concepts of landscape design for water and landforms. PO1
CO2: Infer the landforms and plants components for appropriate garden design. PO1
CO3: Examine the significance of urban landscape design and green
infrastructure guidelines for efficient planning. PO1, PO2
CO4: Illustrate the spacing guidelines for interior design. PO1, PO2
CO5: Select the suitable colour for interior & exterior design using software. PO2, PO5
LANDSCAPE AND ITS ELEMENTS 5

Basic concepts of ecology- Reclamation and restoration of derelict lands. Hard and soft landscape elements, Plant
materials, Water and Landform - classification, characteristics, use and application in landscape design.
GARDEN DESIGN 5
Design with plants - Basic principles of designs- Physical attribute of plants and relation to design- Appearance,
functional and visual effects of plants in landscape design and built environment. Plant Components - Annuals -
Shrubs -Trees - Climbers -Indoor Plants - Ornamental Palms and Bulbous Plants.
URBAN LANDSCAPE DESIGN 6
Urban open spaces and principle of urban landscape; Street landscaping, landscape design for waterfront areas and
functional areas in urban centers. Green infrastructure including green roofs and walls. Application of Plant
Physiography to sustainable landscape design such as use of CAM (Crassulacean Acid Metabolism) plants in Green
roofs.
INTERIOR SPACE 6
Space - definition; Interior space - Spatial qualities- form- scale- outlook-Guidelines for structuring space with
interior design elements; spatial form; spatial dimension - square, rectangle-curvilinear spaces; height of space-
spatial transitions - openings within wall planes- doorways- windows- stairways. Heat and sound insulation
materials in interior Design.
PRINCIPLES OF AESTHETICS DESIGN 8
Colour wheel - primary- Secondary- Tertiary Colours'- Colour schemes- Colour value- intensity and modification of
Colourhues - Tints- shades- Neutralization. Colour charts - types- Colour harmony-use of Colour harmony- Ratio,
proportion, scale, balance, harmony, unity, variety, rhythm, emphasis.
Total Hours: 30
CASE STUDIES
1. Application of Software in interior decoration for residential and commercial building.

TEXT BOOKS
1. Charles Harris, Nicholas Dines, "Time-Saver Standards for Landscape Architecture", McGraw Hill
Education, 2nd edition, 2017.
2. Joseph Dechiara, Julius Panero and Martin Zelnik, "Time Saver Standards for Interior design andSpace
Planning", McGraw Hill, London, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. William S. Saunders. Nature, Landscape, and Building for Sustainability: a Harvard Design Magazine Reader.
Minneapolis, University of Minnesota Press, 2008.
2. Stefano Corbo, "Interior Landscapes - A Visual Atlas", Images Publishing Group Pvt. Ltd., 2016.
3. M Pratap Rao, "Interior Design Principles & Practice", Standard Publishers Distributors, 2015
4. Malcolm Innes, "Portfolio Skills, Lighting for Interior Design", Laurence King Publishing Ltd., London,
2012.
WEB REFERENCES
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/nptel_data3/html/mhrd/ict/text/124107006/lec1.pdf

20CH201 ENGINEERNG CHEMISTRY 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Make use of the concepts of electrochemistry in electrochemical devices. PO1, PO2
CO2: Outline the various types of corrosion and its control methods. PO1, PO2
CO3: Identify the analysis methods to determine the quality of fuels and air
requirement for their combustion. PO1, PO2
CO4: Summarize the preparation, properties and uses of polymers and nanomaterials. PO1, PO2
Electrochemistry: Electrochemical cells -Electrode potential - Emf measurement -Nernst equation -

Electrochemical series -Significance -Types of electrodes: Calomel electrode and Glass electrode.
Batteries: Types -Primary batteries, Secondary batteries - Lithium-ion battery -Speciality batteries: Nickel hydride
battery, Torpedo battery -Super capacitors -Fuel cells: Proton exchange membrane fuel cell - Direct methanol-O2
fuel cell - Batteries for electric vehicles.
CORROSION AND ITS CONTROL 6
Corrosion: Impact of environment on metallic surfaces -Chemical and electrochemical corrosion -Mechanism -
Factors influencing corrosion -Corrosion control - Design -Anodic and cathodic protection methods -Surface
coatings - Inorganic coatings - Galvanization and Tinning - Anodization.
FUELSAND COMBUSTION 6
Fuels - Classification - Calorific value-Dulong's formula - Solid fuels -Coal - Proximate and ultimate analysis -
Liquid fuel - Petroleum- Straight run petrol -Fischer Tropsch method - Octane and Cetane rating of fuels -
Combustion -Theoretical air requirement for combustion.
Polymers-Polymerization -Structure, properties and uses of industrially important polymers -PVC, Teflon, ABS,
Kevlar - Composites -Characteristic properties- Classifications - FRP. Nanochemistry: Nanomaterials -Properties -
Chemical Synthesis: Solgel and hydrothermal methods-Applications of nanomaterials.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jain P C and Monica Jain, "Engineering Chemistry", 16th Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2016.
2. Palanna O G, "Engineering Chemistry", 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Publishing Company, Chennai, 2009.
REFERENCES
1. Shikha Agarwal "Engineering Chemistry: Fundamentals and Applications", 1st Edition, Cambridge University
Press, 2015.

3. Larminie, James, and John Lowry, "Electric Vehicle Technology Explained" 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons,
2012.
WEB REFERENCES
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/103/108103009

20CH202 CHEMICAL SCIENCE 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Relate the concepts of chemical kinetics to reaction rate and catalysis. PO1
CO2: Illustrate the principles of electrochemistry in electrochemical cells and corrosion. PO1
CO3: Summarize the preparation, properties and uses of industrially important
polymers and composites. PO1
CO4: Utilize the analytical techniques for estimation of elements and compounds. PO1
CO5: Make use of the characteristic properties of propellants for suitable applications. PO1
CHEMICAL KINETICS 5
Basic concepts of chemical kinetics - Complex reactions - Effect of temperature onreaction rates - Catalysis.
ELECTROCHEMICAL SYSTEMS AND CORROSION SCIENCE 9
Introduction to electrochemistry - Different types of electrodes - Half cell potential - Electromotive force - Gibbs
free energy and cell potential - Nernst equation - Electrochemical series - Classification of electrochemical cells.
Corrosion: Definition - Causes and consequences - Mechanisms and theories of corrosion -Significance and
methods of corrosion control.
SPECTROSCOPY 5
Fundamentals of spectroscopy - Electronic spectroscopy - Vibrational spectroscopy - Atomic absorption
spectroscopy.
PROPELLANTS 6
Classification of propellants - Performance of propellants and thermochemistry - Liquid propellants - Oxidizers and
fuels - Solid propellants - Composite solid propellants.
POLYMERS AND COMPOSITES 5
Polymers - Polymerization- Structure, properties and uses of industrially important polymers -PVC, Teflon, ABS,
Kevlar - Composites - Characteristic properties - Classifications - FRP.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jain P C and Monica Jain, "Engineering Chemistry", 16th Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2016.
2. Shikha Agarwal "Engineering Chemistry: Fundamentals and Applications", 1th Edition, Cambridge University
Press, 2015.
REFERENCES
2. Naminosuke Kubota, "Propellants and Explosives: Thermochemical aspects of combustion", 3rd Edition,
Wiley-VCH, 2015.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://nptel.ac.in/122101001/downloads/lec-25.pdf

20CH203 CHEMISTRY 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the various water quality parameters and their treatment methods. PO1, PO7
CO2: Relate the electrochemical concepts with different types of corrosion. PO1
CO3: Utilize the concepts of redox reactions in electrochemical cells and corrosion
prevention methods. PO1
CO4: Apply the principles of spectroscopic methods for the estimation of elements
and compounds. PO1
WATER CHEMISTRY 9
Introduction -Water Quality parameters: Alkalinity, Turbidity, Fluorides, Hardness- Estimation of Hardness by
EDTA method-Disadvantages of hard water - Water softening and purification - External conditioning - Zeolite
Process -Demineralization -Domestic water treatment-Disinfection of water-Desalination - Electrodialysis -
Reverse osmosis.
ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND CORROSION 13
Electrochemistry: Electrochemical cells -- Electrode potential - Emf measurement -Nernst equation -
Electrochemical series - Significance - Types of electrodes: Calomel electrode and Glass electrode.
Corrosion: Types - Chemical and electrochemical corrosion - Mechanism - Different forms of corrosion -
Intergranular, pitting, concrete, fatigue - Passivity of metals -Factors influencing corrosion- Corrosion control -
Design - Anodic and cathodic Protection methods - Surface coatings - Paints - Constituents - Varnishes - Lacquers -
Inorganic coatings - Galvanization and Tinning - Anodization.
ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES 8
Beer-Lambert's law - Colorimetry - Flame photometry - Atomic absorption spectroscopy- UV-visible spectroscopy
- IR spectroscopy.
Total Hours : 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jain P C and Monica Jain, "Engineering Chemistry", 16th Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co., 2016.
2. Palanna O. G., "Engineering Chemistry", 2nd Edition, Tata Mc.Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2009.
REFERENCES
2. Shashi Chawla, "A Textbook of Engineering chemistry", 3rd Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2010.
Press, 2015.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/105101010/downloads/Lecture27.pdf

20CH204 APPLIED SCIENCES - II 2 0 0 2
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recall the concepts of electrochemistry. PO1
CO2: Utilize the principles of redox reactions in construction of electrochemical devices. PO1
CO3: Outline the preparation, properties and uses of polymers and nanomaterials. PO1
CO4: Make use of the characteristic properties of non-ferrous metals and alloys in
engineering applications. PO1

Electrochemistry: Electrochemical cells - Electrode potential - Emf measurement - Nernst equation -
Electrochemical series - Significance - Types of electrodes: Calomel electrode and Glass electrode.
Batteries: Types - Primary batteries, Secondary batteries - Lithium-ion battery - Zinc-air battery - Speciality
batteries: Nickel hydride battery, Torpedo battery - Super capacitors - Fuel Cells: Proton exchange membrane fuel
cell - Direct methanol-O2 fuel cell.
Polymers - Polymerization - Structure, properties and uses of industrially important polymers - PVC - Teflon -
Speciality polymers: Polycarbonate, Kevlar - Resins - Types - Thermoplastic and thermoset resins - Structure,
properties and uses of ABS, PU, epoxy, vinyl ester and phenolic resins - Polymer blends and alloys - Composites -
Constituents - Matrix and dispersed phases - Characteristic properties of composites - Classifications - FRP -
Nanocomposites.
Nanochemistry: Nanomaterials - Chemical Synthesis -Nucleation - Mechanism of homogeneous and
heterogeneous nucleation - Hydrothermal and Sol-gel methods - Properties and applications of nanomaterials.
NON FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS 5
Chemical composition - Properties and applications of alloys of Al and Cu - Recycling of aluminium - Super alloys -
Lead alloys - Pb with Sb and Sn - Applications.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
2. Gowarikar V.R., Viswanathan N.V. and Jayadev Sreedhar, "Polymer Science", 3rd Edition, New Age
International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2019.
REFERENCES
1. Gesser H .D, "Applied Chemistry - A Textbook for Engineers and Technologies", 1st Edition, Springer, New
York, 2008.
2. Palanna O. G., "Engineering Chemistry", 2nd Edition ,Tata Mc.Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
3. Shashi Chawla, "A Textbook of Engineering chemistry", 3rd Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES

20CH205 APPLIED CHEMISTRY 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Apply the electrochemical principles to electrochemical devices. PO1
CO2: Explain the mechanism of corrosion and its control methods. PO1
CO3: Summarize the synthesis, properties and applications of materials. PO1
CO4: Identify suitable spectroscopic methods for analysis of chemical compounds. PO1
CO5: Compare the characteristics of various solvents for cleaning electronic devices PO1

Electrochemistry: Electrochemical cells - Electrode potential -Emf measurement -Nernst equation -
Electrochemical series - Significance - Types of electrodes - Calomel electrode and Glass electrode.
Batteries: Types -Primary batteries, Secondary batteries - Lithium-ion battery -Speciality batteries: Nickel hydride
battery, Torpedo battery -Super capacitors - Fuel Cells: Proton exchange membrane fuel cell - Direct methanol-O2
fuel cell - Batteries for electric vehicles.
CORROSION AND ITS CONTROL 6
Corrosion: Impact of environment on metallic surfaces -Chemical and electrochemical corrosion - Mechanism -
Factors influencing corrosion -Corrosion control - Design -Anodic and Cathodic protection methods -Surface
coatings - Inorganic coatings - Galvanization and Tinning - Anodization.
MATERIALS AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES 11
Polymers: Introduction - Nomenclature - Polymerization - Types -Speciality polymers: Polycarbonate, Kevlar -
Electronic polymers: Polyacetylene, Polythiophene - Structure, preparation, properties and uses - Composites -
Types - Polymer matrix composite - FibreReinforced Plastics.
Nanochemistry: Nanomaterials - Properties - Chemical synthesis: Sol-gel and hydrothermal methods - Graphenes -
Applications.
Analytical techniques:Beer-Lambert's law - Colorimetry - Ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy - Infrared spectroscopy.
CLEANING OF ELECTRONIC DEVICES 4
Various solvents used for cleaning of electronic devices - Electronic grades - Semiconductor grades - Specifications
- Merits and demerits.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
2. Palanna O. G., "Engineering Chemistry", 2nd Edition ,Tata Mc.Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
REFERENCES
1. Shashi Chawla "A Textbook of Engineering chemistry", 3rdEdition, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2010.
2. Larminie, James, and John Lowry, "Electric Vehicle Technology Explained", 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2012.
3. George Wypych "Handbook of Solvents", 1st Edition, Chemtech Publishing Company, 2001.
WEB REFERENCES

20CH207 CORROSION SCIENCE 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Summarize the various forms of corrosion. PO1, PO2
CO2: Explain about the thermodynamics and kinetics of corrosion. PO1, PO2
CO3: Identify the techniques of corrosion monitoring and testing. PO1, PO2
CO4: Make use of corrosion control methods in preventing corrosion. PO1, PO2
CO5: Summarize various surface deposition methods. PO1, PO2
CORROSION 10
Corrosion - Types - Atmospheric corrosion, Galvanic corrosion, Crevice corrosion, Pitting corrosion, Inter granular
corrosion - Mechanically assisted corrosion - Erosion corrosion, Cavitation corrosion, Fretting corrosion -
Corrosion fatigue - Environmentally induced cracking - Stress corrosion cracking -Hydrogen embrittlement-High
temperature corrosion.
THERMODYNAMICS OF CORROSION 8
Galvanic and concentration cells - Mechanism of electrochemical corrosion - Free energy criteria for corrosion
reaction - Thermodynamic vs kinetic considerations - Emf and galvanic series -Pourbaix diagram of Fe and Al.
TESTING, PREVENTION AND APPLICATION 20
Corrosion testing techniques and procedures: Weight loss method, Salt spray techniques - Electrochemical
workstation: Faraday's laws -Corrosion rate expressions - Exchange current density-Activation and concentration
polarization - Tafel equation - Mixed potential theory, Combined polarization -Passivity - Passivating materials -
Pilling-Bedworth ratio - Protective and non-protective oxides.
Prevention of Corrosion - Design against corrosion -Modifications of corrosive environment -Inhibitors - Cathodic
Protection -Protective coatings.
Corrosion of steels - Stainless steel - Aluminium alloys - Copper alloys - Nickel and Titanium alloys.
SURFACE COATING 7
Diffusion coatings -Electro and Electroless plating -Hot dip coating - Metal spraying:Flame and Arc processes -
Conversion coating -Physical Vapour Deposition:Sputter deposition process - Chemical Vapour Deposition:
Atmospheric Pressure CVD and Metal Organic CVD process.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Zaki Ahmad and Digby Macdonald, "Principles of Corrosion Engineering and Corrosion Control", 1st Edition,
2. Fontana. G., "Corrosion Engineering", 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2017.

REFERENCES
1. Kenneth.R.Trethewey and John Chamberlain, "Corrosion for Science and Engineering", 2nd Edition, Longman
Inc., 1996.
2. Rajnarayan, "Anintroduction to metallic corrosion and its prevention", 1st Edition, Oxford Publications, 1983.
3. Pietro Pedeferri, "Corrosion Science and Engineering", 1st Edition, Springer, 2018.
WEB REFERENCES

20CH208 MATERIALS AND COMPOSITES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Apply the chemical characteristics of alloying elements on metal properties. PO1, PO2
CO2: Utilize the polymeric and nano functional materials in engineering applications. PO1, PO2
CO3: Explain the mechanical behaviour of polymer composites. PO1, PO2
CO4: Summarize the properties and applications of ceramics, ceramic matrix
composites and refractories. PO1, PO2
METALLIC ALLOYS 9
Metals - Physical properties - Chemical characteristics -Role and significance of alloying elements in Fe: Ni,Cr,Mo,
and W and Al: Fe, Si, Mg, Mn and Zn- Atomic absorption spectroscopy: Testing procedure and evaluation with
standards.
FUNCTIONAL MATERIALS 9
Design and application: Synthetic polymers - Carbon framework - Silicon frame work - Fluorinated polymer -
Biodegradable polymers - Surfactants - Nanostructures - Soft materials and thin films - Emerging applications in
energy harvesting, memory storage and micro-fabrication.
COMPOSITE MATERIALS 15
Composites-Classification -Functional role of reinforcement and matrix phases- Importance of interface-Polymer
matrix composites-FRP - Mechanical behaviour of FRP composites -Fiber controlled and matrix dependent
properties -Fiber volume fraction, tensile, shear, compressive and notched strength - Fracture toughness - Non-
destructive testing - Effect of environmental conditions on properties.
CERAMICS AND REFRACTORIES 12
Ceramics -Classification - Fabrication methods of clay, Silicon Carbide, Alumina, Silicon Nitride - Properties of
important engineering ceramics - Applications.
Ceramic Matrix Composites - Types - Properties - Interface - Wettability - Fabrication - Applications.
Refractories: Classification - Properties - Applications.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
Press, 2015.
2. P K Mallick, "Fiber-Reinforced Composites: Materials, Manufacturing, and Design", 3rd Edition, CRC Press,
2007.
REFERENCES
1. C. P. Sharma, "Engineering Materials: Properties and Applications of Metals and Alloys", 1st Edition, PHI,
New Delhi, 2004.

2. Agarwal C.V., "Chemistry of Engineering materials", 9th Edition, B.S. Publications, 2006.
3. S.Banerjee and A.K.Tyagi, "Functional Materials", 1st Edition, Elsevier, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES
4. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/112108092/module2/lec09.pdf

20CH209 CHEMISTRY OF ADVANCED MATERIALS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Make use of electrochemical principles in modern electronic devices. PO1
CO2: Summarize the properties of nanomaterials. PO1
CO3: Identify the suitable nanomaterials for specific applications. PO1
CO4: Outline the various nanostructures to be used in electroluminescent systems. PO1
MODERN ELECTRONIC DEVICES 15

Polymer electronics - Organic semiconductors - Organic dielectrics -Working and applications-Thin film transistors
and conducting polymer based electrochemical transistors - Electrochromic devices - Components, working and
applications-Advantages of nano electrical and electronic devices - Micro and nano electromechanical systems -
Sensors, Actuators, Optical switches - Data memory lighting and displays - Filters (IR blocking).
NANO MATERIALS 15
Colloids -Size and confinement effects - Size induced metal to insulator transition - Surface to volume ratio - Size
effect on the lattice parameter - Energy levels in nanocrystals - Properties - Electronic, optical, magnetic, thermal,
mechanical and electrochemical properties -CNT-Metal nanoparticle composites - CNT-AuNP composites -
Special features and applications -Nanowires - Nanoswitches- Nanotransducers - Nanoopticalsensors.
SMART MATERIALS 15
Nanocatalysts - Heterogeneous nanostructures and composites - Nanostructures for molecular recognition
(quantum dots, nanorods) - Molecular encapsulation - Applications - Organic electroluminescent displays -
Photoresists and substrates - General properties of photoresists -The wafer substrate - Substrate topography -
Multilayer resist technology - Characterisation of lithographic image.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Pulikel.M.Ajayan, "Nanocomposite Science and Technology", 1st Edition, Wiley-VCH, 2005.
2. Hagen Klauk, "Organic Electronics: Materials, Manufacturing, and Applications", 1st Edition, Wiley-VCH,
2006.
REFERENCES
1. Arnost Reiser, "Photoreactive Polymers.The Science and Technology of Resists", 1st Edition, Wiley and Sons,
1989.
2. Kohler M and Fritzsche W, "Nanotechnology: An Introduction to Nanostructuring Techniques", 2nd Edition,
Wiley, 2007.
3. Fahrner Wolfgang (Ed.), "Nanotechnology and Nanoelectronics: Materials, Devices, Measurement
Techniques", 2nd Edition, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2005.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/content/122106025/lec1.pdf
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/112104173/Mod_1_smart_mat_lec_6.pdf

20EC203 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS 3003
PREREQUISITES
20BS201 - Physics
20MA204 - Integral and Vector Calculus
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the fundamental concepts of vector calculus and PO1, PO2,
Co-ordinate systems. PO5, PO12
CO2: Apply the principles of electrostatics to the solutions of problems
relating to electric field. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO3: Illustrate the behaviour of fields in materials by applying the
concept of magnetostatics. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO4: Interpret the Maxwell's equation for time depending electromagnetic fields. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO5: Determine the wave equations for electromagnetic waves by using PO1, PO2,
Maxwell's Equations under time varying conditions. PO5, PO12
INTRODUCTION 9
Review of Vector Calculus: Orthogonal Co-ordinate Systems - Line, Surface and Volume Integrals - Definition of
Gradient, Divergence and Curl,-Stokes theorem and Divergence theorem.
ELECTROSTATICS 9
Coulomb's Law- Definition of Electric Field Intensity and Electric Flux Density- Principle of Superposition -
Electric Field due to various charge distributions- Gauss Law and its Applications.
Poisson's equation - Laplace's equation - Dielectrics and electric polarization - Capacitance of various geometries
using Laplace's equation - Relationship between potential and electric field - Potential due to electric dipole -
Electric boundary conditions.
MAGNETOSTATICS 9
The Biot-Savart Law - Magnetic Field intensity due to a finite and infinite wire carrying a current I - Magnetic field
intensity on the axis of a circular and rectangular loop carrying a current I - Magnetic flux density - Ampere's
circuital law and simple applications.
The Lorentz force equation for a moving charge and applications - Force on a wire carrying a current I placed in a
magnetic field - Torque on a loop carrying a current I - Inductance - Inductance of loops and solenoids - Mutual
inductance - Magnetic moment - Magnetic Vector Potential - Magnetic boundary conditions.
TIME-VARYING FIELDS AND MAXWELL's EQUATIONS 7
Faraday's law, Displacement current Density - Maxwell's equations in differential and integral form - Maxwell's
equations for Time varying fields - Electromagnetic Boundary conditions - Instantaneous, average and Poynting
theorem.
ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 11

Wave equations and solutions - Uniform Plane Wave - Plane waves in lossless media, lossy media, Group velocity,
Skin effect - Reflection and Refraction of Plane Waves - Normal and Oblique Incidences for Perfect Conductor and
Perfect Dielectrics, Brewster Angle, Critical Angle.
Case study: Simulation Study
• Vector analysis
• Co-ordinate system conversion
• Gradient, Divergence and Curl
• Electric Dipole Simulation using Coulomb's Law
• Electric field intensity and Electric flux density
• Magnetic field of a Circular current loop using Biot Savart's Law
• Ampere's Law
• Wave equation
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. William H.Hayt, Jr. John A. Buck, "Engineering Electromagnetics", 9th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2019.
2. E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain "Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of
India, 2015.
3. Mathew N. O. Sadiku, "Elements of Electromagnetics", 4th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Joseph A. Edminister, "Theory and Problems of Electromagnetics", Schaum Series, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill,
2017.
2. Kraus and Fleish, "Electromagnetics with Applications", 5th Edition, McGraw Hill International Editions, 2010
3. David K Cheng, "Field and Wave Electromagnetics", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2013.
4. NarayanaRao, N, "Elements of Engineering Electromagnetics", 6th edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
WEB REFERENCES

20EI271 SIMULATION LABORATORY 0021
Course Outcomes
CO1: Outline the features of mathematical functions using computational software. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Develop a code utilizing basic commands and functions of simulation PO1, PO2, PO4,
software to solve mathematical problems. PO5, PO9
CO3: Analyze the variables within/import into workspace of software through plots PO1, PO2, PO4,
and display devices. PO5, PO9
CO4: Analyze the results and analysis of the experiments through reports. PO1, PO2, PO4,
PO5, P12
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Components of computational software and tool boxes
2. Mathematical operations using arrays and matrices.
3. Create and manipulate the variables for text and numeric data types.
4. Import and Export data as text files, spreadsheets, other file formats and web access.
5. Write basic programs using loops and conditional statements, such as if, for, and while.
6. Create variables within /import into Workspace of software from data files or other programs.
7. Solving Mathematical Functions using simulation tool.
8. Write basic Programs in Scripts containing sequence of commands and functions.
9. Create 2D,3D plots and display it in graphical window
10. Program to Read, Display and plot Image using open CV Library
11. Conversion of original image to Gray scale image and binary image.
12. Solving Matrices and Vectors problems using SCILAB.

20EI205 ELECTRICAL MACHINES AND DRIVES 3003
PREREQUISITE
20EE251 - Compendium of Electrical Engineering
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explain the construction and principle of operation of DC machines and transformer. PO1,PO2
CO2: Outline the features of induction and synchronous motors. PO1, PO2
CO3: Interpret the construction, principle of operation of special electrical machines PO1, PO2
CO4: Explain the operation of the converters and inverters. PO1,PO2
CO5: Apply power semiconductor devices for industrial applications PO1,PO2
DC MACHINES AND TRANSFORMER 9
DC Machines: Constructional features - Principle of operation - Types -Emf and torque equations- Characteristics
of different types of motors- speed control of DC motors. Transformers: Construction and working principle -types.
AC MACHINES 9
Three phase Induction Motor: -Construction and principle of operation - Types- Torque equation - Slip-Torque
characteristics-speed control methods-Single phase Induction motor: Construction, principle of operation and types
-Synchronous motor:Construction and Working principle.
SPECIAL MACHINES 6
Stepper motors, Brushless DC motor, Permanent Magnet Synchronous motor-Linear induction motors and
Servomotors.
POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES &CONVERTERS 12
Power semiconductor devices: BJT, MOSFET, IGBT and SCR-Converters: Half, semi and fully controlled
converters, Inverters:Single Phase and Three Phase inverter.
DRIVES AND ITS APPLICATION 9
DC Drives: Single and three phase converter drives, chopper based DC drives-applications-AC drives: Induction
motor drives-applications.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gupta J.B, "Theory and performance of Electrical Machines",14th Edition, Kataria and sons, 2010.
2. Muhamed H.Rashid, "Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and Applications",3rd Edition, Prentice Hall India
Pvt. Ltd., 2014.
3. Bose.B.K. "Power Electronics and Motor Drives - Advances and Trends", 3 Edition, Elsevier Academic
rd
Press, 2015

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Kothari D.P., Nagrath I.J., "Electric Machine",4th Edition, McGraw Hill Publications, 2016.
2. Bimbhra P.S, "Power Electronics", 3rd Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2012.
3. G. K. Dubey, "Fundamentals of Electrical Drives" 2nd Edition , Alpha Science,2002
WEB REFERENCES
1. DC Machines:https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105155/
2. AC machines:http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106072/
3. Power Electronics: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/102/108102145/
4. Fundamentals of Electric Drives:https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/104/108104140/

20IT2I01 DESIGN THINKING 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Develop a solid understanding of the fundamental phases and methods PO1, PO2, PO3
in design thinking.
CO2: Initiate a new working culture based on a user-centric approach, empathy, PO1, PO2, PO3,
ideation, prototyping, and playful testing. PO5, PO6, PO9
Value of user-centric design - Introduction to the 5-step approach (Design Thinking) - Understand
Empathize - The bedrock of design thinking - Form teams & Identify a design challenge for each team. The design
challenge (or project) to be specific to the branch of engineering that the students are studying. Department focal to
provide inputs on this design challenge - Identify key stakeholders for the chosen design challenge.
Practice Empathize via field research techniques: this involves meeting with the identified stakeholders, use of tools
such as journey maps, personas and empathy maps - Synthesize the data collected to define your problem statement:
use of techniques to identify patterns in the data collated to help steer towards answering the questions "What are we
solving? Who are we solving for?", the criticality of picking the right problem to solve.
Value of ideation using techniques such as brainstorming and brain writing - Ideate solutions for defined problem
statement - Use techniques such as prioritization grid and DFV weighting to pick the top ideas - Understand
Prototyping - the most effective way of communicating your idea - Prototype the top idea selected - Present the
prototype to stakeholders. Test your idea with a feedback loop - Refine the prototype based on feedback - Final
presentation of the refined prototype.
Total Hours: 15
REFERENCES
1. Don Norman, "Design of everyday things", 2nd Edition, Basic Books, 2013.
2. Tim Brown, "Change by Design: How Design Thinking Transforms Organizations and Inspires Innovation",
Harper Business, 2013.

20ME203 DESIGN THINKING 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Develop design ideas and approaches using different techniques PO1, PO2, PO3, PO6,
PO9, PO10, PO12
CO2: Apply design thinking approaches and tools to a variety of challenges and PO1, PO2, PO3, PO6,
user-centric problems PO10, PO12
CO3: Interpret the application of tools and techniques of design thinking process PO1, PO2, PO3, PO6,
along with its effects in business settings PO10, PO12
INTRODUCTION AND IDEATION BOX

Design thinking: Definition -Need, Objectives -Five Step approach.
The Ideation Box - What's Ideation, Design Thinking - A human thing, Why - What in your opinion are some well-
designed objects, features, products, solutions, etc. that people make use of often but don't pay too much attention -
Discussion and Analysis.
DESIGN THINKING PHASE STEPS
The Great Products - View from Design Thinking, The Ideation Phase Steps, The Design Mind Map, The Core
Phases - Discover/Define and Explore, Interview Documentation - Core Step, Opportunity Statement, Rapid
Prototyping, Key Lessons.
CASE STUDIES AND TOOLS
Case Studies - 10 Industry Case Studies, how to pitch, how to reach out, Versioning / Updates, TOOLS and
Techniques for Design Thinking. How design thinking changed these people/process?
Total Hours: 15
REFERENCES
1. Idris Mootee, "Design Thinking for Strategic Innovation", John Wiley & Sons, 2013.
2. Tim Brown, "Change by design, revised and update", Harper Collins publishers, 2019.
3. Design thinking crash courses and whitepapers by various organizations.

20MA201 ALGEBRA, CALCULUS AND TRANSFORMS 3 1 0 4
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Use orthogonal transformation to reduce quadratic form to canonical form. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Construct the evolute of a curve with the principles of curvature. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Identify the extrema of functions of two variables PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Solve the higher order ordinary differential equations. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO5: Apply Laplace Transform techniques in finding solutions of ordinary PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
differential equations.
CO6: Analyze simple electric circuits with ordinary differential equations and PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
Laplace Transform techniques
MATRICES 12
Characteristic equation - Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors of a real matrix - Properties of Eigenvalues and
Eigenvectors - Orthogonal transformation of a real symmetric matrix to diagonal form - Quadratic form - Nature of
quadratic form - Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal transformation.
DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS 8
Curvature in Cartesian co-ordinates - Radius of curvature in Cartesian co-ordinates - Radius of curvature in
parametric co-ordinates - Centre of curvature - Circle of curvature - Evolute of a curve.
FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES 12
Partial derivatives - Homogeneous functions and Euler's theorem - Total derivative - Chain rule - Composite
function of one and two variables - Jacobians - Properties of Jacobians - Taylor's series expansion of functions of two
variables - Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables - Lagrange's method of undetermined multipliers.
ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12
Solution of second and higher order linear differential equations with constant coefficients - Method of variation of
parameters - Cauchy's and Legendre's linear differential equations - Simultaneous first order linear differential
equations with constant coefficients.
LAPLACE TRANSFORMS 16
Transform of elementary functions -Properties - Transform of derivatives and integrals - Transform of unit step
function, Unit impulse function - Transform of Periodic functions - Inverse Laplace transforms - Convolution
theorem - Initial and Final value theorems - Solution of linear second order ordinary differential equations with
constant coefficients.
Total Hours (45L+15T) : 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan T., "Engineering Mathematics for first year", Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2017.
2. Grewal B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 44th Edition, Khanna Publications, 2017.
REFERENCES
1. Erwin Kreyszig, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics",10th Edition, Wiley India, 2016.
2. James Stewart, "Calculus, Early Transcendental", 7th edition, Cengage learning, 2015.
3. Ravish R. Singh and Mukul Bhatt, "Engineering Mathematics I & II", McGraw Hill Education Pvt.Limited, 2016.

WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDIES
1. List of MATLAB Programmes
• Introduction to MATLAB.
• Array arithmetic.
• Assigning Variables and Manipulating Matrices.
• Matrix Operations - Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, Transpose and Inverse.
• Finding Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors of Higher Order Matrices.
• Finding curvature of a given function
• Finding Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables.
• Solution of second and higher order ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients
• Evaluating Laplace and Inverse Laplace Transform of basic functions.
• Using Laplace Transform technique to solve differential equations with constant coefficients.
2. Feature extraction of image using Principle Component Analysis.
3. Channel capacity calculation using Shannon's theorem.
4. Matrix based estimation of current and voltage for a voltage multiplier circuit.
5. Matrix based filtering techniques in Medical Image processing.
6. Analysis of velocity gradient: Fluid flow mechanics using differential calculus.
7. Solving Voltage and Current equations for transmission lines.
8. Applications of Taylor's series expansion to find continuity equation in Bipolar transistors.
9. Measurement of Deformed body mechanics using Lagrange's method.
10. Cognitive brain signal analysis using Maxwell's equation.
11. Analysis of Dynamic characteristics of Biosensors using ordinary differential equations.
12. Time response of RLC circuit using Laplace transformation in MATLAB
13. Compute the transient and steady state response of RLC electrical circuit.
14. Behaviour of Closed loop control system.
15. Analysis of RLC circuit for different conditions using Laplace Transforms.
16. Stress- strain analysis of human wrist at rotation using Laplace Transforms.
MATLAB WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.mathworks.com
3. https://www.khanacademy.org/tag/maxima-and-minima-math
4. https://www.khanacademy.org/math/differential-calculus

20MA202 MATRICES, DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS 2 1 0 3
AND TRANSFORMS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO2: Construct the evolute of a curve and the extrema of functions. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Solve the higher order ordinary differential equations. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Apply Laplace Transform techniques in finding solutions of ordinary PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
differential equations.
CO5: Analyze the bending of beams and simple harmonic motion with ordinary PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
differential equations and Laplace Transform techniques.
MATRICES 9
quadratic forms - Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal transformation.
parametric co-ordinates -Centre of curvature - Circle of curvature - Evolute of a curve.
Partial derivatives - Total derivative - Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables - Lagrange's method of
undetermined multipliers.
ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 9
Solution of second and higher order linear differential equations with constant coefficients -Method of variation of
parameters - Cauchy's and Legendre's linear differential equations - Simultaneous first order linear differential
equations with constant coefficients.
function, Unit impulse function - Transform of periodic functions - Inverse Laplace transforms - Convolution
theorem - Initial and Final value theorems - Solution of linear second order ordinary differential equations with
constant coefficients.
Total Hours(35L+15T): 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan T, "Engineering Mathematics for first year", Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2017.
2. Grewal B.S, "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 44th Edition, Khanna Publications, 2017.
REFERENCES
1. Erwin Kreyszig, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 10th Edition, Wiley India, 2016.
2. Ravish R. Singh and Mukul Bhatt, "Engineering Mathematics I & II", McGraw Hill Education Pvt Limited, 2016.
3. Sastry S. S, "Engineering Mathematics Vol. I & II", PHI learning Pvt. Ltd, 4th Edition, 2014.
WEB REFERENCES

CASE STUDIES
1. List of MATLAB Programme
• Introduction to MATLAB.
• Matrix Operations - Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, Transpose and Inverse.
• Finding curvature of a given function
• Evaluating Laplace and Inverse Laplace Transform of basic functions.
• Using Laplace Transform technique to solve differential equations with constant coefficients.
2. Principal planes and Principal stresses
3. Conversion of stress tensor to a diagonal matrix by orthogonal transformations (Solid mechanics).
4. Analysis of Composite material properties.
5. Displacement and stress analysis in Finite Element Techniques.
6. Determination of slope and displacement of the structures.
7. Practical problems in engineering to find maxima and minima, like costing, the beam analysis, the weight of a
heat sink, maxima of flow, minimization of strain energy.
8. Relating Lagrange Method of Undetermined Multipliers to Variational Calculus applications in Finite Element
Methods.
9. Optimization of mechanical structures using calculus.
10. Applications of fluid flow.
11. Boundary layer concepts.
12. Velocity and acceleration in fluids.
13. Vibration of strings with various end conditions.
14. Governing Equations of fluid flow in conservative and non-conservative form.
15. Determination of Mass and center of mass of a lamina.
16. Free vibration analysis of simple spring mass system.
17. Bending of Beams, Multi degrees of vibrating systems.
18. Approximate methods of vibration analysis.
19. Free and Force vibration analysis of simple spring mass system to find Ground motion Parameters.
20. Simple feedback control loop problems.
21. Maintenance of a constant temperature in a bath.
22. Heat transfer applications.
23. Static deflection of beams and columns.
1. https://www.mathworks.com
3. https://www.udemy.com/tutorial/learners-spot-1/lapace-transforms-and-inverse/

20MA203 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS 310 4
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO2: Identify the dimensionality of a vector spaces. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Develop Linear transformation of vector spaces. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Construct the evolute of a curve with the principles of curvature PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO5: Identify the extrema of functions of two variables. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO6: Analyze the 2D visual representation and optimality of functions. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
MATRICES 12
quadratic form - Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal transformation.
VECTOR SPACE 12
Vector spaces - Sub spaces - Bases - Linear combination - Span - linearly dependence - Independence - Dimensions -
Finite dimensional - Row and column spaces - Rank and nullity.
LINEAR TRANSFORMATIONS 12
Basic properties of linear transformations - Invertible linear transformation - Matrices of linear transformations -
Vector space of linear transformation - Change of bases.
parametric co-ordinates - Centre of curvature - Circle of curvature- Evolute of a curve.
FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES 12
Partial derivatives - Homogeneous functions and Euler's theorem -Total derivative - Chain rule - Composite
function of one and two variables - Jacobians - Properties of Jacobians - Taylor's series expansion of functions of two
variables- Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables - Lagrange's method of undetermined multipliers.
Total Hours (45L+15T) : 60
TEXT BOOKS
2. Jin Ho Kwak and Sungpyo Hong, "Linear Algebra", 2ndEdition, Springer, 2004.
REFERENCES
1. Erwin Kreyszig, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics",10thEdition, Wiley India, 2016.
2. Grewal B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 44thEdition, Khanna Publications, 2017.
3. Stephen Andrilli and David Hecher, "Elementary Linear Algebra", 5th Edition, Academic Press, 2016.
4. Ravish R. Singh and Mukul Bhatt, "Engineering Mathematics I & II", McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Limited, 2016.
WEB REFERENCES

CASE STUDIES
• Introduction MATLAB.
• Finding Operations - Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, Transpose and Inverse.
• Finding bases and dimensions for the vector spaces and subspaces.
• Finding the matrix representation of a linear transformation.
• Finding curvature of a given function.
2. Usage of Matrices in Cryptography.
3. Date Transmission and processing of digital signals using vector spaces.
4. 2D and 3D animations using Linear Transformations.
5. Calculus in Optimization Problems.
6. Forecasting the rate of change of disease spread using Calculus.
7. Chain Rule implementation on Artificial Neural Networks.
https://www.mathworks.com
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103/106/103106118/
https://www.khanacademy.org/tag/maxima-and-minima-math
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/differential-calculus

20MA204 INTEGRAL AND VECTOR CALCULUS 2 1 0 3
PREREQUISITE:
20MA201 Algebra, Calculus and Transforms
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Choose multiple integrals to estimate areas and volumes. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Apply the concepts of vector integration to estimate surface areas and volumes. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Identify analytic functions and conformal mappings. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Solve real definite integrals expressed in terms of complex functions
over contours. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO5: Analyze the characteristics of electromagnetic signals in a medium. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
MULTIPLE INTEGRALS 12
Double integration in cartesian and polar co-ordinates - Change of order of integration in cartesian co-ordinates -
Change of variables from cartesian to polar coordinates - Triple integration in cartesian co-ordinates - Applications
of multiple integrals to find areas and volumes.
VECTOR CALCULUS 12
Gradient, Divergence and Curl - Directional derivative - Solenoidal and Irrotational vector fields - Vector
integration - Green's theorem in a plane, Gauss divergence theorem and Stoke's theorem - Simple applications
involving cubes and rectangular parallelopipeds.
ANALYTIC FUNCTION 9
Analytic functions - Necessary and sufficient conditions - Cauchy-Riemann equations - Properties - Construction of
analytic functions - Conformal mapping: Bilinear transformation, w = z + c, cz, 1/z.
COMPLEX INTEGRATION 12
Line Integral - Statement of Cauchy's integral theorem - Cauchy's integral formula - Taylor's and Laurent's series
expansions - Singularities - Residues - Cauchy's residue theorem - Circular contour and semicircular contour
integration with no pole on real axis.
Total Hours (30L+15T): 45
TEXT BOOKS
REFERENCES
WEB REFERENCE
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111107108/

CASE STUDIES
• Evaluating double integral with constant and variable limits.
• Finding area as double integral.
• Evaluating triple integral with constant and variable limits.
• Finding volume as triple integral.
• Evaluating gradient, divergence and curl.
• Evaluating line integrals and work done.
• Verifying Green's theorem in the plane.
• Exploring conformal mapping using grid lines.
• Evaluating a complex integral.
• Comparison of Taylor's series approximation with actual function.
• Finding residues of a function.
2. Antenna modelling using integral equations.
3. Analysis of fields in electromagnetics.
4. Determination of response of differentiator and Integrator.
5. MATLAB programming and Simulation to find solution for Maxwell's Equation.
6. Study Rate of flow of fluid in fluid dynamics.
7. Force, Torque and velocity calculation of a moving vehicle.
8. Development of Algorithm for Coordinate transformation.
9. Analysis of average power, RMS value and power factor for one port network using analytic functions.
10. Application of Taylor's series expansion for sinusoidal and logarithmic functions.
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/integral-calculus

20MA205 CALCULUS AND NUMERICAL METHODS 2 1 0 3
PREREQUISITE:
20MA202 Matrices, Differential Calculus and Transforms
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO4: Solve the system of linear equations numerically. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO5: Use numerical methods for solutions of ordinary differential equations. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO6: Analyze 1D fluid flow using R-K method. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
Double integration in Cartesian and polar co-ordinates - Change of order of integration in Cartesian co-ordinates -
Change of variables from Cartesian to polar coordinates - Triple integration in Cartesian co-ordinates - Applications
VECTOR CALCULUS 9
ANALYTIC FUNCTION 9
NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF EQUATIONS 9
Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations - Newton's method - Iteration method - Solution of linear system
of equations: Gauss elimination - Gauss Jacobi and Gauss Seidel methods - Eigenvalue of a matrix by power
method.
NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS OF ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 9
Taylor series method - Euler and modified Euler methods- Fourth order Runge-Kutta method for solving first order
equations - Milne's predictor and corrector methods.
TEXT BOOKS
2. Grewal B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 44th Edition, Khanna Publications, 2017.
3. Kandasamy, P, Thilagavathy, K, and Gunavathy, K, "Numerical methods'' S. Chand& Company ltd., New Delhi, 2016.
REFERENCES
2. James Stewart, "Calculus, Early Transcendental", 7th Edition, Cengage learning, 2015.
WEB REFERENCE

CASE STUDIES
• Solving algebraic and transcendental equations.
• Implementing Gauss methods to solve system of linear equations.
• Finding numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations.
2. Volume integrals to calculate efflux of quantities from a control volume, integration of the residue over a
control volume in FE and FV methods.
3. Discrete representation in terms of line, surface and volume integrals.
4. Point wise divergence free velocity field.
5. Determination of Permeability of soil.
6. Vertical stress distribution of soils.
7. Correlation between Irrotational Vector and Inviscid Flow, Solenoidal Vector and Electromagnetic Fields,
Divergence theorem and its meaning in transport Phenomena.
8. Resultant forces in equilibrium of bodies.
9. Flow over an aero foil.
10. Resultant forces in equilibrium of bodies
11. Joukowski Transformation and the construction of the airfoil.
12. Governing equations of fluid flow.
13. Two Dimensional Fluid flows analysis using Cauchy Riemann Equations.
14. Air foil transformations.
15. Application of Flow nets.
16. Vibration of single / two degree of freedom system.
17. Computational Fluid Dynamics on steady and unsteady flow fields.
18. Mode Shapes in SDOF, MDOF vibrating systems.
19. Mode shapes in single degree of freedom, multi-degree of freedom vibrating systems.
20. Runge-Kutta method for one dimensional fluid flow.
21. Determination of BM of Continuous beams.
22. Deflection of beams.
23. Buckling of column failure.

20MA206 TRANSFORMS AND ITS APPLICATIONS 2 1 0 3
PREREQUISITE
20MA203 Linear Algebra and Differential Calculus
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Solve initial value problems with Laplace Transform techniques. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Use Fourier Transforms to connect time and frequency domain. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Identify Z-transform of discrete sequences. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Apply Transform techniques in finding solutions of ordinary differential
equations and difference equations. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO5: Analyze discrete time signals using Z-transform. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
function, Unit impulse function - Transform of Periodic functions - Inverse Laplace transforms - Convolution
theorem - Initial and Final value theorems
FOURIER TRANSFORMS 12
Fourier integral theorem - Fourier transform pair - Sine and Cosine transforms - Properties - Transforms of simple
functions - Convolution theorem - Parseval's identity.
Z-TRANSFORMS 9
Z-transform - properties - Inverse Z-transform - Initial and final value theorems - Convolution theorem.
TRANSFORM TECHNIQUES FOR SOLUTIONS OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12
Solution of second and higher order linear differential equations with constant coefficients - Cauchy's and
Legendre's linear differential equations. Solution of linear second order ordinary differential equations with
constant coefficients using Laplace Transform. - Formation of difference equations. Solution of difference
equations using Z-transform
TEXT BOOKS
1. T. Veerarajan, "Transforms and Partial Differential Equations", Tata McGraw Hill Education private Ltd., New
Delhi, 2016.
2. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K., and Gunavathy K., "Engineering Mathematics'' Volume II, S. Chand &
Company Ltd., 2016
REFERENCES
2. Grewal B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 44th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2017.

WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDIES
• Finding Laplace Transform and Inverse Laplace Transform of basic functions.
• Compute Fourier and Inverse Fourier Transform of a function.
• Finding Z-transform and Inverse Z-transform of basic functions
• Solution of Differential equations using Laplace Transform techniques
• Solution of Difference equations using Z-transform techniques
2. Rate of change of output signals with respect to input signals using Laplace transform
3. Image analysis using Fourier transforms
4. Analysis of discrete signals using Z-transforms

20MA207 INTEGRAL CALCULUS AND PARTIAL 3 1 0 4
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
PREREQUISITE
20MA201- Algebra, Calculus and Transforms
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO3: Analyze of fluid flow in physiological vessels using vector calculus. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO5: Develop solutions of real integrals by extending complex integration. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO6: Solve higher order partial differential equations. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
Double integration in cartesian and polar co-ordinates - Change of order of integration in cartesian co-ordinates -
Change of variables from cartesian to polar coordinates - Triple integration in cartesian co-ordinates - Applications
VECTOR CALCULUS 12
ANALYTIC FUNCTION 12
COMPLEX INTEGRATION 12
Line Integral - Statement of Cauchy's integral theorem - Cauchy's integral formula -Taylor's and Laurent's series
expansions - Singularities - Residues - Cauchy's residue theorem.
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12
Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions - Solution of
first order partial differential equations of the forms f(p,q) = 0, z= px + qy + f(p,q) - Lagrange's linear equation -
Linear partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant coefficients.
TEXT BOOKS

REFERENCES
2. Ravish R. Singh and Mukul Bhatt, "Engineering Mathematics I & II", McGraw Hill Education Pvt Limited,
2016.
WEB REFERENCES
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/105/111105093
CASE STUDIES
1. List of MATLAB Programmes.
• Evaluating a complex integral.
• Comparison of Taylor's series approximation with actual function.
• Finding residues of a function.
• Solutions of second order partial differential equations.
2. Estimation of growth of microbes in a colony using definite integral method.
3. Analysis of fluid Flow in physiological & extracorporeal vessels using vector calculus.
4. CT Image based Reconstruction Techniques using analytic functions.
5. Analysis of Biosignals using Cauchy's contour integral technique.
6. Stress-Strain analysis of heart valves using partial differential equations.

20MA208 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND VECTOR CALCULUS 2 1 0 3
PREREQUISITE:
20MA201 Algebra, Calculus and Transforms
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify the dimensionality of a vector spaces. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Develop linear transformation of vector spaces. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Analyze the 2D visual representation and optimality of functions. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO5: Apply the concepts of vector integration to estimate surface areas and volumes.PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
VECTOR SPACE 12
Vector spaces - Sub spaces - Bases - Linear combination - Span - linearly dependence - Independence - Dimensions -
Finite dimensional - Row and column spaces -Rank and nullity.
LINEAR TRANSFORMATIONS 12
Basic properties of linear transformations - Invertible linear transformation - Matrices of linear transformations -
Vector space of linear transformation - Change of bases.
Double integration in Cartesian and polar co-ordinates - Change of order of integration in Cartesian co-ordinates -
Change of variables from Cartesian to polar coordinates - Triple integration in Cartesian co-ordinates - Applications
VECTOR CALCULUS 9
involving cubes and rectangular parallelopipeds
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan T., "Engineering Mathematics for first year ", Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2017.
2. Jin Ho Kwak and Sungpyo Hong, "Linear Algebra", 2nd Edition, Springer, Re-print, 2014.
REFERENCES
2. Stephen Andrilli and David Hecher, "Elementary Linear Algebra", 5th Edition, Academic Press, 2016.
3. Grewal B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 44th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2017.

WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDIES
• Finding bases and dimensions for the vector spaces and subspaces.
• Finding the matrix representation of a linear transformation.
2. Data Transmission and processing of digital signals using vector spaces.
3. 2D and 3D animations using Linear Transformations.

20MA210 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND 2 1 03
TENSOR CALCULUS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Solve problems involving functions of several variables in terms of partial
differential equations. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Construct the Fourier series expansion of a general periodic function PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Apply Fourier series in finding the solutions of boundary value problems PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Use numerical methods to find numerical solutions of partial differential
equations PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO5: Identify the different types of tensors PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO6: Analyze the heat conduction of solids using partial differential equations. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 9
first order partial differential equations of the forms f(p,q) = 0 and z = px + qy + f(p,q) - Lagrange's linear equation -
Linear homogeneous partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant coefficients.
FOURIER SERIES AND BOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS 18
Dirichlet's conditions - General Fourier series - Odd and Even functions - Half range sine series and cosine series -
Parseval's identity - Classification of second order quasi linear partial differential equations - Solutions of one-
dimensional wave equation - One dimensional heat equation - Steady state solution of two-dimensional heat
equation in cartesian coordinates.
NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS OF BOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS 9
Finite difference solution of one-dimensional heat equation by explicit and implicit methods - One dimensional
wave equation and two-dimensional Laplace and Poisson equations.
TENSOR CALCULUS 9
Cartesian Tensors - Orthogonal coordinate transformation - Levi-Civita symbol - Symmetric and Anti Symmetric
tensors - Tensors addition, subtraction and multiplication - Contra variant and Covariant Tensors - Equality and Null
tensors
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan. T, "Transforms and Partial Differential Equations", 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2016.
2. Kandasamy, P, Thilagavathy, K, and Gunavathy, K, "Numerical Methods", S. Chand& Company ltd., New
Delhi, 2016.
3. Barry Spain, "Tensor Calculus - A concise course", Dover Publications, 2003

REFERENCES
1. Wylie C. Ray and Barrett Louis, C., "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, 2010.
2. Curtis F.Gerald, Patrick O.Wheatley, "Applied Numerical Analysis", Pearson Education, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDIES
1. List of MATLAB programme
• Solution of linear second order partial differential equations.
• Evaluating the Fourier coefficients
• Solution of 1-D Heat Equation
• Solution of 1-D Wave Equation
2. Parameterizing Wing Surfaces using Partial Differential Equations
3. Determination of Critical loads for Buckling a column
4. Mathematical models in viscoelastic and inelastic flows using Boundary Value Problems
5. Internal forces and deflections of a Beam using Boundary Value Problems
6. Plate deflection theory
7. Governing equations of Fluid Dynamics: Navier - Stokes Equations.
8. Structural Dynamics of Buildings
MATLAB WEB REFERENCE
https://in.mathworks.com

20MA211 TRANSFORMS AND PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL 2 1 0 3
EQUATIONS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Solve the partial differential equations. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Construct the Fourier series expansion of a general periodic function. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Apply Fourier Series in finding the solutions of boundary value problems. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Use Fourier Transform to connect time and frequency domain. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO5: Analyze discrete time signals using Z- transform. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS12
first order partial differential equations of the forms f(p,q) = 0, z = px + qy + f(p,q) - Lagrange's linear equation -
Linear homogeneous partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant coefficients.
FOURIER SERIES AND BOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS12
Dirichlet's conditions- Complex Fourier series - General Fourier series- Odd and Even functions - Half range sine
series and cosine series - Parseval's identity - Harmonic Analysis.
Classification of second order quasi linear partial differential equations - Solutions of one dimensional wave
equation.
FOURIER TRANSFORMS12
Fourier transform - Inverse Fourier transform - Fourier Sine and Cosine transforms -Properties - Transforms of
simple functions - Convolution theorem - Parseval's identity.
Z TRANSFORMS9
Z transform - Elementary properties- Inverse Z transform - Convolution theorem - Formation of difference
equations - Solution of difference equations using Z transform.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K., and Gunavathy K., "Engineering Mathematics'' Volume III, S. Chand &
Company Ltd., 2011.
2. Grewal B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 43rd Edition, Khanna Publications, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Wylie C. Ray and Barrett Louis C., "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 6th Edition, McGraw Hill Inc.,
2005.
2. Churchill R.V. and Brown J.W., "Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems", 7th Edition, McGraw Hill
Book Co., 2006.
3. Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen, "Signals and Systems", 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2007.

WEB REFERENCE
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_ma06/course
CASE STUDIES
• Solution of linear second order partial differential equations.
• Evaluating the Fourier coefficients
• Solution of 1-D Wave Equation
• Evaluating Fourier and Inverse Fourier Transform of elementary functions.
• Evaluating Z transforms and Inverse Z transforms.
2. Solution to partial differential equations in electromagnetic fields.
3. Solutions of Fourier series representation of Half wave rectifier and Harmonic Analysis.
4. Verification of properties of convolution.

20MA212 COMPUTATIONAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING - I 2 1 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Analyze statistical data using measures of central tendency, correlation
and regression lines. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Infer the outcome of a random experiment using probability techniques PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Develop the concept of differentiation and integration numerically PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
STATISTICS 15
Measures of central tendency - Variance and Standard deviation - Correlation - Karl Pearson's Coefficient of
Correlation - Regression - Regression coefficients - Regression lines- ANOVA-One way and Two way
Classification.
PROBABILITY 15
Random variable - Discrete Random variable- Probability distributions- Probability mass function - Cumulative
distribution function- Expectation- Moment generating function- Binomial and Poisson distributions. Continuous
Random variables- Probability distributions- Probability density function - Cumulative distribution function -
Expectation- Moment generating functions- Exponential and Normal distributions.
APPROXIMATIONS 3
Accuracy and Precision - Definitions of round off and Truncation errors-error propagation
NUMERICAL METHODS 12
Fitting of straight line, fitting of parabola and exponential curve by the principle of least square method-
Interpolation - Newton's forward and backward interpolation - Lagrange's interpolation - Newton's Divided
difference interpolation-Derivatives using Newton's forward and backward interpolation - Numerical integration
by Simpson's 1/3 and 3/8 rules.
Total Hours: (30L+15T):45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sheldon M.Ross, "Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists", Elsevier India
Private Ltd, 2016.
2. Steven C.Chapra, Raymond P. Canale, "Numerical Methods for Engineers", McGraw Hill Education India
Private Ltd, seventh edition, 2016.
3. T.Veerarajan, T.Ramachandran, "Statistics & Numerical Methods" McGraw Hill Publications Co. Ltd.,
Chennai, 2018.
REFERENCES
1. Gupta S.C. and Kapoor V.K, "Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics", Sultan Chand & Sons, 2018.
2. Ronald E.Walpole, Raymond H.Myers & Sharon L.Myers, "Probability & Statistics for Engineers and
Scientists", Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd, 1998.

3. Gerald .C.F. and Wheatley .P.O., "Applied Numerical Analysis", Seventh Edition, Pearson Education, Asia,
New Delhi, 2007.
WEB REFERENCES
2. https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec21_ma09/preview
CASE STUDIES
• Introduction to descriptive statistics and data distributions.
• Fit linear and nonlinear models to data.
• Compare the sample means of multiple groups and find statistically significant difference between
Groups. One-way and Two-way ANOVA.
• Calculating Interpolated and Extrapolated Values.
• Solution of Numerical Integration.
2. Application of error propagation to a robot's odometry model.
3. Solving robot joint distributions using MATLAB.
4. Compute convolution-like integrals that arise in robot kinematics and motion planning.
5. Solve a set of coupled linear or nonlinear algebraic equations using software.

20MA213 NUMERICAL METHODS 3 1 0 4
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Solve the system of Linear equations numerically. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Develop the interpolating function for a given data. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Solve differentiation and integration numerically. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Use numerical methods for solutions of Differential Equations. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO5: Analyze biological system using R-K method. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
SOLUTION OF EQUATIONS AND EIGENVALUE PROBLEMS 16
Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations - Regula- Falsi method - Newton's method - Solution of linear
system by Gaussian elimination and Gauss-Jordon methods - Inverse of a matrix by Gauss Jordon method - Iterative
methods: Gauss Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel methods - Eigen value of a matrix by power method.
INTERPOLATION 08
Newton's forward and backward interpolation - Lagrange's interpolation - Newton's Divided difference
interpolation.
NUMERICAL DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION 12
Derivatives using Newton's forward and backward interpolation - Numerical integration by trapezoidal and
Simpson's 1/3 and 3/8 rules - Two and Three point Gaussian quadrature formula -Double integrals using trapezoidal
and Simpson's rule.
INITIAL VALUE PROBLEMS FOR ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12
Single step methods: Taylor series method - Euler and Modified Euler methods - Fourth order Runge-Kutta method
for solving first and second order equations - Multistep methods: Milne's and Adam's predictor and corrector
methods.
BOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS IN ORDINARY AND PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12
Finite difference solution of second order ordinary differential equation - Finite difference solution of one
dimensional heat equation by explicit and implicit methods - One dimensional wave equation and two dimensional
Laplace and Poisson equations.
Total Periods (45L + 15T): 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K., and Gunavathy K., "Numerical Methods", S.Chand Co. Ltd., New Delhi,
2016.
2. Gerald C.F. and Wheatley P.O., "Applied Numerical Analysis", 7th Edition, Pearson Education, India, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Veerarajan T., Ramachandran T., "Numerical Methods", McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd., 2019.

2. Burden R.L., and Faires T.D., "Numerical Analysis", 10th Edition, Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2016.
3. Steven C. Chapra., Raymond P. Canale., "Numerical Methods for Engineers", McGraw Hill Education Private
Ltd., 2016.
WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDIES
• Solution of Linear system of equations
• Newton's forward and backward interpolation
• Numerical integration using Trapezoidal and Simpson's rule
• Solution of Ordinary differential equation using Runge-Kutta method
• Numerical Solution of 2D-heat equation
2. Steady state behavior of biological linear systems.
3. Dynamic behavior of Biological systems.
4. Dynamics of membrane and nerve cell potentials.
MATAB WEB REFERENCES
1. https://in.mathworks.com
2. https://skill-lync.com/projects/Numerical-Solution-of-2D-Heat-equation-using-Matlab-35339

20MA214 DISCRETE STRUCTURES AND COMBINATORICS 2 1 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Apply the knowledge of Boolean algebra in design of digital computers. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Demonstrate relations and functions along with their properties PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Apply the rules of mathematical logic for deriving logical conclusions PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Use the concepts of combinatorics in solving linear recurrence relations PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS 18
Relations- Equivalence relations- Partial order relation -Relational matrix and the graph of a relation - Hasse
diagram-Lattices and their properties-Boolean algebra- Functions -Types of functions-composition of functions -
inverse of a function-Characteristic function-Recursive functions.
MATHEMATICAL LOGIC 15
Equivalence and implication - Basic laws- Normal forms-PCNF and PDNF -Proofs in Propositional calculus -
Quantifiers-Free and bound variables-Valid formulas and equivalences-Inference theory of predicate calculus.
COMBINATORICS 12
Basics of counting - Counting arguments - Permutations and Combinations -Permutation with repetition-circular
permutation- Pigeonhole principle- Principle of Inclusion and exclusion -Recurrence relations - Particular solutions
-Solving linear recurrence relations.
TEXTBOOKS
1. Ralph P. Grimaldi, B.V. Ramana "Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics an Applied Introduction", Pearson
Education Asia, 5th Edition 2013.
2. T. Veerarajan, "Discrete Mathematics", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing co, 2nd Edition 2019.
REFERENCES
1. Kenneth H. Rosen, " Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications", Tata McGraw Hill, Seventh Edition, 2015.
2. Trembly J.P. and Manohar R, "Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science", Tata
McGraw-Hill Pub. Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 35th Re-print, 2008.
3. S. Lipschutz and M. L. Lipson. - Schaum's Outline of " Discrete Mathematics" -Prentice-Hall, 3rd Edition,
2007.
WEB REFERENCE
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cs82/preview
CASE STUDIES
1. List of MATLAB Programms
• Simplification of Boolean function using Boolean algebra.
• Generate the series using recursive relation.
• Compute all the possible permutations and combinations.
2. Database query design and processing.
3. Design of programming languages with basic data structures.
4. Analysis of algorithms and Optimization of algorithms

20MA215 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 21 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify an appropriate probability distribution for a given random variable. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Interpret the interdependence of two decision variables through regression. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Compute confidence intervals associated with sample and population. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Analyze the variance using ANOVA PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS AND STATISTICS 15

Discrete distribution: Geometric distribution and its properties-Continuous distributions: Uniform, Exponential,
Gamma, and Normal distributions and their properties - Karl Pearson's coefficient of correlation -Rank Correlation-
Regression - Regression coefficients - Regression lines .
SAMPLING THEORY 18
Testing of hypothesis - Large sample tests: Test of significance for single proportion, difference of proportions,
single mean and difference of means - Small sample tests: t- test for single mean and difference of means, F- test for
variances-Chi-square test for goodness of fit and independence of attributes.
DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS 12
Analysis of variance in one way classification - Analysis of variance in two way classification - Completely
randomized design - Randomized block design
Total Periods (30L+15T): 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sheldon M. Ross, "Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists", Elsevier India Private Ltd, 6th
Edition, 2020.
2. Veerarajan T., "Probability, Statistics and Random Processes (with queueing theory and queueing networks)",
4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Neil A. Weiss, "Introductory Statistics", Pearson Education, 10th Edition, 2017.
2. Ronald E. Walpole, Raymond H. Myers and Sharon L. Myers, "Probability & Statistics for Engineers and
Scientists", Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd 9th Edition,2017.
3. Gupta S.C. and Kapoor V.K., "Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics", Sultan Chand & Sons, 2014.
WEB REFERENCE

CASE STUDIES
1. List of MATLAB programmes
• Generate random samples from geometric distribution
• Fit curves to data using regression.
• Finding Correlation coefficients.
• Testing of null hypothesis.
• Compute the pdf of F-Distribution.
2. Analysis of risk management and its prediction.
3. Test for detecting untruthful answering.
4. Optimality in production engineering.

20MA216 PROBABILITY AND QUEUEING THEORY 2 1 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify an appropriate probability distribution for a given random variable. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Interpret the interdependence of two decision variables through regression. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Demonstrate random process and Markov chain. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Apply the basic characteristic features in queuing models. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS 9
Discrete distribution: Geometric distribution and its properties-Continuous distributions: Uniform, Exponential,
Gamma, and Normal distributions and their properties.
TWO DIMENSIONAL RANDOM VARIABLES 12
Joint distributions - Marginal and conditional distributions - Covariance - Correlation - regression - regression
coefficients - regression lines - Central limit theorem.
RANDOM PROCESSES AND MARKOV CHAINS 12
Classification - Stationary process - Markov process - Poisson process -- Markov chains - Transition probabilities -
Limiting distributions.
QUEUEING THEORY 12
Characteristics of Queuing Models - Poisson Queues - (M/M/1): (FIFO/µ), (M/M/1): (FIFO/N), (M/M/C):
(FIFO/µ), ((M/M/C): (FIFO/N) models
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan., T., "Probability, Statistics and Queuing Theory", Tata McGraw-Hill, Second Edition, New Delhi, 2016.
Edition, 2020.
REFERENCES
1. Taha, H. A., "Operations Research-An Introduction", Seventh Edition, Pearson Education Edition Asia, Delhi, 2011.
2. Allen., A.O., "Probability, Statistics and Queuing Theory", Academic press, New Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2014.
3. Gross, D. and Harris, C.M., "Fundamentals of Queuing theory", John Wiley and Sons, Fourth Edition, New
York, 2011.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDIES
• Computation of mean and standard deviation using Normal distribution
• Finding Correlation coefficients
• Create Markov chain using matrix of Transition probabilities
2. Signal modulation and demodulation, calculation of insurance risk
3. Implications in communication theory.
4. Cryptography and crypt analysis
5. Scheduling and resource sharing in computer operating systems and analysis of computer networks
20MA217 TRANSFORMS, PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 2103
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Apply Fourier transforms to connect the time domain and frequency domain PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Solve difference equations using Z transforms. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Analyze the probability distributions to depict the expected outcome of
a random experiment. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Identify the interdependence of two decision variables through regression PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO5: Analyze the frequency response of discrete time system using Z -Transforms PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
FOURIER TRANSFORMS 12
Fourier integral theorem - Fourier transform pair - Sine and Cosine transforms - Properties - Transforms of
simple functions - Convolution theorem - Parseval's identity.
Z-TRANSFORMS 12
Z-transform - Elementary properties - Inverse Z-transform - Convolution theorem - Formation of difference
equations - Solution of difference equations using Z transform.
PROBABILITY 12
Probability distributions - Discrete distributions - Geometric distribution - Continuous distributions - Uniform,
Exponential, Gamma, Weibull and Normal distributions.
STATISTICS 9
Curve fitting - Fitting a straight line, parabola and exponential curve by Method of Least Squares - Karl Pearson's
coefficient of correlation - Spearman's rank correlation - Regression - Regression coefficients - Regression lines.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan. T, "Transforms and Partial Differential Equations" 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2016
2. Gupta S.C. and Kapur J.N., "Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics", 12th Edition, Sultan Chand, 2016.
3. Veerarajan T., "Probability, Statistics and Random Processes", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2016.
REFERENCES
2. Grewal B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 43rd Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2014.
3. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K., and Gunavathy K., "Engineering Mathematics'' Volume III, S.Chand &
Company ltd., 2016.

WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDIES
• Evaluating Fourier and Inverse Fourier Transform of elementary functions.
• Evaluating Z transforms and Inverse Z transforms.
• Finding Karl Pearson and Spearman's Correlation coefficients
2. The periodic variation of gas pressure in a 4-stoke internal combustion engine using Fourier Transform.
3. Predicting system oscillation using Fourier transforms.
4. Simulate the continuous systems using Z-transforms.
5. Finding frequency response of the system using Z - transforms.
6. Population and sampling distribution in aviation/aircraft industries
7. Structural acoustic analysis using the Fast Fourier transforms.
8. Aircraft parameter identification using Fourier transforms.
9. Formation of a linear regression equation for the prediction of surface roughness of a turned work piece.
10. Frequency analysis of vibrating system.
1. https://matlabacademy.mathworks.com/R2020b/portal.html?course=stats

20MA218 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 2 1 0 3
NUMERICAL METHODS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify the distribution to assess the data. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Construct regression lines using correlation co-efficient. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Analyze the attributes of the population by studying the sample drawn from it. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Solve the linear system of equations numerically. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO5: Use numerical methods for the solutions of Ordinary differential equations. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS AND STATISTICS 15
Discrete distribution: Geometric distribution and its properties-Continuous distribution: Uniform distribution,
Gamma distribution, Exponential distribution and Normal distribution and their properties. Curve Fitting: Fitting of
straight line, fitting of parabola and exponential curve by the principle of least square method - Karl Pearson's
coefficient of correlation-Regression-Regression coefficients-Regression lines.
TESTING OF HYPOTHESIS 15
Testing of hypothesis - Large sample tests - Test of significance for single proportion, Difference of proportions,
Single mean and difference of means - Small sample tests: t- test for single mean and difference of means, F-test for
variances-Chi square test for goodness of fit and independence of attributes.
NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS FOR LINEAR EQUATIONS AND ORDINARY
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 15
Solution of algebraic and transcendental equation - Newton's method - Solution of linear system by Gauss
elimination and Gauss Jordon methods - Iterative methods: Gauss Jacobi and Gauss Seidel methods. Solution of
first order differential equations: Taylor series method, Euler and modified Euler methods, Fourth order Runge
Kutta method.
Total Periods (30L+ 15T): 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan T., "Probability, Statistics and Random Processes", Tata McGraw Hill, 2016.
2. Gerald C.F. and Wheatley P.O., "Applied Numerical Analysis", 7th Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2009.
REFERENCES
1. Ross S., "A first Course in Probability", 9th Edition, Pearson Education, 2014.
2. Gupta S.C., and Kapur V.K., "Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics", 12th Edition , Sultan Chand, 2016.
3. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K., and Gunavathy K., "Numerical Methods", S. Chand Co. Ltd., 2016.
WEB REFERENCE
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc16_ma03/preview

CASE STUDIES
• Construction of probability density function of geometric distribution.
• Polynomial curve fitting
• Small and large sample t test
• Statistical significance using f test
• Solution of linear system of equation using Gauss elimination
• Solution of Ordinary differential equation using Euler method
2. Power system stability.
3. Analysis of variances in circuits.
4. Load flow Analysis.
5. Error Analysis in measurement system.
6. Noise and Vibration measurements.
7. Discretization of I and II order systems using Runge-Kutta method.

20MA219 PROBABILITY AND RANDOM PROCESSES 2 1 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Apply the concept of probability in distributions. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Construct the regression lines for two dimensional random variable. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Identify discrete and continuous random processes and summarize its properties.PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Analyze the spectral density of a random process. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS 15
Moments - Moment generating functions and their properties. Geometric, Uniform, Exponential, Gamma and
Normal distributions and their properties.
TWO DIMENSIONAL RANDOM VARIABLE 12
Joint distributions - Marginal and conditional distributions - Transformation of random variables - Central limit
theorem - Covariance - Coefficient of correlation - Regression - Regression coefficients - Regression lines.
RANDOM PROCESSES AND SPECTRAL DENSITIES 18
Stochastic processes - Classification - Stationary Processes, Wide sense stationary and Ergodic processes - Auto
correlation - Cross correlation - Properties - Markov, Binomial, Poisson and Sine wave processes. Introduction to
Power spectral density - Cross spectral density - Properties - Wiener-Khintchine relation - Auto correlation and
cross correlation functions of input and output.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan T., "Probability and Statistics, Random Processes and Queueing Theory", Tata McGraw-Hill, 2019.
2. Sheldon M. Ross, "Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists", 6th Edition, Elsevier
India Pvt. Ltd Education, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Peyton Z. Peebles and Bertram Emil Shi, "Probability Random Variables and Random Signal Principles", 4th
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishers, 2015.
2. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K. and Gunavathy K., ''Probability, Statistics and Random Process" S.Chand & Co., 2010.
3. Oliver Ibe, "Fundamentals of Applied Probability and Random Processes", 2th Edition, Academic Press, 2014.
WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDIES
• Finding Correlation coefficients.
2. Applications of auto and cross correlation.
3. Removal of noise using correlation.

20MA220 COMPUTATIONAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING- II 3104
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Formulate the LPP problem and use the various techniques to find the
optimal solution PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Solve integer programming models using branch and bound and Gomory's
techniques. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Apply search methods to find the optimum value of multivariable functions. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Determine optimal solutions using evolutionary algorithms for robust
design problems PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO5: Use the classical optimization methods to solve the constrained optimization
theory for continuous problems PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO6 Use the optimization techniques to determine the solutions for robot path
planning problems PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEMS 12
Mathematical Formulation of Linear Programming Problems - Graphical solution and Optimization outcomes-
Simplex search for linear programming. Transportation Problem - Optimal solution by MODI method- Assignment
problem - Hungarian method.
INTEGER PROGRAMMING 12
Formulation of Integer Programming models -Gomory's all integer programming problem - Gomory's mixed
integer programming problem - Branch and bound technique.
MUTIVARIABLE OPTIMIZATION ALGORITHMS 12
Unconstrained Multivariable Optimization - Unidirectional Search - Direct Search Methods - Box's Evolutionary
Optimization Method - Simplex Search Method - Hooke - Jeeves Pattern Search Method - Gradient-based Methods
- Cauchy's (Steepest Descent) Method - Marquardt's Method - Conjugate Gradient Method
EVOLUTIONARY ALGORITHMS 12
Genetic Algorithm (GA)- Working Principles- Difference between GAs and Traditional methods- Similarities
between GAs and traditional methods- GAs for constrained optimization- Selection of Simulated annealing
parameters- Simulated Annealing algorithm (SA); Global optimization-Using Simulated Annealing- Examples -
Global Optimization using Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO) - Examples.
NON LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEM 12
Classical optimization- Unconstrained problem of Maxima and Minima-Constrained - Kuhn- Tucker conditions -
Solution of Unconstrained Non-Linear Programming Problem by using One Dimensional Search Procedure and the
Gradient Search Procedure.
Total Hours (45L+15T):60

TEXT BOOKS
1. S.S.Rao, "Engineering Optimization-Theory and Practice", John Wiley and sons Inc., Fifth edition, 2019.
2. H.A.Taha, "Operation Research", Prentice Hall of India, Tenth edition 2017.
3. KantiSwarup, P.K.Gupta, Manmohan, "Operations Research", Sultan Chand & sons - 2020.
REFERENCES
1. Fredrick S.Hillier, Gerald J. Liebermann, "Introduction to Operations Research", McGraw-Hill, Ninth edition,
2014.
2. J.K.Sharma, "Operations Research Theory and Applications", MacMillan Business Books, Third edition-
2006.
3. Kalyanmoy Deb, "Optimization for Engineering: Design-Algorithms and Examples", PHI second edition,
2012.
WEB REFERENCE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc19/SEM2/noc19-ma29\
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/106/112106064/\
CASE STUDIES
• Solving linear programming problems using Simplex algorithm.
• Solving an Integer Programming problem.
• Find minimum of function using genetic algorithm.
• Solving constrained or unconstrained nonlinear problems with one or more objectives.
2. Using LP method, solve for the problem of dynamic target pursuit and obstacle avoidance using software.
3. Solving multi-robot path planning using MATLAB.
4. Solving mobile robot path planning through GA using software.
5. Solving real-time position control of an industrial robot using software.

LINEARMODELS1 2+4
Introduction of Operations Research - mathematical formulation of LPP- Graphical Methods to solve LPP-Simplex
Method-Artificial Variable Techniques-BigM method.
NONLINEARPROGRAMMING 6+2
Unconstrained problems - necessary and sufficient conditions - constrained problems- equality constraints-
inequality constraints-Kuhn-Tucker conditions.
CONVEXOPTIMIZATION 9+3
Random search method - Univariate method - Gradient of a function -Cauchy's Steepest Descent Method -
Conjugate gradient method.
DECISION ANALYSIS 6+2
Introduction-Decision making problem-Decision making under certainty-Decision under uncertainty -Decisions
under risk
QUEUINGMODELS 12+4
Introduction, Queuing Theory, Operating characteristics of a Queuing system, Constituents of a Queuing system,
Service facility, Queue discipline, Single channel models :(M/M/1): (FIFO/?), (M/M/1): (FIFO/N), multiple service
channel models: (M/M/C):(FIFO/?),((M/M/C):(FIFO/N).
Total Periods (45L +15T): 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. TahaH.A.,"Operations Research",8thEdition,Prentice Hall of India,2011.
2. KantiSwarup, Gupta P.K. and Manmohan, "Operations Research", Sultan Chand & Sons, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Fredrick S. Hillier and Gerald J. Liebermann, "Introduction to Operations Research", 8thEdition, McGraw Hill, 2011.
2. Anderson,"Quantitative Methods for Business", 10th Edition, Thomson Learning,2009.
3. Sharma J.K., "Operations Research Theory and Applications", 3rd Edition, Business Books, 2006.
4. Kalyanmoy Deb, "Optimization for Engineering: Design-Algorithms and Examples", PHI,Second edition, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES

20PH201 ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Illustrate the generation of laser and ultrasonic waves to be used for
engineering applications. PO1
CO2: Summarize the types of optical fibers and crystal systems. PO1, PO5, PO12
CO3: Outline the miller indices and d-spacing of cubic systems and the
significance of photonic sensors. PO1
CO4: Apply the modes of heat transfer to appraise the conductivity of materials. PO1, PO5, PO12
PHOTONICS 10
LASERS: Characteristics of Laser - spontaneous emission - stimulated emission - Types of lasers - Generation -
CO2 - Nd -YAG laser - Applications: 3D profiling, Material processing.
FIBER OPTICS: Principle - Structure - Modes of propagation - Classification based on materials and refractive
index profile - Applications of Photonic sensors: Temperature, Pressure and Displacement measurement.
CRYSTAL PHYSICS AND ULTRASONICS 12
CRYSTAL PHYSICS: Introduction - Lattice - Bravais Lattice - Lattice Planes - Miller Indices - d-spacing in
cubic lattice - Relation between miller indices and d-spacing of a cubic system - Cubical Crystal System - Types -
SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures - Calculation of Co-ordination number, Number of atoms per unit cell - Atomic
radius and Atomic Packing Factor - Crystal defects : Point, Line and Surface defects.
ULTRASONICS: Ultrasonic waves - properties - production - Magnetostriction - Piezoelectric - Applications:
Drilling, Welding, Cleaning and Non-destructive testing.
THERMAL PHYSICS 8
Transfer of heat energy - thermal expansion of solids and liquids - expansion joints - bimetallic strips - thermal
conduction - convection and radiation - heat conductions in solids - thermal conductivity - Forbe's and Lee's disc
method - conduction through compound media - series and parallel - thermal insulation - applications: heat
exchangers - refrigerators - ovens and solar water heaters.
Total Hours : 30
TEXT BOOKS
2. Bhattacharya D.K. and Poonam T, "Engineering Physics", Oxford University Press, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Charles Kittel, "Introduction to Solid State Physics", Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 7th ed., 2012.
2. Dattu R.Joshi, "Engineering Physics", Tata McGraw- Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
3. William D.Callister Jr, David G. Rethwisch "Materials Science and Engineering - An Introduction", Wiley
India (P) Ltd., 8th Edition, 2018.
WEB REFERENCES

20PH202 WAVES AND OPTICS 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Classify sound waves and types of optical fibers for aeronautical
engineering applications. PO1, PO5
CO2: Outline the properties of sound absorbing materials and dual nature of matter. PO1
CO3: Illustrate the generation of ultrasonic waves and laser for engineering applications. PO1, PO5
CO4: Apply the modes of heat transfer to appraise the conductivity of the materials. PO1, PO5
ACOUSTICS AND ULTRASONICS 10
Classification of sound - loudness and intensity - Weber-Fechner Law - standard intensity and intensity level -
decibel - reverberation - reverberation time - calculation of reverberation time for different types of buildings -
sound absorbing materials - factors affecting acoustics of buildings : focussing, interference, echo, echelon effect,
resonance - noise and their remedies. Ultrasonics: production - magnetostriction and piezoelectric methods -
detection of ultrasound - acoustic grating - ultrasonic interferometer - industrial applications - Non- destructive
testing - ultrasonic method: scan modes and practice.
APPLIED OPTICS 10
Interference - Michelson interferometer: construction, working, determination of wave length and thickness - anti-
reflection coating - air wedge and its applications - Lasers - principle and applications - Einstein's coefficients - CO2
and Nd:YAG laser - semiconductor lasers: homo junction and hetro junction - construction and working -
applications. Optical fibres - classification based on index and mode - principle and propagation of light in optical
fibres - acceptance angle and numerical aperture - fibre optic communication system - active and passive sensors.
THERMAL AND MODERN PHYSICS 10
Thermal expansion - thermal stress - expansion joints - bimetallic strips - thermal conductivity- heat conductions in
solids - flow of heat through compound media - Forbe's and Lee's disc method: theory and experiment- Black body
radiation - Planck's theory (derivation) - Compton effect - wave model of radiation and matter - Schrödinger's wave
equation - time dependent and independent equations - Physical significance of wave function - particle in a one
dimensional box.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
2. Bhattacharya, D.K. & Poonam, T. "Engineering Physics". Oxford University Press, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Halliday, D., Resnick, R. and Walker, J. "Principles of Physics". Wiley, 2020.

3. Charles Kittel, "Introduction to Solid State Physics", Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 7th ed., 2012.
4. Dattu R.Joshi, "Engineering Physics",Tata McGraw- Hill,New Delih,2010.
5. Pandey, B.K. and Chaturvedi, S. "Engineering Physics". Cengage Learning India, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES

20PH203 PHYSICS 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Illustrate the generation of laser and ultrasonics along with their applications. PO1, PO5
CO2: Classify the types of sound waves and optical fiber with their applications. PO1
CO3: Relate stress-strain behaviour with mechanical properties of materials and
reverberation time with acoustics of buildings. PO1
CO4: Apply non-destructive testing and photonic sensor for structural health monitoring. PO1, PO5
PHOTONICS 8
LASERS: Characteristics of Laser - Principle of spontaneous emission and stimulated emission - Types of lasers -
Principle, Construction, Working, Properties, Merits, Demerits and applications of CO2 and Nd-YAG laser -
Applications: 3D profiling - Ranging and Survey.
FIBER OPTICS: Principle- Structure - Modes of propagation - Classification based on materials and refractive
index profile - Photonic sensors - Temperature and Displacement measurement.
PROPERTIES OF MATTER 7
ELASTICITY: Stress-Strain diagram - Fracture - Yield Point - Yield Strength - Ductility - Hardness - Mohs Scale -
Toughness - Malleability - Vicker's Hardness test.- Rigidity modulus - Torsional Pendulum - Young's modulus -
Cantilever and Non-uniform bending
ACOUSTICS 7
ACOUSTICS: Classification of sound - Characteristics of musical sound -Weber-Fechner law - Reverberation
time - Absorption coefficient and its determination -Factors affecting acoustics of buildings - Remedies -
Acoustical Holography.
ULTRASONICS AND NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING 8
ULTRASONICS : Introduction - Production - Magnetostriction generator - Piezoelectric generator - Detection of
ultrasonics - Properties - Acoustical Grating - Cavitation - Pulse echo method - ultrasonic imaging.
NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING : Classification of Testing Materials - Liquid Penetrant Testing - Radiography -
Ultrasonic Testing - Thermography.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
REFERENCES
1. Brain Culshaw, "Smart Structure and Materials", Artech House, 2th Edition, 2004.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/materials-science-and-engineering/

20PH204 APPLIED SCIENCES I 2 0 0 2
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Show the motion of oscillations and waves using two dimensional differential
equations. PO1
CO2: Extend the concept of lasers and optical fibres for engineering applications. PO1
CO3: Outline the image formation using ultrasonic and adaptive optics. PO1, PO5
CO4: Apply the energy distribution equation using interference and diffraction. PO1, PO5
OSCILLATORY MOTION 8
Simple harmonic motion - Velocity damping - Damping coefficient - Differential equation of SHM - Velocity and
acceleration - Restoring force - Vibration of a spring and mass system - Frequency response, phase response and
resonance - Analogy with LCR circuits - Energy and energy loss - Vibration and vibration isolation
WAVE MOTION 8
Definition of a plane progressive wave - Attenuation of waves - Representation of waves using complex numbers -
Differential equation of a plane progressive wave - Phase velocity - Phase and phase difference - Solution of the
differential equation of a plane progressive wave - Differential equation of 2-dimensional wave motion -
Introduction to numerical methods for solution of wave equation
PHOTONICS AND ULTRASONICS 7
Lasers: population of energy levels - Semiconductor lasers
Optical Fiber: principle - numerical aperture and acceptance angle - types of optical fibres - material - refractive
index - mode - fibre optic sensors - pressure and displacement-
Ultrasonics :Production - Magnetostriction and Piezoelectric generator - Detection of ultrasonics - Properties -
Acoustical Grating - ultrasonic imaging.
WAVE OPTICS 7
Image formation using lenses and mirrors - Adaptive optics - Fresnel mirrors - Tracking - Interference and
diffraction - Single and double slits- Interpretation of the energy distribution equation in single and double slit
patterns - Principle of Michelson's interferometer - Applications - Spectral distribution.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Bhattacharya D.K. and Poonam, T- "Engineering Physics" Oxford University Press, 2015
2. Gaur R K and Gupta S L "Engineering Physics"- Dhanpat Rai Publishers, 2018
REFERENCES
1. Halliday D Resnick R and Walker J, "Principles of Physics"- Wiley, 2020
2. Serway R A and Jewett JW, "Physics for Scientists and Engineers"- Cengage Learning, 2010
3. Pandey B K and Chaturvedi, S "Engineering Physics"- Cengage Learning India, 2012
WEB REFERENCES

20PH205 APPLIED PHYSICS 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Extend the principles of laser and optical fiber for communications. PO1
CO2: Illustrate the concepts of ultrasonics, vacuum technology, nanomaterials
and their applications. PO1, PO5
CO3: Explain the fabrication techniques of integrated circuits. PO1
CO4: Apply the properties of engineering materials for device applications. PO1, PO5
PHOTONICS 6
Lasers : Semiconductor laser - Applications - 3D Profiling.
Fiber Optics - Principle - Structure - Derivation of acceptance angle and numerical aperture - applications - fiber
optical communication - Fiber optic sensors - Temperature and Displacement measurement.
CONDUCTING, SUPERCONDUCTING AND SEMICONDUCTING MATERIALS 10
Classical theory - Derivation - co-efficient of electrical and thermal conductivity - Wiedemann Franz law - Contact
potential - Materials and alloys for high conductivity - Superconductivity - BCS theory of superconductivity
(qualitative) - Types of superconductors - properties - High Tc superconductors - Application of superconductors -
SQUID, Cryotron - Semiconductors - Hall Effect - Hall voltage - Hall coefficient - Experimental verification -
Integrated Circuit Fabrication - Manufacturing Process of Monolithic ICs - Thick and Thin Film Technology.
MAGNETIC AND INSULATING MATERIALS 6
Ferromagnetism - Ferrites - Magnetic materials used in machines, instruments and relays - Dielectric Materials -
Ferroelectric materials - Piezoelectric - Pyroelectrics - Inorganic materials - Organic materials - Liquid insulators -
Ageing of Insulators
ULTRASONICS AND VACUUM TECHNOLOGY 4
Piezoelectric generator - Detection - Acoustical Grating - Applications - Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) - Vacuum
pumps - Rotary - Diffusion - Gauges - Penning gauges
NANO MATERIALS 4
Top down process - Ball milling - Bottom up process - Physical Vapour Deposition (PVD) - Chemical Vapour
Deposition (CVD) - Carbon Nanotube (CNT) - Fullerenes - Properties and applications.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Avadhanalu M N and Kshirsagar P G, "A Textbook of Engineering Physics", S. Chand and Company Ltd, 11th
edition, 2018.

REFERENCES
1. Rao V V, Ghosh T B and Chopra K L, "Vacuum Science and Technology", Allied Publishers Limited, 2008.
2. Charles Kittel, "Solid State Physics", John Wiley and Sons, 8th Edition, 2012.
3. Indulkar .C.S and Thiruvengadam.S, "Introduction to Electrical Engineering Materials", S.Chand and
Company, 6th Revised Edition, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES
5. https://www.electrical4u.com/electrical- Engineering-materials/

20PH206 BIOPHYSICS 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Extend the principles of mechanics and behaviour of fluid motion for biological systems. PO1, PO5
CO2: Classify the different types of optical radiation and crystal systems. PO1
CO3: Outline the effect of electromagnetic radiation on biological tissues. PO1
CO4: Apply the properties of ultrasonic waves in fluids for imaging. PO1, PO5
PREREQUISITE: Nil
BASICS OF MECHANICS 8
Kinematics and Dynamics: Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration - Uniform Circular Motion, Relative Motion -
Force, Newton's Laws of Motion and Law of Gravitation - Principle of Superposition - Equilibrium of Forces -
Linear Momentum, Conservation of Linear Momentum - Impulse.
Work and Energy: Work done by a Constant Force and a Variable Force; Kinetic Energy and Work-Energy Theorem,
Potential Energy and Conservative Forces, Energy Diagrams; Elastic and Inelastic Collisions - Power - Work and
Power in human movements.
Angular Motion: Angular Displacement, Angular Velocity and Angular Acceleration - Dynamics of Angular Motion
- Torque - Angular Momentum - Torque in human bone joints
FLUIDS 6
Viscosity - Co-efficient of critical velocity - Poiseuille's formula for co-efficient of viscosity and its correction -
Determination of co-efficient of viscosity - Variations of viscosity with temperature and pressure - Viscosity of
gases - Mayer's formula for the rate of flow of a gas through a capillary tube -Rankine's method for the determination
of viscosity of a gas. Newtonian and Non Newtonian fluids. Fluid behaviour of blood.
ELECTRO MAGNETIC RADIATIONS 6
Radiation - Types of radiation - Ionization and Excitation - Interaction of radiation with matter - reflection -
refraction - interference - diffraction - rectilinear propagation of light - polarisation - plane - circularly - elliptically
polarised light - Kerr effect and Optical activity
Linear energy transfer - Attenuation -attenuation co-efficient - Biological effects of radiation - Direct and indirect
effects: chronic and acute effects - Biological effect of Microwave and RF wave - Thermal and non-thermal effects
on whole body - Types of optical radiations - UV, visible and IR - Optical properties of tissues - Applications of
optical radiations in detection and treatment of skin disorders - Medical applications of Lasers.
ULTRASONICS 5
Production - Magnetostriction generator - Piezoelectric generator - Detection of ultrasonics - Properties -
Acoustical Grating - Cavitation- Acoustic Impedance - Non-Destructive Testing - Pulse echo method - ultrasonic
imaging -Medical Applications.
CRYSTAL PHYSICS 5
Lattice - Bravais Lattice - Lattice Planes - Miller Indices - d-spacing in cubic lattice - Relation between miller

indices and d-spacing of a cubic system - Cubical Crystal System - Types - SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures -
Calculation of Co-ordination number, Number of atoms per unit cell - Atomic radius and Atomic Packing Factor -
Crystal defects - Point, Line and Surface defects - Role of imperfection in electrical, mechanical and optical
properties.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gaur R K and Gupta S L, "Engineering Physics", DhanpatRai Publications, 2018.
2. Herman Cember, Thomas E Johnson. "Introduction to Health Physics", McGraw Hill, 5th Edition, 2017.
REFERENCES
1. KiruthigaSivaprasath andMurugesan R., "Properties of Matter and Acoustics", S.Chand and Company, 2005.
2. Avadhanalu M N, and Kshirsagar P G, "A Textbook of Engineering Physics", S.Chand& Company Ltd, 2018.
3. Johns and Cunningham, "The Physics of Radiology", Thomas, 4th Edition, 1983.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/torque-angular-momentum
2. http://www.eng.ucy.ac.cy/cpitris/courses/ECE477/presentations/English/05.%20Tissue%20Optics.pdf
3. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/fluids#fluid-dynamics
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/113106032/4%20-%20Crystal%20structure.pdf

20PH214 BIOPHYSICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Extend the principles of mechanics and behaviour of fluid motion for biological systems. PO1, PO5
CO2: Classify the different types of optical radiation and crystal systems. PO1
CO3: Outline the effect of electromagnetic radiation on biological tissues. PO1
CO4: Apply the properties of ultrasonic waves in fluids for imaging. PO1, PO5
PREREQUISITE: Nil
BASICS OF MECHANICS 12
Kinematics and Dynamics: Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration - Uniform Circular Motion, Relative Motion -
Force, Newton's Laws of Motion and Law of Gravitation - Principle of Superposition - Equilibrium of Forces -
Linear Momentum, Conservation of Linear Momentum - Impulse.
Work and Energy: Work done by a Constant Force and a Variable Force; Kinetic Energy and Work-Energy Theorem,
Potential Energy and Conservative Forces, Energy Diagrams; Elastic and Inelastic Collisions - Power - Work and
Power in human movements.
Angular Motion: Angular Displacement, Angular Velocity and Angular Acceleration - Dynamics of Angular Motion
- Torque - Angular Momentum - Torque in human bone joints
FLUIDS 9
Viscosity - Co-efficient of critical velocity - Poiseuille's formula for co-efficient of viscosity and its correction -
Determination of co-efficient of viscosity - Variations of viscosity with temperature and pressure - Viscosity of
gases - Mayer's formula for the rate of flow of a gas through a capillary tube -Rankine's method for the determination
of viscosity of a gas. Newtonian and Non Newtonian fluids. Fluid behaviour of blood.
ELECTRO MAGNETIC RADIATIONS 9
Radiation - Types of radiation - Ionization and Excitation - Interaction of radiation with matter - reflection -
refraction - interference - diffraction - rectilinear propagation of light - polarisation - plane - circularly - elliptically
polarised light - Kerr effect and Optical activity
Linear energy transfer - Attenuation -attenuation co-efficient - Biological effects of radiation - Direct and indirect
effects: chronic and acute effects - Biological effect of Microwave and RF wave - Thermal and non-thermal effects
on whole body - Types of optical radiations - UV, visible and IR - Optical properties of tissues - Applications of
optical radiations in detection and treatment of skin disorders - Medical applications of Lasers.
ULTRASONICS 6
Production - Magnetostriction generator - Piezoelectric generator - Detection of ultrasonics - Properties -
Acoustical Grating - Cavitation- Acoustic Impedance - Non-Destructive Testing - Pulse echo method - ultrasonic
imaging -Medical Applications.
CRYSTAL PHYSICS 9
Lattice - Bravais Lattice - Lattice Planes - Miller Indices - d-spacing in cubic lattice - Relation between miller

indices and d-spacing of a cubic system - Cubical Crystal System - Types - SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures -
Calculation of Co-ordination number, Number of atoms per unit cell - Atomic radius and Atomic Packing Factor -
Crystal defects - Point, Line and Surface defects - Role of imperfection in electrical, mechanical and optical
properties.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gaur R K and Gupta S L, "Engineering Physics", DhanpatRai Publications, 2018.
2. Herman Cember, Thomas E Johnson. "Introduction to Health Physics", McGraw Hill, 5th Edition, 2017.
REFERENCES
1. KiruthigaSivaprasath andMurugesan R., "Properties of Matter and Acoustics", S.Chand and Company, 2005.
2. Avadhanalu M N, and Kshirsagar P G, "A Textbook of Engineering Physics", S.Chand& Company Ltd, 2018.
3. Johns and Cunningham, "The Physics of Radiology", Thomas, 4th Edition, 1983.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/torque-angular-momentum
2. http://www.eng.ucy.ac.cy/cpitris/courses/ECE477/presentations/English/05.%20Tissue%20Optics.pdf
3. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/fluids#fluid-dynamics
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/113106032/4%20-%20Crystal%20structure.pdf

20PH207 NANO AND SMART MATERIALS 3003
PREREQUISITE:
20PH201- Engineering Physics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the size dependent phenomena at nano scale PO1
CO2: Illustrate the various fabrication methods of nanostructures for engineering
applications. PO1, PO5, PO12
CO3: Apply various characterization techniques to assess the structural,
morphological and optical properties of nanomaterials. PO1, PO5, PO12
CO4: Summarize the properties and applications of smart materials and
carbon-based nanomaterials. PO1
BASICS AND SCALE OF NANOTECHNOLOGY 12
Definition of a nanosystem - Dimensionality and size dependent phenomena - Surface to volume ratio - Fraction of
surface atoms - Surface energy and surface stress - surface defects - Properties at nanoscale: optical, mechanical,
electronic and magnetic properties.
CLASSIFICATION AND FABRICATION OF NANOSTRUCTURES 13
Classification based on dimensionality - Quantum Dots, Wells and Wires- Carbon based nano materials -buckyballs
- nanotubes - graphene-Top Down and Bottom Up Process: Metal Nanocrystals by Reduction - Solvothermal
Synthesis -Photochemical Synthesis - Sonochemical Routes - Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) - Metal Oxide
Chemical Vapor Deposition (MOCVD) - Ball Milling - Electrodeposition - Spray Pyrolysis - Flame Pyrolysis - DC -
RF Magnetron Sputtering - Molecular Beam Epitaxy (MBE).
CHARACTERIZATION TECHNIQUES AND APPLICATIONS OF NANOSTRUCTURES 12
X-Ray Diffraction (XRD) - Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) -Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM) -
Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) - Ultraviolet Absorption and Photoluminescence Technique -Solar energy
conversion and catalysis - Applications: Sensors - Carbon nanotubes - Fullerenes.
SMART MATERIALS 8
Introduction to Smart materials - Actuator and actuator materials - Piezoelectric and Electrostrictive material -
Magnetostrictive material - Shape memory alloys (SMA) - Phases - Shape memory effect - Pseudoelastic effect -
Ni-Ti alloys - Applications: Precision equipment for automobiles
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Pradeep T., "A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology", Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
2. Cao G.Z, Wang Y, "Nanostructures &Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties & Applications", World Scientific
Publishing, 2nd Edition, 2011.

REFERENCES
1. Poole C.P, Owens FJ, "Introduction to Nanotechnology", John Wiley and Sons, 1st Edition, 2011.
2. Pradeep T, "Nano: The essentials - Understanding Nanoscience and Technology", Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007.
3. Dupas C., Houdy P., Lahmani M., "Nanoscience: Nanotechnologies and Nanophysics", Springer, 2007.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://www.understandingnano.com/nanomaterials.html
2. http://nanoyou.eu/attachments/188_Module-1-chapter-7-proofread.pdf
3. http://webdocs.cs.ualberta.ca/~database/MEMS/sma_mems/sma.html

20PH208 ESSENTIALS OF MATERIALS SCIENCE 2002
PREREQUISITE:
20PH202-Waves and Optics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Relate the stress - strain behaviour of materials used for aerospace applications. PO1
CO2: Explain the moduli of elasticity of materials. PO1, PO5
CO3: Summarize the crystal systems and defects for selection of aerospace materials. PO1
CO4: Apply the knowledge of ceramics, composites, furnishing materials and shape
memory alloys in aerospace design. PO1
PROPERTIES OF MATTER 6
Elasticity - Poisson's ratio and relationship between moduli (qualitative) - stress-strain diagram for ductile and
brittle materials, uses - factors affecting elastic modulus and tensile strength - bending of beams - cantilever -
bending moment - Young's modulus determination - theory and experiment - uniform and non-uniform bending - I
shaped girders - twisting couple - hollow cylinder - shaft - torsion pendulum - determination of rigidity modulus-
moment of inertia of a body (regular and irregular).
CRYSTALS 6
Single crystalline, polycrystalline and amorphous materials - Single crystals: unit cell, crystal systems, Bravais
lattices, directions and planes in a crystal, Miller indices - interplanar distance for a cubic crystal - coordination
number and packing factor for SC, BCC, FCC, HCP and diamond structures - structure and significance of NaCl,
CsCl, ZnS and graphite - crystal imperfections: point defects, line defects - Burger vectors, dislocations and stacking
faults - Growth of single crystals: Bridgman and Czochralski methods.
AEROSPACE MATERIALS 6
Structure of solid materials - Atomic and lattice structure - x-ray diffraction - Imperfection in crystals - Physical
metallurgy- General requirements of materials for aerospace applications - Strain hardening - Creep and fatigue.
FURNISHING MATERIALS 6
Plastic - Wood - Rubber in aircraft manufacture - Methods of testing and storage - Paints - Surface finishes -
Specifications: Indian standard - British - American and International Standards.
CERAMICS AND COMPOSITES 6
Introduction - Powder metallurgy - Modern ceramic materials - Cements - Cutting tools - Glass ceramic - Production
of semi-fabricated forms - Plastics and rubber - Carbon composites - Fibre reinforced composite materials -
Fabrication processes involved in metal matrix composites - Shape memory alloys - Applications in aerospace
vehicle design.
Total Hours: 30

TEXT BOOKS
2. Avadhanalu M N and Kshirsagar P G, "A Textbook of Engineering Physics", S. Chand and Company Ltd, 2018.
REFERENCES
1. Shackelford, J.F., Introduction to Materials Science for Engineers, 7th edition, Prentice Hall PTR, Paramus, NJ, 2009.
2. Titterton G., "Aircraft Materials & Processes", Sterling Book House, 5th Edition, 1998.
3. Van Vlack L. H., "Elements of Materials Science and Engineering", Pearson, 6th Edition, 1994.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aerospace_materials
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aircraft
3. nptel.ac.in/courses/101104010/
5. https://www.electrical4u.com/electrical- Engineering-materials

20PH209 NANO AND QUANTUM PHYSICS 3 0 0 3
PREREQUISITE:
20BS201- Physical Sciences
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the basics of Nanotechnology and Quantum mechanics used for
quantum computing. PO1, PO5
CO2: Summarize the dual nature of matter waves and quantum heterostructures
for data transfer applications. PO1
CO3: Apply the properties of ultra-low dimensional materials towards the
functionality of primary devices. . PO1, PO5
CO4: Explain the concept of nano in fabricating electronic devices. PO1
BASICS OF NANOTECHNOLOGY 6
Introduction -Surface to Volume Ratio - Size Dependent Properties at Nanoscale -Top-down and Bottom-up
approaches.
QUANTUM PHYSICS 8
Inadequacies of Classical Mechanics - Duality nature of electromagnetic radiation - De Broglie hypothesis for
matter waves - Heisenberg's uncertainty principle -Schrödinger's wave equation - Particle confinement in 1D box
(Infinite Square well potential) - Bit and Qubit - Quantum dot cellular automata.
BASICS OF QUANTUM MECHANICS 9
Photelectric effect - Raman effect - Postulates of Quantum Mechanics - States and operators - Hilbert space - Dirac's
bra and ket notations - Stark effect - Zeeman effect
OPTICAL AND ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES 7
Introduction to physical properties of nanomaterials - Melting points and lattice constants - Surface Plasmon
resonance - Quantum size effects - Surface scattering - Quantum transport - Effect of microstructure.
NANOELECTRONICS 7
Quantum Mechanical Tunneling - Single Electron Box - Single Electron Devices and Transistors - Logic Circuits
Using Molecules - Nanowire Diodes, Transistors and Interconnects - Nanorobotics and Nanomanipulation.
APPLICATIONS 8
Flexible and Plastic Electronics - Carbon Nanotube Electronics - LEDs Based on Nanowires, Nanotubes and
Nanorods - Lasers Based on Nanodots and Nanowires - Nanocomputers - Wearable Technology - MEMS - NEMS
based data storage.
Total Hours: 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Avadhanalu M N, and Kshirsagar P G, "A Textbook of Engineering Physics", S. Chand and Company Ltd,
2018.
3. Cao G.Z, Wang Y, "Nanostructures & Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties & Applications", World Scientific
Publishing, 2nd Edition, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Poole C.P, Owens FJ, "Introduction to Nanotechnology", John Wiley and Sons, 1st Edition, 2011.
2. Nielsen, Michael A.; Chuang, Isaac L. "Quantum Computation and Quantum Information", Cambridge
University Press, 2010.
3. Petty M. C., "Molecular Electronics: From Principles to Practice", John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., 2007.
4. Vishal Sahni et.al. "Nanocomputing: The future of computing", Tata McGraw - Hill Education, 2008.
5. Pradeep T, "Nano: The essentials - Understanding Nanoscience and Technology", Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007.
WEB REFERENCES
3. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/physics/8-04-quantum-physics-i-spring-2013/lecture-videos/

20PH210 ESSENTIALS OF QUANTUM PHYSICS 3 0 0 3
PREREQUISITE:
20BS201-Physical Sciences
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course- students will be able to
CO1: Extend the solution of Schrodinger's wave equation for ground state energy of
hydrogen atom and spherically symmetric potentials. PO1, PO5
CO2: Illustrate the fundamental equations and the properties of molecules based on
various models. PO1, PO5
CO3: Explain the quantum mechanical postulates and bonding principles using
wave function. PO1
CO4: Apply the equation of wave function for numerical solutions of one
dimensional problems. PO1
WAVE NATURE OF PARTICLES AND SCHRODINGER'S EQUATION 10
Introduction to Quantum mechanics - Wave nature of Particles - Time-dependent and time independent
Schrodinger equation for wavefunction - Born interpretation- probability current - Expectation values - Free-
particle wavefunction and wave-packets - Uncertainty principle.
Photoelectric effect - Raman effect - Postulates of Quantum Mechanics - States and operators - Hilbert space -
Dirac's bra and ket notations - Stark effect - Zeeman effect
PRELIMINARIES FOR QUANTUM MECHANICS 6
Complex numbers- Linear vector spaces - inner product - operators - eigenvalue problems - Hermitian operators-
Hermite polynomials - Legendre's equation - spherical harmonics.
APPLICATIONS OF SCHRODINGER'S EQUATION 15
Solution of stationary - state Schrodinger equation for one dimensional problems - particle in a box - particle in
attractive delta-function potential- square-well potential - linear harmonic oscillator - Numerical solution of
stationary - state Schrodinger equation for one dimensional problems for different potentials Scattering from a
potential barrier and tunnelling - related examples like alpha-decay - field ionization and scanning tunneling
microscope Three dimensional problems: particle in three dimensional box and related examples - Angular
momentum operator - Rigid Rotor - Hydrogen atom ground state - orbitals - interaction with magnetic field - spin
Numerical solution stationary - state radial Schrodinger equation for spherically symmetric potentials
MOLECULAR BONDING AND MODELS 14
Particle in double delta-function potential - Molecules (hydrogen molecule - valence bond and molecular orbitals
picture) - singlet/triplet states - chemical bonding - hybridization
Free electron theory of metals - Fermi level - density of states - Application to white dwarfs and neutron stars -
Bloch's theorem for particles in a periodic potential - Kronig-Penney model and origin of energy bands Numerical
solution for energy in one - dimensional periodic lattice by mixing plane waves.
Total Hours: 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Avadhanalu M N, and Kshirsagar P G, "A Textbook of Engineering Physics", S. Chand and Company Ltd,
2018.
3. Robert Eisberg, Robert Resnick Quantum Physics of Atoms, Molecules, Solids, Nuclei and Particles, 2nd
Edition Paperback - 2006
REFERENCES
2. J. Griffiths David "Introduction to Quantum Mechanics" Paperback. 2015
3. Richard W. Robinett "Quantum Mechanics: Classical results, modern systems, and visualized examples"
2018
4. Donald A. McQuarrie, "Quantum Chemistry" 2016
WEB REFERENCES
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/physics/8-04-quantum-physics-i-spring-2013/lecture-videos/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/nptel_data3/html/mhrd/ict/text/122105023/lec33.pdf

20PH211 ADVANCED MATERIALS 2 0 0 2
PREREQUISITE:
20PH204 Applied Sciences I
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Utilize the concepts of ferromagnetic materials in magneto rheological and
electro rheological fluids. PO1, PO5
CO2: Extend the importance of photo chromic, photo thermo refractive and metallic
glasses for industrial applications. PO1
CO3: Relate the different types of ceramic and dielectric materials along with their
applications. PO1, PO5
CO4: Outline preparation of nanomaterials and significance of smart materials for
technological applications. PO1
MAGNETO AND ELECTRORHEOLOGICAL FLUIDS 8
Magnetorheological Fluids :Introduction- Theory- Properties- Applications - Magnetostrictive Materials -
Introduction- Origin - Linear Magneticstriction - Saturation Magneticstriction - Villari -Wiedemann - Magneto
Volume Effects-Applications.
Electrorheological Fluids: Introduction- Theory- Properties - Characteristics - Giant Electro rheological Fluids -
Giant Electro rheological based micro fluidics - Applications.
PHOTO CHROMIC AND PHOTOTHERMO REFRACTIVE GLASSES 8
Introduction - Physical principles of photosensitivity in glasses - Induced coloration of reversible Photo chromic
glasses - Heterogeneous photo chromic -Photo thermo refractive glasses - Applications.
MAGNETIC AND DIELECTRIC MATERIALS 6
Ferromagnetism - domain theory - types of energy - hysteresis - hard and soft magnetic materials - ferrites -
dielectric materials - types of polarization - Langevin-Debye equation - frequency effects on polarization - dielectric
breakdown - insulating materials - Ferroelectric materials
SMART AND NANO MATERIALS 8
Ceramics - types and applications - composites: classification - role of matrix and reinforcement - processing of
fiber reinforced plastics - metallic glasses: types - glass forming ability of alloys - melt spinning process -
applications Shape memory alloys - phases, shape memory effect - pseudoelastic effect - NiTi alloy applications -
Smart materials - Actuator and actuator materials - Piezoelectric and Electrostrictive material.
Nanomaterials: preparation - Ball milling - MBE techniques - properties and applications.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS

2. He Tian and Junji, "Zhang Photo chromic Materials: Preparation properties and Applications", 1st Edition,
Wiley -VCH Verlag Gmbh and Co,KGaA , 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Raghavan, V. "Materials Science and Engineering : A First course". PHI Learning, 2015.
2. N.M. Wereley, "Magnetorheology: Advances and Applications", Royal Society of Chemistry, RSC Smart
Materials, Cambridge, UK., 2014
3. Balasubramaniam, R. Callister, "Materials Science and Engineering", Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2014.
4. Rajput R.K., A Text book of Material Science and Engineering, S.K Kataria & sons, Delhi, 2003
5. Brain Culshaw, "Smart Structure and Materials", Artech House, 2nd Edition, 2004.
6. T. Pradeep, "A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology", Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
WEB REFERENCES
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115105099
6. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/112104040/pdf/lecture36.pdf

20PH213 AIRCRAFT MATERIALS AND PROCESSES 2002
PREREQUISITE:
20PH202 -Waves and Optics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Label the various processes for any material used in a specific application. PO1, PO2, PO12
CO2: List the factors influencing the material's behaviour based on the
environmental application. PO1, PO2, PO12
CO3: Interpret the various methods for enhancing the appropriate material's strength. PO1, PO3, PO7, PO12
CO4: Summarize the properties of metals and their alloys using the required
standard procedures. PO1, PO3, PO7, PO12
ELEMENTS AND PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS 6
Structure of solid materials -atomic structure of materials -crystal structure -miller indices -density -packing factor -
space lattices -X-ray diffraction -imperfections in crystals -physical metallurgy -classification of engineering
materials -properties of materials: atomic; chemical; physical; mechanical; magnetic; electrical; thermal;
acoustical; optical; nanostructures
MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR OF MATERIALS 6
Elasticity -plasticity -yielding and yield strength: tensile; compression; ductility -creep -fatigue -fracture -
bauchinger's effect -notch effect -destructive testing using ASTM standards: tension; compression; flexural;
hardness; impact; hydrostatic; crushing; torsion; wear; fatigue -non-destructive testing (NDT)
OXIDATION AND CORROSION 4
Oxidation -pilling-bedworth ratio -kinetic laws of oxidation -types of corrosion -effect of corrosion on mechanical
properties -methods of combat corrosion -corrosion resistance materials used for space vehicles
STRENGTHENING MECHANISMS AND HEAT RESISTANT MATERIALS 8
Heat treatment processes: annealing; normalizing; quenching; hardening; work hardening; recovery and
recrystallization; tempering; austempering; martempering; surface hardening -solid solution strengthening -
precipitation hardening -grain boundary strengthening -single crystal solidification -grain sizing -alloying:
numerical coding; effect of alloying elements; metal alloys (carbon steels; aluminium; copper; magnesium;
titanium) -shape memory alloys -superalloys: Iron base; nickel base; cobalt base
SELECTION OF MATERIALS 6
General requirements of materials for aerospace applications -case study on specific material applications:
propeller blades; propeller hubs; cowling; engine mount; engine controls; firewall; oil lines; fuel tanks; fuel lines;
hydraulic systems; landing gear; fuselage; wings; ailerons and flaps; instrument boards; seats; flooring; tail
surfaces; windshield; bolts; rivets; springs
Total Hours: 30

TEXT BOOK
1. Titterton.G., "Aircraft Materials and Processes", 5th Edition, Himalayan Books, Indian Reprint., 2015.
REFERENCES
1. J.F. Shackelford J.F., Introduction to Materials Science for Engineers, 8th Edition, Pearson Prentice-Hall,
Upper Saddle River, NJ, 2015.
2. Martin, J.W., "Materials for Engineering", 3rd Edition, Woodhead Publishing Ltd., 2006.
3. Van Vlack. L.H., "Element of Materials Science and Engineering", 6th Edition, Pearson Education India, 2002.
WEB REFERENCES

20PH270 PHYSICS LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Experiment with laser to find the particle size of the lycopodium powder POI, PO9
CO2: Make use of ultrasonic waves to evaluate the acoustical parameters PO1, PO5, PO9
CO3: Apply Poiseuille's method to determine the viscosity of low viscous liquids. PO1, PO9
CO4: Utilise the appropriate method to find the young's modulus of the given material PO1, PO9
CO5: Examine the efficiency of the solar cell and acceptance angle of the optical fiber
using suitable experimental set up PO1, PO5, PO9
CO6: Identify the thickness of thin film and wavelength of the mercury spectrum
using the principle of interference and diffraction PO1, PO5, PO9
CO7: Make use of XRD to determine the lattice parameters of crystalline materials
and sputtering unit of the deposited thin film PO1, PO5, PO9
CO8: Make use of electrochemical workstation to study the corrosion parameters
and chemical route to synthesise a biomaterial and comprehend for suitable
biomedical applications PO1, PO5, PO9
CO9: Develop effective communication skills through reports. PO1, PO10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of Particle size of the given powder using He-Ne laser and demonstration of particle size
analyzer.
2. Determine the velocity of the Ultrasonic waves in the given liquid medium and acoustic impedance using
ultrasonic interferometer.
3. Determination of Co-efficient of Viscosity of the given liquid by Poiseuille's method.
4. Determination of Young's Modulus of the given material of the rectangular bar using cantilever method.
5. Estimation of Acceptance angle and Numerical Aperture (NA) of the Optical fiber.
6. Determination of Efficiency of a silicon cell (solar cell) and to study its characteristics.
7. Determination of wavelength of Mercury spectrum using diffraction grating.
8. Determination of thickness of a thin film - Air Wedge method
9. Demonstration of thin film deposition technique using Sputtering Unit.
10. Determination of lattice parameters of crystalline materials - XRD pattern.
11. Synthesise of a biomaterial using chemical route for biomedical application.
12. Demonstration of the corrosion parameters using electrochemical workstation.

20MA221 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES 3104
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Formulate and solve real life situations involving linear variables. PO1,PO2,PO5,PO9
CO2: Optimize the non-linear function subject to the constraints. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Use search methods to find the optimum value of multivariable functions. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Apply the decision making process in real life situations PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO5 Analyze the basic characteristic features in queuing models. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
LINEAR MODELS 16
Introduction of Operations Research - mathematical formulation of LPP- Graphical Methods to solve LPP-Simplex
Method-Artificial Variable Techniques-BigM method.
NON LINEAR PROGRAMMING 8
Unconstrained problems - necessary and sufficient conditions - constrained problems- equality constraints-
inequality constraints-Kuhn-Tucker conditions.
CONVEX OPTIMIZATION 12
Random search method - Univariate method - Gradient of a function -Cauchy's Steepest Descent Method -
Conjugate gradient method.
DECISION ANALYSIS 8
Introduction-Decision making problem-Decision making under certainty-Decision under uncertainty -Decisions
under risk
QUEUING MODELS 16
Introduction, Queuing Theory, Operating characteristics of a Queuing system, Constituents of a Queuing system,
Service facility, Queue discipline, Single channel models :(M/M/1): (FIFO/?), (M/M/1): (FIFO/N), multiple service
channel models: (M/M/C):(FIFO/?),((M/M/C):(FIFO/N).
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. TahaH.A.,"Operations Research",8thEdition,Prentice Hall of India,2011.
2. KantiSwarup, Gupta P.K. and Manmohan, "Operations Research", Sultan Chand & Sons, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Fredrick S. Hillier and Gerald J. Liebermann, "Introduction to Operations Research", 8thEdition, McGraw Hill, 2011.
2. Anderson,"Quantitative Methods for Business", 10th Edition, Thomson Learning,2009.
3. Sharma J.K., "Operations Research Theory and Applications", 3rd Edition, Business Books, 2006.
4. Kalyanmoy Deb, "Optimization for Engineering: Design-Algorithms and Examples", PHI,Second edition, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES

20MA101 GRAPH THEORY 2103
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the basic concepts of graph theory and compute the distance
in graphs and weighted graph PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Use the fundamental theorems in Graph theory to study matching,
connectivity, coloring and planar graphs. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Analyze matching problems. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Apply graph model and algorithm for solving network problems. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
FUNDAMENTALS OF GRAPHS AND TREES 10+5

Graphs - Introduction - Isomorphism - Sub graphs - Walks - Paths - Circuits - Connectedness - Components - Euler
graphs - Hamiltonian paths and circuits. Trees - Distance and centers in tree - Rooted and binary trees - Spanning
trees - Spanning trees in a weighted graph.
PLANAR, DUAL GRAPHS AND MATRIX REPRESENTATION OF GRAPHS 10+5
Planar and dual graphs - Combinatorial representation- Detection of planarity - Geometric dual graphs. Incidence
matrix - Sub matrices - Circuit matrix - Path matrix - Adjacency matrix. Chromatic number - Chromatic partitioning
- Chromatic polynomial - Matching - Covering - Vertex coloring - Edge coloring - Four color problem.
DIRECTED GRAPHS, GRAPH THEORETIC ALGORITHMS 10+5
Digraphs - Types of digraphs - Directed paths and connectedness - Euler graphs - Adjacency matrix of a digraph.
Algorithms - Connectedness and components - Spanning tree - Fundamental circuits - Cut vertices - Directed
circuits - Shortest path algorithm.
Total Periods(30L+15T): 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. NarasingDeo, "Graph theory with application to Engineering and Computer Science", Prentice Hall India,
2016.
2. West D.B, "Introduction to Graph Theory", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Harary F., "Graph Theory", Addison Wesley, 2019.
2. Wilson R.J., "Introduction to Graph Theory", 5th Edition, Pearson Education, 2010.
WEB REFERENCE
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ma05/course
CASE STUDIES
1. Application of functional network organization in brain disorders.
2. Decision making in the Manufacturing Environment demonstrates.
3. Constructing agent's blackboard communication architecture based on graph theory.
4. Optimal PMUs placement and multiarea power system state estimation


20AE272 ENGINEERING DRAWING PRACTICES 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the standards of engineering drawing and representation of
objects in multiple planes. PO1
CO2: Understand the concepts of orthographic projections of simple solids and
sectioning of solids. PO3
CO3: Understand the concepts of pictorial representations of simple solids,
prisms and pyramids. PO5
ENGINEERING DRAWING
Introduction to Engineering Drawing - BIS Conventions and specifications - Size and Layout of drawing sheets -
Lettering and Dimensions. ASME Standards - Y14. Representations of three dimensional Objects - Multiple views
and their Placements. GD & T Symbols - Form, Location, Profile, Orientation, Run Out and Modifiers.
ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS
General Principles - First angle projection - Projection of points - Projection of lines in first quadrant -
Determination of true length - Projection of Polygonal Surface inclined to both planes - Projection of simple solids -
sectioning of solids with cutting plane inclined to one plane. Development of Surface of simple and sectioned solids.
ISOMETRIC AND PERSPECTIVE PROJECTIONS
Principles of isometric projections - isometric scale - isometric projections of simple solids and truncated prisms and
pyramids. Perspective projections of prisms and pyramids by vanishing point method.
Total Hours: 30
REFERENCES
1. G. Sreekanjana, K Venugopal,V Prabhu Raja, "Engineering Graphics", New Age International (P) Limited,
2011.
2. Gary Bertoline, Eric Wiebe, Nathan Hartman and William Ross, Technical Graphics Communication, 4th
Edition, Kindle Edition.
3. Natarajan K. V, "Engineering Graphics", Dhanalaksmi Publications, 20th Edition, 2006.
4. Kirstie Plantenberg, "Engineering Graphics Essentials", SDC Publications, 5th Edition, 2016.

20AE204 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY 2103
COURSE OUTCOMES
PREREQUISITE:
1. 20MA202-Matrices, Differential Calculus and Transforms
2. 20MA205-Calculus and Numerical Methods
CO1: Explain the physical properties of fluids at rest and at motion PO1, PO2
CO2: Model mathematical equations of fluid principles PO2, PO3
CO3: Describe the types of fluid flow and governing equations of fluid flow PO1, PO2
CO4: Summarize the losses in the fluid flow PO3, PO
CO5: Classify the fluid machines PO2
CO6: Illustrate the velocity triangle PO3
FLUID STATICS 12
Types of substances and their significance - Units and dimensions - Properties of fluids - Density, Specific weight,
Specific volume, Specific gravity, Temperature, Viscosity, Compressibility, Vapor pressure, Capillary and Surface
tension - Concept of fluid static pressure, absolute and gauge pressures - Pressure measurements by manometers
FLUID DYNAMICS 13
Types of flow -Velocity field and acceleration - Lines of flow - Equation of streamline - Stream function - Velocity
potential function - Continuity equation - Equations of motion - Euler's equation along a streamline - Bernoulli's
equation - Applications -Venturi meter, Orifice meter, Pitot tube
VISCOUS FLOW 13
Laminar flow between parallel plates - laminar flow through circular tubes (Hage Poiseuille's Equation) - Flow
through pipes (Darcy Weishback equation) - Chezy's Formula - Minor Losses and Major losses - Moody diagram
FLUID MACHINES 7
Principle of Operation - Classification Based on Energy Conservation - Classification Based on Principle of
Operation - Blade velocity triangle
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Frank M.White, "Fluid Mechanics", 8th Edition, Mc Graw Hill Publications, 2015
2. Modi P.N. and Seth, S.M. "Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics", Standard Book House, New Delhi, 2004
REFERENCES
1. K.L.Kumar, "Engineering Fluid Mechanics", 8th Reprint Edition, S.Chand & Co., 2014.
2. Cohen Kundu, P. K., Cohen, I. M., and Dowling, D. R., "Fluid Mechanics", 5th Edition, Academic Press, 2012
WEB REFERENCES
1. NPTEL Course: nptel.ac.in/courses/112105183/.
2. NPTEL Course: http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/fluid-mechanics.html

20AE205 THERMODYNAMICS 2103
PREREQUISITE:
20PH202-Waves and Optics
20CH202-Chemical Science
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Discuss basic concepts and the applications relevant to first law
of thermodynamics PO1, PO2
CO2: Describe second law of thermodynamics, entropy and availability concepts PO1, PO2
CO3: Illustrate and compare different air cycles PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5
CO4: Interpret the fuel combustion thermodynamics PO1, PO2
CO5: Explain steam properties and air compressor PO3, PO4, PO5
BASIC CONCEPTS AND FIRST LAW 9

Concept of continuum, macroscopic approach, and thermodynamic systems - Property, state, path and process-
quasi-static process - work, Zeroth law of thermodynamics - Concept of temperature and heat, internal energy,
specific heat capacities, enthalpy - Concept of ideal and real gases - First law of thermodynamics and its applications
to closed and open systems - Introduction to heat transfer - Numerical problems
SECOND LAW AND ENTROPY 9
Second law of thermodynamics - Kelvin Planck and Clausius statements of second law - Reversibility and
irreversibility - Carnot theorem - Carnot cycle, Reversed Carnot cycle, Efficiency-Introduction refrigeration cycle -
Thermodynamic temperature scale - Clausius inequality, concept of entropy, entropy of ideal gas - principle of
increase of entropy-Numerical problems
AIRCYCLES 9
Otto, Diesel, Dual and Brayton cycles -Air standard efficiency - Mean effective pressure. Comparison of Otto,
Diesel and Dual cycle, introduction to modified Brayton cycle and Jet Propulsion cycle -Numerical problems
COMBUSTION THERMODYNAMICS 9
Theoretical (Stoichiometric) air for combustion of fuels. Excess air, mass balance, Exhaust gas analysis, A/F ratio.
Energy balance for a chemical reaction, enthalpy of formation, enthalpy of combustion
STEAM PROPERTIES AND COMPRESSORS 9
Properties of steam - Rankine cycle - Classification and working principle of compressors-Work of compression
with and without clearance -Isothermal and Isentropic efficiency of reciprocating air compressors multistage
compression and intercooling -Various types of compressors
Total Periods: 45

TEXT BOOK
1. Cengel, Y. A. and Boles, M. A., Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach, 8th ed.,McGraw-Hill, 2014
2. Nag, P. K., Engineering Thermodynamics, 5th edition. Tata McGraw-Hill, 2013
REFERENCES
1. Moran, M. J., Shapiro, H. N., Boettner, D. D., and Bailey, M. B., Principles of Engineering
2. Thermodynamics (SI Version), 8th ed., Wiley, 2015
3. D. P. Mishra, Fundamentals of Combustion, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. Revised 1st edition, 2007
4. Borgnakke, C. and Sonntag, R. E., Fundamentals of Thermodynamics, 8th ed., Wiley, 2013
5. Balmer, R. T., Modern Engineering Thermodynamics, Academic Press, 2011
WEB REFERENCES
1. NPTEL Course: http://nptel.ac.in/courses/101104063/
2. https://www.edx.org/learn/thermodynamics
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/thermodynamics-intro
4. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/chemistry/5-60-thermodynamics-kinetics-spring-2008/index.html

20AE273 MECHANICAL SCIENCES LABORATORY 0021
PREREQUISITE:
20PH213-Aircraft Materials and Processes
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Demonstrate the basic experiments on fluid mechanics to estimate the
fluid properties PO1, PO2
CO2: Describe the basic experiments on Mechanics of Materials to determine
the mechanical properties PO1, PO2, PO3
CO3: Perform the basic experiments on Thermodynamics to calculate the
thermal properties PO1, PO2, PO3
CO4: Communicate the experimental results through reports PO9, PO10, PO12
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
FLUID MECHANICS
1. Determination of Coefficient of discharge of Venturi meter
2. Determination of Coefficient of discharge of Orifice meter
3. Determination of friction factor for flow through pipes
4. Experiments on flow losses in pipes
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
5. Determination of centre of gravity and Moment of Inertia of lamina
6. Experiment on Plane truss and Friction
7. Tension and compression test on mild steel.
8. Brinell and Rockwell Hardness tests
9. Izod and Charpy Impact tests
10. Determination of Tension and Compression strength on helical springs
THERMODYNAMICS
11. Plot the valve and port timing diagram
12. Determination of brake thermal efficiency of a 4 stroke engine
Total Periods: 15

20BM202 FRONTIERS IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 2 0 0 2
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Comprehend the recent advancements in the fields of biomedical computing,
biomechanics, tissue engineering. PO1, PO7
CO2: Summarize the knowledge about the various career opportunities in the
fields of biomedical engineering. PO1, PO7
PERSPECTIVES IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 6

Evolution of the modern health care system - Introduction to biomedical engineering - Role of biomedical engineers
-Major players in biomedical engineering equipments - OEM. Professional status of biomedical engineering -
Professional Societies.
DISCIPLINES OF BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 6
Clinical engineering, Diagnostics and therapeutic equipments, Medical signal, image processing and analysis,
wearable medical devices, Biomechanics and rehabilitation engineering, Tissue engineering, Lab-on-a-chip, point
of care diagnostic devices, precision health care technology. Clinical genomics, proteomics, pharmacogenomics,
stem cell technology, nanomedicine, 3D printing and bioprinting technology.
NEXT GEN HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGIES 10
Novel technologies with impact in the medical device industry. Advances in medical imaging systems and PACS,
Healthcare digital transformations, Internet of Things in medicine, virtual reality, artificial intelligence and medical
applications, predictive health - big data and analytics, precision medicine, mobile applications for health care,
Chatbots in healthcare, microsystem technologies, medical robotics,drones.
ACTIVITIES (any three) 8
• Visit hospitals/ rehabilitation centres/ geriatric care centres/ diagnostic laboratories/ start-ups and submit a
report on the scope of engineering healthcare in the relevant sectors.
• Interview an entrepreneur and make a presentation.
• Do a product survey surfing the websites of top 10 biomedical companies in each domain and presentation
• Prepare review on scope of research and challenges in biomedical engineering
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Joseph D. Bronzino, Donald R. Peterson, "The Biomedical Engineering Handbook", 4th edition, CRC Press, 2015.
2. Arthur B. Ritter, Vikki Hazelwood, Antonio Valdevit, Alfred N. Ascione. "Biomedical Engineering
Principles", 2nd Edition, CRC Press, 2011.
3. Ewaryst Tkacz, Marek Gzik, Zbigniew Paszenda, Ewa Pitka, Innovations in Biomedical Engineering, Springer
International Publishing, 2019.
REFERENCES
1. www.embs.org
2. www.bmes.org
3. www.tissue engineering international & regenerative medicine society.org

20BM204 CIRCUITS AND DEVICES 310 4
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Determine the current and voltage by applying laws and network theorems. PO1
CO2: Use reduction techniques and Wye delta transformations to reduce
complex circuits into simple circuits PO1
CO3: Analyze mesh and nodes to compute the current and voltage magnitudes
in different branches of the given circuit. PO1
CO4: Compute impedance, admittance and obtain the transient, frequency
response of series and parallel circuits. PO1
CO5: Explain the operation, characteristics and applications of semiconductor devices. PO1
CO6: Explain the characteristics of operational amplifiers and its applications. PO1
DC AND AC CIRCUIT ANALYSYS 10
Concepts of circuits, basic laws - Ohm's Law and Kirchhoff's laws - Resistors topology, voltage and current division,
Wye-Delta transformations, applications - Circuit analysis fundamentals, nodal analysis, mesh analysis capacitor,
inductors, sinusoids and phasors; real power-reactive power, complex power, apparent power impedance and
admittance RC/RL circuits.
NETWORK THEOREMS 12
Thevenin's theorem, Norton's theorem, superposition and power transfer theorems for DC and AC circuits.
TRANSIENT AND RESONANCE CIRCUITS 6
Step and sinusoidal response of series RLC circuits, frequency response of series and parallel RLC circuits,
resonance of RLC circuits.
DEVICE CHARACTERISTICS 12
Semiconductor Theory - Energy Band theory - Charge densities in semiconductors - Mobility and Conductivity -
Drift and Diffusion current. Diodes - Characteristics and applications BJT: Characteristics and h-parameters -
Biasing circuits and types - Transistor as a switch - Transistor amplifier circuits- Characteristics and applications of
JFET and MOSFET.
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 5
Operational amplifiers - fundamentals and applications.
Total Hours: 60(45L+15T)
TEXT BOOKS
1. Robert. L.Boylestad, Louis Nashalskey, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 11th Edition, Pearson Education,
India, 2015.
2. Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias, Satyabrata Jit "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 4th Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill,2015.

3. Ramakant A Gayakwad, "Op - Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits", PHI Learning Private Limited, 4th edition,
2009.
REFERENCES
1. William H.Hayt, Jack E.Kemmerly and Steven M.Durbin, "Engineering Circuit Analysis", 8th Edition,Tata
McGraw-Hill Education, 2013.
2. Thomas L Floyd, "Electronic devices conventional current version", 10th Edition, Pearson Education, India,
2017.
3. Charles. K. Alexander, Mathew.N.O.Sadiku, "Fundamentals of Electric Circuits", 6th Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill Education,2016.
4. Joseph A.Edminister,mahmood Nahvi,"Electric circuits -schaum's series,7th edition,McGraw Hill Education
Private Limited ,Newdelhi 2017.
5. William H.Hayt,Jack.E.Kemmerly and steven M Durbin, "Engineering circuit analysis"9th edition, McGraw
Hill Education Private Limited ,Newdelhi 2018.

20BM272 CIRCUITS AND DEVICES LABORATORY 0021
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student should be able to
CO1: Verify Ohm's law, Kirchhoff's law and network theorems PO1
CO2: Draw the characteristics of series and parallel resonance circuits. PO1
CO3: Describe the characteristics of basic electronic devices, current and
voltage - controlled devices. PO1
CO4: To verify the characteristics of circuits using simulation tools. PO1
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Verification of Ohm's law, Kirchhoff's law.
2. Verification of Network theorems.
3. Frequency response of series resonance and parallel resonance circuits.
4. PN Junction Diode Characteristics and applications
5. Zener Diode Characteristics and applications.
6. FET Characteristics.
7. Design and analysis of simple circuits using simulation tools.

20BM213 PRINCIPLES OF TELEMEDICINE AND 3003
MOBILE APPLICATIONS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explain the basic principles of healthcare in Telemedicine. PO5, PO6
CO2: Understand the concepts of technology, security and standards
kin Telemedicine PO5, PO6
CO3: Understand the applications of healthcare telemedicine PO5, PO6
CO4: Explain mobile app development for health care applications. PO1, PO5, PO6
INTRODUCTION OF TELEMEDICINE 9
History and Evolution of Telemedicine, Functional diagram of Telemedicine system, Essential Parameters for
Telemedicine, Delivery Modes in Telemedicine, Benefits and Limitations of Telemedicine.
TELEMEDICAL TECHNOLOGY, SECURITY AND STANDARDS 12
Principles of Multimedia - Text, Audio, Video, Data, PSTN, POTS, ANT, ISDN, Internet, Wireless Communication
- GSM satellite, and Micro wave, Modulation techniques, Types of Antenna, Satellite communication, Mobile
hand-held devices and Mobile communication. Internet technology and telemedicine using worldwide, Video and
audio conferencing. Encryption, Cryptography, Mechanisms of encryption, Phases of Encryption, Protocols:
TCP/IP, ISO-OSI, Standards to followed DICOM, HL7, H. 320 series (Video phone based ISBN) T. 120, H.324
(Video phone based PSTN)
MOBILE TELEMEDICINE 12
Tele radiology: Definition, Basic parts of teleradiology system: Image Acquisition system Display system, Tele
pathology, Multimedia databases, Color images of sufficient resolution, Dynamic range, spatial resolution,
Compression methods, Interactive control of color, Medical information storage and management for telemedicine,
Patient information medical history, Test reports, Medical images diagnosis and treatment. Hospital information
system, Doctors, paramedics, facilities available. Pharmaceutical information system. Telemedicine and
monitoring of physiological parameters (telehealth) - telesurgery
MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 12
Mobile devices - architecture, operating systems. Mobile application design - user interface design - storage and
retrieval of data, Augmented reality, Integrating with networks and cloud services. Hardware integration. Mobile
device testing and protection. Interfacing diagnostics with consumer electronics, Translating Sensor Technology
into the Medical Device Environment. Case studies - Lab on a chip/mobile phone and acute care blood testing,
Automated Blood Smear Analysis for Mobile Malaria Diagnosis, cervical screening by Automated Image
cytometry, Phone Oximeter, Wireless Smart Polysomnograph. Portable High-Frequency Ultrasound Imaging
System Design and Hardware considerations.
Total hours:45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Norris, A.C, "Essentials of Telemedicine and Telecare", John Wiley and sons, 2016.
2. Bernard Fong, A.C.M. Fong, C.K. Li, "Telemedicine Technologies: Information Technologies in Medicine and
Tele health", Wiley, 2020.
REFERENCES:
1. Wootton, R., Craig, J, Patterson, V (Eds.). "Introduction to Tele medicine (2nd Ed.) London: Royal Society of
Medicine Press Ltd". 2017.
2. Walter Karlen, "Mobile point of care Monitors and Diagnostic Device Design", CRC Press, 2020.

20CE203 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS, TECHNIQUES 3003
AND EQUIPMENT
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Restate the types of materials involved in construction based on
NBC Guidelines. PO1
CO2: Summarize the various process and services followed during construction
of buildings with modern techniques. PO1, PO5
CO3: Examine the utilization of Vertical Transportation and Equipment
based on its features. PO1,PO8
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 8
Brick: Manufacturing- Properties - Classification and Tests. Stones: Quarrying - Dressing and Properties. Cement:
Manufacturing - Properties - Types and Tests. Steel: Manufacturing - Types - Properties. Wood Joineries - Advanced
Civil Engineering Materials-NBC Guidelines.
CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 9
Substructure: Site Clearance - Marking - Earthwork - Foundation: Shallow Foundation - Deep foundation
Superstructure: Brick masonry - Stonemasonry -Flooring - Roofing - Advanced techniques using Robotic
Machines.
BUILDINGSERVICES 8
Whitewashing - Distempering - Painting - Wall putting - Fire Protection, Acoustics and Sound insulation as per
NBC - Damp proofing- Termite proofing - Sensor based building construction and services.
VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION 10
Staircases - Types - Staircase planning and geometric rules -Construction practice- Lift: Types - basic Components -
Lift well construction - Safety rules as per NBC- Escalators and walk ways - Basic concept and Construction
practice. Lift with and without head room - Ramps.
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT 10
Selection of equipment for Earthwork - Earthmoving operations - Foundation and pile driving - Compaction -
Batching - mixing and concreting - Material handling and erection of structures - Dredging - Trenching and
Tunneling - Tower crane.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Clifford J.Schexnayder, Robert L. Peurifoy, Robert Schmitt and Aviad Shapira.," Construction Planning,
Equipment and Methods ", 9th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2018.
2. Arora S P and Bindra S P., "A text book of Building Construction", 5th Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2010.
3. National Building Code 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Punmia B.C, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar Jain., "Building Construction", 11th Edition ,Laxmi
Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2016.
2. Gurcharn Singh., "Building Construction and Materials", 17th Edition, Standard Book House, 2019.
WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102088/#

20CE204 GEODESY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Summarize the basic concepts of traditional and geodesy surveying. PO1
CO2: Interpret the measurement and working principles of different types
of surveying related with field conditions. PO1
CO3: Examine the advancement of digital and engineering surveying
measurements. PO1, PO2, PO5
OVERVIEW OF SURVEYING AND LEVELLING 9
Definition - Principles -Types &Classification - Well-conditioned triangles - Errors - Corrections - Obstacles in
surveying - Levelling - Bench marks - Fly and Check levelling - Booking - Reduction - Curvature and Refraction -
Reciprocal levelling - Longitudinal and cross sections -Plotting - Calculation of areas and volumes - Contouring -
Methods - Characteristics and uses of contours.
GEODESY 9
Definitions- Classifications, Problem of Geodesy and purpose of Geodesy-Reference Surfaces and their
relationship. Applications - Engineering, Lunar and Planetary Geodesy- Interferometric Synthetic aperture radar
Geodesy - Local and International Spheroid.
THEODOLITE AND TACHEOMETRIC SURVEYING 9
Theodolite - Description and uses - Temporary and permanent adjustments of Vernier transit - Measurement of
horizontal and Vertical angles - Heights and Distances - Traversing - Closing error and distribution - Tangential,
stadia and subtense methods.
DIGITAL SURVEYING 9
Methods of Measuring Distance- Basic Principles of Total Station - Classifications- applications and comparison
with conventional surveying - Microwave system- Measuring principle- working principle- Sources of Error -Care
and maintenance of Total Station instruments- Traversing and Trilateration. Introduction- GPS - Different
segments: Space- control and user segments - Uses- Photogrammetric surveying techniques.
ENGINEERING SURVEYING 9
Hydrographic Surveying - Methods - Applications and Uses - Preliminary works - Reconnaissance - Locate
Horizontal Control - Locate vertical Control - Sounding - Equipment. Highway survey - Different types of survey -
Map Study- Reconnaissance-Preliminary survey- Location Survey-Engineering Surveys for Highway -Traffic
surveys - Soil and material surveys - Drainage surveys -Topographic surveys - astronomical Surveying - Field
observations and determination of time, longitude, latitude and azimuth by altitude.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Punmia B.C., "Surveying ", Vol. I and II, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd, 2011
2. Guy Bomford, "Geodesy" Nabu Press, 2010

REFERENCES
1. Duggal S.K., "Surveying", Vol. I and II, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, 2009.
2. Torge, Wolfgang / Müller, Jürgen, "Geodesy", ISBN 978-3-11-025000-8, Professional Book, 2012.
3. Amazon's J. Paul Guyer, "introduction to hydrographic survey", ISBN-13: 978-1730736001 independently
published, 2018.
4. Osama Ragab "Steps of Highway Survey" DOI: 10.13140/RG.2.1.3583.2088.
WEB REFERENCES:

20CE205 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recite the components of forces and resultant of a system of forces. PO1, PO2
CO2: Determine the support reactions and internal forces in determinate structures. PO1, PO2
CO3: Calculate the frictional forces and moment of inertia of laminas PO1, PO2
CO4: Examine the characteristics of kinematics and the equation of motion
to Kinetics of particles. PO1, PO2
STATICS
BASICS AND STATICS OF PARTICLES 9
Forces and their types - Resolution of forces - Resultant and Equilibrium of bodies due to coplanar and non -
coplanar concurrent forces - Moment of forces - Equilibrium of rigid bodies due to non - concurrent forces -
Equivalent forces and moments
EQUILIBRIUM OF RIGID BODIES 9
Classifications of structures - Analysis of simple plane trusses - Beams: Types of Beams, Types of loads -
Determination of support reactions - Analysis of Frames - Forces in Cables
FRICTION AND PROPERTY OF SURFACES 9
Laws of friction-coefficient of friction-problems involving dry friction - wedge & ladder friction-Center of gravity
of standard areas by integration method - Center of gravity and moment of inertia of laminas.
DYNAMICS 18
KINEMATICS
Kinematics: Introduction - Types of motion - Motions with uniform velocity, uniform acceleration, acceleration
withgravity - Projectiles.
KINETICS
Kinetics: Applications of Newton's second law of motion D'Alemberts principle, Work and Energy method - Motion
of connected bodies - Impulse and momentum - Impact of elastic bodies.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Bansal R.K., "Engineering Mechanics", Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd, 2018.
2. Kottiswaran N., "Engineering Mechanics", Balaji Publication (P) Ltd, 2018.
REFERENCES
1. Beer F.P and Johnson Jr. E.R., "Vector Mechanics for Engineers: Statics and Dynamics", Vol. 1 Statics and Vol.
2 Dynamics, McGraw - Hill International Edition, 2017.
2. J.L. Meriam, L.G. Karige, J.N. Bolton, "Engineering Mechanics: Statics (Volume I) and Engineering
Mechanics: Dynamics (Volume II)", Wiley student edition, 8th edition 2017.
3. Rajasekaran S and Sankarasubramanian G., "Fundamentals of Engineering Mechanics", Vikas Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd., 2013.
WEB REFERENCE

20CE270 BUILDING PLANNING AND DRAFTING LABORATOR Y 1022
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Illustrate the 2D drawings of load bearing and framed structures with
Solar Architecture concepts. PO1, PO5
CO2: Develop the detailed2D drawing and 3D Modeling of building intended
for local body approval. PO1, PO5, PO9,PO10
PREREQUISITE: 20ME272 - Computer Aided Engineering Graphics Laboratory

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Fundamental commands of AutoCAD & modeling software to draft the building drawings
Building drawing in accordance with IS: 962- 1989 (Reaffirmed 2001) Code of practice for Architectural and
Building drawing using Auto CAD and Sketch Up (2D&3D) Software
1. Study of Solar Architecture concepts for building plan
2. Setting out of Single Storey residential and Draw the joinery details: Truss, Door& windows
3. Detailed working drawing for load bearing structures and framed structures
4. Detailed working 2Ddrawing - Site plan, Foundation plan, Cross section, Elevation and Staircase plan - Two
dimensions only.
a) Residential building
b) Commercial building
(i) Office building (ii) Shopping complex
5. Pictorial View: Principles of Perspective view to draw 3D modeling
6. Plan of Electrical wiring and plumbing layout for residential building
TEXT BOOKS
1. Shah M.G, Kale C.M and Patki S.Y., "Building Drawing with an Integrated Approach to Built Environment",
Tata McGraw Hill Publishers Limited, 7th Edition, 2019.
2. Verma B.P., "Civil Engineering Drawing", Khanna Publishers, 12th Edition, 2018.
WEB REFERENCE
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102101/nptel.aic/building drawing -intro.pdf

20CE271 GEODESY LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Apply the leveling surveying principles for graphical representation PO1, PO2, PO3,
of ground undulations. PO5, PO9
CO2: Demonstrate the accessible and inaccessible points of linear and PO1, PO2, PO3,
vertical measurements. PO5,PO9
CO3: Create/Develop/Formulate the Plan/route map for the given water PO1, PO2, PO3,
bodie s/ land field using the optimum solution for Civil Engineering projects. PO5,PO9
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Interpret the Reduced Level for given points by rise & fall and Height of Collimation method.
2. Draw the Longitudinal Section and Cross Section for the given filed work.
3. Prepare Contouring map for the given area.
4. Measurement of horizontal angles between the points in the given area.
5. Demonstrate and calculate the distance between the points and elevation of the inaccessible points using all
possibility methods in the field.
6. Measurement of distance between points by digital surveying.
7. Estimate the area of given polygon by advanced surveying.
8. Identify the longitude and latitude of location using modern tool in the surveying.
9. Study of Geodetic GPS
10. Study of drone survey and its applications.

20CE272 MATERIAL TESTING LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Determine the Principles of testing toobserve the properties
of Cement and Brick. PO1, PO4
CO2: Infer the specimen's stress-strain relationship, impact energy,
hardness, tension, and compression strength. PO1,PO4, PO5,PO10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of Properties of Cement
Fineness - Standard consistency - Initial and Final setting time -Specific gravity -Soundness -Compressive
strength-Stress monitoring using Sensor.
2. Determination of Properties of Brick:
Compressive strength -Water absorption and Efflorescence test - Soundness -Hardness test
3. Plot the relationship between stress and strain on Tension test of mild steel.
4. Evaluation of Tension and Compression strength of springs.
5. Measure the impact energy of the Mild steel.
6. Hardness test
TEXT BOOKS
1. National Building Code 2016
WEB REFERENCES

20CE219 SMART CITY AND URBAN PLANNING 2002
PREREQUISITE
20CE202 Principles of Architecture and Planning Concepts
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Infer the fundamental concepts of Governance of smart cities policy PO1
CO2: Outline the characteristics of urban sustainability to adhere the
technological advancement. PO1
CO3: Apply the principles of urban transport infrastructure design in the
implementation of responsive smart cities. PO1
CO4: Justify the methodologies of urban E-planning for the smart building
management system. PO2,PO11
INTRODUCTION 6
Definition- Understanding - Dimensions - Global experience- Global standards and performance benchmarks-,
Practice codes- India smart cities policy and mission-Smart city planning and development- financing smart cities
development-Governance of smart cities. Study area delineation - Zoning.
CITY AND METROPOLITAN PLANNING 6
Growth trends- processes- characteristics- concepts- concerns of urban sustainability- diversity and unintended
growth- economic- social- environmental sustainability- quality of life and equity- climate change- transit oriented
development- participatory planning- Urban Transport planning
Inner city - issues and problems- Urban Development Policies.
SMART URBAN TRANSPORT SYSTEMS 6
Resource analysis- Provision of infrastructure- Role of transport- types of transport systems- evolution of transport
mode- transport challenges and mobility.
Urban form and Transport patterns- land use - transport cycle- concept of accessibility- Basic principles of Transport
infrastructure design-Urban transport planning process -Principles and approaches of Traffic Management-
Transport System Management.
MEASUREMENT OF URBAN SMARTNESS AND SUSTAINABILITY 6
Spatial simulation- spatial statistical models-Space temporal modelling- collaborative mapping- Geo-tagging-
Volunteered Geographic Information- ontologies for urban planning- City Geography Mark- up Language (GML)
maps mash up- tangible maps and planning-smart public watering, timers and programmers complemented with
weather forecast, humidity data.
Smart environment: Monitoring -Air quality - water quality- noise- humidity-temperature- sewage and solid waste
management

URBAN PLANNING AND ICT 6
New urbanism-Ruralism- fractal city- digital city- Smart City experiences in the new city and existing city.
Total Periods: 30
CASE STUDIES
1. Zero waste approach towards a sustainable waste management.
2. Network Visualization and Routing using QGIS.
3. Creation of smart city Maps with QGIS
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sameer Sharma, "Smart Cities Unbundled" Bloomsbury India2018
2. Amitabh Satyam , "The Smart City Transformations: The Revolution of The 21st Century" Bloomsbury India, 2017
REFERENCES
1. Dr.N.Mani, "Smart Cities & Urban Development in India" New Century Publications; 1st edition 2016
2. Andy Pike, Andres Rodriguez-Pose, John Tomaney, 'Handbook of Local and Regional Development', Taylor &
Francis, 2010
3. Daniel G. Parolek, AIA, Karen Parolek, Paul C. Crawford, FAICP, Form Based Codes: A Guide for Planners,
Urban Designers, Municipalities, and Developers, John Wiley & Sons, 2008.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/109104047/pdf/lecture35.pdf

20CS201 DISRUPTIVE TECHNOLOGIES 2 0 0 2
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the emergence and impact of Disruptive Technologies PO1, PO2
in the current World
CO2: Apply the innovative disruptive ideas to the dynamic problems of Industry 4.0.PO2, PO3, PO4, PO12
CO3: Analyze various Disruptive Technological trends with an emphasis to PO2, PO3, PO4,
sustainability in the modern World. PO7, PO12
CO4: Examine the consequences of the modern disruptive processes while PO2, PO3,
deploying with the traditional Industrial Practices. PO4, PO12
INTRODUCTION 10
Introduction - Technology trends - Overview of how technological disruption happens - Mega Trends Industry
transformation - Fundamentals of Industry 4.0 - Addictive manufacturing - Disruptive Technology overview -
Disruptive idea - Identifying opportunities and Technology - Insights into disruptive innovation.
MODERN DISRUPTIVE TECHNOLOGIES 20
Introduction to IoT- Smart X Applications - Industrial IoT- Foundations of Data Science -New Trends in Data
Science and Analytics - Artificial Intelligence for everyone: Applications of AI - Applications of Deep Learning and
Machine Learning- Introduction to Cyber Security - Firewall - IDS and Digital forensics. Block Chain:
Fundamentals and Use Cases. Defining UX and the process - Virtual Environment Standards and Terminology -
Augment Reality / Virtual Reality - Human Computer Interaction: Foundations and its applications.
Total Hours:30
TEXT BOOKS
1. P. Armstrong. "Disruptive Technologies: Understand, Evaluate, Respond", Kogan Page Publishers. 2017.
2. John Paul Mueller, Luca Massaron, "Artificial Intelligence for Dummies", 1st Edition, Kindle, 2018
3. Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller and Steven Goldfeder, "Bitcoin and
cryptocurrency technologies: a comprehensive introduction", Princeton University Press, 2016.
4. Lillian Pierson, "Data Science For Dummies", Kindle, 2nd Edition,2015
5. Qurban A Memon, Shakeel Ahmed Khoja, "Data Science: Theory, Analysis and Applications", CRC Press, 2019.
REFERENCES
1. Ovidiu Vermesan Peter Friess, "Internet of Things - From Research and Innovation to Market Deployment",
River Publishers, 2014.
2. Roger Arrick, Nancy Stevenson, "Robot Building For Dummies", Wiley, 2011.
3. Denis Rothman, "Artificial Intelligence By Example", First Edition, O'Reilly, 2018.
4. By Kevin P. Nichols, Donald Chesnut, "UX for Dummies" Wiley, 2014
5. Kelly S. Hale, Kay M. Stanney "Handbook of Virtual Environments: Design, Implementation, and
Applications", Second Edition (Human Factors and Ergonomics), 2014.
6. Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, Gregory Abowd, Russell Beale, "Human Computer Interaction", 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2004
WEB REFERENCE
1. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/impact-of-technology/disruptive-innovation-tzQqc

20CS202 PROGRAMMING PARADIGMS - I 2103
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Relate the basic programming constructs to C Programming. -
CO2: Demonstrate the basic problem solving skills with the help of design
aspects such as Algorithms, Pseudo codes and Flowcharts. PO1,PO2,PO3,PO12
CO3: Apply programming concepts such as Control Structures, Arrays, Functions,
Pointers and Structures to Real World problems or situations. PO2,PO3,PO4,PO12
CO4: Examine the programmed solutions for its correctness and completeness. PO2,PO3,PO4,PO12
DATA TYPES IN C AND ITS MEMORY REPRESENTATION 6
Integer types - Floating point types - Interpretations - Sizes- Bits - How Bytes are broken up into Bits - Breaking up a
Character's Decimal Value into its Underlying Bit Structure - Interpreting Data that Consists of more than One Byte -
Little Endian vs. Big Endian - Representations of Negative Numbers - Conversion among data types - Global
Layout of Memory Mapping - Storage Class Specifiers.
OPERATORS AND CONTROL STRUCTURES 5
Assignment operator - Comparison operators - Arithmetic operators - Truncation - Promotion - If statement -
Conditional operator - Switch - While - For - Do-while - Break - Continue.
LINUX TOOL CHAINS 9
GNU tool chain - Exploring gcc and gdb - creation of Makefile for automation of execution - Valgrind - ctags -
CScope.
ADVANCED DATA TYPES 10
Structure - Array - Pointers - ampersand operator (&) - NULL - C strings - typedef. Functions - void - value and
reference parameters - const- How arrays and pointers interact - The [ ] and + operators with pointers - base
address/offset arithmetic.
Total Hours45 (30(L)+15(T)) : 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Herbert Schildt, "C: The Complete Reference" ,McGraw Hill Education; 4th Edition, 2017
2. Richard M. Reese, Shroff, "Understanding and Using C Pointers: Core Techniques for Memory Management",
O'Reilly; 1st Edition, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Brian W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, "C Programming Language", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 1988.
2. Peter A. Darnell, Philip E. Margolis, "C: A Software Engineering Approach", Springer-Verlag New York, 1996.
3. Brian Gough, Richard M. Stallman, "An Introduction to GCC- for the GNU Compilers gcc and g++", Network
Theory Limited, 2004.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://chortle.ccsu.edu/AssemblyTutorial/index.html
2. https://chortle.ccsu.edu/StructuredC/index.html
3. http://programmedlessons.org/CPuzzlesNew/CpuzzlesMain.html
4. https://sourceware.org/gdb/current/onlinedocs/gdb/
5. https://www.gnu.org/software/make/manual/make.pdf
6. http://valgrind.org/docs/manual/manual-core.html
7. https://courses.cs.washington.edu/courses/cse333/19au/resources/ctags_tutorial.html

20CS241 PROGRAMMING FOUNDATIONS 2 0 0 2
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Relate the basic programming constructs to C Programming. -
CO2: Demonstrate the basic problem solving skills with the help of design aspects
such as Algorithms, Pseudo codes and Flowcharts. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO3: Apply programming concepts such as Control Structures, Arrays, Functions,
Pointers and Structures to Real World problems or situations. PO2, PO3, PO4
CO4: Examine the programmed solutions for its correctness and completeness. PO2, PO3, PO4
FOUNDATIONAL CONSTRUCTS OF PROGRAMMING 8
Pseudo code and flowcharts - Binary Number System Representation - Integer types, Floating point types,
Interpretations, Sizes, Bits - How Bytes are Broken Up into Bits - Breaking Up a Character's Decimal Value into its
Underlying Bit Structure - Interpreting Data that Consists of More than one Byte - Little Endian vs. Big Endian -
Representations of Negative Numbers - Conversion among data types.
BASIC DATA TYPES AND CONTROL STRUCTURES 10
Basic Data types - Modifiers - Qualifiers - Operators - If statement - Conditional Operator - Switch - While - For -
Do-while - Break - Continue - Global Layout of Memory Mapping - Storage Class Specifiers.
ADVANCED DATA TYPES AND MODULARIZATION 12
Structure - Arrays - Pointer - Ampersand operator (&) - NULL - C strings - Typedef. Functions - Void -Value and
reference parameters - Const - How Arrays and Pointers interact - The [ ] and + operators with Pointers - Base
address/offset arithmetic - File I/O - Command line arguments
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Herbert Schildt, "C: The Complete Reference", McGraw Hill Education; 4th Edition, 2017
2. Deitel H.M., and Deitel P.J., "C: How to Program", 8th Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
3. Brian W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, "The C Programming Language", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education
India, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Peter A. Darnell, Philip E. Margolis, "C: A Software Engineering Approach", Springer-Verlag New York, 1996.
2. Bradley A.R., "Programming for Engineers", Springer, 2011
3. Brian Gough Foreword by Richard M. Stallman, "An Introduction to GCC- for the GNU Compilers gcc and
g++", Network Theory Limited, 2004.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://chortle.ccsu.edu/AssemblyTutorial/index.html
2. https://chortle.ccsu.edu/StructuredC/index.html
3. http://programmedlessons.org/CpuzzlesNew/CpuzzlesMain.html
4. https://sourceware.org/gdb/current/onlinedocs/gdb/
5. https://www.gnu.org/software/make/manual/make.pdf
6. https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-10.1.0/gcc.pdf

20CS242 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 2 0 0 2
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the history and fundamental understanding of Artificial Intelligence (AI) PO1, PO2,
and its applications such as Robotics. PO3, PO12
CO2: Select appropriate language constructs and solution models for various problems PO2, PO3,
associated in Artificial Intelligence PO4, PO12
CO3: Apply the basic problem solving principles of AI in solutions for the broader PO2, PO3,
category of Real World Applications PO4, PO12
CO4: Examine the searching, knowledge representation and reasoning strategies of PO2, PO3,
AI in Intelligent Agents. PO4, PO12
INTRODUCTION 7
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence(AI), History of AI, Logic and Computation, Artificial Intelligence Languages,
Multi Agent Systems, Case study: Google Duplex
SEARCH STRATEGIES AND PLANNING 8
Problem spaces and search, Knowledge and rationality, Heuristic search strategies, Search and optimization
(gradient descent), Adversarial search, Planning and scheduling, Case study: Scheduling
KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING 7
Logic and inference, Ontologies, Bayesian Reasoning, Temporal reasoning, Knowledge, Case study: Medical
diagnosis
ROBOTICS AND APPLICATIONS OF AI 8
Introduction to Robotics, Effectors and Sensors, Case Study: Robotics in Entertainment.
Application: Artificial Intelligence in precision Health, Artificial Intelligence in Aviation Industry, Use cases of
Artificial Intelligence in Agriculture, Artificial Intelligence for Faster Finance, Case study of Fully Autonomous
vehicles, Future of Artificial Intelligence in Video Gaming.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, "Artifcial Intelligence: A Modern Approach", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education,
2010.
2. Denis Rothman, "Artificial Intelligence By Example", 1st Edition, O'Reilly, 2018.
REFERENCES
1. John Paul Mueller, Luca Massaron, "Artificial Intelligence for Dummies", 1st Edition, Kindle, 2018.
2. Tom Taulli, "Artificial Intelligence Basics: A Non-Technical Introduction", 1st Edition, Apress, 2019.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_cs81/preview
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_me88/preview

20CS271 COMPUTER HARDWARE AND 0 0 2 1
SOFTWARE LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the basic architecture of a Computing System and operations of PO1
various Components.
CO2: Apply appropriate procedures for assembling, installation and configuration of PO2, PO3,
the Hardware and Software System Components. PO5
CO3: Examine the security issues pertaining to the peripheral setup, Device Drivers, PO2, PO3,
Network Devices and other External Devices for the Linux/Windows OS. PO4, PO5
List of Exercises
1. Dismantling of PC for identification of Hardware components
a) Identification of components in North and South Bridge of Motherboard
b) Preparing cheat sheet for the major components in the PC
2. Assembling of External Peripherals with Motherboard
3. Installing Operating Systems and Device Drivers
a) Bare metal installation of any one of the Linux and Windows flavors
b) Installation of Dual Booting of OS
c) Introduction to Virtualization platforms like Oracle VM Virtual Box/ VM Ware Player
d) Understanding the importance of Legacy BIOS and UEFI mode of Booting
4. Identification of Network devices / Adaptors
a) Identification of connecting devices like Switch, Router
b) Exploring the usage of UTP, Optical Fibers in Networking
c) Crimping of the RJ45 Jack with UTP
d) Testing the connectivity using Tester tool
5. Configuring networking under Linux/Windows
a) Installation of Network Drivers
b) Exploring LAN Topology
c) Configuring IPv4 Address on PCs for establishing communication
6. Identification of Server Platforms and Firewalls
a) Classify the server platforms like File Server, Proxy Server, Web Server
b) Exploring real World Cloud Infrastructures like GCP, AWS
c) Exploring the security measures using Firewall
d) Usage of Backup and Recovery Tools
e) Awareness on Cyber threats

20CS272 PROGRAMMING PARADIGMS - I LABORATORY 0 0 2 1
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the programming environment, implementation and PO2, PO3
execution procedures. PO5, PO12
CO2: Develop simple programs using basic C Programing constructs. PO2,PO3,PO5,PO12
CO3: Apply programming concepts such as Arrays, Functions, Pointers and PO2, PO3, PO4,
Structures for the implementation of solutions to real world problems. PO5, PO12
CO4: Examine the Control Flow and Data Flow in the Program, Test and Debug PO2, PO3, PO4,
the occurrence of possible errors for bringing out a better solution. PO5, PO12
List of Exercises
Lab 1:
• Introduction on Linux OS and its File Systems
• Working with basic Linux Commands
Lab 2:
• Practice with bits, bitwise operators and bitmasks
• Read and analyze C code that manipulates bits/ints
• Further practice with the edit-compile-test-debug cycle in the Linux environment
Lab 3:
• Experiment with float/double types and their operational behavior
• Observe the limitations of floating point representation/arithmetic
• Explore code that manipulates floats
Lab 4:
• Read and analyze C code that operates on chars and C-strings
• Use gdb and Valgrind to detect and debug memory errors
Lab 5:
• Investigate how Arrays and Pointers work in C
• Get further practice with gdb and valgrind
• Experiment with code that dynamically allocates Memory on the heap
Lab 6:
• Explore how C void*/function pointers support generic operations
• Study the implementation of generic operations and client call back functions
• Debug void* pitfalls
Lab 7:
• Study the relationship between C source and its assembly translation
• Use objdump and gdb to disassemble and trace assembly code
Lab 8:
• Become more familiar with useful GDB commands and tricks when working with assembly
• Observe and understand the correct operation of the runtime stack
• Diagnose symptoms of stack mismanagement
Lab 9:
• Experiment with different mechanisms for execution timing
• Run a profiler to get dynamic instruction counts

20CS291 PROGRAMMING FOUNDATIONS LABORATORY 0 0 2 1
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the programming environment, implementation and PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5
execution procedures. PO9, PO10
CO2: Develop simple programs using basic C Programing constructs. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5
PO9, PO10
CO3: Apply programming concepts such as Arrays, Functions, Pointers and PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4
Structures for the implementation of solutions to real world problems. PO5, PO9, PO10
CO4: Examine the Control Flow and Data Flow in the Program, Test and Debug PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4
the occurrence of possible errors for bringing out a better solution. PO5, PO9, PO10
List of Exercises
Lab 1:
• Introduction on Linux OS and its File Systems
• Working with basic Linux Commands
• Linux Tool Chains
Lab 2:
• Introduction to Linux Tool Chains
• Compilation, Linking, Executing the code in various stages
Lab 3:
• Practice with Bits, Bitwise Operators and Bitmasks
• Read and Analyze C code that manipulates bits/ints
• Further practice with the Edit-Compile-Test-Debug Cycle in the Linux environment
Lab 4:
• Experiment with Float/Double types and their operational behavior
• Observe the limitations of Floating Point representation/Arithmetic
• Explore Code that manipulates Floats
Lab 5:
• Read and Analyze C code that operates on Chars and C-Strings
• Use gdb to debug Programs
Lab 6:
• Investigate how Arrays and Pointers work in C
• Get further practice with gdb
• Experiment with code that dynamically allocates memory on the heap
Lab 7:
• Become more familiar with useful GDB commands and tricks when working with assembly
• Observe and understand the correct operation of the runtime stack
• Diagnose symptoms of Stack mismanagement
Lab 8:
• Experiment with different mechanisms for execution timing
• Run a profiler to get dynamic instruction counts
Lab 9:
• Experiment with File Handling
• Experiment with command line arguments

20CS204 PROGRAMMING PARADIGMS-II 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Relate the basic constructs in C++ and Java programming. -
CO2: Demonstrate OOP concepts with simple programs. PO1,PO2,PO3
CO3: Develop simple applications in Java. PO2,PO3,PO5
CO4: Analyze the real-life problem scenarios with object-oriented concepts. PO2,PO3,PO4,PO11,PO12
OOPS CONCEPTS IN C++ 8
Structure of C++ program - Class and Objects - Constructors - Inheritance -Functions: Virtual Function, Friend
function, Static function - Operator overloading - Templates
JAVA 7
Features of Java -Comparison of C, C++ with Java - Java Architecture- JDK, JRE, JVM - Keywords and Operators -
Control statements - Java Array -Unicode System -String and StringBuffer.
OOP CONCEPTS IN JAVA 10
OOP concepts - Class and Objects - Method, Constructors - this, static - instanceof Operator - Inheritance vs
Aggregation - super -final - Polymorphism: Method overloading, overriding -Abstraction: Abstract class, Interface
-Encapsulation: Package, Access modifiers.
EXCEPTION HANDLING, MULTITHREADING, FILE HANDLING IN JAVA 10
Exception Handling: Exception types - Try and Catch Block - Finally block -Throw, Throws, finally clause -User
defined Exception -Multithreading: Basics of a thread - Life cycle of a thread-Creating and Running a Thread --
Thread control and priority -Synchronization and Inter-Thread Communication - File handling and IO Streams.
GUI PROGRAMMING, JDBC, COLLECTIONS FRAMEWORK, WRAPPER CLASS 10
GUI: Overview of Applet, Swing, AWT, Event Handling - JDBC: Introduction - JDBC Drivers -Establishing
connection -Statements - Collection Framework: Introduction -List: Types, Iterators -Generics -Set -Map: Types -
Wrapper classes.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Herbert Schildt, "C++: The Complete Reference", 5th Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill, 2017.
2. Herbert Schildt, "The Complete Reference Java", 11th Edition, McGraw- Hill Education, 2019.
REFERENCES
1. Lafore R,"Object Oriented Programming in C++", Fourth Edition, SAMS, 2002.
2. Deitel H M and Deitel P J,"C++ How to Program", Pearson Education, Fourth Edition, 2002.
3. Arnold, Gosling and Holmes, "The Java Programming Language", 3rd Edition, AddisonWesley, 2000.
4. Stroustrup B,"C++ Programming Language", Special Third Edition, Addison Wesley Professional, 2000.
WEB REFERENCES
2. https://academy.oracle.com/pages/java_programming_course.pdf
3. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/core-java

20CS273 PROGRAMMING PARADIGMS - II LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Develop programs using control structures in C++ and Java. PO1,PO2,PO3
CO2: Develop programs using concepts of Object Oriented Programming. PO1,PO2,PO3
CO3: Develop various java applications and GUI programming concepts. PO2,PO3,PO5
CO4: Develop applications using JDBC and Collection framework. PO2,PO3,PO4,PO11,PO12
List of Excerises
1. Simple programs in C++ basic concepts.
2. Simple programs in Java to demonstrate the usage of Control structures and arrays.
3. Simple programs in Java to illustrate the usage of class and objects with constructors and keywords.
4. Real time application programs to illustrate the use of Inheritance with its key elements.
5. Simple programs to differentiate the concepts of polymorphism.
6. Real time application on Abstraction and Interface.
7. Simple real time application programs to illustrate the use of Packages.
8. Simple real time application programs to illustrate the use of Multi Threads and Exception handling.
9. Demonstration of the GUI programming using Applet, Swing, AWT Technology
10. Illustration of File operations.
11. JDBC connectivity.
12. Applications using Collection Framework.
Tools suggested:
Eclipse IDE

20CS210 PROGRAMMING PARADIGMS-III 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Relate the core syntax and semantics of programming constructs to
Python programming language -
CO2: Interpret the knowledge of Python Libraries for solving real world problems PO1, PO4, PO5
CO3: Build robust applications using Python programming language features PO1, PO3, PO5
CO4: Examine the python programming constructs and features to solve the
problems in diversified domains PO1, PO2, PO4, PO5
PROGRAMMING CONSTRUCTS IN PYTHON 8
Basic Python: Multiparadigm language, Variables, Expressions and Statements, Conditional Execution Iteration -
Lists and Strings, Deep and Shallow Copy, Tuples and Dictionaries, Set and Frozen Sets, Functions -Lambda
Function - Recursion - Exception Handling - Files -Regular Expression - Object Oriented Concepts in Python-
Python Classes and Inheritance.
NETWORK PROGRAMMING AND GUI 6
Network Programming -Introduction to Sockets: Communication Endpoints - Network Programming in Python -
Internet Client Programming -Transferring Files -GUI Programming -Introduction to Tkinter and Python
Programming - Tkinter Examples -A Brief Tour of Other GUIs.
WEB PYTHON PROGRAMMING 9
Database Programming -Introduction - Python DB - API - ORMs - Non-Relational Databases - Related References -
Extending Python -Extending Python by Writing Extensions -Web Clients and Servers -Python Web Client Tools -
Web Clients - Web (HTTP) Servers -Web Programming: CGI -Helping Web Servers Process Client Data -Building
CGI Applications - Using Unicode with CGI.
APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT IN PYTHON 10
Web Frameworks: Django -Introduction - Web Frameworks - Introduction to Django - Projects and Apps - Creating
a Model to Add Database Service - The Python Application Shell - The Django Administration App - Creating the
Blog's User Interface - Improving the Output - Working with User Input - Forms and Model Forms - Unit Testing -
An Intermediate Django App: The TweetApprover - Resources.
SERVICES AND PROTOCOLS 12
Cloud Computing: Google App Engine -Introduction - The Sandbox and the App Engine SDK - Choosing an App
Engine Framework - Python 2.7 Support - Comparisons to Django - Morphing "Hello World" into a Simple Blog -
Web Services -The Yahoo! Finance Stock Quote Server - Microblogging with Twitter.
Total Periods : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Dr. Charles R. Severance, "Python for Everybody", 2nd edition, Severance Publications, 2016.
2. Wesley J. Chun, "Core Python Application Programming", 3rd edition, Prentice Hall, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Michel Anders, "Python 3 Web Development Beginner's Guide", Packt Publishing Limited, 2011.
2. SanjeevJaiswal, Ratan Kumar, "Learning Django Web Development", Packt Publishing Limited, 2015.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://infytq.onwingspan.com/en/infytq-login
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/python
20CS278 PROGRAMMING PARADIGMS -III LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Relate the fundamental notions and techniques used in Python programming. -
CO2: Interpret problem solving through python programming PO1, PO4, PO5
CO3: Build simple models using open-source Python Web Framework PO1, PO3, PO5
CO4: Examine the python programming constructs and features to solve problems PO1, PO2,
in diversified domains PO4, PO5
List of Excerises
1. Describe the Python language syntax including control statements, loops and functions to write programs for a
wide variety problem in mathematics and science.
2. Interpret the concepts of Object-oriented programming as used in Python using encapsulation, polymorphism
and inheritance.
3. Deprecate the performance of Regular Expression using Python to perform the following:
Find and Replace options in Text File
Password setting and its Violations based on Standards
4. Development of Client/Server based Python Modules to perform the following:
File transfer using TCP/IP
Chatting using UDP
5. Model Producer-Consumer strategy using Queue with and without Threading and analysis its execution
methodology.
6. Design of Registration forms with various GUI components to throw action and handle its response in the
backend using Tkinter.
7. Design of Web based Python applications using Python-DB API as Backend.
8. Application development using Django Framework like:
Creating Blogs
Integrating with existing Templates
9. Data Extraction from Facebook and Twitter sites using Python Based APIs

20CS243 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORTIHM ANALYSIS 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe various data structures and algorithms for problem solving PO1,PO2,PO3
CO2: Choose appropriate data structures and algorithms for better problem solving. PO1, PO2, PO3 , PO4
CO3: Solve computational problems using efficient algorithms and data structures PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4
CO4: Discriminate the performance of various algorithms and its background PO1,PO2,
data structures PO3,PO4
LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES 12

Storage Class Specifiers - Arrays and its Representations - Stack ADT - Implementation of Stack and its
Applications - Queue ADT - Implementation of Queue and its Applications - List ADT - Linked List Implementation
-Doubly Linked Lists - Circularly Linked Lists.
Complexity Analysis: Time and Space complexity of algorithms, asymptotic analysis, big O and other notations,
importance of efficient algorithms, program performance measurement.
NON LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES 10
Tree ADT - Tree Traversals - Binary Tree ADT - Applications of Trees - Binary Search tree ADT -Binary Search tree
traversals -BST time complexity analysis. Graph and its Representations - Graph Traversals -DFS -BFS -time
complexity analysis of Graph Traversals
SORTING AND SEARCHING TECHNIQUES 8
Preliminaries - Insertion Sort - Bubble sort -Selection sort - Heap sort - Merge sort - Quick sort - Linear Search -
Binary Search -Time Complexity analysis of sorting and search algorithms.
Total Periods : 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Weiss M.A., "Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007
2. Anany Levitin. "Introduction to the design and analysis of algorithms", Pearson Education, 2019.
REFERENCES
1. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, Clifford Stein, "Introduction to Algorithms", MIT
Press, 2009
2. Tenenbaum M., Langsam Y., and Augenstein M.J. "Data Structures using C", Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Ellis Horowitz and Sartaj Sahni, "Fundamentals of Data Structures", 2nd Edition, GalgotiaBook Source,
Gurgaon,1976
WEB REFERENCES
2. http://web.stanford.edu/class/cs166/
3. https://www.cs.usfca.edu/~galles/visualization/Algorithms.html
4. https://visualgo.net/en

20CS292 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHM 0021
ANALYSIS LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Experiment with basic operations on linear data structures PO1, PO2, PO3
CO2: Make use of dynamic memory allocation for implementing PO1, PO2,
non-linear data structures PO3, PO4
CO3: Develop simple applications using linear and non-linear data structures PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4
CO4: Utilize various searching and sorting techniques to provide algorithmic solutionPO1, PO2, PO3, PO4
List of Excerises
1. Implementation of Stack and Queue using static memory allocation
2. Implementation of List using dynamic memory allocation
3. Implementation of Construction of Binary Search Tree and its Traversals and analyzing the time complexity
4. Implementation of Sorting Techniques and analyzing the time complexity of various sorting
5. Implementation of Searching Techniques and analyzing the time complexity of searching
Total Periods : 15

20EE201 ELECTRIC CIRCUITS 3003
Course Outcome
CO1: Infer the values of the current and voltage by applying laws and PO1, PO2,
network theorems PO5
CO2: Rephrase the complex circuits to simple circuits using network PO1, PO2 PO5,
reduction techniques and Source transformations PO9, PO10
CO3: Interpret the values ofimpedance, admittance, power and power
factor of single phase and three phase AC circuits PO1, PO2 PO5
CO4: Outline the concepts of series and parallel RLC circuits PO1, PO2 PO5, PO9, PO10
CO5: Illustrate the principles of resonant circuits PO1, PO2
CO6: Understand the transient analysis of Electric Circuits PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9, PO10
DC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS 15
Charge, Current, Voltage, Power and Energy -Ideal voltage and current sources -Independent sources-Dependent
sources- Circuits elements - Voltage and Current division in series and parallel circuits - Network analysis using
Mesh and nodal analysis -Source transformation- Star delta transformation- Circuit theorems: Thevenin, Norton,
Superposition, Reciprocity and Maximum Power transfer theorem
AC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS 15
Sinusoidal voltage and current- RMS value- Form factor -Phasor representation of sinusoidal voltage and Current,
Voltage and Current relationship in R,L and C Circuits-Impedance and Admittance- Power factor concepts in RL,
RC and RLC circuits-Impedance combination- Real power-Reactive power, Complex power, Apparent power-
Analysis of simple series and parallel circuits, concepts of three phase circuits
Computer Aided Analysis of DC and AC Circuits using PSpice
RESONANCE AND COUPLED CIRCUITS 15
Series and Parallel Circuits -Half power frequencies-Bandwidth and Q Factor of Resonant circuits - Self and Mutual
Inductance - Dot Convention-Coefficient of coupling -Sinusoidal steady state analysisof coupled Circuits -
Transient analysis of Electric Circuits
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. John Bird, "Electric Circuit Theory and Technology", 4th Edition, Newnes Publication, 2010.
2. Charles. K. Alexander, Mathew .N.OSadiku, "Fundamentals of Electric Circuits", 5th Edition, Mc GrawHill
Publications, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Joseph A.Edminister, MahmoodNahri, "Electric Circuits", Schaum's Series, 5th Edition, McGrawHill
Publications., 2010.
2. William H.Hayt, Jack E.Kemmerly and Steven M.Durbin, "Engineering Circuit Analysis", 8th Edition,
McGrawHill Publications, 2013.
WEB REFERENCES
4. www.vidyathiplus.in/2011/11electronic-device-and-circuits-edc.html/

20EE236 PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the construction and operation of DC machines PO1
CO2: Explain the construction and operation of transformers PO1,PO2
CO3: Describe the construction, operational details of induction motors
and its applications PO1,PO2
CO4: Summarize the concepts of special machines and its applications PO1,PO2,PO5,PO9,PO10
DC MACHINES 11
Construction of DC machines - Principle of operation of DC generators - EMF equation - Types of DC generators
and their characteristics - Principle of operation of DC motors - Types of DC motors and their characteristics -
Starters - Speed control of DC motors - DC machine application.
TRANSFORMERS 9
Construction and principle of operation of single phase transformer - EMF equation - Types - transformer on no-load
and load - Equivalent circuit - Open circuit and short circuit tests.
INDUCTION MOTORS 12
Construction and principle of operation of 3-phase induction motor - Types - Slip - Torque characteristics - Starting
methods - Speed control methods - Single-phase induction motor: Construction and principle of operation, types -
Applications.
SPECIAL MACHINES AND ITS APPLICATIONS 13
Stepper motors - Types- Synchronous motor - Reluctance motor and hysteresis motor - Switched Reluctance Motor
(SRM) - Universal motor - Brushless DC (BLDC) Motor, DC and AC servomotor.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gupta J. B, "Theory and Performance of Electrical Machines', 14th Edition, S.K.Kataria and Sons, 2009.
2. Kothari D. P. and Nagrath I. J., "Electric Machines', 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2004.
REFERENCES
1. Theraja B. L., "Electrical Technology Vol. II AC/DC Machines", 2nd Edition, S. Chand and Company Ltd., 2008.
2. Mehta V.K. and Rohit Mehta, "Principles of Power System", 3rd Edition, S.Chand and Company Ltd., 2006
3. Mittle.V .N. andArvind Mittle, "Basic Electrical Engineering", 2ndEdition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2007.
WEB REFERENCES

20EE237 FOUNDATIONS OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Summarize the basic laws and apply them to solve the Electric circuits PO1, PO2, PO5
CO2: Outline the principle and operation of DC machines, AC machines
and transformers PO1, PO2, PO9, PO10
CO3: Illustrate the different types of measuring instruments and sensors PO1, PO2, PO9, PO10
CO4: Demonstrate the various electrical safety systems PO1, PO2, PO6, PO9, PO10
CO5: Explain the importance of illumination PO1, PO2, PO6, PO9,PO10
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS 10
Introduction to DC and AC circuits - Active and Passive elements - Ohm's law - Kirchhoff's law - Voltage and
Current relations for R, L, C - Generation of AC - Average and RMS values - Power and Power factor - Introduction
to three phase systems - Types of connections, relationship between line and phase values.
ELECTRICAL MACHINES AND TRANSFORMERS 10
Working principle, construction and applications of DC machines and AC machines - Introduction to three phase
induction motors
Construction and Principle of operation of Transformers - Single phase and Three phase transformers
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND SENSORS 10
Basic principles and classification of instruments-Measurement of single phase and three phase power - Energy
meter - Vibration measurement - Piezo electric transducers - Humidity and moisture measurement
Satellite Imaging and sensing sensor, light sensor - Fiber -optic based radiation measurement.
ELECTRICAL SAFETY, WIRING 8
Safety measures in Electrical systems - Types of wiring - Service mains, Meter and Distribution Board - Basic
principles of Earthing - Measurement of Earth resistance - Types of Earthing - Protective devices: Fuses, MCB,
ELCB
ILLUMINATION 7
Energy Efficient Lamps - Types of lamps - Requirements of Good Lighting - Design of Illumination schemes.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Muthusubramanian .R, Salaivahanan .S, "Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering", Tata McGraw Hill,
6th Reprint, 2011.
2. Sawhney .A.K, "ACourse in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation", Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 2004.
REFERENCES
1. Kothari .D.P &Nagrath.I.J, "Electric Machines", 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2017.
2. Gupta .J .B, "Theory and Performance of Electrical Machines", 14th Edition, S. K. Kataria and Sons, 2009.
3. Smarajit Ghosh, "Fundamentals of Electrical and Electronics Engineering", 2nd Edition, PHI Learning, 2007.
4. M. A. Cayless and A. M. Marsden, "Lamps and lighting", Taylor and Francis Group, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES

20EE240 FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRICAL AND 3003
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Solve the electric circuits by relating the basic laws of PO1, PO2, PO5
Electrical Engineering.
CO2 Describe the construction and operation of DC machines, PO1, PO2, PO5
transformers and induction motors
CO3 Compare the different types of motors pertaining to their PO1, PO2, PO5
industrial applications.
CO4 Outline the characteristics of semiconductor devices, PO1, PO2, PO5
electronic circuits and their applications.
CO5 Demonstrate the real-time applications using AVR RISC PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9,
Microcontroller and ARDUINO. PO10
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS 8
Ohm's law, Kirchhoff's law - Series and Parallel connections - Solving simple DC Circuits - Single phase AC circuit
fundamentals - Power, Power factor - Solving simple AC Circuits - Three phase AC circuits - Star and Delta
Connections
DC MOTORS 5
Principle of operation - Types - Significance of Back EMF - Speed, Torque - Speed-Torque characteristics - Losses
and Efficiency - Speed control of DC motor - Electric Braking - Applications
TRANSFORMERS AND AC MOTORS 6
Single Phase Transformer - Construction and Principle of operation - Types - Auto Transformer - Applications
Three phase Induction Motor - Construction -Principle of operation - Types - Torque equation - Speed-Torque
characteristics - Single phase Induction Motor - Principle of operation and Applications Introduction to Alternators
INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS 4
Motor Selection - Factors to be considered - Power rating - Types of Duty Cycle - Selection of motors for machine
tool applications and centrifugal pumps
ELECTRONICS 10
PN Junction Diodes, BJT construction and working principle - Circuits: Rectifier, Power supply, Voltage Regulator
- Basics of Amplifiers and Oscillators - Integrated Circuits: Operational amplifiers - Characteristics and
applications. Digital Circuits - A/D and D/A
AVR RISC MICROCONTROLLER AND APPLICATIONS 12
Overview of AVR RISC architecture - Getting started with ARDUINO IDE - C Language basics- Programs using
ARDUINO - Interfacing ARDUINO with Pressure, Temperature and Speed sensors - Bluetooth and Ethernet
Total Periods: 45 hours
TEXTBOOKS
1. Muthusubramanian .R, Salaivahanan .S, "Basic Electrical, Electronics and Computer Engineering", Tata
McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2011.
2. Thomas .L Floyd, "Electronic Devices Conventional Current Version", Pearson, 10th Edition, 2018.
3. Thomas Grace,"Programming and Interfacing ATMEL's AVRs", 1st Edition, Cengage Learning, 2016.

REFERENCES
1. Nagrath .I .J, Kothari .D .P, "Electrical Machines", Tata McGraw Hill, 5th Edition, 2017.
2. Pillai.S.K, "A First Course on Electrical Drives", New Age International Publications Limited, 2011.
3. Robert .L Boylestad, Louis Nashalskey, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", PearsonEducation, India, 11th
Edition, 2015.
4. M. Morris Mano, Michael D. Ciletti, "Digital Design", Pearson, 6th Edition, 2017.
5. Simon Monk, "Programming Arduino, Getting Started with Sketches", McGraw Hill Education, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Course Outcomes
CO1 Infer the different laws of Electrical Engineering and interpret the PO1, PO2, PO4,PO5
results
CO2 Analyse the various speed control techniques and load test in PO1, PO2, PO4,PO5
DC shunt motors and Induction motor
CO3 Evaluate the performance characteristics of semiconductor PO1, PO2, PO4,PO5
diode
CO4 Design and implement the real-time applications of Electric PO1, PO2, PO4,PO5
and Electronic circuits.
CO5 Communicate the results of the experiments through reports PO1, PO2, PO4,PO5
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Verification of Ohm's Law and Kirchhoff's law
2. Measurement of resistance, inductance and capacitance
3. Load test on DC motor
4. Speed Control of DC motor
5. Load Test on Three phase Induction Motor
6. Speed Control of Three phase slip ring IM
7. VI characteristics of PN junction diode
8. Simulation of Electric circuits
9. Design of Regulated Power Supply
10. Real-time applications using ARDUINO
Total Periods: 30 hours

20EC204 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 3003
PREREQUISITES
20EC201 - Electron Devices
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Interpret the principles of Boolean algebra to manipulate
and minimize logic expressions PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO2: Design the combinational logic circuits PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO3: Construct finite state machines using sequential circuits PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO4: Explain the concepts of logic families and memory devices PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO5: Describe the concepts of Verilog HDL PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS 5
Digital Abstraction - Number System and Codes - Boolean algebra and logic gates - From Logic to Gates -
Simplification of Switching Functions - Karnaugh Map Method - Quine-McCluskey Technique.
COMBINATIONAL LOGIC CIRCUITS 10
Analysis of combinational logic circuits - Arithmetic Circuits - Magnitude comparator - Decoders / Encoders -
Multiplexers / Demultiplexers - Code converters - Parity circuits - Applications of combinational logic circuits
SEQUENTIAL LOGIC CIRCUITS 15
Models for Sequential logic circuits - Flip-flops - Analysis of clocked synchronous sequential circuits - Mealy and
Moore machines - Finite state machine - State minimization/reduction, state assignment - Applications - Counters -
Registers - Types of Asynchronous logic circuits - Analysis and Synthesis of Fundamental mode Asynchronous
logic circuits - Introduction to pulse mode asynchronous sequential circuits - Cycles - Races - Hazards.
LOGIC FAMILIES AND MEMORY DEVICES 6
Characteristics of Digital ICs, DTL, TTL, ECL, Calculation of noise margins and fan-out. Memory: Basic
Organization, ROM, RAM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM - PLDs, - FPGA - Design of combinational circuits using
PLDs.
HARDWARE DESCRIPTION LANGUAGE 9
Introduction to VLSI design - Design flow - Hierarchical Modelling Concepts - Modules & Ports - Modelling
techniques - Tasks and Functions - User defined primitives - Realization of combinational and sequential circuits
using Verilog HDL
CASE STUDY:
Systematic design approach for Leap Year Calculation, Digital Combination Lock
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Morris Mano, "Digital Design", 6th Edition, Pearson Education Ltd., 2018.

2. Randy H. Katz, Gaetano Borriello, "Contemporary Logic Design", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2005.
3. Samir Palnitkar, "Verilog HDL", Prentice Hall, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Ronald J. Tocci, "Digital Systems: Principles and Applications", 12th Edition, Pearson Education, 2017.
2. Charles H.Roth, "Fundamentals of Logic design", 7th Edition, Thomson Learning, 2014.
3. Victor P. Nelson, H. Troy Nagle, J. David Irvin, Bill D. Carol, "Digital logic Analysis and design", 2nd edition,
Pearson Education, 2019
4. S. Brown and Z. Vranesic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2008.
WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ee10

20EE251 COMPENDIUM OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2023
Course Outcome
CO1: Outline the principles of electrical, electronics and
instrumentation engineering PO1
CO2: Explain the concepts and properties of measuring system PO1, PO 2
CO3: Infer the components of power systems and calculate the electrical tariff PO1, PO2
CO4: Summarize the various electrical safety and standards PO1, PO2
CO5: Demonstrate the ability to measure various electrical quantities PO1, PO2,
PO5, PO9, PO10
CO6: Relate the concepts of single phase and three phase systems PO1, PO2,
in residential wiring PO5, PO9, PO10
INTRODUCTION 6
History - Major Inventions - Scope - Significance and Job Opportunities in Electrical, Electronics and
Instrumentation Engineering - Overview of various Energy Resources
MEASURING SYSTEM 8
Introduction to Basic Instruments - Classification of Instruments - Error in Measurement - Noise - Accuracy and
Precision - Linearity - Hysteresis - Threshold - Dead Time and Zone - Resolution - Loading Effect
ENERGY AND TARIFF 8
Basics of Energy Conversion - Power Apparatus used in Power Generation, Transmission and Distribution - Power
Apparatus used in Various Industries - Basic ideas about Utility Supply - Types of load - Load curve - Load duration
curve - Electrical Tariff - Energy Audit - Importance of Energy saving
STANDARDS AND SAFETY 8
Introduction to various standards like IEEE, IEC, IS, Regulatory Bodies, National Electrical Safety Code - Standard
of Electrical Safety in work place - Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards - Indian Electricity
Acts related to Electrical Safety - Basic Safety Measures at Home and Industry.
HANDS ON EXPERIMENTS
1. Measurement of Electrical Quantities: Voltage, Current, Power and Power Factor in RLC Circuit
2. Measurement of Winding Resistance and Insulation Resistance
3. Measurement of Energy using single phase energy meter
4. Calibration of single phase energy meter
5. Measurement of earth resistance of electrical equipment
6. Residential house wiring using Switches, Fuse, Lamp, and Energy Meter
7. Staircase wiring model

8. Fluorescent lamp wiring
9. Study experiment about various electrical safety standards
10. Energy Audit - Case study
Total Hours: 30 hours Theory + 30 hours Practicals
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kothari .D .P and Nagrath .I .J, "Basic Electrical Engineering", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. John Cadick, Mary Capelli-Schellpfeffer, Dennis Neitzel, Al Winfield., "Electrical Safety Handbook",
McGraw Hill Education, 5th Edition, 2019.
REFERENCES
1. Clayton Paul, Syed A Nasar and Louis Unnewehr, "Introduction to Electrical Engineering", 2nd Edition,
McGraw Hill, 1992.
2. Toro .V .D, "Basic Electrical Engineering", 2nd Edition, PHI Learning, 2014.
3. Kulshreshtha .D .C, "Basic Electrical Engineering", Revised 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2017.
4. Maxwell Adams .J, "Electrical Safety - A Guide to Causes and Prevention of Electric Hazards", The Institution
of Electric Engineers, 1994.
5. Mehta V.K. and Rohit Mehta., "Principles of Power System", 4thEdition, S. Chand Publication, 2005.
6. Sawhney .A .K, "A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation", Dhanpat Rai &
Co, 2015.
WEB REFERENCES
2. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/circuits-topic/circuits-resistance
3. https://www.electriltechnology.org/2013/09/electrical-wiring.html
4. https://www.electricaltechnology.org/2013/10/how-to-electrical-electronics-engineering-tutorials.html
5. https://www.coursera.org/browse/physical-science-and-engineering/electrical-engineering

20EE261 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 3024
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Solve the electric circuits by relating the basic laws PO1, PO2, PO5
CO2: Describe the construction and operation of DC machines, transformers and
induction motors PO1, PO2, PO5
CO3: Compare the different types of motors pertaining to their industrial applications PO1, PO2, PO5
CO4: Outline the characteristics of semiconductor devices, electronic circuits
and their applications PO1, PO2, PO5
CO5: Demonstrate the real-time applications using AVR RISC Microcontroller PO1, PO2, PO5,
and ARDUINO PO9, PO10
CO6: Experiment with simple application circuits using Electrical and PO1, PO2, PO5,
ElectronicsEngineering PO9, PO10
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS 8
Connections
DC MOTORS 5
characteristics - Single phase Induction Motor - Principle of operation and Applications
Introduction to Alternators
ELECTRONICS 10

Total Hours: 45 hours Theory + 30 hours Practicals
TEXTBOOKS
REFERENCES
3. Robert .L Boylestad, Louis Nashalskey, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", Pearson Education, India, 11th
Edition, 2015.
WEB REFERENCES

20EE262 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS 2023
ENGINEERING
Course Outcome
CO1: Outline the basic principles of Electrical Engineering PO1, PO2, PO5
CO2: Explain the concepts of Electromagnetism and magnetic circuits PO1, PO2
CO3: Infer the principles of measuring system PO1, PO2
CO4: Summarize theknowledge on semiconductor devices, features
and its application PO1, PO2, PO5
CO5: Experiment with simple circuits using the concepts of electrical and PO1, PO2, PO5,
electronicsengineering PO9, PO10
INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 10
Overview of Electrical Engineering - Current and Voltage - Power and Energy - Resistance in series and parallel -
Ohm's Laws - Kirchoff's Voltage Law - Kirchoff's Current Law - Node-Voltage Analysis, Mesh-Current Analysis,
Thevenin's Theorem, Norton's Theorem, Maximum Power Transfer Theorem and Superposition Theorem
ELECTROMAGNETISM AND MAGNETIC CIRCUITS 5
Magnetic field - Magnetic Circuits - Inductance and Mutual Inductance -Working principle of Transformers
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS 6
Basic principles and classification of instruments - Moving coil and Moving iron instruments - Measurement of
single phase and three phase power - Energy meter
FUNDAMENTALS OF SEMICONDUCTOR AND DIODE THEORY 9
Review of Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors - PN Junction Diode - Power Supply Circuit - Zener Diode -
Voltage Regulator - BJT construction and working principle - BJT configurations - JFET construction and working -
MOSFET construction and working - Characteristics and its applications
2. Verification of Circuit Laws and Network Theorems
3. Load Test on Single phase Transformer
4. Measurement of single phase power with R load
5. Measurement of Three phase Power with R load
6. VI Charactersistics of PN junction and Zener Diode
7. VI Characteristics of BJT
8. VI Characteristics of JFET and MOSFET
Total Hours: 30 Hours Theory + 30 Hours Practical's
TEXT BOOKS
1. R.Muthusubramanian, S.Salivahanan, "Basic Electrical, Electronics and Computer Engineering", 18th Reprint,
Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2014.
2. A. K. Sawhney, "A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation", Dhanpat Rai &
Sons, 2015.

3. Salivahanan.S, Suresh Kumar.N and Vallavaraj .A, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 3rd Edition, McGraw
Hill Publications, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Smarajit Ghosh, "Fundamentals of Electrical and Electronics Engineering", 2nd Edition, PHI Learning, 2007.
2. Jacob Millman, Christos C.Halkias, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill Publications,
2012.
3. Mittle V. N. and Arvind Mittle, "Basic Electrical Engineering", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.
Ltd., 2007.
4. John Bird, "Electric Circuit Theory and Technology", 4th Edition, Newnes Publication, 2010.
5. Charles. K. Alexander, Mathew. N. O. Sadiku, "Fundamentals of Electric Circuits", 5th Edition, Mc GrawHill
Publications, 2013.
WEB REFERENCES

20EE270 ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND ELECTRON DEVICES 0021
LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Infer the different laws and network theorems PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9, PO10
CO2: Interpret the device characteristics using software tools PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9, PO10
CO3: Demonstrate simple application circuits using electrical and
electronic components PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9, PO10
CO4: Inferthe characteristics of semiconductor devices PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9, PO10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Measurement of resistance, inductance and capacitance.
2. Verification of Circuit Laws and Network Theorems.
3. Electric Circuit Simulation Using PSPICE and Multisim.
ii. Steadystate analysis of DC circuits.
iii. Steady state analysis of single and three phase AC coupled circuits.
iv. Transient analysis of RL, RC and RLC Circuits.
v. Frequency Response of circuits A) Series Resonance B) Parallel Resonance.
4. Applications.
i. Design of mobile charger.
ii. Design of Voltage Doubler circuit.
iii. PCB design and testing of Simple Circuits.
5. Characteristics of PN junction diode and application as a rectifier
6. Characteristics of Zener diode and application as a voltage regulator
7. Characteristics of BJT and analysis of CE amplifier circuit with various biasing methods
8. Characteristics of JFET and analysis of CS amplifier circuit with various biasing methods
9. Analysis of MOSFET and application as a switch
10. Characteristics of Optoelectronic Devices
11. Design of DC regulated power supply
12. Characteristics of UJT

20EE202 NETWORK ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS 2103
PREREQUISITES
20EE201 - Electric Circuits
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Infer the basic concepts of graph theory PO1, PO2, PO5
CO2: Interpret the inter-relationship between two port network parameters, PO1, PO2, PO5,
construct ladder and lattice networks. PO9, PO10
CO3: Solve network functions of two port networks and interpret
the properties of driving point and transfer functions. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO4: Design RL, RC and LC driving point impedance and admittance functions.PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9, PO10
CO5: Infer the fundamentals of various types of filter circuits. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9, PO10
GRAPH THEORY 9
Graph of a Network - Definitions - Tree - Co tree - Link - Basic loop and basic cut set - Incidence matrix - Cut set
matrix - Tie set matrix - Duality.
TWO PORT NETWORKS 9
Characterization of LTI two port networks - Z, Y, ABCD and h parameters - Reciprocity and symmetry - Inter
relationships between the parameters - Ladder and Lattice networks.
NETWORK FUNCTIONS 9
Concept of complex frequency - Transform impedances - Network functions of one port and two port networks -
Concept of poles and zeros - Properties of driving point and transfer functions - Time response and stability from
pole zero plot.
NETWORK SYNTHESIS 9
Realization concept - Hurwitz property - Positive real functions - Properties - Synthesis of RL, RC, LC driving point
impedance and admittance functions using Foster and Cauer forms
FILTERS 9
Image parameters and characteristics impedance- Passive and active filters fundamentals - Low pass filters - High
pass filters.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Van Valkenburg, "Network Analysis", Prentice Hall of India, 3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2015.
2. Ravish R. Singh, "Network Analysis and Synthesis", McGraw-Hill Education, 2nd Edition, 2019.

REFERENCES
1. Chakrabati A, "Circuits Theory (Analysis and Synthesis)", Dhanpath Rai & Sons, New Delhi, 7th Revised
Edition, 2018.
2. John Bird, "Electrical Circuit Theory and Technology", 5th Edition, Routledge Publication, 2013.
3. Sudhakar A. and Shyammohan, "Circuits and Networks Analysis and Synthesis", Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., 5th Edition, New Delhi, 2017.
4. Suresh Kumar K.S., "Electric Circuits and Networks", Pearson Education, 2009.
5. Van Valkenburg, "Introduction to Modern Network Synthesis", Wiley Eastern Limited, 1999.
ONLINE REFERENCE
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ee14/preview
2. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1877705814023601
3. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/wat2.1296
4. https://dspace.vutbr.cz/xmlui/handle/11012/37052
CASE STUDY
1. Optimal approach of water system operation using graph theory algorithm.
2. Graph theory based approach for understanding braided river morpho dynamics.
3. Role of active power filters in power system applications.
4. Design of two port network transfer function for power line topology modeling.

20EE203 ELECTROMAGNETICS 2103
PREREQUISITES
20PH205 -Applied Physics
20MA203 -Integral and Vector Calculus
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the concepts of Electrostatics and applications. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO12
CO2: Understand the concepts of Magnetostatics and applications. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO3: Applying Divergence and Stoke's theorem and basic laws of EMF to
explain Maxwell's equations. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO4: Explain Electrodynamic Fields and wave propagation. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO5: Design and simulate Electromagnetic Elements and Energy storage devices. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO12
ELECTROSTATIC FIELD AND APPLICATIONS 15
Review of Vector Calculus: Coordinate systems, Coordinate transformation, Gradient of scalar fields, Divergence
and Curl of vector fields. Divergence theorem - Stoke's theorem - Coulomb's law - Electric field intensity - Electric
fields due to point, line, surface and volume charge distributions - Electric flux density - Gauss law - Electric
potential - Potential gradient - Poisson's and Laplace equations - Field due to dipoles - Dipole moment -Polarization
- Conductors and Dielectrics - Boundary conditions - Capacitance -Dielectric strength - Energy stored in capacitor -
Energy density.
MAGNETOSTATIC FIELD AND APPLICATIONS 15
Introduction - Lorentz force - Biot Savart's Law - Ampere's Circuital Law - Applications - Magnetic flux - Magnetic
flux density - Scalar and Vector magnetic potentials - Force on a moving charge and current elements - Force and
Torque on closed circuit - Introduction to magnetic materials - Magnetization and Permeability - Magnetic
boundary conditions - Magnetic circuit - Faraday's Law - Self Inductance and mutual inductance - Inductance of
solenoids, toroids and transmission lines -Electromagnetic actuators- Relation between field theory and circuit
theory.
ELECTRODYNAMIC FIELD AND WAVE PROPAGATION 15
Conduction current and Displacement current - Maxwell's equation in point and integral forms - Wave equations -
Wave propagation in free space - Wave propagation in Dielectrics - Propagation in good conductors - Poynting
Theorem and Poynting Vector - Skin depth - Wave polarization - Plane wave reflection and refraction-Cell phone
Antennas, WiFi Communication, Wireless Technologies- Effects of electromagnetic waves.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. William H.Hayt, Jr. John A. Buck, "Engineering Electromagnetics", 8th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2012.
2. K. A. Gangadhar and P. M. Ramanathan, "Electromagnetic Field theory", New 5th Edition,Khanna Publishers, 2013.

REFERENCES
1. Joseph A. Edminister, "Theory and Problems of Electromagnetics", Schaum Series, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2006.
2. Mathew N. O. Sadiku, "Elements of Electromagnetics", 4th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2006.
3. John D. Kraus, "Electromagnetics", 5th Edition, McGraw Hill, 1999.
4. Kraus and Fleish, "Electromagnetics with Applications", 5th Edition, McGraw Hill International Editions, 1999.
5. David K Cheng, "Field and Wave Electromagnetics", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDY
Simulation study using MATLAB and Ansys Maxwell simulation software
1. 3-D and 2-D analysis in electromagnetic devices.
2. Vector analysis
3. Coordinate system
4. Electric and Magnetic dipole
5. Static and Time-varying electromagnetic and electric fields

20EE238 ELECTRICAL MACHINES AND POWER SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the principles of operation and performance analysis of
DC machines and transformers. PO1,PO2
CO2: Outline the construction and operation of induction, synchronous and
few special machines. PO1,PO2
CO3: Comprehend the power generation, transmission and distribution systems. PO1,PO2,PO6
CO4: Compare EHVAC and EHVDC Systems and Understand the types of substation. PO1,PO2,PO6
D.C. MACHINES AND TRANSFORMERS 18
DC GENERATOR - operation - EMF equation - Methods of excitation - Self and separately excited generators -
Characteristics of series and shunt generators -Principle of operation of D.C. Motor -Back emf and torque equation -
Characteristics of series and shunt motors - Starting of D.C. Motors -Types of starters - Speed control and braking of
DC motors.
TRANSFORMERS - Principle of Operation -EMF Equation -Transformation Ratio -Transformer on No Load --
Transformer on Load -Equivalent Circuit -Regulation - Testing -Polarity and ratio test- open circuit and short circuit
test - Three phase transformers connections.
AC MACHINES AND SPECIAL MACHINES 18
Induction Machines: Types -Principle of operation of three-phase induction motors - Speed-Torque characteristics -
Starting and speed control -Single-phase induction motors.
Synchronous machines - Types -Induced emf - Brushless alternators -Reluctance motor - Stepper motor - Servo
motor - BLDC Motor.
INTRODUCTION TO POWER SYSTEMS 9
Structure of electric power systems -Generation, transmission, sub-transmission and distribution systems - EHVAC
and EHVDC transmission systems -Substation layout.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gupta J.B., "Theory and Performance of Electrical Machines", 14th Edition, S.K.Kataria and Sons, 2009.
2. Kothari D.P. and Nagrath I.J., "Electric Machines", 3rdEdition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2004.
3. Mehta V.K. and Rohit Mehta, "Principles of Power System", 3rdEdition, S.Chand and Company Ltd, 2006.
REFERENCES
1. Fitzgerald A.E., Charles Kingsley, Stephen D. Umans, "Electric Machinery", 6th Edition, McGraw Hill
publishing Company Ltd, 2003.
2. Bhattacharya S. K., "Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering", 1st Edition, Pearson Education, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105017/7/
CASE STUDY
1. Applications of Induction Motors in Electric Vehicles.
2. Applications of DC Motors in Electric Vehicles.
3. Effects of Corona in transmission line.
4. Transformer Failure Analyses.

20EC201 ELECTRON DEVICES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Interpret and describe the concepts of semiconductor devices. PO1
CO2: Apply the electronic fundamental concepts and determine the
device characteristics. PO1, PO2
CO3: Examine the device performance of Semiconductor diodes and transistors. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO4: Design transistor amplifier circuit for different biasing techniques,
clipper & clamper circuits. PO1, PO3, PO5
SEMICONDUCTOR DIODES 15
Electrons and Holes in Silicon: Energy band diagram, n-Type and p-Type silicon - Carrier Transport in Silicon -
Basic Equation for Device Operation
PN Junction: Energy-Band diagrams for a p-n diode - Abrupt junction - Charge densities in semiconductors -
Mobility and Conductivity - Drift and Diffusion current - The diode equation - Current - Voltage Characteristics -
Time dependent and Switching Characteristics - Diffusion Capacitance - Applications - Clipper and clamper
circuits - Voltage multipliers - Rectifiers.
Zener diode: Characteristics and applications -Voltage regulators - DC regulated Power Supply - SMPS.
BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR 10
Basic concepts - Configurations - Loadline and Quiescent Point - Biasing Circuits - Stability Factor - Small Signal
Analysis: Low Frequency h-parameter model - Determination of h-parameters from characteristics - Mid-band
analysis of a BJT single stage amplifiers - Analysis using simplified hybrid model.
FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTORS 10
JFET: Basic concepts, Device Characteristics: Transconductance - Pinch off Voltage - Biasing circuits - Small signal
equivalent circuits.
MOSFET: Characteristics - Threshold voltage - channel length modulation - DMOSFET - EMOSFET -
Characteristics - Comparison of MOSFET with JFET.
SPECIAL SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES 10
Homogeneous and Heterogeneous junction in Semiconductor - UJT - Avalanche Photodiode - Tunnel diode -
Varactor diode - MESFETs - TFETs - HEMTs - Silicon Nanowire transistors - Power BJT - Power MOSFET - Solar
cell - CCD - Opto-coupler devices.
Total Hours:45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Robert. L.Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky, "Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory", PearsonEducation, India, 11th
Edition, 2015.
2. Donald.A. Neamen, "Semiconductor Physics and Devices", McGraw Hill Education India Pvt Ltd, 4th Edition,
New Delhi, 2007.

REFERENCES
1. Jacob Millman, Christos C.Halkias, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", Tata McGraw HillPublishing Limited,
New Delhi, 4th Edition, 2015.
2. Thomas L. Floyd, "Electronic Devices:Conventional current version", Pearson Education, India, 9th Edition,
2015.
3. Salivahanan.S, Suresh Kumar.N, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 4th Edition,Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Limited, 2018.
4. Simon M.Sze and Kwok K.Ng, "Physics of Semiconductor Devices", 3rdEdition, John Wiley &Sons,2007.
WEB REFERENCES

20EC202 AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Interpret the fundamental concepts of Electrical and Electronic circuits
and the working of AC and DC machines. PO1
CO2: Apply the electrical, electronic fundamentals and laws to solve simple circuits. PO1, PO2
CO3: Develop a program to interface different sensors with Arduino board using
Arduino IDE. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO4: Design the simple combinational and sequential digital logic circuits. PO1, PO3, PO5
FUNDAMENTAL ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PRINCIPLES 9
Electrical fundamentals: Electron theory, Electrostatics and Capacitors - Current, Voltage and Resistance - Power
and Energy- Electric circuit laws - Electromagnetism and inductors- Alternating current and transformers - Safety -
Electronic fundamentals: Semiconductor theory - Diodes - Half wave and Full wave rectifier - Voltage regulator -
Transistors - Transistor as a switch and amplifier - Integrated Circuits.
DC AND AC MACHINES 6
Generators and Motors: Generator and motor principles - DC generator and DC motor - AC generator and AC motor
- Three-phase generation and distribution - Practical aircraft generating systems.
POWER SUPPLIES AND CIRCUIT PROTECTION 8
Power supplies: Regulators - External power - Inverters - Transformer rectifier units - Transformers - Auxiliary
power unit - Emergency power - Distribution of power supplies: Single engine/general aviation - Twin engine
general aviation aircraft - Larger aircraft systems - Control and protection - Load shedding- Wiring and circuit
protection.
CONTROLS AND TRANSDUCERS 6
Switches - Relays and contactors - Variable resistors - Linear displacement transducers - Fluid pressure transducers -
Temperature transducers - Strain transducers - Rotary position transducers.
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 10
Boolean Algebra Theorems - De Morgan's theorem - Logic Gates - Design procedure of simple combinational and
sequential logic circuits.
INTERFACING WITH ARDUINO 6
Arduino IDE - Programs using Arduino - Interfacing Arduino with Sensors: Pressure, Temperature, Speed -
Bluetooth and Ethernet.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mike Tooley and David Wyatt, "Aircraft Electrical and Electronic Systems", 2nd Edition, Routledge Publishers,
2018.

2. Morris Mano M,Micheal D. Ciletti, "Digital Design", 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2018.
3. Simon Monk, "Programming Arduino: Getting Started with Sketches", McGraw-Hill Education TAB; 2nd
Edition, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Scott Kenney, "Fundamentals of Aircraft Electronics", 1st Edition, Avotek Information Resources, 2013.
2. Avotek, "Aircraft Wiring and Electrical Installation", 1st Edition, Avotek Information Resources, 2005.
3. Thomas K.Eismin, "Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Systems", 6th Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2014.
WEB REFERENCES
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_ae03/

20EC270 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Apply the fundamental laws and theorems and determine the characteristics
of the electrical, electronic circuits and machines. PO1
CO2: Design and implement the basic combinational and sequential logic circuits. PO1, PO3
CO3: Simulate and examine the response of digital logic circuit applications. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO4: Develop programs to interface various sensors with Arduino board and
obtain theresults. PO1, PO2, PO5
List of Experiments
1. Measurement of passive circuit components - resistance, inductance and capacitance.
2. Verification of Ohm's Law to determine the value of an unknown resistance.
3. Verification of Kirchhoff's Law.
4. Load test and computing residual voltage of DC generator.
5. Load test on DC Shunt motor.
6. BJT, JFET, MOSFET as an amplifier.
7. Characteristics of diodes - Applications as half wave and full wave rectifier.
8. Implementation of basic combinational and sequential logic circuit.
9. Simulation of digital logic circuit applications
a. Landing gear warning logic
b. Auxiliary Power Unit starter logic
10. Programming using Arduino
a. Interfacing Temperature sensor, Ultrasonic sensor, PIR sensor
b. Interfacing Accelerometer and Gyroscope

20EC222 ANALOG DEVICES AND INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 3003
PREREQUISITEs
1. 20EE201 - Electric Circuits
2. 20EC201- Electron Devices
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Analyse the biasing methods of JFET, high frequency model of BJT and JFET. PO1,PO2,PO5
CO2: Illustrate the concepts of Power and Feedback amplifiers PO1,PO2,PO5
CO3: Analyse the various types of tuned amplifiers and determine the frequency
of oscillation for oscillators PO1,PO2,PO3,PO5
CO4: Explain the basic concepts of operational amplifier and infer its DC and
AC characteristics. PO1,PO2
CO5: Design the linear and nonlinear applications of operational amplifiers PO1,PO2,PO5
CO6: Illustrate the functions of DAC, ADC and special function ICs PO1,PO2,PO3
PRINCIPLES OF BIASING, POWER AND FEEDBACK AMPLIFIERS 15
FET amplifiers - Biasing of JFET - Small signal analysis of JFET amplifiers at low frequencies - Miller theorem -
Introduction to Power Amplifiers and its types (Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D) - Feedback amplifiers -
Classification of feedback amplifiers.
TUNED AMPLIFIERS AND OSCILLATORS 10
Analysis of Single tuned, double tuned and staggers tuned amplifiers - stabilization techniques.
Barkhausen Criteria - Design and analysis of RC (RC Phase Shift and Wien Bridge) and LC (Hartley and Colpitt)
Oscillators - Crystal Oscillator.
OP-AMP AND ITS APPLICATIONS 10
Basics of Operational Amplifier - Open and Closed Loop characteristics - Inverting and Non - Inverting, and Voltage
Follower - DC and AC Characteristics of Op. Amplifier - Applications of Operational Amplifier: Instrumentation
Amplifier - Comparators - Active Filters: First order LPF, HPF, BPF, BSF.
DATA CONVERTERS AND SPECIAL FUNCTION IC's 10
Performance Characteristics of ADC and DAC - Weighted Resistor DAC, R-2R Ladder type DAC - Successive
approximation ADC.
Voltage controlled Oscillator (IC566), Phase Locked Loop (IC565) - Introduction to IC555 timer - Multivibrators
using IC555 timer - IC723 General Purpose Regulator.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Millman J and Halkias C, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. David.A.Bell, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 5th Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2010.
3. Millman J and Halkias C, "Integrated Electronics", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
4. Roy Choudhry.D and Shail B.Jain, "Linear Integrated Circuits", 5th Edition, New Age International Pvt. Ltd.,
2018.

REFERENCES
1. Schilling and Belove, "Electronic Circuits", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
2. Millman J. and Taub H., "Pulse Digital and Switching Waveform", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill International,
2011.
3. Anil K. Maini and Varsha Agrawal, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 1st Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2016.
4. Sergio Franco, "Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw
-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2008.
5. William D. Stanely, "Operational Amplifiers with Linear Integrated Circuits", 4th Edition, Pearson Education,
2009.
WEB REFERENCES
1. Analog Circuits - http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117101106/
2. Analog ICs - http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106068/

20EC290 ANALOG DEVICES AND INTEGRATED 0021
CIRCUITS LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Analyze JFET with voltage divider biasing method PO1,PO2,PO4,PO5,PO9
CO2: Determine the frequency response of power, feedback PO1,PO2,PO3,
and tuned amplifiers. PO4,PO5,PO9
CO3: Design and Construct low frequency oscillators. PO1,PO2,PO3,
PO4,PO5,PO9
CO4: Design and construct various applications of operational amplifiers PO1,PO2,PO4
and IC555 timer. PO5,PO9
CO5: Construct electronic circuits using simulation software. PO1,PO2,PO4,PO5,PO9
CO6: Communicate the results of the experiments through reports. PO9,PO10,PO12
List of Experiments
1. Biasing of JFET using voltage divider method.
2. Frequency response of power amplifier and feedback amplifier.
3. Frequency response of tuned amplifier.
4. Low frequency oscillator.
5. Inverting, Non - Inverting and Voltage Follower.
6. Wave Shaping Circuits using IC741.
7. R-2R type DAC.
8. Design of 2nd order active filters.
9. Multivibrators using IC555 timer.
10. Simulation experiments using Software.

20EC223 DIGITAL CIRCUITS AND MICROCONTROLLERS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Simplify the Boolean expressions. PO1
CO2: Design the combinational and sequential logic circuits. PO1, PO3,PO4,PO5, PO11
CO3: Summarize the concepts of data converters and semiconductor memories PO1
CO4: Explain the internal architecture, addressing modes and the
instruction sets of 8051. PO1
CO5: Explain the ARM programming model and its processor architecture. PO1, PO3,PO5, PO11
DIGITAL LOGIC CIRCUITS 18
Review of number systems - Boolean algebra - Minimization of Boolean expressions - Digital logic gates - Gate
level minimization -Combinational logic circuits: Decoders - Encoders - Multiplexers - Demultiplexers - Code
converters -PLAs -Sequential Logic Circuits: Latches - Flip-flops - Shift registers-Counters - Data converters:
sample and hold circuits, ADCs and DACs; Semiconductor memories: ROM, SRAM, DRAM
8051 MICROCONTROLLER 12
8051 Microcontroller Hardware - Input/output Ports and circuits - Counters and Timers -Serial Data Input/output -
Interrupts - 8051 interfacing to external memory 8051 - Addressing Modes and Instruction set -assembly language
programming
8051 C PROGRAMMING 9
Data types and time delay - I/O Programming - Logic operations-On chip peripheral 8051 programming:
Timer/Counter - Serial port - Interrupts.
THE ARM RISC ARCHITECTURE 6
The ARM programmer's model - 3 stage and 5 stage pipeline ARM organization - ARM processor cores - ARM7
TDMI, ARM9TDMI - ARM Development Tools.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. M. Morris Mano and Michael D. Ciletti, "Digital Design", 5th Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.
2. Kenneth Ayala, "The Microcontroller Architecture - Programming and Applications", 3rd Edition, Cengage
Learning, 2004.
3. Steve Furber, "ARM System-on - chip-architecture", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
REFERENCES
1. Alan B.Marcovitz, "Introduction to Logic Design", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2005.
2. Mohammad Ali Mazidi, Janice G. Mazidi, Rolin D. McKinlay, "The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded
Systems", 2014, Pearson, India.
3. Andrew Sloss, "ARM System Developer's Guide: Designing and Optimizing System Software", 1st Edition,
Morgan Kaufmann, 2005.
WEB REFERENCES

20EC291 DIGITAL CIRCUITS AND MICROCONTROLLERS LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Design and Implement combinational and sequential logic
circuits using gates. PO1,PO2,P04, PO5,PO9
CO2: Develop embedded C program for 8051 on chip peripherals. PO2,P04,PO5,PO9,PO11
CO3: Develop interfacing programs for 8051 microcontroller
using Embedded C. PO2,P04,PO5,PO9,PO11, PO12S
CO4: Develop real time interfacing programs for ARM controller
in Embedded C. PO2,P04,PO5,PO9,PO11, PO12
CO5: Communicate the results of the experiments through reports. PO9, PO10, PO12
List of Experiments
DIGITAL LOGIC CIRCUITS
1. Design and implementation of combinational logic circuits.
2. Design and implementation of sequential circuits.
8051 MICROCONTROLLER BASED EMBEDDED C PROGRAMS
3. I/O port programming.
4. On chip 8051 Timer programming.
5. On chip 8051 Serial port programming.
6. Interfacing of LCD and Motors with 8051 microcontroller.
EMBEDDED C PROGRAMMING USING LPC2148 ARM MICROCONTROLLER
7. Study of LPC2148 ARM Microcontroller.
8. Developing Embedded C Applications for programming GPIO Ports.
WEB REFERENCES
1. LPC 2148 USER MANUAL
2. http://www.ocfreaks.com/lpc2148-gpio-programming-tutorial/

20EC251 DIGITAL LOGIC CIRCUITS 2023
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Interpret the principles of Boolean algebra to manipulate and
minimize logic expressions PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO4: Implement the combinational circuits using programmable logic
devices and HDL PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO5: Design and implement logic circuits PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
The Digital Abstraction -Number System and Codes - Boolean algebra and logic gates - From Logic to Gates -
Simplification of Switching Functions - The Karnaugh Map Method - Quine-McCluskey Technique
Analysis of combinational logic circuits - Arithmetic Circuits - Decoders / Encoders - Multiplexers / Demultiplexers
-Code converters -Applications of combinational logic circuits
Models for Sequential logic circuits -Flip-flops - Analysis of clocked synchronous sequential circuits -Mealy and
Registers - Types of Asynchronous logic circuits -Analysis and Synthesis of Fundamental mode Asynchronous
logic circuits -Cycles -Races -Hazards
MEMORY, PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES AND HDL 6
Memory: RAM architecture, Types of RAM & ROM architecture, Types of ROM, Programmable logic devices:
Concepts of PLA, PAL, FPGA -Implementation of combinational logic using PLA and PAL, HDL: Preface to
Verilog programming - Realization of combinational and sequential circuits using HDL
CASE STUDY:
LABORATORY EXPERIMENTS
• Design and Implementation of combinational and sequential logic circuits
• Design of Mealy and Moore models of state machines
• Simulation of combinational and sequential circuits using HDL
• Design and implementation of a digital system
Total Hours: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
3 Samir Palnitkar, "Verilog HDL", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Ronald J. Tocci, "Digital Systems: Principles and Applications", Pearson Education, 10th Edition, 2009
3. Victor P. Nelson, H. Troy Nagle, J. David Irvin, Bill D. Carol, "Digital logic Analysis and design", 1st edition,
Prentice Hall Publications, 1995.
4. S. Brown and Z. Vranesic, "Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design", Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2008.
WEB REFERENCES:

20EC252 MICROCONTROLLERS AND PROGRAMMING 2023
PREREQUISITE
20EC251 - Digital Logic Circuits
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Illustrate the internal architecture, addressing modes and the PO1, PO9, PO10,
instruction sets of 8051. PO11, PO12
CO2: Develop embedded C programme for on chip/external peripherals PO1, PO3, PO4, PO5,
of 8051/P89C66x microcontroller and simple ALP. PO9, PO10, PO11, PO12
CO3: Describe ARM programming model and ARM instructions. PO1, PO9, PO10,
PO11, PO12
CO4: Develop embedded C programme for LPC2148 microcontroller. PO1, PO3, PO4, PO5, PO9,
PO10, PO11, PO12
THE 8051 ARCHITECTURE, INSTRUCTION SET AND ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING 8
8051 Microcontroller Hardware - Input/output Ports and circuits - Counters and Timers -Serial Data Input/output -
Interrupts. 8051 interfacing to external memory 8051 Addressing Modes and Instruction set - assembly language
programming.
8051 C PROGRAMMING 7
Data types and time delay - I/O Programming - Logic operations -On chip peripheral 8051 programming :
Timer/Counter - Serial port - Interrupts.
Introduction of P89C66x - Programmable counter array (PCA) - PWM - Integrated circuit (IIC or I2C).
THE ARM RISC ARCHITECTURE & ARM INSTRUCTIONS 10
The ARM programmer's model - ARM processor core - ARM7 TDMI, Exceptions - Conditional execution - Branch
and branch with link and exchange - Software interrupt - Data processing instructions - Single word and unsigned
byte data transfer instructions - Half word and signed byte data transfer instructions - Multiple register transfer
instructions - Swap instructions - The thumb instruction set -simple Assembly Language programming
LPC2148 ARM CPU AND C PROGRAMMING 5
LPC 2148- Salient features, block diagram, Programming: GPIO, Timer.
Laboratory Experiments
1. 8051 Assembly Programming for various addressing modes
2. 8051 C programming for Timer
3. 8051 C programming for Port handling operations
4. 8051 C programming for interfacing actuators and sensors

5. ARM7 programming on basic electronic components like LED, LCD, Buzzer, Switch, Keypad interfacing
6. ARM7 programming for GPIO operations
7. ARM7 programming for Timer controlling operations
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kenneth Ayala, "The Microcontroller Architecture - Programming and Applications", 3rd Edition, Cengage
Learning, 2007.
2. Steve Furber, "ARM System-on - chip-architecture", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
3. David Calcutt, Frederick Cowan, Hassan Parchizadeh, "8051 Microcontroller: An Applications Based
Introduction", Newnes (An imprint of Elsevier), 2003.
REFERENCES
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Jamice GillispitMazidi, "The 8051 micro controller and Embedded System", 2nd
Edition, Pearson Education 2011.
2. Andrew Sloss, "ARM System Developer's Guide: Designing and Optimizing System Software", 1nd Edition,
Morgan Kaufmann, 2005.
3. William Hohl, "ARM Assembly Language" -, CRC Press, Second Edition 2015
4. LPC 2148 USER MANUAL
5. P89C66x data sheet --Philips Semiconductors
WEB REFERENCE
2. www.ocfreaks.com

20EI201 ELEMENTS OF INSTRUMENTATION 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recall the concepts of measurement system with statistical analysis. PO1
CO2: Outline the operating principles of Analog Instruments. PO1
CO3: Illustrate the principles of operation of digital instruments and display devices. PO1
CO4: Select an appropriatebridge circuits to measure the unknown resistance
and impedance. PO1
MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION 08
Significance of measurement - Instrument systems and its Classification - Classification of instruments - Analog
and digital modes of operations - Applications of measurement systems - Errors-Statistical analysis of error - Units
and standards of measurement - Calibration techniques.
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS 12
Analog instruments: Classification, principles of operation, operating forces- Galvanometers: D'Arsonval
Galvanometer, Vibration galvanometer- Analog ammeters and voltmeters- Permanent Magnet Moving Coil,
Moving Iron, Electrodynamometer type instrument.
Digital Instruments: Digital voltmeter, Digital frequency meter, Digital multimeter - Display devices: Cathode Ray
Oscilloscope - Digital Storage Oscilloscope.
MEASUREMENT OF RESISTANCE AND IMPEDANCE 10
Measurement of Resistance: DC Bridges: Wheatstone's bridge, Kelvin Bridge
Measurement of Impedance: AC bridges: Anderson bridge, Maxwell's Impedance bridge, Hay's bridge Schering
bridge, De Sauty's bridge.
Total Hours: 30
CASE STUDIES
1. Real time data acquisition of pulses in pulse oximeter using Digital Storage Oscilloscope.
2. Design of signal conditioning unit for the measurement of room temperature using resistivity principle under
bridge balanced condition.
3. Identify the elements in analog instruments and prepare a document.
TEXT BOOKS
1. A.K.Sawhney "A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation", 19th Edition,
Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd, 2019.
2. David A. Bell, "Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements", 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press India, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Hermann K.P. Neubert, "Instrument Transducer", 2nd Edition, Oxford University press, 2015.
2. H.S.Kalsi, "Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements", 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill publications, 2019.
3. Murthy D.V.S, "Transducers and Instrumentation", 2nd Edition, Elsevier publications, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_ee44/preview

20EI202 SENSORS AND ITS APPLICATIONS 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recall the principle of sensing mechanism and its thermal properties. PO1
CO2: Outline the concepts of IoT and its applications PO1
CO3: Explain the data collection and processing for data analytics. PO1
CO4: Identify the suitable sensor for appropriate applications PO1
SENSING TECHNIQUES 08
Sensors- Classification of sensors- Physical principle of sensing: Resistance, Inductance, Capacitance, Magnetism,
Piezoelectric effect, Pyroelectric effect, Thermoelectric effect, Thermal properties of materials.
SENSORS AND DATA ANALYTICS 14
IoT architecture - IoT standards- Connectivity challenges in IoT implementation- Applications: Intelligent traffic
system- Smart parking System
Data collection: Model driven data acquisition, Data driven data acquisition- Data Processing: Enabling complex
analytics, Detection and tracking.
APPLICATIONS 08
Sensors for Environmental Monitoring-Sensors for Smart Phone-Sensors for Automotive Applications- Sensors for
Healthcare Applications.
Case studies
1. Implementation of IoT for smart cargo handling.
2. Acquisition of mobile sensor data through mobile application.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jacob Fraden, "Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs, and Applications", 4th Edition, Springer
Science and business media, 2010.
2. A.K.Sawhney, "A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation", 19th Edition,
DhanpatRai& Co. (P) Ltd, 2019.
3. Pethuru Raj and Anupama C. Raman, "The Internet of Things: Enabling Technologies, Platforms, and Use
Cases", 1st Edition, CRC Press,2017.
REFERENCES
2. Raj Kamal, "Internet of Things",1st Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
WEB REFERENCES

20EI203 AEROSPACE SENSORS AND INSTRUMENTATION 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Recall the concepts of measurement system with statistical analysis. PO1
CO2 Classify the sensors for the measurement of various physical parameters. PO1
CO3 Identify an appropriate sensor for the measurement of motion and inertia. PO1
CO4 Outline the concepts of IoT and its applications PO1
MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION 05
Significance of measurement-Classification of Instruments- Characteristics of measuring systems - Errors-
Calibration- Statistical analysis of error.
SELECTION OF SENSORS 10
Sensors - Classification of sensors - Pressure Measurement: Manometer, Pressure transducers, Temperature
Measurement: Thermometers, Thermocouples- Velocity Measurement: Pitot probes, Laser Doppler Velocimetry
(LDV), Particle Image Velocimetry (PIV), Deflecting vane anemometers - Capacitive Proximity sensors.
Vibration instruments, Principles of seismic instrument, Practical considerations for seismic instruments, Sound
measurements.
MOTION AND INERTIAL MEASUREMENTS 08
Applications of accelerometer sensors, Pendulous accelerometer (open and closed loop), Piezoelectric
accelerometer, Gyroscope principles, Micro-gyro sensors, Laser gyros.
IoT SENSORS and DEVICES 07
IoT architecture - IoT standards- Connectivity challenges in IoT implementation- Applications: Intelligent traffic
system- Smart parking system.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jacob Fraden, "Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs, and Applications" 4th Edition, Springer
science and business media, 2010.
Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd, Delhi, 2019.
3. Pethuru Raj and Anupama C. Raman, "The Internet of Things: Enabling Technologies, Platforms, and Use
Cases", 1th Edition, CRC Press, 2017.
REFERENCES
1. Hermann K.P. Neubert, "Instrument Transducer", 2th Edition, Oxford University press, 2015
2. Raj Kamal, "Internet of Things",1th Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-mechanical-measurement-systems-10084

20EI204 ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Solve the DC Circuits using network theorems PO1, PO2
CO2 Analyze the transient response of series and parallel AC circuits PO1, PO2
CO3 Outline the device characteristics and its applications PO1, PO2
CO4 Summarize the characteristics and applications of special devices PO1, PO2
DC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS 09
Charge, current, voltage, power and energy- Ideal voltage and current sources - Independent sources- Dependent
sources- Circuits elements - Voltage and current division in series and parallel circuits - Network analysis using
Mesh and nodal analysis - Source transformation- Star delta transformation- Circuit theorems: Thevenin, Norton,
Superposition, Reciprocity and Maximum Power transfer theorem.
AC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS 12
Sinusoidal voltage and current- RMS value- Form factor -Phasor representation of sinusoidal voltage-Current,
Voltage- Current relationship in R,L and C Circuits-Impedance and admittance- Power factor concepts in RL and
RC circuits- RLC Circuits-Impedance combination- Real power-Reactive power, complex power, apparent power-
Analysis of simple series and parallel circuits, concepts of three phase circuits - Introduction to resonance circuits.
DEVICE CHARACTERISTICS AND APPLICATIONS 12
Diodes - Characteristics, design of regulated power supply- BJT: Characteristics and h-parameters for CE and CB
configurations - Oscillators- Transistor as a switch - Transistor as an amplifier-Tristate Buffer.
SPECIAL DEVICES CHARACTERISTICS AND APPLICATIONS 12
Characteristics and application: UJT, Zener- Voltage Regulator SCR, DIAC, TRIAC, JFET, MOSFET, IGBT, LED,
LCD, Optocoupler.
Case Studies:
1. Verification of Theorems using simulation tool
2. Design of Transistor Based Switch Circuit using simulation tool
3. Design of Switched Mode Power Supply using simulation tool
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. John Bird, "Electric Circuit Theory and Technology", 4thEdition, Newnes Publication, 2010.
2. Robert. L. Boylestad, Louis Nashalskey, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 11thEdition, Pearson Education, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Joseph A.Edminister, MahmoodNahri, "Electric Circuits", 5thEdition, McGrawHill Education Pvt.,Ltd, 2010.
2. William H.Hayt, Jack E.Kemmerly and Steven M.Durbin, "Engineering Circuit Analysis", 8th Edition,
McGrawHill Education Pvt.,Ltd, 2013.
3. Charles. K. Alexander, Mathew. N.O.Sadiku, "Fundamentals of Electric Circuits", 5th Edition, McGraw Hill
Education Pvt.,Ltd, 2013.
4. Salivahanan.S, Suresh Kumar.N and Vallavaraj.A, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill
Education Pvt.,Ltd, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17-ee02/preview
2. www.vidyathiplus.in/2011/11electronic-device-and-circuits-edc.html/
3. nptel.ac.in/courses/117106108

20EI251 SENSOR AND INSTRUMENTATION 2023
PREREQUISITE: 20PH205 - Applied Physics

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recall the concepts of measurement system with statistical analysis PO1
CO2: Recognise the principles of sensing mechanisms and its thermal properties PO1
CO3: Select an appropriatesensor for various applications PO1
CO4: Outline about the data analytics and visualization of sensor data in various applicationsPO1
CO5: Experiment with appropriate sensing devices to measure the physical PO1, PO2, PO4,
parameters from various environments. PO5, PO9, PO10
MEASUREMENTS AND ERRORS 05
Significance of measurement - Methods of measurements - Mechanical, Electrical and Electronic Instruments -
Elements of generalized measurements system - Errors in Measurements- Calibration- Statistical analysis of errors -
Units and standards.
Classification of sensors - Physical principle of sensing: Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance, Magnetism,
SENSOR APPLICATIONS 10
Sensors For Industrial Automation - Sensors for Electric Vehicles - Sensors for Structural Health Monitoring -
Measurement of room temperature using Thermistor - Sound measurement using sound and vibration sensors -
Measurement of force using strain gauge and load cell.
SENSOR DATA ANALYTIC ARCHITECTURE 07
Sensor - Communication gateway - Data logging - Data warehouse - Data analytics.
Waste water treatment in industries and Drift control in BMW cars: Data set creation, Feature extraction, Model
selection and Data visualization using simulation tool.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 15
1. Design a signal conditioning circuit for the measurement of room temperature using thermistor.
2. Real time sound measurement in motor using sound and vibration sensor.
3. Measurement of angular displacement of stepper motor using Arduino.
4. Measurement of force using strain gauge and load cell.
5. Monitoring of battery usage using electronic battery sensor with Raspberry Pi.
Total Hours: 45 (30+15)
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jacob Fraden, "Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs and Applications", 4th Edition, Springer
REFERENCES
1. Patranabis D, "Sensors and Transducers", 2nd Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2013.
3. John Soldatos, "Building Blocks for IoT Analytics", River publishers, 2017.
WEB REFERENCES
1. www.scnsoft.com/blog/sensor-data-analytics.
2. https://www.bosch-mobility-solutions.com/en/products-and-services/passenger -cars-and-light-commercial-
vehicles/interior-and-body-systems/body-electronics/electronic-battery-sensor/.
3. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3410/machinery-fault-diagnosis-and-signal-processing/16

20EI271 SIMULATION LABORATORY 0021
Course Outcomes
CO1 Outline the features of mathematical functions using computational software. PO1,PO2,PO5,PO9
CO2 Develop a code utilizing basic commands and functions of simulation PO1,PO2,PO4,
software to solve mathematical problems. PO5,PO9
CO3 Analyze the variables within/import into workspace of software through PO1,PO2,PO4,
plots and display devices. PO5,PO9
CO4 Analyze the results and analysis of the experiments through reports. PO1,PO2,PO4,
PO5,P12
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Components of computational software and tool boxes
2. Mathematical operations using arrays and matrices.
3. Create and manipulate the variables for text and numeric data types.
4. Import and Export data as text files, spreadsheets, other file formats and web access.
5. Write basic programs using loops and conditional statements, such as if, for, and while.
6. Create variables within /import into Workspace of software from data files or other programs.
7. Solving Mathematical Functions using simulation tool.
8. Write basic Programs in Scripts containing sequence of commands and functions.
9. Create 2D,3D plots and display it in graphical window
10. Program to Read, Display and plot Image using open CV Library
11. Conversion of original image to Gray scale image and binary image.
12. Solving Matrices and Vectors problems using SCILAB.

20EI272 AEROSPACE SENSORS AND INSTRUMENTATION 0021
LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Demonstrate the working of sensors used for the measurement
of physical parameters PO1,PO2,PO4
CO2 Design a signal conditioning unit for the measurement of temperature PO1,PO2,PO4
CO3 Construct an embedded system to monitor the physical parameters
using simulation tool PO1,PO2,PO4,PO5
CO4 Communicate the results of the experiments through reports. PO5,PO9,PO10,PO12
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determine the characteristics of proximity sensor using DC motor.
2. Measurement of angular displacement of using digital encoder.
3. Measurement of force using strain gauge
4. Level measurement using Ultrasonic sensor
5. Measurement of position using Hall Effect transducer.
8. Monitoring of humidity using Ardinuo.
9. Monitoring of temperature using ESP 8266
10. Measurement of vibration and sound using simulation software

20EI218 CONTROL SYSTEMS IN AERONAUTICS 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Develop various representations of system. PO1, PO2
CO2 Infer the time domain and frequency domain specifications from the response. PO1, PO2
CO3 Interpret the stability of systems in time and frequency domain. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO4 Summarize the concepts of PID composite controllers. PO1, PO2
CO5 Analyze higher order systems using appropriate software tools. PO1, PO2, PO5
MODELING OF LINEAR TIME INVARIANT SYSTEM 8
Control systems: Open loop and Closed loop - Feedback control system characteristics - First principle Modeling:
Mechanical, Electrical and Hydraulic systems - Transfer function representations: Block diagram Reduction
Techniques and Signal flow graph.
TIME DOMAIN AND STABILITY ANALYSIS 6
Standard Test Inputs Signals - Time Responses - Time Domain Specifications-Steady State Error Analysis -Static
and Dynamic Errors-Concept of Stability - Routh Hurwitz Stability Criterion - Root Locus.
FREQUENCY DOMAIN ANALYSIS 6
Frequency Domain Techniques - Polar Plot - Bode Plot
CONTROLLERS 4
On-Off Controller - Proportional, Proportional-Integral, Proportional-Derivative and Proportional-Integral-
Derivative Composite Controllers.
STATE SPACE MODEL 6
State Space Formulation - Physical, Phase, Canonical Variable Forms - State Transition Matrix using Laplace and
Cayley Hamilton Theorem.
CASE STUDY
1. Vehicle Control Systems.
2. Design and analyze the DC Motor by State Space Modelling using soft tools.
3. Comparison of performance of PID Composite Controllers of Process Station using soft tools.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Benjamin C. Ku and Farid Golnaraghi, "Automatic Control Systems", 10th Edition, McGraw-Hill Publishers, 2017
2. Nagarath I. J. and Gopal, M., "Control Systems Engineering", 6th Edition, New Age International Publishers, 2017.
REFERENCES
1. Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop, "Modern Control Systems", Education Pearson, 13th Impression 2017.
2. John J.D., Azzo Constantine, H. and Houpis Sttuart, N Sheldon, "Linear Control System Analysis and Design
with MATLAB", CRC Taylor and Francis, Reprint 2014.
3. Katsuhiko Ogata, "Modern Control Engineering", PHI Learning Private Ltd, Pearson, 5th Edition, 2015.
WEB REFERENCES
5 https://www.mathworks.com/help/control/ref/lti.pidtune.html;jsessionid=07b4962f334b78f14e6050642812

20IT201 PROBLEM SOLVING AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the basics of computing and C programming. -
CO2: Demonstrate the understanding of programming evolution and C fundamentals. -
CO3: Apply C programming constructs to develop a solution for given scenario. PO1
CO4: Analyze the various programming constructs to solve the given problem. PO2, PO9
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING & PROBLEM SOLVING 13
Fundamentals of Computing - Moore's Law in Computer Industry - Evolution of Programming Languages -
Algorithm, Pseudo-code and Flowchart - Introduction to problem solving aspects -Fundamental Algorithms -
Factoring methods.
BASICS OF C & MODULAR APPROACH 20
Structure of C program - Types, Operators and Expressions Evaluation - I/O Operations - Control Flow : Branching
and Looping - Arrays - Strings - Pointers-Functions - Types of functions - User defined functions - Storage Classes
and scope of variables -Different forms of functions - Parameter Passing - Call by Value - Call by reference - Passing
array and strings as argument - Recursive function - Dynamic memory allocation.
USER DEFINED DATA TYPES & FILES 12
Structure: Declaration, Initialization, passing structure to function - Use of pointers in structure - Self-referential
structures - Union - Pre-processors, Macros - File management in C - I/O - Opening, closing and editing files.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. R. G. Dromey, "How to Solve it by Computer", Pearson Education, India, 2008.
2. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, "The C Programming Language", Prentice Hall of India, 1988.
REFERENCES
1. Byron Gottfried, "Schaum's Outline of Programming with C", 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill.
2. E. Balaguruswamy, "Programming in ANSI C", 8th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2019.
3. YashwantKanetkar, "Let us C", 16th Edition, BPB publishers, 2018.
WEB REFERENCES

20IT202 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Define the OOPS concepts and data visualization in Python. -
CO2: Interpret the various control structures, functions, OOPs concepts
and data visualization concept. -
CO3: Develop Python programs using Object Oriented Programming concepts
and exceptions. PO1
CO4: Analyze the suitable data structure for the given problem. PO2, PO9
INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON 12
Python Features - Python Data Types and Modules: Structuring code - Common data types - Python numbers -
Strings - Lists - Dictionaries - Tuples - Sets - Files - Using data type methods - Importing modules - Logic Control -
if…else statements - Loops - break, continue, pass and Loop else Comprehensions - Simple Programs using Python
Data Types and Statements.
FUNCTIONS 6
Python Built-In Function Basics - Python Scope Basics - Scopes and Nested Functions - Argument - Passing Basics -
Lambdas.
OBJECT ORIENTED CONCEPTS IN PYTHON 12
Introduction - Objects and Classes - Creating Python Classes - Basic Inheritance - Multiple Inheritance -
Polymorphism - Abstract Base Classes.
OVERLOADING AND EXCEPTIONS 10
Operator Overloading - The Basics - Object Destruction - Exception Basics - Catching Exceptions - Raising
Exceptions - User Defined Exceptions - Exception Coding Details - Exception Objects: Class Based Exception -
Nesting Exception Handlers.
CASE STUDY 5
Introduction to Pygame - Simple Game Project - Data Visualization - Generating Data - Introduction to matplotlib -
Plotting a simple line graph - Downloading Data - The CSV File Headers.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. "Learn Programming in Python with Cody Jackson", 1st Edition, Packet Publishing, 2018.
2. Dusty Phillips, "Python 3 - Object Oriented Programming", 3rd Edition, Packet Publishing Ltd. 2018.
3. Mark Lutz, "Learning Python", 5th Edition, O'Reilly Publishing, 2013.
4. Eric Matthes, "Python Crash Course", First Printing, no starch press, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Guido van Rossum, "An Introduction to Python", Network Theory Ltd., 2011 - eBook (2018).
2. Allen B.Downey, "Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist", 3rd Edition, O'Reilly Publishers, 2018.
3. M.Sprankle, "Problem Solving and Programming Concepts", 9th Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES
3. python-course.eu/course.php

20IT241 PROGRAMMING IN PYTHON 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Define the fundamental concepts in Python. PO1
CO2: Demonstrate the various control statements, functions and exceptions. PO1, PO2, PO9
CO3: Apply the Python programming concepts for the given situation. PO1, PO2, PO9
CO4: Analyze the suitable data structure for the real time data. PO1, PO2, PO9
INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON 10
Python Features - Python Interpreter - Program Execution - The Interactive Prompt - Python Data Types and
Operations: Python Object Types, Numeric Types - String - Lists and Dictionaries - Tuples - Files- Arrays.
STATEMENTS AND SYNTAX 6
Python Statements -Assignments, Expressions and prints - if Tests and Syntax Rules - while and for Loops -
Iterations and Comprehensions.
FUNCTIONS AND EXCEPTIONS 14
Function Basics- Scopes and Nested Functions -Argument - Passing Basics- Special Argument Matching modes -
Anonymous functions: lambda -Module Creation - Module Usage - Package import Basics-Exception Basics-
Exception Coding Details -Nesting Exception.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mark Lutz, "Learning Python", 5th Edition, O'Reilly Publishing, 2013.
2. Allen B.Downey, "Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist", 3rd Edition, updated for Python 3,
O'Reilly Publishers, 2018.
REFERENCES
1. Joshua Welsh, "Python for Beginners: The Ultimate Guide to Python Programming; Learn Python FAST!",
Create Space Independent Publishing Platform, 2016.
2. Leonardo Gorman, "Python for Beginners: A Simple and Concise Guide to Learn Coding Fast", Create Space
Independent Publishing Platform, 1stEdition, 2016.
3. Martin Laredo, "Python Programming For Beginners: Crash Course", Create Space Independent Publishing
Platform, 2016.
WEB REFERENCES

20IT242 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Define the basics of object-oriented programming paradigms. -
CO2: Demonstrate the implementation of control structures and
object-oriented programming concepts. -
CO3: Apply the knowledge of object-oriented programming concepts to
solve a given problem. PO1
CO4: Analyze the given problem to determine the solution using appropriate
OOPs concepts. PO2,PO9
INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT - ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 14
Procedural programming and Object-Oriented Programming - C++ Programming Basics: Basic Program
Construction Data Types, Variables, Constants, Type Conversion, Operators, Library Functions, Loops and
Decisions, Structures, Functions - Simple Functions, Passing, arguments, Returning values, Reference Arguments,
Recursion, Inline Functions, Default, Arguments Storage Classes, Arrays - Strings.
FEATURES OF OBJECT - ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 13
Introduction to Classes and Objects - Constructors and its types, Destructors - Passing Objects as Function
arguments and Returning Objects from Functions - Operator Overloading - Inheritance - Overloading Member
Functions - Pointers - Virtual Functions - Friend Functions, Static Functions.
STREAMS AND FILES 7
Streams: Classes and Errors - Disk File I/O with Streams - Files: File Pointers, Error handling in File I/O, File I/O
with member Functions - Overloading the extraction and Insertion Operators - Multi File Programs.
TEMPLATES, EXCEPTIONS AND STANDARD TEMPLATE LIBRARY 11
Templates - Function templates, Class templates, Exceptions: Need of Exceptions, keywords, Simple and Multiple
exceptions, Re-throwing Exception and Exception Specifications, Custom Exception. Introduction to STL:
Containers, Algorithms, iterators - potential problems with STL Algorithms: find(), count(), sort(), search(),
merge().
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Robert Lafore, "Object-Oriented Programming in C++", 4th Edition, SAMS Publishing, 2008.
2. Deitel, "C++ How to Program", 6th Edition, PHI publication, 2008.
REFERENCES
1. Joyce Farrell, "Object Oriented Programming", 4th Edition, Cengage learning, 2009.
2. Nicolai M. Jossutis, "Object-Oriented Programming in C++", Wiley Publications, 2002.
3. BjarneStroustrup , "The C++ Programming Language", 4th Edition, Addison Wesley, 2015.
4. Stanley Lippman, JoseeLajoie, Barbara E. Moo, "C++ Primer", 5th Edition, Addison Wesley, 2015.
WEB REFERENCE

20IT243 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Define and list the application areas of linear and nonlinear data structures. -
CO2: Illustrate the operations on different types of data structures. -
CO3: Apply the concept of linear and nonlinear data structures to for a given application. PO1
CO4: Analyze the implementations of suitable data structures for a given scenario
based on complexity analysis PO2, PO9
INTRODUCTION 6
Data objects and Structures, Algorithm Specification-Introduction, Recursive algorithms, Data Abstraction,
Performance analysis- time complexity and space complexity, Asymptotic Notation-Big O, Omega and Theta
notations, Complexity Analysis Examples, Introduction to Linear and Non Linear data structures.
LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES 12
Representation of single, two dimensional arrays, sparse matrices-array and inked representations. Linear list ADT-
array representation and linked representation, Singly Linked Lists- Operations-Insertion, Deletion, Circularly
linked lists-Operations for Circularly linked lists, Doubly Linked Lists- Operations- Insertion, Deletion.
Stack ADT, definition, array and linked implementations, applications-infix to postfix conversion, Postfix
expression evaluation, recursion implementation, Queue ADT, definition, array and linked Implementations,
Circular queues-Insertion and deletion operations.
NON-LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES 18
Trees - definition, terminology, Binary trees-definition, Properties of Binary Trees, Binary Tree ADT,
representation of Binary Trees-array and linked representations, Binary Tree traversals, Threaded binary trees,
Search Trees-Binary Search Tree ADT, Definition, Operations- Searching, Insertion and Deletion, AVL Tree.
Priority Queues -Definition and applications, Max Priority Queue ADT-implementation-Max Heap-Definition,
Insertion into a Max Heap, Deletion from a Max Heap.
Graphs-Definitions, Terminology, Applications and more definitions, Properties, Graph ADT, Graph
Representations- Adjacency matrix, Adjacency lists, Graph Search methods - DFS and BFS, Complexity analysis -
Shortest path algorithm - Minimum spanning Tree.
SORTING AND SEARCHING 9
Searching - Linear Search, Binary Search, Hashing-Introduction, hash tables, hash functions, Overflow Handling,
Comparison of Searching methods. Sorting-Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Radix Sort, Quick sort, Heap Sort, Merge
sort, Comparison of Sorting methods.
Total Hours:45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sartaj Sahni , Data structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++, 2nd Edition, Universities Press.2010
2. Adam Drozdek, Data structures and Algorithms in C++, 4th edition, Cengage learning, 2012
REFERENCES
1. J. Hubbard, Data structures with C++, Schaum's outlines, TMH,2017
2. M.T. Goodrich, R. Tamassia and D. Mount, Data structures and Algorithms in C++, Wiley India,2011
3. M. A. Weiss, Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++, 3rd edition, Pearson.2008
WEB REFERENCES

20IT244 PYTHON PROGRAMMING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Define the fundamental and OOPS concepts in Python. -
CO2: Illustrate the various control structures, functions, exceptions and OOPs concepts. -
CO3: Develop Python programs using Object Oriented Programming concepts. PO1
CO4: Analyze the suitable data structure for the real time data. PO2,PO9
INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON PROGRAMMING 12
Introduction to Python Language: IDLE, Data types, naming conventions, built-in-functions-Data Collection and
language components: Control structures, indenting, Operators, Lists, Tuple, Sets, Dictionaries, Copying
Collections.
FUNCTIONS AND MODULES 12
Functions: Defining and Calling a Function, Passing Arguments to functions - Mutable and Immutable data type,
Different types of arguments, Lambda, Modules- Standard Modules,dir() function.
PACKAGES AND EXCEPTIONS 9
Packages, Exceptions- Model, Hierarchy, handling multiple exceptions, regular expressions.
OBJECT ORIENTED CONCEPTS IN PYTHON 12
Basic Object Oriented Concepts, Creating classes and Variables, Method Invocation, Using default arguments in
methods, Static class and Instance methods, Polymorphism and Inheritance.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Allen B. Downey, ``Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist'', 2nd edition, Updated for Python 3,
Shroff/O'Reilly Publishers, 2016
2. Guido van Rossum and Fred L. Drake Jr, "An Introduction to Python - Revised and updated for Python 3.2,
Network Theory Ltd., 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Charles Dierbach, "Introduction to Computer Science using Python: A Computational Problem-Solving Focus,
Wiley India Edition, 2013.
2. John V Guttag, "Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python'', Revised and expanded
Edition, MIT Press, 2013
3. Kenneth A. Lambert, "Fundamentals of Python: First Programs", CENGAGE Learning,2012.
WEB REFERENCE

20IT251 MULTIMEDIA PRINCIPLES AND WEB DESIGN 1 0 2 2
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Define the basic concepts of design factors in terms of human -
perception, visual and animation.
CO2: Demonstrate the understanding of learning domains, user interface -
design, visual design elements and 2D design.
CO3: Develop user interface & visual design for a given problem statement. PO1
CO4: Apply multimedia tools and web technologies for developing web pages. PO1, PO2, PO3,
PO5, PO9, PO10
CO5: Analyze the appropriate use of multimedia tools and web technologies PO1, PO2, PO3,
for developing web pages. PO5, PO9, PO10
CO6: Design web pages using web technologies such as HTML5 & CSS3. PO1, PO2, PO3,
PO5, PO9, PO10
DESIGN OVERVIEW 6
Need for design - Human factors -Fundamentals of Human perception - Human skill level and behavior -Dialogues
and tasks - Learning and Learning Modes - Cognitive Domain Learning - Affective and Psychomotor Domain
Learning - Multimedia Educational Software Modeling, System Quality - Elements of user interface - Guidelines
for user interface design.
VISUAL DESIGN AND ANIMATION DESIGN 9
Introduction to basic visual elements - Line shape, colour, texture, layout, motion, framing, surfaces, visual
hierarchy, typography - Visual design methodology: Clarity, consistency, appearance, visual coding layout
principles - Drawing for Animation - 2D Design concepts & Composition - Editing & Animatics - Sound Effects -
Sound Recording - Visual Effects.
Total Hours: 15
List of Excerises
MULTIMEDIA
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
1. Working with Images
2. Painting, Drawing and Retouching Tools
3. Working with Layers and Filters
ADOBE FLASH
4. Working with Graphics and Colors
5. Creating animation effects
6. Applying Filters and Layers

WEB DESIGN
HTML 5
7. Basic HTML and Formatting Tags
8. Hypertext Links and List
9. Images, Tables, Frames and Forms
CSS 3
10. Embedding CSS into HTML
11. Selectors, Backgrounds and Colors
12. Text, Fonts, Links, Lists, Tables and Images
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. David Benyon, "Designing Interactive Systems: People, Activities, Contexts, Technologies", 3rd Edition 2013,
Pearson Education.
2. Lisa DaNaeDayley, Brad Dayley, "Photoshop CC Bible", 1st Edition, 2013, Wiley India.
3. Thomas A. Powell, "HTML & CSS: The Complete Reference", 5th Edition, 2010, McGrawHill.
4. Robert Reinhardt and Snow Dowd, "Macromedia Flash 8 Bible", 1st Edition, 2006, WileyIndia.
REFERENCES
1. David A. Lauer and Stephen Pentak, "Design Basics", 8th Edition 2016, Wadsworth Publishing Company.
2. Kevin Mullet and Darrell Sano, "Designing Visual Interfaces: Communication Oriented Techniques", 1st
Edition, 2008, Prentice Hall.
3. Terry Michael Savage and Karla E Vogel, "An Introduction to Digital Multimedia", 2nd Edition, 2014,
Burlington, Mass: John & Bartlett Learning.
4. Andy Chong, "Basics Animation: Digital Animation", 1st Edition 2007, AVA Publishing.
5. Vikas Gupta, "Multimedia and Web Design", Reprint Edition 2009, Dreamtech press.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.w3schools.com/html/
2. https://www.w3schools.com/css/
3. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/

20IT261R PROGRAMMING FOR DATA SCIENCE 2023
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Define Data science process and descriptive statistics using R. -
CO2: Demonstrate the use data structures and R Packages for different applications -
CO3: Make use of various programming constructs and data pre-processing
techniques using R to solve problems. PO1,PO5
CO4: Analyze the data from different sources and visualize the results using R PO2,PO5
DATA SCIENCE FUNDAMENTALS 10
Introduction to Data Science- KDD Process- Introduction to data pre-processing, R Basics: The R Programming
Language- Installation- Comparison with other programming languages and Features- Basic Experiments- Variable
- Data operators- R Data types: Vectors, Lists, Matrices, Array, Factors, Data Frames
R PROGRAMMING 10
R statements- R Loops- R Functions: Built in and User defined-Vector and Matrix manipulation functions, R -
strings and string manipulation functions- R Data Interfaces: CSV Files, Excel Files, Database-Working with
structured and unstructured data-Scoping rules in R-Package in R: Installing and Loading Packages in R, using help,
access functions from packages.
EXPLORATORY DATA ANALYSIS 10
Data Visualization:Histograms charts, Dot Plots, Line Charts, Pie Charts, Boxplots, Scatterplots, saving and
exporting results- Data Pre-processing: Data cleansing, Treating missing values, data transformations, sampling
data for modelling- test and training splits, creating sample groups, Data reduction. R - Descriptive Statistics:
arithmetic mean, median, Measure of dispersion - Minimum and Maximum values, quantiles, percentiles, IQR,
standard deviation, variance.
List of Excerises
1. Basic Experiments with R
2. R Data Operators
3. R Data types
4. Import and Export of data in R
5. Data Visualization
6. Data Pre-Processing- Basic steps
7. R functions
8. R Packages
9. Case study: Loading and processing of Financial (or) Medical (or) Weather (or) Stock Market data (or) Sports
data, visually inspecting and analysing using statistical estimates
Total Hours30 (T) + 15(L): 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Andrew Oleksy,Data Science with R: A Step By Step Guide with Visual Illustrations & Examples, 2018
2. Nina Zumel and John Mount, Practical Data Science with R, Dreamtech/Manning, 2014
REFERENCES
1. R for Data Science, Hadley Wickham and Garett Grolemund, , O'Reilly, 2017
2. Data Mining for BusinessAnalytics: Concepts, Techniques andApplications in R, GalitShmueli, et al, Wiley India, 2018.
3. Roger D. Peng, R Programming for Data Science, Lean publishing, 2015
WEB REFERENCES
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ma33/preview

20IT270 C PROGRAMMING LABORATORY 0 0 2 1
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Experiment with the commands in Linux OS. PO1
CO2: Apply branching and looping construct to solve problems. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO3: Make use of functions, Arrays and Pointer concepts in programming. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO4: Develop programs using user defined data types and files. PO1, PO2, PO3
List of Excerises
1. Familiarization of basic LINUX commands and execution of sample programs
2. Expression evaluation using operators
3. Conditional control structures
4. Loops
5. Different approaches to find smallest divisor of an integer
6. Permutation and Combinations in problem solving
7. User defined functions
8. Recursive functions
9. Arrays
10. Pointers and Dynamic memory allocation
11. Structures and Union
12. Files
WEB REFERENCE
1. http://cse02-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/ (Computer programming lab)

20IT271 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LABORATORY 0 0 2 1
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Build Python programs using fundamental programming concepts. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO2: Apply Object-oriented programming concepts to implement Python scripts. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO3: Construct Python programs using files and exception handlers. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO4: Develop simple game and line graph. PO1, PO2, PO3
List of Excerises
1. Integrated Development Environment - Shell mode & Script mode
2. Operators and Expressions
3. Lists, Tuples, Sets, Dictionaries and Strings
4. Decision Statements - if, elif
5. Loop Control Statements - for, while
6. Functions and Modules
7. Object-Oriented Programming: Class, Objects
8. Inheritance
9. Polymorphism
10. Errors and Exceptions
11. Files
12. Simple Game and Line graph
WEB REFERENCES

20IT291 PROGRAMMING IN PYTHON LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Build Python programs using fundamental programming concepts. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO2: Construct Python programs using files, exception handlers and Packages. PO1, PO2, PO3
List of Excerises
1. Shell Scripting, GUI Environment
3. Lists, Dictionaries, Tuples, Range, Strings, Set
4. Arrays
5. Selection Statements - if, elif
6. Iteration Statements - while, for
7. Built-In Functions
8. Function and Modules
9. Files
10. Exceptions
11. Packages
WEB REFERENCES

20IT292 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 0021
USING C++ LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Develop programs using object-oriented programming concepts. PO1,PO2,PO3
CO2: Construct programs using files. PO1,PO2,PO3
List of Excerises
1. Class and objects - Creating class, objects, access specifiers, object as array, arguments, returning objects.
2. Constructors and destructors - Default Constructors, Parameterized constructors, Copy constructors.
3. Friend function and Friend class.
4. Polymorphism - function overloading, overloading unary and binary operators.
5. Pointers - operations on pointers, passing pointers to function, passing an entire array to afunction.
6. Inheritance - Single, multiple, hierarchical, multi-level, hybrid.
7. Function overriding, virtual base class, Creation of pure virtual function using new and deleteoperator.
8. File Manipulation.
9. Templates - class templates, function templates.
10. Exception handling.
WEB REFERENCE

20IT293 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Analyze, Design and Implement operations on linear data structures PO1,PO2,PO3
CO2: Analyze and Implement various searching techniques PO1,PO2,PO3
CO3: Analyze and Implement various sorting techniques PO1,PO2,PO3
CO4: Analyze, Design and implement operations on trees and graph traversal PO1,PO2,PO3
List of Excerises
1. Implementing an ADT using a C++ class
2. Array Implementation of the List ADT
3. Array and singly linked list implementations of a stack
4. Array and singly linked list implementations of a queue
5. Singly Linked List Implementation of the List ADT
6. Doubly Linked List Implementation of the List ADT
7. Sorting Algorithms
8. Search Algorithms
9. Linked implementation of a binary search tree
10. Graph Traversal - DFS & BFS
WEB REFERENCES
2. https://ds1-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/data-structures-1/
3. https://ds2-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/data-structures-2/

20IT294 PYTHON PROGRAMMING LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Construct programs using Python core data structures PO1, PO2,PO3
CO2: Apply the concepts of modules and packages to solve problems PO1, PO2,PO3
CO3: Develop Python scripts using fundamental OOPs concepts PO1, PO2,PO3
List of Excerises
1. Operators and expressions
3. Control Structures
4. Functions and Modules
5. Packages
6. Exceptions
7. Regular Expressions
8. Objects, Classes, Constructors and Destructors.
9. Polymorphism.
10. GUI Toolkits(Tkinter, PyQT)
WEB REFERENCE

20IT252 JAVA PROGRAMMING 2023
PREREQUISITE
20IT202 - Object Oriented Programming Concepts
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the basic concepts of Java language. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO12
CO2: Design and develop a Java application using Swing, establish
database connectivity with JDBC, streams and networking. PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO3: Develop Java applications using collection framework and functional
programming. PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO4: Develop a simple Java application, use functional programming and
test the application using JUnit. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO5: Develop Java applications using Swing, collection framework,
JDBC and client/server concepts. PO2, PO3, PO5, PO9, PO12
CO6: Communicate the programming results through reports. PO9, PO10, PO12
INTRODUCTION TO JAVA CONCEPTS 10
Java Evolution -Data Types -Variables -Control Statements -Methods and Classes -Arrays -String Handling -
Inheritance -Exception Handling -Multithreaded Programming -Interfaces -Packages.
SWING, JDBC, I/O STREAMS AND NETWORKING 12
Swing Components: J Button -J Text Field -J Table -J Scroll Pane -J List -Java Database Connectivity with JDBC -
Input Output: Stream Classes -Byte Stream -Character Stream -Serialization -Files-Networking: URL -URL
Connection - Http URL Connection -TCP/IPClientSockets -TCP/IPServer Sockets.
COLLECTION FRAME WORK AND FUNCTIONAL PROGRAMMING 8
Introduction: Annotations -Auto boxing -Java Collection Framework: Vector -List -Tree Set -Hash Map -Enum -
Stack -Queue -Deque -New Features: Lamda expressions -Functional Interfaces -Method References.
List of Excerises (Using Eclipse IDE 2020-12): 15
1. Arrays and String using Control Structures
2. Exception handling
3. Inheritance and Interfaces
4. Packages
5. Multithreading
6. Test applications using JUnit
7. Functional Programming: Lamda Expressions and Functional Interfaces
CASE STUDY
8. Java application using Collection Framework and JDBC
9. GUI application using Swing with Client/Server concepts
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Ian F. Darwin, "Java Cookbook", 4th Edition, O'Reilly Media, Inc, 2020.
2. E. Balagurusamy, "Programming with Java", 6th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2019.
REFERENCES
1. Y.Daniel Liang, "Introduction to Java Programming: Brief Version", 10th Edition, Pearson, 2014.
2. Elliote Harold Rusty, "Java Network Programming", 4th Edition, O'Reilly Media, 2013.
WEB REFERENCES
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/java/

20IT272 PROGRAMMING IN C++ LABORATORY 0021
PREREQUISITES
20IT270 - C Programming Laboratory
20IT271 - Object Oriented Programming Laboratory
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Construct C++ programs using Encapsulation, Polymorphism and Inheritance. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO12
CO2: Develop C++ programs using pointers and files concept. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO12
CO3: Apply templates and exception handling concepts to write C++ programs. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO12
List of Excerises
1. Class and Objects, Object as array, arguments, returning objects.
2. Types of Constructors and Destructors
3. Friend function and Friend class.
4. Function overloading
5. Unary and Binary operator overloading.
6. Pointer operations, passing pointers to function, passing an entire array to a function.
7. Single, multiple, hierarchical, multi-level, hybrid Inheritance.
8. Virtual base class, Pure virtual function.
9. File Manipulation.
10. Types of Templates.
11. Exception handling.
WEB REFERENCE

20IT295 PROGRAMMING SKILLS LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Construct Python Scripts using collections. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO12
CO2: Make use of control statements and functions to develop Python scripts. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO12
CO3: Apply the concept of files, exception handling and packages. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO12
List of Excerises
1. Shell Scripting, GUI Environment
4. Arrays
5. Selection Statements -if, elif
6. Iteration Statements -while, for
7. Built-In Functions
8. Function and Modules
9. Files
10. Exceptions
11. Packages
WEB REFERENCES

20ME201 ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS 2103
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Solve the thermodynamic properties of a system undergoing energy
interactions by applying energy balance. PO1, PO2
CO2: Apply Laws of Thermodynamics to various thermal systems for estimating
their performance PO1, PO2
CO3: Outline the thermodynamic properties of the pure substances PO1
CO4: Estimate the properties of the steam and efficiency of vapour power cycles. PO1, PO2
BASIC CONCEPTS AND FIRST LAW 15

Microscopic and Macroscopic approaches - Concept of Continuum - Thermodynamic Systems - Property - State
and Process - Point and Path Functions - Thermodynamic Equilibrium - Quasi Static Process - Work and Heat
Concept of Temperature - Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics.
First Law of Thermodynamics: Statement - Internal Energy - Specific Heat Capacities -Enthalpy- Application to
Non - Flow Systems - Steady Flow Energy Equations - Application to various flow systems.
SECOND LAW AND AVAILABILITY ANALYSIS 15
Second Law of Thermodynamics: Statements and their equivalence - Cyclic Heat Engine - Refrigerator and Heat
Pump - Reversible and Irreversible Processes - Carnot Cycle and Carnot Theorem - Clausius Inequality - Clausius
Theorem - Entropy - Principle of increase of entropy - Entropy generation - Available Energy and Irreversibility -
Second law efficiency.
PROPERTIES OF PURE SUBSTANCES 15
Thermodynamic properties of pure substances in solid, liquid and vapor phases - Phase Rule: P-V, P-T, T-V, T-S, H-S
diagrams - P-V-T surfaces - Thermodynamic properties of steam - Steam formation - Use of Steam Tables Mollier
Diagram - Determination of Dryness fraction - Rankine cycle - Modified Rankine Cycle - Methods to improve
efficiency of Rankine cycle - Reheat and Regenerative cycles - Binary Vapour Cycle.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Yunus.A.Cengel, and Michael A.Boles, "Thermodynamics", Tata McGraw Hill, 8th Edition, 2014.
2. Nag.P.K, "Engineering Thermodynamics", Tata McGraw-Hill, 5th Edition, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. VanWylen G.J, Sontag R.E. "Classical Thermodynamics", Wiley Eastern, 3rd Edition, 1987.
2. Arora C.P, "Thermodynamics", Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 12 Reprint, 2007.
th
3. Rajput R.K, "A Text Book of Engineering Thermodynamics", Laxmi Publications, 5th Edition, 2017.

DATA BOOK
1. Kothandaraman C.P., Steam Tables, New Age International, 4th Edition, 2015.
WEB REFERENCES
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/high-school/physics/exam-prep/kinetic-theory-thermodynamics/laws-of-
thermodynamics/

20ME202 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the elements of fundamental manufacturing processes PO1, PO2
CO2: Summarize the metal forming processes along with their applications PO1, PO2
CO3: Relate the mechanisms of metal cutting and chip formation. PO1, PO2
CO4: Describe the metal machining and finishing processes PO1, PO2
CO5: Illustrate the features of Industry 4.0 and Smart Manufacturing PO1, PO2, PO5
PREREQUISITE: Basic Workshop Practices Laboratory

FOUNDRY PROCESSES 10
Patterns: Types, Selection and Allowances. Moulding Sands: Types and Properties, Core: Classification and
Requirements- Core Prints, Sand Moulding Process and Gating systems Melting Furnaces: Crucible, Cupola and
Induction; Casting processes: Sand Casting, Investment Casting and Die Casting: Fettling and Cleaning of
Castings, Casting Defects and Remedies
METAL FORMING AND JOINING PROCESSES 12
Cold and hot working: Rolling, Drawing, Extrusion and Forging processes: Operations, Applications and Defects;
Sheet metal processing: Blanking, Piercing, Swaging, Coining, Embossing, Bending, Drawing - operations and
their applications
Welding: Classification, Welding Electrodes, Welding types: Oxy-Acetylene, TIG, MIG and Spot; Weld defects and
remedies.
METAL CUTTING AND MACHINING PROCESSES 18
Tool Materials and their properties, Single point cutting tool nomenclature, Chip formation: Types of Chips,
Orthogonal and Oblique Cutting, Cutting Fluids, Tool Life, Taylor’s tool life equation and types of tool wear.
Working Principle, Operations and Applications of Lathe, Drilling and Milling machines
Surface finishing processes: Grinding, Lapping and Broaching machines.
SMART MANUFACTURING 5
Introduction – Elements of Industry 4.0 - IIoT– Conversion of existing system into smart manufacturing system
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Khanna O. P, “Production Technology- Vol-1”, DhanpatRai Publications, Revised Edition New Delhi, 2015
2. Rao.P.N., “Manufacturing Technology-Vol-1”cGraw Hill Education, 4th Edition, New Delhi, 2017.
3. Rao.P.N., “Manufacturing Technology-Vol-2”, McGraw Hill Education, 3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2017
REFERENCES
1. Richard Heine, Carl Loper, Philip Rosenthal, “Principles of Metal Casting”, McGraw Hill Education, 2nd
Edition (Indian Edition), 2017
2. ChattopadhyayA.B, “Machining and Machine Tools”, Wiley Publications, 2nd Edition, New Delhi, 2017
3. Shan H. S, “Manufacturing Processes: Casting, Forming and Welding”, Cambridge University Press, 2nd
Edition Mumbai 2017.

20ME204 COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS 3104
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Solve the system of forces acting on the rigid bodies and
support reactions on beams. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO2: Interpret the principles of kinematics of rigid bodies PO1, PO2, PO5
CO3: Solve the stress and strain acting on the bodies due to axial forces. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO4: Construct the Shear force and Bending Moment diagrams for
cantilever beams by resolving their transverse loads PO1, PO2, PO5
CO5: Make use of Pascal's law to measure the pressure using manometers. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO6: Apply continuity equation for fluid kinematic applications PO1, PO2, PO5
MECHANICS OF RIGID BODIES 22
Forces and their types - Resolution of forces - Equilibrium of rigid bodies, Free body diagram - Equations of
Equilibrium, Moment and couple - Structural Analysis of beams - Friction - Kinematics of rigid bodies -Uniform
acceleration - Motion under gravity - Angular motion - Relative motion.
MECHANICS OF DEFORMABLE BODIES 22
Stress and strain due to axial force - Elastic limit - Hooke's law - Factor of safety - Stepped bars - Stresses in
composite bars due to axial force - Lateral strain - Poisson's ratio - Volumetric strain - Stress-Strain Diagram -
Relationship between load, shear force and bending moment - Shear force and bending moment diagrams for
cantilever beams.
MECHANICS OF FLUID BODIES 16
Fluid statics: Fluid properties - Pascal's law - Relationship between Pressures - Pressure measurements by
manometers.
Fluid Kinematics: Significance of Kinematics and Kinetics - Types of flow - Velocity field and acceleration -
Continuity equation and its applications.
Note: Practice using suitable computational tools in solving the problems is desirable.
Total Hours: 60
TEXTBOOK
1. Beer F.P. and Johnston E.R., Vector Mechanics for Engineers - Volume I - Statics, Volume II - Dynamics,
McGraw Hill, New York, 2004.
2. Bansal.R.K, "A text book of Strength of Materials", Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., 6th Edition, New Delhi, 2012.
3. Modi P.N, Seth S.M "Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic Machines" (In SI Units), 19th
Edition. Standard book house Publications (P) Ltd, 2011.
4. Elementary Mechanics Using Matlab - Malthe& Sorensen - Undergraduate Lecture Notes in Physics, Springer
International Publishing, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Hibbeler R. C., Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics, 11th Edition, Pearson Education India, 2017.
2. Punmia B.C, Ashok Jain and Arun Jain., "Strength of Materials and Theory of Structures - Vol-I", Laxmi
Publications, 2nd Edition, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Bansal, R.K., "Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics Machines", 9th Edition, Laxmi publications (P) Ltd, 2015.
4. Statics with Matlab - Marghitu, Dupac& Madsen, Springer - Verlag London 2013.
WEB REFERENCE
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_me01

20ME205 THERMAL ENGINEERING AND FLUID MECHANICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the construction and working of Internal Combustion Engine PO1
CO2: Compare various Air Standard Cycles PO1,PO2
CO3: Apply the principles of heat transfer in engineering applications PO1,PO2
CO4: Summarize the properties of fluid and their flow measurement. PO1,PO2
CO5: Describe the construction and working of Hydraulic Machines PO1
IC ENGINES AND AIR STANDARD CYCLES 10
Classification of I.C. engines - Working of four stroke and two stroke cycle engines - Working principle of spark
ignition and compression ignition engines- Actual PV diagrams- Air standard cycles - Otto cycle, diesel cycle, dual
cycle, Brayton cycle - Determination of efficiency and mean effective pressure.
HEAT TRANSFER 10
Modes of Heat Transfer -Conduction- Fourier Law of Conduction - Thermal Conductivity - Conduction Through
Slab, composite wall, cylinder -Convection - Heat Transfer Coefficient, Natural and Forced Convection, Combined
Conduction and Convection, concept of thermal resistance. Critical thickness of insulation. Fins and their
application- Cooling of electronic components: Thermoelectric cooling - Chip cooling.
FLUID MECHANICS 12
Fluid properties - Thermal material properties-Newton's Law of viscosity, Pressure, Measurement of Pressure,
Pascal's law. Continuity equation, Euler's equation, Bernoulli's equation. Flow measuring instruments-
Venturimeter, orifice meter, Pitot tubes. Loss of energy in flow through pipes - Major and Minor losses - Darcy
Weisbach equation - Chezy's formula.
HYDRAULIC MACHINES 13
Turbines: Pelton Wheel- major parts, construction, working -Francis turbine - major parts, construction, working,
Kaplan turbine - major parts, construction, working - Heads and efficiencies, specific speed, unit quantities,
Characteristic Curves .
Pumps: Centrifugal Pump - major parts, construction, working, Heads and Efficiencies ,Specific Speed,
Characteristic Curves, Cavitation, Maximum Suction Lift, Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) - Reciprocating
pumps - major parts, construction, working, discharge, work done, power required and slip in a reciprocating
pump-Constant and variable speed pump
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rajput R.K., "Thermal Engineering", 10thEdition, Lakshmi Publications, 2018.
2. Bansal R.K, "Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines", 10thEdition, Laxmi Publication Pvt. Ltd, 2019.
3. Ballaney P.L., "Thermal Engineering", 25th Edition, CRC Publications, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Nag P. K, "Engineering Thermodynamics", 6th Edition, McGraw Hill Publications, 2017.
2. Yunus A Cengel and Michael A Boles, "Thermodynamics an Engineering Approach", 9th Edition, McGraw Hill
Publications, 2019.
3. Sarkar B.K, "Thermal Engineering", 5th Edition, McGraw Hill Publications, 2017
Web References

20ME208 INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the configuration and architecture of robotics. PO1, PO2
CO2: Summarize the subsystems of industrial robots PO1, PO2
CO3: Explain the applications of industrial robots PO1, PO2
CO4: Describe the legged and wheeled mobile robots used for locomotion. PO1, PO2
OVERVIEW OF ROBOTICS 6
Evolution - Classification - Laws of Robotics - Structure and Configuration, Characteristics, Components of Robots
and General Architecture - Development Trends in Robotics.
INDUSTRIAL ROBOTS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS 12
Robot subsystems - Robot Vision - Artificial Intelligence - Industrial Automation - Underwater Robots - Flying
Robots - Robots in Painting, Gluing, Handling, Tending, Hemming, riveting, laser cutting and Welding.
AUTONOMOUS MOBILE ROBOTS 12
Locomotion - key issues for locomotion, legged mobile robots, leg configurations and stability, examples of legged
robot locomotion, wheeled mobile robots, wheeled locomotion-the design space, wheeled locomotion: case studies.
Total Periods: 30
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Robotics, Appin knowledge solutions, Infinity Science Press LLC, Hingham, Massachusetts, New Delhi 2007.
2. R.K.Saha - Introduction to Robotics - McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, New Delhi, 2014.
3. Roland Siegwart, Illah Reza Nourbakhsh and Davide Scaramuzza, "Introduction to Autonomous Mobile
Robots, Second Edition", MIT Press, 2004.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. H.F. Davidson, Lester Gerhardt, Michael Brady, Robotics and Artificial Intelligence, Springer Berlin
Heidelberg, 2012
2. Mordechai Ben-Ari, Francesco Mondada, Elements of Robotics, Springer International Publishing, 2017.

20ME271 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 0042
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, Students will be able to
CO1: Construct the plane geometric entities using BIS conventions. PO1, PO2, PO9,
PO10, PO12
CO2: Illustrate the orthographic projections of solids and their sectional views. PO1, PO2, PO9,
PO10, PO12
CO3: Develop the lateral surfaces of the simple solids. PO1, PO2, PO9,
PO10, PO12
CO4: Project the isometric views of solids and convert their isometric PO1, PO2, PO9,
projections into orthographic projections and vice versa. PO10, PO12
CO5: Model two dimensional geometric entities using a computerized PO1, PO2, PO5,
drafting package. PO9, PO10, PO12
INTRODUCTION 2
Drawing Instruments - Drawing Sheet size and Layout - BIS conventions and specifications - Lettering -
Geometrical Constructions and Dimensioning - Scales: Reducing Scale and Enlarging Scale.
PLANE GEOMETRY 5
Curves used in Engineering Practices: Construction of Conics by eccentricity method - Cycloidal Curves - Involutes
of Polygons and Circle - Construction of tangent and normal at a point on the curves.
SOLID GEOMETRY 28
Orthographic Projection: Principles of Orthographic projection - First angle projection - Conventional
representation
Projection of Points and Straight Lines: Projection of points, Projection of straight lines inclined to both the
reference planes by rotating line method - Determination of True length and True inclinations.
Projection of Solids: Projection of simple solids like Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder and Cone with the axis inclined to
one reference plane and parallel to other plane.
Section of Solids and Development of Lateral Surfaces: Section of Solids in Simple Position when the cutting plane
is inclined to one of the reference planes and perpendicular to the other - Obtaining True Shape of section,
Development of lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids - Prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones.
PICTORIAL PROJECTIONS 10
Isometric Projections: Principles, views of Simple Solids and Truncated Solids - Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinders and Cones.
Free hand sketching: Visualization concepts - Layout of views - Conversion from Pictorial Projection to
Orthographic Projection and vice versa for Simple objects.
COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING 15
Introduction to software - Layout of software, standard toolbars/Menus, coordinate systems and reference planes -
selection of drawing size and scale - Title block. Use of commands like points, line, curve, polygon, mirror, move
and dimensions to draw lines, solids and section of solids.

Note: Exercises should be practiced by using drawing instruments and drafting software.
Total Hours: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., "Engineering Graphics", 14th Edition, New Age International (P) Limited, 2018.
2. Murthy S T, "Computer Aided Engineering Drawing", I.K. International Publishing House Pvt. Limited, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Bhatt N.D. and Panchal V.M., "Engineering Drawing", Charotar Publishing House, 50th Edition,2014.
2. Kumar M.S., "Engineering Graphics", DD Publications, 2012.
3. Dhananjay A Jolhe, "Engineering Drawing with an Introduction to AutoCAD", McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
PUBLICATION OF BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
1. IS 10711 - 2001: Technical products Documentation - Size and lay out of drawing sheets.
2. IS 9609 (Parts 0 & 1) - 2001: Technical products Documentation - Lettering.
3. IS 10714 (Part 20) - 2001 & SP 46 - 2003: Lines for technical drawings.
4. IS 11669 - 1986 & SP 46 - 2003: Dimensioning of Technical Drawings.
5. IS 15021 (Parts 1 to 4) - 2001: Technical drawings - Projection Methods.
WEB REFERENCE

20ME272 COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 0042
LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Create geometric models using the basic commands and features of
the drafting software. PO1, PO5, PO9, PO10
CO2: Construct simple geometric entities and their projections as per the
BIS conventions. PO1, PO5, PO9, PO10
CO3: Convert the pictorial projections of geometric entities into orthographic
projections. PO1, PO5, PO9, PO10
CO4: Draw the isometric view of simple geometric models. PO1, PO5, PO9, PO10
CO5: Manipulate the geometric entities created using drafting software. PO1, PO5, PO9, PO10
INTRODUCTION
Graphics in engineering applications - Use of Drawing Instruments - BIS conventions and specifications- Lettering
-Geometrical Constructions and Dimensioning Scales. Introduction to drafting software - Standard tool
bars/Menus, coordinate systems and reference planes - selection of drawing size and scale - Title block.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Creation of drawing sheet layouts and title block.
2. Model simple two-dimensional graphical entities using absolute and relative co-ordinate methods.
3. Projection of points.
4. Projection of straight lines.
5. Projection of simple solids.
6. Construction of orthographic views of simple solids.
7. Modeling of isometric view of simple solids.
REFERENCES
1. Venugopal, K. and Prabhu Raja, V., "Engineering Graphics", 14thEdition, New Age International (P) Limited, 2018.
2. Murthy, S. T., "Computer Aided Engineering Drawing", I.K. International Publishing House Pvt. Limited, 2011.
Publication of Bureau of Indian Standards:
1. IS 10711 - 2001: Technical products Documentation - Size and lay out of drawing sheets.
2. IS 9609 (Parts 0 & 1) - 2001: Technical products Documentation - Lettering.
3. IS 10714 (Part 20) - 2001 & SP 46 - 2003: Lines for technical drawings.
4. IS 11669 - 1986 & SP 46 - 2003: Dimensioning of Technical Drawings.
5. IS 15021 (Parts 1 to 4) - 2001: Technical drawings - Projection Methods.
WEB REFERENCE

20ME273 ENGINEERING PRACTICES LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explain the plumbing layout for residential and industrial buildings. PO1, PO2, PO9,
PO10, PO12
CO2: Model the required fitment in wood and metallic blanks PO1, PO2, PO9,
using appropriate tools. PO10, PO12
CO3: Develop the basic automation unit to perform the required function PO1, PO2, PO9,
PO10, PO12
CO4: Outline the wiring layout for residence, considering the safety PO1, PO2, PO9,
PO10, PO12
CO5: Show the working of basic electronic instruments and logic gates PO1, PO2, PO5,
PO9, PO10, PO12
CO6 Organize OS and its drivers in a computer system. PO1, PO2, PO5,
PO9, PO10, PO12
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
CIVIL ENGINEERING
1. Safety aspects of plumbing in residential and industrial buildings
2. Preparation of plumbing - line sketches for water and sewage work in residence
3. Cutting and threading of pipes
4. Pipe connections using different fittings
5. Making pipe connections for motor
6. Demonstration of plumbing requirement for high raise buildings
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
1. Making a fitting joint: V joint/ Square joint
2. Making a carpentry joint: T joint/ Dove Tail joint
3. Weld Joints of lap joint/ T joint
4. Assembling a timing belt driven linear carriage
5. Assembling a lead screw driven linear carriage
6. Making an assembly of spur gear drive
7. Making an assembly of bevel gear drive
8. Making an assembly of Worm gear drive
9. Assembling a mechanically driven belt conveyor

10. Assembling a timing belt driven cam and follower setup
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
1. Measurement of electrical quantities voltage, current, power & power factor in RLC circuit.
2. Fluorescent lamp wiring.
3. Stair case wiring
4. Residential house wiring using switches, fuse, lamp and energy meter.
5. Measurement of earth resistance, winding resistance and insulation resistance.
6. Study of Indian Electricity rules and safety.
1. Study of operating procedures of CRO, DSOs, Multimeters etc.,
2. Resistor colour coding, and measurement of parameters of square wave and sine wave signals (peak-peak,
RMS, period and frequency).
3. Study of logic gates.
4. Soldering practices using general purpose PCB.
COMPUTER SOFTWARE & HARDWARE
1. Demonstration of Personal Computer Components
2. Disassembly and Assembly of Personal Computer
3. Analysis of BIOS or UEFI Settings and Installation of Operating systems (Linux and Windows)
4. Installation of Device Drivers for the external peripherals devices
5. Identification of Networking devices and tools
NOTE: The chairperson of the respective Board of Studies may choose minimum of 12 exercises from the given list
of exercises.

20ME211 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Interpret relationship between stress, strain and elastic constants PO1, PO2, PO3
CO2 Illustrate shear force diagram, bending moment diagram and deflection of
beams for the given load conditions PO1, PO2, PO3
CO3 Identify the different biaxial stresses in the plane and circular cross section
for the given application. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO4 Determine the torsional stresses in shafts and helical springs. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO5 Predict the buckling strength of the column. PO1, PO2, PO3
AXIAL LOADING 7
Stress and strain due to axial force -Stepped bars -Uniform and varying sections -Stresses in composite bars due to
axial force and temperature. Elastic Constants.
TRANSVERSE LOADING 14
Relationship between load, shear force and bending moment -Shear force and bending moment diagrams for
cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams under concentrated loads, uniformly distributed loads-Theory
of simple bending -Analysis of Bending stress. Deflection of beams -Macaulay's method.
BI-AXIAL STRESSES 10
Introduction, Plane stress, stresses on inclined sections, Principal stresses and Maximum shear stresses by analytical
method. Hoop and longitudinal stresses in thin cylindrical and spherical shells under internal pressure -Change in
length dimension and volume.
TORSION AND SPRINGS 8
Theory of torsion and assumptions -Equation of pure Torsion -Strength of the shaft and Torsional Rigidity-Power
transmitted by a shaft -Stresses in solid and hollow circular shafts. Shear stress distribution -Shear flow in
Rectangular, circular and I-Sections. Helical springs - Closed and Open coil.
COLUMNS 6
Theory of columns -Long column and short column - Euler's formula and Rankine's formula.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rattan, "Strength of Materials",3rd Edition, McGraw Hill Education India, 2014.
2. Bansal R.K., "Strength of Materials", 6th Edition, Laxmi Publications, 2018.
REFERENCES
1. Punmia B.C, Ashok Jain and Arun Jain., "Strength of Materials and Theory of Structures-Vol-I", 3rd Edition,
Laxmi Publications, 2017.
2. Kazmi S.M.A., "Solid Mechanics", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Edu. Pvt. Ltd.,2017.
WEB REFERENCE

20ME213 RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND OPTIMIZATION 2002
TECHNIQUES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Formulate and solve a Linear Programming Model using Graphical method. PO1, PO2, PO4, PO11
CO2 Optimize the solutions to Transportation models through different approaches. PO1, PO2, PO4, PO11
CO3 Apply PERT / CPM techniques to optimize the duration of a project PO1, PO2, PO4, PO11
CO4 Make decisions through application of game theory, replacement
models and queuing strategy. PO1, PO2, PO4, PO11
CO5 Outline the concepts and applications of Nonlinear optimization Techniques. PO1, PO2, PO4, PO5,PO11
INTRODUCTION AND LINEAR PROGRAMMING 6
Introduction: Historical overview of operations research, fundamentals of OR, Linear Programming, formulation of
L.P model- graphical solution.
Transportation problems: Optimal solution by North West corner method- Least cost method -Vogel's
approximation method -Optimality test -MODI method-degeneracy-Unbalanced transportation problems
PROJECT MANAGEMENT 6
Network models - Basic Concepts - Construction of Networks - Project Network - CPM and PERT -Critical Path
Scheduling -Crashing of Network.
DECISION MODELS AND QUEUING MODELS 12
Game theory-Two-person zero sum game -Graphic solution -Property of dominance - Algebraic solution.
Replacement models-Items that deteriorate with time -When money value changes -Items that fail completely -
Individual replacement and Group replacement.
Queuing-Poisson arrivals and Exponential service times -Single channel models [(M/M/1): (GD/µ/µ, (M/M/1):
(GD/N/µ) Model)] and Multi-channel models [(M/M/C): (GD/µ/µ), (M/M/C): (GD/N/µ)]
MODERN METHODS OF OPTIMIZATION 6
Introduction: Fuzzy logic, Genetic algorithm (GA), Simulated annealing algorithm (SA), Ant colony optimization
algorithm (ACO), Neural networks, Applications.
Total Periods: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Taha H.A., "Operation Research: An Introduction", Prentice Hall, 9th Edition, 2010.
2. Panneerselvan. R., "Operation Research", Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd, 2th Edition,2006.
3. Hira and Gupta., "Introduction to Operations Research", S.Chand Ltd, 3rd Edition, 2008.
4. Rao S. S. - 'Engineering Optimization, Theory and Practice' - New Age International Publishers - 2012 - 4th Edition.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Dharani Venkatkrishna., "Operations Research", Keerthi Publishing House, 2011.
2. Kanti Swarup, Gupta P.K., and Manmohan, (2010), Operations Research, S. Chand & Sons
3. Panneerselvam, R., "Design andAnalysis ofAlgorithms- 2nd Edition", Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd, 2nd Edition, 2016.

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Solve the electric circuits by relating the basic laws of Electrical Engineering. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO2 Describe the construction and operation of DC machines, transformers and PO1, PO2,
induction motors PO5
CO3 Compare the different types of motors pertaining to their industrial applications. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO4 Outline the characteristics of semiconductor devices, electronic circuits and PO1, PO2,
their applications. PO5
CO5 Demonstrate the real-time applications using AVR RISC Microcontroller PO1, PO2,
and ARDUINO. PO5, PO9, PO10
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS 8
Connections
DC MOTORS 5
characteristics - Single phase Induction Motor - Principle of operation and Applications
Introduction to Alternators
ELECTRONICS 10
Total Periods: 45

TEXTBOOKS
REFERENCES
3. Robert .L Boylestad, Louis Nashalskey, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", PearsonEducation, India, 11th
Edition, 2015.
WEB REFERENCES

20EE281 FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS 0021
ENGINEERING LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Infer the different laws of Electrical Engineering and interpret the results PO1, PO2, PO4,PO5
CO2 Analyse the various speed control techniques and load test in DC shunt
motors and Induction motor PO1, PO2, PO4,PO5
CO3 Evaluate the performance characteristics of semiconductor diode PO1, PO2, PO4,PO5
CO4 Design and implement the real-time applications of Electric and
Electronic circuits. PO1, PO2, PO4,PO5
CO5 Communicate the results of the experiments through reports PO1, PO2, PO4,PO5
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Total Periods: 30

OPEN ELECTIVES (OEs)

20AE2E51 MODELING OF MINI AND MICRO AIR VEHICLES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe Unmanned Aerial Vehicles and the standards followed PO2, PO7
CO2: Describe the components of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle PO2, PO3
CO3: Tell about the components and operations of propulsion system used in UAV PO2, PO3
CO4: Describe Flight controllers and its functions PO2, PO3
INTRODUCTION 15
Unmanned Aerial Vehicle - Introduction and developments, applications - UAS Classification - Fixed wing,
Flapping Wing, Rotary wing, Multi rotors, LTA Systems - Design Standards - USA and Europe - Fixed Wing -
components and Working Principle - Propulsion systems - Electric and Engine powered, control system, Telemetry -
Multi rotors - Components - Effect of Environment in UAV systems - Case Study: DJI Spark
PROPULSION SYSTEMS 12
Electric - Brushed and Brushless Motors, Electronic Speed Control Unit, Power Source - Propellers - Nomenclature
and Types - Engine - types of engine, fuel types - Engine control systems - Hybrid Propulsion System
FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM 18
Sensors - accelerometer, gyros, magnetometer, barometric sensor, Ultrasonic transducers - Commercial Flight
Controllers - Arduino, Raspberry Pi, TI CC3200 MCU boards, Break Out Boards - Case Study: Ardupilot Flight
Controller
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kimmon P Valavanis, George J Vachtsevanos, 'Handbook of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles' Springer, 2015
REFERENCES
1. Ridhwan U Razeen, 'Design of Midrange Unmanned Aerial Vehicle', Lap Lambert Academic Publishing, 2015.
2. Paul Gerin Fahlstrom, Thomas James Gleason, 'Introduction To UAV Systems', John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc16_me04/preview

20AE2E52 FUNDAMENTALS OF APPLIED 3003
AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the components of airplane and the historical milestones in aviation PO2, PO3
CO2: Explain the elementary concepts that govern the aircraft flight PO2, PO3
CO3: Summarize communication systems and their development PO2, PO3
CO4: Understand the controls of airplane using simulator PO2, PO3
AVIATION DEVELOPMENT 11
History of Aviation - Components of an Airplane and their functions - Conventional and Powered Controls - Basic
Instruments for flying - Frontiers of Aerospace Engineering
SCIENCE OF FLIGHT 11
Aerodynamics: Science behind bird Flight - Ornithopters - Aerodynamic characteristics of Airfoils - Mach Number
- Speed Regimes - Basic ideas about Air breathing Engines
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 12
Aircraft communication systems - Global positioning system principles - Auto Pilot System
FLIGHT SIMULATOR BASICS 11
Learning your Airplane - Pre-flight procedures - Basic aircraft controls - Instrument panel - Taxiing - Take-off -
Cruising- Landing - Stalling and recovery - Navigation controls - Visual Flight Rules - Instrument Flight Rules -
Flying at night - Flying in changing weather conditions - Cross-Country flight
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Anderson, J.D., "Introduction to flight", 8th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Dala R. Cundy, Rich S. Brown, "Introduction to Avionics", 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2011.
2. Ralph D. Bent & James L. Mackinley, "Aircraft Basic Science", 6th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1988.

20AE2E53 VEHICLE AERODYNAMICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the basics of aerodynamics PO1, PO2
CO2: Illustrate the flow phenomena around vehicles PO1, PO2
CO3: Define drags of vehicles PO1, PO2
CO4: Define stability factors of a vehicle PO1, PO2
CO5: Describe about wind tunnels PO1, PO2
CO6: Describe wind tunnel visualization techniques PO1, PO2
FUNDAMENTALS OF AERODYNAMICS 12
Fundamentals of fluid mechanics - flow phenomenon related to vehicles - external and internal flow problem -
resistance to vehicle motion - fuel consumption and performance potential of vehicle aerodynamics - Concept of
bluff body, Generic shapes, relevance of shapes to ground vehicles
AERODYNAMIC DRAG 11
Car as a bluff body - drag force - types of drag force - Pressure drag and viscous drag - analysis of aerodynamic drag -
drag coefficient of cars - strategies for aerodynamic development - low drag profiles
STABILITY FACTORS 13
The origin of forces and moments - vehicle dynamics under side wind - Force and Moment coefficients - Important
factors affecting Aerodynamics : rear slant - engine cooling air drag - cross winds - underside flow - wheel rotation -
Airflow around individual components
WIND TUNNELS FOR AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS 9
Principle of wind tunnel technology - stress with scale models - full scale wind tunnels - Visualization techniques -
measurement techniques
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Hucho.W.H., "Aerodynamic of Road Vehicles", Butterworths Co., Ltd., 1998.
2. A.Pope, "Wind Tunnel Testing", John Wiley & Sons, 2ndEdition ,New York, 1974.
REFERENCES
1. E.L.Houghton & P.L Carpenter, "Aerodynamics for Engineering Students", Butterworth Heinman, 2003.
2. "Automotive Aerodynamics", Society of Automotive Engineers Inc., 1978.
3. "Vehicle Aerodynamics", Society of Automotive Engineers Inc., 1996
4. Heinz Heisler, "Advanced Vehicle Technology", second edition, Butterworth -Heinemann, New York, 2002

20AE2E54 AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the application fluid mechanics on automotives PO1

CO2: Generalize the drag force on cars PO1
CO3: Explain the shape optimizing techniques on cars PO1
CO4: Explain the characteristics of aerodynamics forces affecting vehicle handling PO1
CO5: Illustrate the wind tunnel technology and its types PO1, PO5
CO6: Summarize the equipments used for different wind tunnel testing methods PO1, PO5
INTRODUCTION 7
Fundamental of fluid mechanics - flow phenomenon related to vehicles - external and internal flow problem - engine
cooling requirement - air flow to passenger compartment - duct for air conditioning - cooling of transverse engine
and rear engine
AERODYNAMIC DRAG OF CARS 8
Forces on car - Lift force - Cars as a bluff body - flow field around car - drag force - types of drag force - analysis of
aerodynamic drag - drag coefficient of cars - strategies for aerodynamic development - low drag profiles.
SHAPEOPTIMIZATION OF CARS 8
Front end modification - front and rear wind shield angle - boat tailing, hatch back - fast back and square Back - dust
flow patterns at the rear - effects of gap configuration - effect of fasteners
MOTOR CYCLE AERODYNAMICS 4
Effect of aerodynamics on motorcycle - Turbulence on motor cycle - Chassis development
VEHICLE HANDLING 8
The origin of forces and moments on a vehicle - vehicle dynamics under side winds - the effects and characteristics
of forces and moments - dirt accumulation on the vehicle - wind noise - drag reduction in commercial vehicles
WIND TUNNELS FOR AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS 10
Principle of wind tunnel - types - limitation of simulation - scale models - full scale wind tunnels - measurement
techniques - equipment and transducers - road testing methods - Numerical testing methods.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Hucho.W.H., "Aerodynamic of Road Vehicles", Butterworths Co., Ltd., 5th Edition, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Jewel B. Barlow, William H. Rae, Alan Melvill Pope, Ahmad Kassaee, "Wind Tunnel Testing", John Wiley &
Sons, 4th Edition, New York, 2015.
2. Vehicle Aerodynamics, SP-1145, SAE, 1996.

20AE2E55 SPACE: THE FINAL FRONTIER 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the solar system and its structure PO1

CO2: Explain the characteristics of stars PO1
CO3: Discuss the types of Galaxies PO1
CO4: Summarize the formation of the Universe PO1
CO5: Describe the current trends of Space Exploration PO1
CO6: Summarize the future aspects of Space Exploration PO1
THE SOLAR SYSTEM 7

Structure of the Solar System - Birth of the Solar System - The Sun - The Solar Cycle - Earth - The Moon - Planets -
Asteroids - Pluto - The Kuiper Belt - Comets and the Oort Cloud
STARS 8
Types of stars - Inside stars - Formation - Nebulae - Star Clusters - Constellations - Exoplanets - Red Giants -
Planetary Nebulae - White Dwarfs - Supergiants - Pulsars - Black holes
GALAXIES AND THE UNIVERSE 15
The Milky Way - Magnellanic Clouds - Andromeda - Spiral Galaxies - Elliptical Galaxies - Dwarf Galaxies - Active
Galaxies - Collisions - Galaxy clusters and superclusters - Dark Matter - Mapping the Universe - Light - Space-time
- Expanding Universe - Big Bang - Early radiation - Early particles - First stars and galaxies - Future of the Universe
SPACE EXPLORATION 15
Getting into Space - Rockets - Reusable Rockets - Satellite Orbits - Types of Satellites - Hubble Space Telescope -
Space Probes and Orbiters - Propulsion in Space - Crewed Spacecraft - Spacesuits - Space Shuttle - Space Stations -
Future Spacecraft
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. "How Space Works: The Facts Visually Explained", United Kingdom, Dorling Kindersley Limited, 2021.
REFERENCES
1. Sparke, Linda S., and Gallagher, John S., "Galaxies in the Universe: An Introduction", Cambridge University
Press, 2000.
2. Woolfson, Michael, "Formation Of The Solar System, The: Theories Old And New (2nd Edition)", World
Scientific Publishing Company, 2014.
3. Encrenaz, Thérèse, et al. "The Solar System", Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2013.

20AE2E56 ELECTRIC AVIATION 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the Electric Aircraft PO1

CO2: Explain the Aerodynamics in an Electric Aircraft PO1
CO3: Summarize the technologies used in Electric Propulsion PO1
CO4: Explain the concept of Electrification of Aircraft Systems PO1
CO5: Discuss on the Disruptions in the Aircraft Industry PO1, PO7
INTRODUCTION 8
Introduction to Electric Aircraft - History of Electric Aviation - Hybrid and all Electric Aircraft - Battery Power,
Range and Endurance - Electric Propulsion - Current Technology and Limitations
AERODYNAMICS 9
Airfoil and Airframe Design - Propeller Design - Aerodynamic Drag - Boundary Layers - Drag Reduction
ELECTRIC PROPULSION 9
Hybrid-Electric Propulsion - Turbo-Electric Propulsion - All Electric Propulsion - Distributed Electric Propulsion
(DEP) - Electric Motors: Permanent Magnet Motors - High Temperature Superconducting Motors - Batteries:
Rechargeable batteries - Temperature effects and Capacity fading - Fuel Cells
ELECTRIFICATION OF AIRCRAT SYSTEMS 10
Conventional Systems - Electrical Power Generation and Distribution - Power Electronics - Shift from Hydraulic to
Electric Powered Actuation - Flight Control and Autonomous Operations
DISRUPTION IN THE AIRCRAFT INDUSTRY 9
eAircraft Market evaluation - Start-Up Airlines - Sustainable Aviation Fuel - eVTOLs - UAM - Revolutionary
Aircraft Redesign - Digitalisation of Aviation Industry
Total Periods : 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Vepa, Ranjan, "Electric Aircraft Dynamics - A Systems Engineering Approach", CRC Press, Taylor &
Francis Group, 2020.
2. Thalin, Pascal, et. al, "Fundamentals of Electric Aircraft", SAE International, 2018.
REFERENCES
1. Schwab, Amy, et. al, "Electrification of Aircraft: Challenges, Barriers, and Potential Impacts", NREL, 2021.

20AD2E51 PYTHON FRAMEWORKS FOR MACHINE LEARNING 2023
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the fundamental concepts of Python programming PO1, PO2, PO5, PO12
CO2: Develop applications using various machine learning algorithms to PO2, PO3, PO4,
solve problems PO5, PO12
CO3: Build neural networks using Tensor Flow framework for solving PO2, PO3, PO4,
complex problems PO5, PO6, PO12
CO4: Make use of Python libraries and frameworks in developing real PO2, PO3, PO4,
time applications. PO5, PO6, PO12
INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON CONCEPTS 7
DataTypes,Variables,functions,String,Tuples,Lists,Dictionaries,Regularexpressions,Classes,handlingexceptions.
MACHINE LEARNING ALGORITHMS WITH SCIK IT-LEARN 10
Pandas Library, Numpy library, Using Scikit-Learn for Logistic Regression, Decision Tree classifier, Random
Forest classifier, Support Vector Machines, Building Neural Networks.
INTRODUCTION TO TENSOR FLOW 8
Concept of Computational Graph and Nodes,Virtual Environment and Anaconda, Installing Tensor Flow with GPU
support, TF Data types, Placeholders, TF Variables, TF Session, Soft max, One Hot Encoding, Dropout, building
hidden layers, Batching, Stochastic Gradient Descent, Building an Optimizer, Training and displaying results.
APPLICATIONS 5
Building a Machine Learning Application using Scikit-Building a Neural Network with Tensor Flow: Using inbuilt
Tensor Flow functionality to build a Neural Network and train on MNIST Data set for classification.
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. Vector and Matrix manipulation
2. Dataset representation using pandas
Using scikit learn
3. Linear regression
4. Binary classification using classifiers
5. Multiclass classification using classifiers
6. Analyze the classification report
Using TensorFlow
7. Creating tensor and computation graph
8. Construct single layer neural network
9. Build multi-layer neural network with optimizers
10. Training Neural Network on MNIST dataset
Total Hours(30 Theory + 15 Lab): 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Andreas C.Müller, Sarah Guido,"Introduction to Machine Learning with Python", O' Reilly Media, Inc., 2016
2. Aurélien Géron,"Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow,2nd Edition, O'Reilly
Media, Inc.,2019.
REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. Anurag Gupta, G Biswas, "Python Programming",1st Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2019
2. Sebastian Raschka, "Python Machine Learning", 3rd Edition, Packt Publishers, 2019.
3. Giancarlo Zaccone , "Getting Started with Tensor Flow", Packt Publishers,2016.
4. Richert & Coelho, "Building Machine Learning Systems with Python", Packt Publishers, 2013.
WEB REFERENCES:

20BM2E31 HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify the need of understanding human anatomy and physiology system PO1
CO2: Select the suitable acquisition method for analysing biomedical signal and
vital parameters measurement. PO1, PO5
CO3: Apply the knowledge of biomedical instruments to practical applications. PO1, PO5
CO4: Identify the various therapeutic devices for pulmonary diseases. PO1, PO5
CO5: Interpret the technique used for visualizing various sections of the body
using imaging techniques. PO1, PO5
NTRODUCTION TO PHYSIOLCIAL SYSTEMS & BIO SIGNALS 8
The cell and its electrical activity-Principle physiological system: Cardiovascular System, Nervous system,
Respiratory system, Muscular system -Origin of bioelectric signal -Bioelectric signals: ECG, EMG, EEG, EOG and
their characteristics.
MEASUREMENT OF PHYSIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS 8
Measurement of Blood pressure, Cardiac output measurement, Heart rate, Respiration rate, Measurement of lung
volume and capacity and Oximeters.
THERAPEUTIC EQUIPMENTS 12
Defibrillators, Pacemaker, Heart Lung machine, Dialyser, Anaesthesia machine and Ventilators.
PULMONARY ANALYZERS AND OPTICAL EQUIPMENTS 10
Regulation of Breathing, Pulmonary gas flow measurements, Pulmonary volume measurements, Respiratory gas
Analyzers, Nitrogen Gas Analyzer, Oxygen Analyzer.
IMAGING TECHNIQUE 7
X-ray, Computational Tomography, MRI instrumentation and Ultrasound scanner.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Joseph J.carr and John M. Brown, "Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology", John Wiley &Sons,
1997.
2. Khandpur R.S, "Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation", 3rd Edition,Tata McGraw-Hill, 2014.
3. Carolyn D. Berdanier, Johanna T. Dwyer, David Heber. "Handbook of Nutrition and Food" 3rd Edition, CRC
Press, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. John G. Webster, "Medical Instrumentation Application and Design", John Wiley &Sons, 1998.
2. Leslie Cromwell, Fred J.Weibell, Erich A. Pfeiffer, "Bio-Medical Instrumentation and Measurements", 2nd
Edition, Pearson Education, 2005.

20BM2E32 MATERIALS IN MEDICINE 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Classify materials used for implant applications PO1, PO5
CO2: Indicate their structure property relationships and tissue response to the materials used. PO1, PO5
CO3: Describe the properties of metallic alloys and ceramic materials, polymer,
composite materials as suitable for biomedical applications. PO1, PO5
CO4: Categorize the materials for soft and hard tissue replacements. PO1, PO5
CO5: Describe the concepts of tissue engineering. PO1, PO5
STRUCTURE OF BIO MATERIALS AND BIO COMPATIBILITY 15
Classification of biomaterials, structure property relationship in biomaterials - Mechanical properties and testing,
viscoelasticity. Body response to implants, biocompatibility testing of materials, standards for testing. Metallic
implant materials. Ceramic implant materials. Polymers. Composites. Nanostructured Biomaterials, Surface
modification and surface characterization of Biomaterials. Issues and challenges in the use of metallic alloys,
ceramics, polymers and composites.
TISSUE REPLACEMENT IMPLANTS 20
Soft-Tissue replacements - sutures, skin implants - artificial skin and tissue engineered skin, maxillofacial
augmentation, ear and eye implants, maxillofacial reconstruction. Blood interfacing implants - Blood substitutes
and catheters; cardiovascular grafts and stents; heart valve implants- mechanical models, total artificial heart, left
ventricular assist devices - design; Artificial kidney - hemodialysis, CAD tools in design and CFD tools in testing of
designs. 3D printing and digital manufacturing of artificial organs.
Hard tissue replacement implants - artificial ligaments and tendons, bone cements, long bone repair- bone screws
and pins, intramedullary wires, cortical and cancellous bone plates. Joint replacements - total hip replacement, knee
replacements, meniscal repair. Dental restorations and implants.
TRANSPLANTS AND TISSUE ENGINEERING MATERIALS 10
Transplants - immunological considerations, blood transfusions, organ transplants. Tissue engineering -scaffold
materials, scaffold fabrication methods, cells and signaling molecules, tissue engineering of bone, cartilage, liver,
skeletal muscle.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Park J.B and Lakes R.S, "Biomaterials", Springer Publications, 3rd Edition, 2007.
REFERENCES
1. Park J.B., Bronzino.D.J, "Biomaterials: Principles and applications", CRC Press, 2002.
2. Qizhi Chen George Thouas, "Biomaterials - A basic introduction", CRC Press, 2012.

20CH2E51 NANO MATERIALS FOR ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Summarize the importance of nanotechnology in energy extraction. PO1
CO2: Make use of the applications of nanomaterials in energy storage devices. PO1
CO3: Utilize the nanomaterials in solving environmental problems. PO1,PO7
CO4: Outline the environmental impacts of nanomaterials. PO1,PO7
NANO MATERIALS FOR ENERGY 10
Introduction -Importance of nanotechnology -Emergence of nanotechnology -Bottom-up and Top- down
approaches -Nanomaterials for energy -Sustainable energy production using renewable energy sources -
Nanotechnology enabled renewable energy technologies -Energy measures and challenges -Energy transport,
conversion and storage.
DEVICE APPLICATIONS 15
Nanotechnology for sustainable energy -Catalytic reactors Metal nanocluster catalysts for coal liquefaction -
Nanomaterials for energy conversion: Materials for light emitting diodes -Solar cells: Thin film silicon solar cells,
Hybrid nano-polymer solar cells -Energy conversion: Nanomaterials in fuel cells -Polymer membranes for fuel
cells, acid/ alkaline fuel cells -Design of fuel cells -Carbon nanotubes for energy storage -Hydrogen storage in
carbon nanotubes -Energy storage: Batteries -MWNT for Li ion batteries -Advanced super capacitors -Use of
nanoscale catalysts to save energy and increase the industrial productivity.
NANOMATERIALS FOR ENVIRONMENT 10
Nanomaterials for environmental remediation -Green nanotechnology and its principles -Photocatalysis -Water
purification using nanomaterials -Desalination of water -Solid waste removal -Environmental aspects of energy
utilization -Porous materials to store clean energy gases -Metal organic frame works (MOFs) -Storage of carbon
dioxide -Methane and hydrogen in MOFs -Nanomaterials and sustainability: agriculture, water, energy, materials
and clean environment.
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF NANOMATERIALS 10
Potential impacts of nanomaterials on organisms and ecosystems -Nanotoxicology: Introduction to nanomaterial
toxicity -Environmental and health impacts -Biomagnification -Nanoparticles exposure assessment -Toxicity of
inhaled nanomaterials -Cytotoxicity induced by nanomaterials -Ethical, legal, and societal implications of
nanotechnology.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Robert K, Ian H, Mark G, "Nanoscale Science and Technology", 1st Edition, John Wiley & sons Ltd., 2005.
2. Loucas Tsakalakos, "Nanotechnology for Photovoltaics" 1st Edition, CRC Press, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Jingbo Liu, Sajid Bashir, "Advanced Nanomaterials and their applications in Renewable energy", 1st Edition,
Elsevier, 2015.
2. Challa S.S.R. Kumar, "Nanomaterials: toxicity, health and environmental issues", 1st Edition, Wiley-VCH, 2006.
3. Nelson Durán,Silvia S Guterres, Oswaldo Luiz Alves, "Nanotoxicology: Materials, Methodologies, and
Assessments", 1st Edition, Springer, 2014.
WEB REFERENCES

20CH2E52 GREEN CHEMISTRY FOR ENGINEERS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recall the principles and metrics of green chemistry. PO1, PO7
CO2: Summarize the different types of waste and its minimization techniques. PO1, PO7
CO3: Outline the various methods of environmental protection. PO1,PO7
CO4: Make use of principles of green chemistry in synthesis of materials and energy utilization. PO1,PO7
PRINCIPLES OF GREEN CHEMISTRY 5
Green Chemistry -The twelve principles of green chemistry and green engineering with examples -Green chemistry
metrics -Atom economy, E factor, reaction mass efficiency and other green chemistry metrics -Application of green
metrics analysis to synthetic plans.
WASTE MINIMIZATION 15
Waste - Sources of waste -Different types of waste -Chemical, physical and biochemical methods of waste
minimization and recycling -Designing green processes -Safe design, process intensification, in-process
monitoring -Safe product and process design -Environmental load of product -Material selection, resource use,
production requirements and planning for the final disposition (recycling, reuse, or disposal) of a product -Design
for degradation -Real-time Analysis for pollution prevention -Inherently safer chemistry for accident prevention.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION 10
Pollution -Chemical pollution and environmental regulations -Pollution prevention strategies -Challenges to the
sustainability of chemical industry -Toxicity of chemicals -Material safety data sheet (MSDS) -Concept of zero
pollution technologies -Functional toxicity vs non-functional toxicity -Alternative solvents -Energy minimization -
Microwave and sonochemical reactions -Renewable feed stock -Carbon dioxide as a feed stock.
GREEN SYNTHESIS AND GREEN ENERGY 15
Metal and metal oxide nano particles -Green synthesis of metal nano particles -Greener strategies in phase behaviour
and solvent attributes of supercritical CO2 -Use of supercritical carbon dioxide as a medium in chemical industry.
Synthesis of various chemicals from bio mass -Polycarbonate synthesis and CO2 fixation -Green plastics.
Green energy: Renewable energy -Carbon dioxide capture and its chemical recycling to fuels -Integration with
existing product design approaches such as quality, producibility, functionality and upgradability.
Eco-labeling -Applications in pharmaceuticals, foods, cosmetics, packaging, computers, polymers, automobiles,
electronics industry.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mike Lancaster, "Green Chemistry -An introductory text", 3rd Edition, RSC publishing, 2016.
2. Alexei Lapkin, David J. C. Constable, "Green Chemistry Metrics: Measuring and Monitoring Sustainable
Processes" 1st Edition, Wiley publications, 2008.
REFERENCES
1. C. N. R. Rao, Achim Müller, Anthony K. Cheetham, "Nanomaterials Chemistry - Recent Developments and
New Directions" 1st Edition, Wiley-VCH, 2007.
2. Thomas F. McGowan, Michael L. Brown, William S. Bulpitt, James L. Walsh Jr, "Biomass and alternate fuel
systems" 1st Edition, Wiley AICHE, 2010.
3. Bela Torok, Timothy Dransfield, "Green Chemistry", 1st Edition, Elsevier, 2017.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.acs.org/content/acs/en/greenchemistry/principles/12-principles-of-greenchemistry.html
2. https://www.epa.gov/greenchemistry/basics-green-chemistry

20CH2E53 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the principle of UV/Visible spectroscopy in identifying the functional groups. PO1
CO2: Make use of the principle of IR spectroscopy in characterisation of chemical compounds. PO1
CO3: Identify the type of chromatography for separation of compounds. PO1
UV AND VISIBLE SPECTROSCOPY 10
Introduction -Fundamental laws of spectroscopy -Origin of UV/visible spectra -Validity of Beer-Lambert's law -
Formation of absorption bands -Types of electronic transitions -Chromophores -Auxochromes -Absorption and
intensity shifts -Solvent effects -Selection rules -Interaction of radiation with matter -Qualitative analysis -
Identification spectra and structure -Basic principles of instrumentation (choice of source, monochromator and
detector) for single and double beam instruments.
IR SPECTROSCOPY 15
Introduction -Theory of molecular vibrations -Vibrational frequency -Factors influencing vibrational frequencies -
Finger print region -Basic principles of instrumentation (choice of source, monochromator & detector) for single
and double beam instruments -Sampling techniques -Selection rules -IR spectra of diatomic molecules -Structural
information derived from vibrational spectra -Vibrations of polyatomic molecules -Group frequencies -Effect of
hydrogen bonding (inter and intramolecular) and substitution on vibrational frequencies -Applications of IR
spectroscopy.
CHROMATOGRAPHY 20
Introduction -Classification of chromatographic methods -Principles of differential migration adsorption
phenomenon -Nature of adsorbents -Solvent systems. Types of chromatography: Two dimensional chromatography
-Applications -Thin layer Chromatography (TLC) -Principles -Factors effecting Rf values -Advantages -
Applications -Column Chromatography -Principles -Separation technique -Importance of column technology
(packing, capillaries) -Applications -HPLC -Principles -Applications.
Separation techniques: Gas chromatography -Liquid chromatography -Separation based on increasing number of
factors (volatility, solubility, interactions with stationary phase, size, electrical field) -Supercritical fluids -
Detection: Simple vs specific (gas and liquid) -Electrophoresis (plates and capillary) -Application - DNA analysis.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mahinder Singh, "A Textbook Of Analytical Chemistry: Instrumental Techniques", 1st Edition, Dominant
Publishers, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Gary D. Christian, "Analytical Chemistry", 6th Edition, John Wiley and sons. Inc., New York, 2004.
REFERENCES
1. Raymond PW Scott, "Techniques and practice of Chromatography",1st Edition, Marcel Dekker Inc. New York,1995.
2. Frank A Settle, "Hand Book of Instrumental Techniques for Analytical Chemistry, 1st Edition, Prentice Hall,
New Jersey, 1997.
3. Gopalan.R, Subramaniam P.S. and Rengarajan K., "Elements of Analytical Chemistry", 2nd Edition, Sultan
Chand and Sons, 2003.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/103108100/module7/module7.pdf
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/103108100/module2/module2.pdf
3. https://www2.chemistry.msu.edu/faculty/reusch/virttxtjml/spectrpy/infrared/infrared.htm

20CH2E54 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND SUSTAINABILITY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Summarize the types of pollution and its control measures. PO1, PO7
CO2: Illustrate the strategies of ecosystem and biodiversity. PO1, PO7
CO3: Outline the resource management systems and measures for sustainable development. PO1, PO7
ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION 15
Introduction -Pollution -Causes, effects and control measures for air pollution, water pollution and soil/land
pollution -Climate change -Global warming -Ozone depletion -Pollution control norms -Environment Impact
Assessment (EIA) -Environment Management Plan (EMP) -Carbon foot print -Carbon trading.
Field study: Visit to solar power plant.
ECO SYSTEM AND BIO DIVERSITY 15
Ecosystem: Introduction -Structure and function of an eco system -Ecological succession -Food chain and food web
-Types of ecosystem -Terrestrial and aquatic ecosystem.
Biodiversity: Introduction -Genetic, species and ecosystem diversity -Biogeographical classification of India -
Values of biodiversity -Biodiversity at global, national and local levels -India as mega diversity nation -Hot-spots of
biodiversity -Threats in biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts -Red Data Book -
Endangered and endemic species of India -Conservation of biodiversity.
RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND SUSTAINABILITY 15
Resource management systems: Linear and cyclical -Circular economy -Industrial ecology -Zero discharge system
-Green technology: Applicable to water resources, energy resources -Energy footprint -Waste management -
Hazardous and solid waste management -E-waste management -Green computing.
Sustainability: Need for sustainable development -Need for environmental education -Environmental Ethics -
Holistic value-based education for true sustainability.
Field study: Visit to Sewage treatment plant, Solid waste management.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Anubha Kaushik and Kaushik C. P., "Environmental Science and Engineering", 4thMulticolour Edition, New
Age International Pvt. Ltd., 2014.
2. Miller T.G.Jr.,"Environmental Science", 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Linda D Williams, "Environmental Science, Demystified", 1st Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2005.
2. Rajagopalan R., "Environmental Studies: From Crisis to Cure", 1st Edition, Oxford University Press, 2011.
3. Daniel D Chiras, "Environmmental Science", 1st Edition, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES
2. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc19/SEM2/noc19-ge22

20CE2E51 WASTE MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the sources, effects and legislation of municipal solid waste management. PO1, PO6, PO7
CO2 : Outline the classification, Handling and treatment techniques of Hazardous waste. PO1, PO6, PO7,PO11
CO3 : Discuss the sources, types and disposal techniques of biomedical waste. PO1, PO6, PO7,PO11
CO4 : Interpret the sources, effects and management technologies of E-waste. PO1, PO6, PO7,PO11
CO5: Analyse the various aspects of Waste to Energy Management Systems. PO1,PO2, PO6,
PO7,PO11
MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 9
Definitions and classification of solid wastes - Waste generation - Factors affecting generation - Objective of solid
waste management - Effects of improper disposal of solid wastes - Functional Elements - Hierarchy of Waste
Management - Waste minimization - Disposal techniques - Relevant Regulations in waste management - LCA of
waste management.
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT 8
Definition - Identification and classification - Hazardous Waste Management and Handling Rules - Source
reduction of hazardous wastes - Handling and storage of Hazardous wastes - Waste treatment technologies:
Solidification - Chemical fixation - Encapsulation - Incineration - Advanced treatment.
BIOMEDICAL WASTE MANAGEMENT 9
Sources - Generation - Classification - Storage - Transportation - Waste Treatment and disposal: Autoclave
treatment, hydroclave treatment, microwave treatment and chemical disinfection - Advanced treatment - Sanitary
and secured land filling.
e -WASTE MANAGEMENT 7
e-waste - sources - Classification and composition - Characteristics - Environmental and public health issues -
Hazardous due to improper disposal - Treatment technologies - Recycle and recovery - Regulatory framework in
India.
WASTE TO ENERGY 12
Biochemical Conversion: Energy production from organic waste through anaerobic digestion and fermentation.
Thermo-chemical Conversion: Combustion, Incineration and heat recovery, Pyrolysis, Gasification; Plasma Arc
Technology and other newer technologies. Landfill gas, collection and recovery. Refuse Derived Fuel - fluff,
briquettes, and pellets. Alternate Fuel Resource - Cement plants, Thermal power plants and Industrial boilers.
Energy from Plastic Wastes - Non-recyclable plastic wastes for energy recovery.
Total Hours: 45
CASE STUDIES
1. Success and failures of waste to energy
2. Global Best Practices in Waste to energy production distribution and use.
3. Indian Scenario on Waste to Energy production distribution and use in India.

4. Success and Failures of Indian Waste to Energy plants.
5. Role of the Government in promoting 'Waste to Energy'
TEXT BOOKS
1. George Tchobanoglous, Hilary Theisen and Samuel Vigil., "Integrated Solid Waste Management: Engineering,
Principles and Management issues", 5th Edition, McGraw Hill Publishers, 2014
2. Manual on Municipal Solid waste Management, CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of. India,
New Delhi, 2000.
3. Ronald E. Hester and Roy M. Harrison, "Electronic waste management", 1st Edition, Royal society of
chemistry, 2009.
REFERENCES
1. John Pichtel Waste Management Practices CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group 2005.
2. Georges E. Ekosse, Rogers W'O Okut-Uma, Pollution control & Waste management in Developing Countries,
Commonwealth Publishers, New Delhi, 2000.
WEB REFERENCES
1. Municipal solid waste management https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/103/105103205/
2. Integrated waste management for smart city https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/105/105105160/
3. Solid and hazardous waste management https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/106/105106056/
4. Electronics waste management: Issues and Challenges https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/105/105105169/
5. Ministry of new and renewable energy - https://www.mnre.gov.in/
6. Industrial waste in India - http://www.eai.in/ref/ae/wte/typ/clas/india_industrial_wastes.html
7. Central pollution control board - http://www.cpcb.nic.in/

20CE2E52 GLOBAL WARMING AND CLIMATE CHANGE 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the evidence for anthropogenic causes of climate change and
the relevant scientific uncertainties of global warming. PO1, PO7
CO2: Illustrate the impacts of climate change and formulate corrective measures
for mitigating the effects. PO3, PO7
CO3: Apply quantitative analysis of climate change phenomenon and develop
energy balance models. PO5, PO11
CO4: Summarize the outcomes of past national and international efforts to address
climate change for sustainable global management PO7
EARTH'S CLIMATE SYSTEM 15
Atmosphere - weather and Climate - climate parameters -Global ocean circulation - El-Nino and its effect - Carbon
cycle- Earth's climate machine -Role of ozone in environment-Ozone layer Ozone depleting gases, Green House
Gases(GHG)-Green House Effect, Radiative effects of Greenhouse Gases-Global Warming-Carbon Cycle-Energy
balance model with GHGs.
IMPACTS OF CLIMATE CHANGE 10
Causes of Climate change - Change of Temperature in the environment-Melting of ice (Pole)- Sea level rise-Impacts
of Climate Change on various sectors-Agriculture, Forestry and Ecosystem-Water Resources Human Health -
Industry, Settlement and Society-Method sand Scenarios Projected Impacts for Different Regions-Uncertainties in
the Projected Impacts of Climate Change-Risk of Irreversible Changes.
INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS 10
Climate change and Carbon credits - CDM - Initiatives in India - Kyoto Protocol-Inter governmental Panel on
Climate change - Climate Sensitivity and Feedbacks -The Montreal Protocol - UNFCCC - IPCC - Climate change
from national perspectives - cost-benefit analysis of climate change issues.
MITIGATION MEASURES 10
Clean Development Mechanism - Carbon Trading - Examples of future Clean Technology - Biodiesel-Natural
Compost - Eco-Friendly Plastic - Alternate Energy - Hydrogen - Bio-fuels-Solar Energy-Wind Hydroelectric Power
Mitigation Efforts in India and Adaptation funding, Case studies on Key Mitigation Technologies and Practices.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Dash Sushil Kumar, "Climate Change-An Indian Perspective ", Cambridge University Press India Pvt. Ltd., 2013.
2. Adaptation and mitigation of climate change Scientific Technical Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 2017.
3. John Houghton, Global Warming: The Complete Briefing, 5th Edition, Cambridge Univ. Press, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. J.M.Wallace and P.V.Hobbs," Atmospheric Science", Elsevier/Academic Press 2016.
2. JanC.van Dam," Impacts of Climate Change and Climate Variability on Hydrological Regimes", Cambridge
University Press, 2015.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://www.nptelvideos.com/lecture.phpid=850

20CE2E53 GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify the fundamentals of geographical information system and its components. PO1, PO2
CO2: Interpret the spatial data model and input methodology to analyze the spatial data. PO1, PO2
CO3: Examine the importance of raster and vector analysis of data and data quality. PO1, PO2
CO4: Categorize the Application of GIS based on the societal needs. PO2, PO5
CO5: Create GIS based application map using open-source software. PO2, PO5
FUNDAMENTALS OF GIS 8
Introduction to GIS - Basic spatial concepts - Datum - Coordinate Systems -GIS - Definitions - Components of GIS:
Hardware, Software, Data, People, Methods - open source Software - Types of data - Spatial, Attribute data- Types
of attributes - Scales/ levels of measurements.
SPATIAL DATA MODELS 8
Database Structures - Relational, Object Oriented - Entities - ER diagram - Spatial data models - Raster Data
Structures - Raster Data Compression - Vector Data Structures - Raster Vs Vector Models- TIN and GRID data
models.
DATA INPUT AND TOPOLOGY 9
Scanner - Raster Data Input - Raster Data File Formats - Geo-Referencing - Vector Data Input -Digitizer - Topology -
Adjacency, connectivity and containment - Topological Consistency - Non topological file formats -Attribute Data
linking - Linking External Databases - GPS Data Integration - GPS based map.
DATA QUALITY AND ANALYSIS 12
Data quality - Basic aspects - completeness, logical consistency, positional accuracy, temporal accuracy, thematic
accuracy and lineage - Metadata. Import/Export - Data Management functions. Vector Data Analysis tools - Data
Analysis tools - Network Analysis - Digital Elevation models - 3D data collection and utilization. Raster Data
Analysis tools -Spatial Analyst - Raster Calculator. Raster to Vector and Vector to Raster Conversion
APPLICATIONS OF GIS 8
Natural Resource Management - Engineering - Navigation - Vehicle tracking - Marketing and Business
applications- Land Use Land Cover (LULC) Zonation map - Disaster vulnerability map - Generation of Map using
open source GIS software.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kang-Tsung Chang, Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 2nd Edition, Mc-Graw Hill
Publishing, 2011.
2. Lillesand, Kiefer, Chipman, "Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation", Wiley, Sixth edition, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Peter A. Burrough, Rachael A. McDonnell, Christopher D. Lloyd, "Principles of Geographical Information
Systems" Oxford University Press; International 3rd edition, 2016.
2. John D. Bossler, "Manual of Geospatial Science and Technology", CRC Press; 2nd edition, 2020.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/modern-surveying-techniques.html
20CE2E54 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Define the basic terms of disaster and disaster management cycle. PO1
CO2: Interpret the remedial measurements for natural and human induced disaster. PO1
CO3: Examine the significance of disaster management to reduce the impact. PO1
CO4: Infer the advanced technology usage in disaster mitigation process. PO2, PO5
CO5: Develop the disaster-prone area map using open-source software. PO5, PO11
DISASTERS 9
Meaning, Nature, Importance of Hazard, Risk, Vulnerability and Disaster -Classification: Natural and Man-made-
Technological, Miscellaneous Accidents. Dimensions & Scope of Disaster Management-Vulnerabilities - National
disaster management framework - Disaster Management Cycle
NATURAL DISASTER 9
Natural Disasters- Meaning and nature of natural disaster: Major natural Disasters: Floods, drought, cyclone,
earthquakes, landslides, avalanches, volcanic eruptions - Climatic change: global warming, Sea level rise, ozone
depletion.
HUMAN INDUCED DISASTER 6
Human Induced Disasters: Nuclear disasters, chemical disasters, biological disasters, building fire, coal fire, forest
fire, oil fire, Terrorism, oil spills.
DISASTER MANAGEMENT 9
Pre- disaster stage (preparedness) - Risk Management- Risk identification, risk reduction (planning, prevention,
mitigation, preparedness)- risk transfer- Emergency Stage - Rescue training for search & operation - Immediate
relief. Post Disaster stage - Rehabilitation - Social Aspect - Economic Aspect and Environmental Aspect.
DISASTER MITIGATION 12
Meteorological observatory - Seismological observatory - Hydrology Laboratory and Industrial Safety inspectorate
-Technology in Disaster Management -Emergency Management Systems (EMS) in the Disaster Management
Cycle - Remote Sensing and Geographic Information Systems (GIS) in Disaster Management -Case studies on
disaster management in India.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sharma.S.R, "Disaster management", A P H Publishers, 2011
2. Hyndman.D and Hyndman.D "Natural Hazards and Disasters" Cengage Learning, Inc, 3rd Edition, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Johnson.C. Creating an enabling environment for reducing disaster risk: Recent experience of regulatory
frameworks for land, planning and building in low and middle-income countries. Global assessment report on
disaster risk reduction. ISDR, April 2011.
2. VenuGopalRao.K, "Geoinformatics for Disaster Management", Manglam Publishers and Distributors, 2010
3. Singh.R.B, "Natural Hazards and Disaster Management: Vulnerability and Mitigation", Rawat Publications, 2006.
4. NDMA. (2019). National Disaster Management Plan, NDMA: New Delhi
WEB REFERENCES
20CE2E55 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT IN INDUSTRY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify suitable technology for the prevention of industrial pollution. PO1
CO2: Illustrate waste and energy audit process PO1, PO2
CO3: Summarize the Environmental management laws pertaining to
Industrial Pollution as per ISO 14001. PO1
CO4: Infer the risk factor in an Industrial project and draft a report. PO1,PO2,PO7
CO5: Outline the cleaner technologies adopted in different Industries. PO1, PO2
INDUSTRIAL WASTE, TYPES AND ITS CONTROL 11
Nature and characteristics of industrial wastes - Prevention versus control of industrial pollution- Linkage between
technology and pollution prevention - Tools for clean processes, reuse, recycle, recovery, source reduction, raw
material substitution-toxic use reduction and process modifications.
ENERGY AND WASTE AUDIT 9
Unit operations in separation technology - Separation technologies as tools for waste minimization- process
optimization for cleaner industrial processes- Flow sheet analysis- Energy and resource (material and water) audits
for efficient usage and conservation -Waste audits, emission inventories and waste management hierarchy for
process industries - Protocol for conducting environmental audit.
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 10
EMAS, ISO 14000 - EMS as per ISO 14001:2015- benefits and barriers of EMS - Concept of continual
improvement and pollution prevention - environmental policy - environmental aspect and impact analysis - legal
and other requirements- objectives and targets - environmental management programs - Roles and responsibilities
of environment managers - sustainability reporting as per GRI G4 guidelines- communication - documentation-
operational control - monitoring and measurement - management review.
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS AND RISK ASSESSMENT 9
Environmental regulations and policies- Environmental protection laws and acts- Environment and forest clearance
Procedures - Corporate and international charters and protocols - Risk assessment - Environmental impact
assessment - Industrial ecology - Pollution prevention -Waste minimization and sustainable development- Life
cycle assessment - Eco-labelling of products.
CASE STUDIES 6
Case studies on industrial applications of cleaner technologies in chemical, metallurgical, pulp and paper, textile,
electroplating, leather, dairy, cement and other industries.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Tapas K. Das, Industrial Environmental Management: Engineering, Science, and Policy, Wiley, 2020.
2. I.V Murali Krishna ValliManickam, Environmental Management Science and Engineering for Industry,

3. R. Sullivan, Hugh, Wyndham, Effective Environmental Management: Principles and Case Studies, Allen &
Unwin Academic, 2001.
4. C. J. Barrow, Environmental Management: Principles and Practice (Routledge Environmental Management
Series) Routledge, 1st edition, 1999.
REFERENCES
1. F. B. Friedman, Practical Guide to Environmental Management, Environmental Law Institute, USA, 9th edition
2003.
2. G. Burke, Ben R. Singh and L. Theodore, Handbook of Environmental Management and Technology, Wiley-
Inderscience, 2nd edition, 2000.
3. B. Taylor, Effective Environmental, Health, and Safety Management Using the Team Approach, Wiley-
Inderscience, 2005.
4. D. L. Goetsch and S. B. Davis, ISO 14001: Environmental Management, Prentice Hall, 2000.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc15/SEM1/noc15-oe02/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc19/SEM2/noc19-ge22/

AND

20CS2E61 PYTHON FOR DATA SCIENCE 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Recall the basic concepts of Python Programming. PO1, PO2, PO12
CO2: Explain the the fundamentalsfor data cleaning and processing in Python. PO1,PO2, PO4,
PO5, PO12
CO3: Apply various operations working in python for the real time scenario. PO1, PO2,PO3,
PO4, PO5, PO12
CO4: Analyze various data visualization tools for effective interpretations PO1, PO2,PO3,
and insights of data. PO4, PO5, PO12
OVERVIEW OF PYTHON AND DATA STRUCTURES 10
Basics of Python including data types, variables, expressions, objects and functions. Python data structures
including String, Array, List, Tuple, Set, Dictionary and operations them.
WORKING WITH DATA IN PYTHON 10
Reading Files with Open-Writing Files with Open-Loading Data with Pandas-Pandas: Working with and Saving
Data-One Dimensional Numpy-Two Dimensional Numpy- Introduction to Panda's Dataframes-Dataframe
Components-Performing Statistics and Calculations on Sliced and Grouped Dataframes-Plotting in Matplotlib
GETTING YOUR HANDS DIRTY WITH DATA 12
Using the Jupyter Console, Interacting with screen text, Changing the window appearance, Getting Python help,
Getting IPython help, Using magic functions, Discovering objects, Using Jupyter Notebook, Working with styles,
Restarting the kernel, Restoring a checkpoint, Performing Multimedia and Graphic Integration, Embedding plots
and other images, Loading examples from online sites, Obtaining online graphics and multimedia. Case Study:
Classification
DATA VISUALIZATION 13
Choosing the Right Graph-Showing parts of a whole with pie chart-Creating comparisons with bar charts-Showing
distributions using histograms-Depicting groups using box plots -Seeing data patterns using scatter plots-Showing
correlations -Plotting Time Series -Getting the Base map toolkit-Using Base map to plot geographic data-
Visualizing Graphs
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. "Python for data science for dummies" John Paul Mueller, Luca Massaron, Wiley, July 2015.
2. "Pandas for everyone: Python Data Analysis",Daniel Y. Chen Pearson, 1st Edition, December 2017
REFERENCES
1. Data Science from Scratch: First Principles with Python Joel Grus O'REILLY , 1st Edition, April 2015.
2. Applied Data Science with Python and Jupyter: Use powerful industry-standard tools to unlock new, actionable
insights from your data,, Packt ,October 2018.
WEB REFERENCES
1. www.coursera.org/learn/python-for-applied-data-science-ai#syllabus
2. www.takethiscourse.net/python-for-data-science-by-iit/
3. www.anaconda.com
4. www.python.org
5. www.w3schools.com
6. www.learnpython.org

20CS2E62 DATA ANALYTICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand the basic functionalities of Data Mining Techniques PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4,
PO11, PO12
CO2: Apply Data Analytics algorithms to the analysis of Business problems PO2, PO3, PO4, PO11, PO12
CO3: Apply Algorithms to build Machine Intelligence PO2, PO3, PO4, PO11, PO12
CO4: Describe Big Data Analytics Tools PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5,
PO11,PO12
CO5: Use statistical methods and Visualization to quickly explore Data PO2, PO3, PO4, PO11, PO12
DATA MINING 9
Relation To Statistics - Databases - Data Mining Functionalities - Steps in Data Mining Process - Architecture of
Typical Data Mining Systems - Classification Of Data Mining Systems - Overview Of Data Mining Techniques.
PREDICTIVE MODELING 12
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases - Classification and Prediction: Issues Regarding Classification and
Prediction - Classification by Decision Tree Induction - Bayesian Classification - Other Classification Methods -
Prediction - Clusters Analysis: Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis - Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods.
OVERVIEW OF BIG DATA ANALYTICS 12
Introduction to Big Data - Big Data Analytics Applications - Time Series Analysis - Introduction to Map Reduce /
Hadoop
TECHNOLOGIES AND TOOLS FOR DATA ANALYTICS 12
Data visualization techniques using R Tool: Histograms - Box plots - Scatter plots - Time series - Spatial Data -
Spark - Introduction to Exploratory Data Mining - Association Rule Mining-Clustering and Classification
Techniques using WEKA Tool
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, "Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques", Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011
2. Cathy O'Neil and Rachel Schutt,"Doing Data Science, Straight Talk from the Frontline", O'Reilly, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. AnandRajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, "Mining of Massive Datasets", Cambridge University Press, 2011.
2. Joel Grus, "Data Science from Scratch", Copyright c 2015
3. Tom White, "Hadoop: The Definitive Guide", OReilly Media, 4thEdition, 2015.
WEB REFERENCES

20CS2E63 JAVA PROGRAMMING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Interpret Java programs using Object Oriented Concepts. PO1,PO2,PO3,PO4
CO2 Design Simple Java Applications involving GUI and Threading PO2,PO3,PO4
CO3 Develop Network based Java Programs with Java Database Connectivity PO2,PO3,PO4
CO4 Analyze the implementation issues to give better program solutions PO2,PO3,PO4
INTRODUCTION TO JAVA 9
Object Oriented Language: Overview - JAVA Environment - Comparing JAVA, C and C++ - Keywords and
Operators - Identifiers - Literal - Expressions - Control Statements - Arrays and Strings - Command Line Arguments
- Data Members - Methods - Overloading Constructors - Class Assignment - This - Static members and methods -
Final - Super keyword - Exception Handling.
INHERITANCE, PACKAGES AND THREADS 9
Abstract Classes - Inheritance: Types - Single - Multilevel - Hierarchical - Interfaces: Defining - Implementing -
Packages: Introduction - Importing packages - Implementation - Multithreaded Programming: Thread model -
Creating a Thread - Thread Priority - Synchronization - Inter Thread Communication.
AWT AND APPLET 9
HTML: Introduction - Webpage Design - Basic Tags - Simple Programs - Applet: Lifecycle - Simple Applet Display
- Labels - Text fields - Buttons - Combo Boxes - Passing Parameters to Applet - AWT: Windows Fundamentals -
AWT Controls - Event Handling: Sources of Events - Event Delegation Model - Event Classes - Event Listener
Interfaces - AWT Classes - Working with Graphics - Working with Color - Working with Font - Layout Managers -
Menu Bars and Menus.
JAVA COLLECTION FRAMEWORK AND DATABASE CONNECTIVITY 9
Java Collection Framework: Vector - List - TreeSet - HashSet - Enumeration - Autoboxing - Annotations - JDBC:
Architecture - JDBC Connectivity - Drivers - Setting up a Database - Setting up Tables - Establishing Connection -
Getting Data From a Table - Select - Update - Record Sets - Prepared Statements - Callable Statements.
INPUT/OUTPUT STREAMS AND NETWORKING BASICS 9
Input Output: I/O Classes and Interfaces - The Character Stream - Buffered Reader and Buffered Writer -
Serialization - Files - Java and Net: Stream Classes - Socket - Inet Address - URL Connection - TCP/IP Sockets -
Datagrams - Simple Client/ Server Program.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Herbert Schildt, "The Complete Reference Java", 7th Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill, 2011.
REFERENCE
1. E. Balaguruswamy, "Programming with Java", 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007.
WEB REFERENCE

20CS2E64 MACHINE LEARNING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the foundations of Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning PO2, PO3, PO4, PO11, PO12
CO2: Analyze the Supervised learning PO2, PO3, PO4, PO11, PO12
CO3: Analyze the Reinforcement Learning PO2, PO3, PO4, PO11, PO12
CO4: Understand other Learning approaches in Machine Learning PO2, PO3, PO4, PO11, PO12
FUNDAMENTALS OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING 12
Definition of learning systems, Goals and applications of machine learning, Probability theory, Computational
probability, Statistical decision theory, Learning versus design, Feasibility of learning, Training versus testing,
Labeled versus unlabeled dataset, Error, Noise, Theory of generalization, Hypothesis class, Vapnik-Chervonenkis
(VC) dimension, Bias, Variance, Learning curve, Data preprocessing, Model selection, Under-fitting and over-
fitting, Cross validation, Concept representation, Function approximation.
SUPERVISED LEARNING 13
Learning a class from examples, Learning multiple classes, Dimensions of a supervised machine learning
algorithm,
Discriminant functions, Probabilistic generative models, Probabilistic discriminative models, Logistic regression,
Linear regression.
REINFORCEMENT LEARNING 10
Model-free reinforcement learning:Q Learning, Algorithm for learning Q, Convergence, Updating sequences
strategies, Model based learning: Value iteration-Policy iteration,K-Armed bandit - elements.
OTHER LEARNING APPROACHES 10
Clustering, Expectation maximization (EM) for soft clustering, Semi-supervised learning with EM using labeled
and unlabeled data, Ensemble learning: boosting, bagging, Sampling: Basic sampling methods - Markov Chain
Monte Carlo.
Total Periods :45
TEXT BOOKS
1. AbuMostafa Y S, MagdonIsmail M and Lin H T, "Learning from Data", AML Book Publishers, USA. 2012.
2. EthemAlpaydm, "Introduction to Machine Learning", PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Tom Mitchell, "Machine Learning", McGraw Hill,USA, 2013.
2. Christopher Bishop, "Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning", Springer, USA, 2010.
3. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshiraniand Jerome Friedman,"TheElements of Statistical learning", Springer, USA,
2009. Kevin P. Murphy, "Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective", MIT Press, USA,2012.
WEBREFERENCE

20CS2E65 CYBER SECURITY 3003
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Understand the concepts and foundations of computer security PO2, PO3, PO4, PO11, PO12
CO2 Illustrate various authentication mechanisms. PO2, PO3, PO4, PO11, PO12
CO3 Identify vulnerabilities of systems and networks. PO2, PO3, PO4, PO11, PO12
CO4 Develop basic security enhancements in networking environments PO2, PO3, PO4, PO11, PO12
OVERVIEW 9
Computer Security Concepts - Threats, Attacks, and Assets - Security Functional Requirements - Fundamental
Security Design Principles - Attack Surfaces and Attack Trees- Computer Security Strategy - Cryptographic Tools -
Confidentiality with Symmetric Encryption - Message Authentication and Hash Functions - Public-Key Encryption
- Digital Signatures and Key Management
USER AUTHENTICATION 9
Electronic User Authentication Principles - Password-Based Authentication - Token-Based Authentication -
Biometric Authentication -Remote User Authentication. Access Control - Access Control Principles - Subjects,
Objects, and Access Rights - Discretionary Access Control - Example: UNIX File Access Control - Role-Based
Access Control - Attribute- Based Access Control - Identity, Credential, and Access Management
DATABASE AND DATA CENTER SECURITY 9
The Need for Database Security - Database Management Systems - Relational Databases - SQL Injection Attacks -
Database Access Control - Inference Database Encryption -Data Center Security
MALICIOUS SOFTWARE 9
Types of Malicious Software (Malware) - Advanced Persistent Threat - Propagation-Infected Content-Viruses -
Propagation-Vulnerability Exploit-Worms - Propagation-Social Engineering-Spam E-Mail, Trojans - Payload-
System Corruption - Payload-Attack Agent-Zombie, Bots - Payload-Information Theft-Keyloggers, Phishing,
Spyware - Payload-Stealthing-Backdoors, Rootkits
DENIAL-OF-SERVICE ATTACKS 9
Denial-of-Service Attacks- Flooding Attacks - Distributed Denial-of-Service Attacks - Application-Based
Bandwidth Attacks - Reflector and Amplifier Attacks - Defenses Against Denial-of-Service Attacks - Responding to
a Denial-of-Service Attack - Firewalls and Intrusion Prevention Systems - The Need for Firewalls - Firewall
Characteristics and Access Policy - Types of Firewalls - Firewall Basing - Firewall Location and Configurations -
Intrusion Prevention Systems
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. William Stallings, Lawrie Brown, "Computer Security: Principles and Practice,Pearson; 4th edition, Global Edition, 2018.
2. Michael T. Goodrich and Roberto Tamassia, Introduction to Computer Security: Pearson New International Edition, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Alfred J. Menezes, Paul C. van Oorschot and ScottA. Vanstone, Handbook ofApplied Cryptography, CRC Press, 2001
2. William Stallings, Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards, Pearson, 6th edition, 2017.
WEBREFERENCE
1. https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/nou19_cs08/preview

20EE2E51 RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the concept of energy consumption, energy scenario, energy
sources and their availability PO1, PO6, PO11
CO2: Explain the working principle and operation of solar energy conversion
technologies, PV arrays and MPPT techniques PO1, PO6, PO11
CO3: Discuss the principle of wind energy systems and its types, ocean thermal
energy conversion system and Hydel power generation. PO1, PO6, PO11
CO4: Summarize the concepts, classification of miscellaneous sources and
its applications. PO1, PO6, PO11
INTRODUCTION AND SOLAR ENERGY CONVERSION 15
Trends in energy consumption - World energy scenario - Energy sources and their availability - Principle of solar
thermal power generation - Low and medium temperature systems - Stirling cycle - Brayton cycle - Solar radiation
and measurement-Types of Solar Collectors - Block Diagram of Solar Power Generation System - Solar Water
Heating Systems - Solar Pond - Solar cells and their types - Power Conditioners - Charge controllers - PV arrays -
Maximum Power Point Tracking - Synchronized Operation with grid supply.
WIND ENERGY SYSTEMS, ENERGY FROM OCEANS 15
Basic principle of wind energy conversion - Nature of wind - Power in the wind - Components of a wind energy
conversion system - Classification of WECS - Performance of Wind Generators - Ocean thermal energy conversion
- Basic Rankine Cycle and its Working- Method of ocean thermal electric power generation - Energy from Wave and
Tidal - Working principles and operation of different types tidal and wave power generation-Mini, Micro hydel
power generation.
MISCELLANEOUS SOURCES 15
Principle and operation - Types - Efficiency - Effect of Polarization on Efficiency - Construction and Working of
H2O2 and Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cell - Introduction to Hydrogen Energy Production and Storage - Solar
Pond - Magneto Hydro Dynamic Systems - Geo-thermal Energy - Biomass Energy Conversion Technologies-
Biogas generation, classification and types of biogas plants.
Total periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rao. S and Paruklekar, "Energy Technology - Non Conventional, Renewable and Conventional", Khanna Publishers, 1999.
2. Mukund R. Patel, "Wind and Solar Power Systems", CRC Press LLC, 2006.
REFERENCES
1. Rai G. D, "Non Conventional Energy Sources", Khanna Publishers, 1993.
2. Garg, H. P. and Prakash J., "Solar Energy - Fundamentals and Applications", Tata McGraw Hill, 1997.
3. Shobh Nath Singh, "Non-conventional Energy resources", Pearson Education, 2015.
4. Charles E. Brown, "World Energy Resources", Springer, 2002.
WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDY
1. Grid-connected renewable energy systems,
2. Mini-grid renewable energy systems, and
3. Stand-alone renewable energy systems.

20EE2E52 POWER GENERATION SYSTEMS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Illustrate the concept of economics of power generation. PO1, PO6, PO7, PO11
CO2: Discuss about the layout and working functions of steam, diesel,
and hydro-power plants. PO1, PO6, PO7, PO11
CO3: Explain the working principle of nuclear power plants, reactor control
and safety PO1, PO6, PO7, PO11
CO4: Summarize the concepts, working principles of non-conventional power
generation systems. PO1, PO6, PO7, PO11
ECONOMICS OF POWER GENERATION 12
Economics of generation - Load duration curve - Load, demand and diversity factors, Plant capacity and plant use
factors - Choice of type of generation - Choice of size and number of units - Cost of energy generated - Tariffs-Power
factor improvement-Overview of system operation: Load forecasting, techniques of forecasting.
CONVENTIONAL POWER GENERATION 18
Comparison of power generation systems, layout and working of steam, diesel, low &high head hydro-power plants
- Pumped storage plants - Economic operation of steam - Hydro plants -Inter connected operations division of load
in interconnected system, economic loading of steam and hydro power plants.
Nuclear power plants - Principle of power generation, location, advantages and disadvantages of nuclear power
plants - Reactor control - Reactor safety waste disposal.
NON-CONVENTIONAL POWER GENERATION 15
Basic concepts, principles of working and layout of Solar Energy Conversion and MPPT techniques, Wind Energy,
Tidal and Wave energy, Biomass and Geothermal power generation.
Total periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar and Chakrabarti, "A text book on Power Systems Engineering", Dhanpat Rai and Sons, 2004.
2. Wadhwa C.L., "Generation, Distribution and Utilization of Electric Energy", 3rd Edition, New Age
International Ltd., 2011
REFERENCES
1. Deshpande M.V, "Elements of Electrical Power systems Design", Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2001.
2. Peter Gevorkian, "Sustainable Energy Systems Engineering", McGraw Hill, 2007.
3. Bent Sorensen, "Renewable Energy, Elsevier", Academic Press, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDY
1. Hybrid power plants
2. Indian Energy Scenario
3. Electrical Energy Demand in Rural India

20EE2E53 TROUBLESHOOTING OF ELECTRICAL APPARATUS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the concepts of domestic appliances and Electrical safety. PO1, PO3, PO4, PO12
CO2: Interpret types of batteries in UPS PO1, PO3, PO4
CO3: Explain the troubleshooting techniques in Mixer Grinder PO1, PO3, PO4
CO4: Demonstrate and troubleshoot the problems in washing machine. PO1, PO3, PO4
DOMESTIC APPLIANCES 15
Electrical Safety and Protective equipment, Indian Electrical Standards - Working principles and circuits of
common domestic equipment's and appliances: Domestic Wiring, Heater / Immersion Heater, Iron Box, Ceiling
Fan, Geyser, Concept of Neutral and Earth.
UPS/INVERTER & MIXER GRINDER 15
Various types of batteries used in UPS - Inverters and their maintenance - Different types of inverter - UPS: Working
principle, specifications, explanation with the help of block diagram. Various parts & functions of Mixer/Grinder,
speed control circuit & automatic over load protector.
WASHING MACHINE 15
Different types of machines, washing techniques, parts of manual, semi-automatic and fully automatic machines,
basic working principle of manual, semi-automatic and fully automatic machines, study the working of motors,
different types of timers, power supply circuits.
Total periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. David Herres, "Troubleshooting and Repairing Commercial Electrical Equipment", 1st Edition, McGraw-Hill
Education, 2013.
2. Mark Brown, Jawahar Rawtani, Dinesh Patil, "Practical Troubleshooting of Electrical Equipment and Control
Circuits", 1st Edition, Newnes Books, 2013.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.apcdistributors.com/white-papers/Power/WP1%20The%20Different%20Types%20of%20
UPS%20Systems.pdf
CASE STUDY
Design a prototype model
1. Water Level Indicator
2. Burglar/Theft Alarm
3. Automatic control of home appliances

20EE2E54 ELECTRIC AND HYBRID VEHICLES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the fundamentals of Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicles PO1, PO2, PO9, PO10
CO2: Interpret the parameters and performance of Electric vehicle. PO1, PO2, PO9, PO10
CO3: Explain different types of electric motors and power converters PO1, PO2, PO9, PO10
CO4: Understand the Indian and global policies and Regulations. PO1, PO2, PO9, PO10
ELECTRIC AND HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLES 15
History - Components of Electric and hybrid Vehicle - General Layout of EV and hybrid EV - EV classification -
Comparison with Internal combustion Engine, Technology, Advantages & Disadvantages of EV and Hybrid EV,
Comparison with Electric and hybrid Vehicles - Overview of Toyota prius, Overview of Tesla car.
VEHICLE FUNDAMENTALS 12
Vehicle resistance - Types: Rolling Resistance, grading resistance - Calculating the acceleration Force, maximum
speed - Finding the Total Tractive Effort - Torque Required on the Drive Wheel, - Transmission: Differential, clutch
and gear box - Braking performance.
MOTORS AND CONVERTERS 12
Principle and working of DC motor - Characteristics and Types of DC Motors - Overview (Speed torque
characteristics) of Permanent Magnet motor, BLDC Motor, Induction motor - Comparison of all motors -
Introduction of DC-DC, AC-AC, AC-DC, DC-AC Converters, four-quadrant operation, Driver circuits.
INDIAN AND GLOBAL SCENARIO 6
Technology Scenario - Market Scenario - Policies and Regulations - Payback and commercial model - Polices in
India
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Iqbal Hussain, "Electric & Hybrid Vehicles - Design Fundamentals", 2th Edition, CRC Press, 2011.
2. James Larminie, "Electric Vehicle Technology Explained", John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimin Gao, Ali Emadi, "Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles:
Fundamentals", CRC Press, 2010.
2. Keljik J., "Electricity 4: AC/DC Motors, Controls and Maintenance" Clifton Park, NY: Delmar Cengage
Learning, 2013.
WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDY
1. Simulation of EV using MATLAB/SIMULINK or any other simulation platform.
2. Study on architecture of recent HEVs like Toyota, BMW, Honda, Tesla etc.

20EE2E55 ELECTRICAL MACHINES AND DRIVES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Demonstrate the principle of electromechanical energy conversion and
constructional details and operation of DC machine. PO1, PO2
CO2: Understand the construction, operation, performance, starting methods
and speed control techniques of Induction Motor. PO1, PO2
CO3: Summarize the concepts, characteristics and selection of Electric Drives. PO1, PO2
CO4: Describe the different control strategies for Solid State Drives. PO1, PO2
CO5: Outline the various speed control techniques for Induction Motor. PO1, PO2
ELECTRO MAGNETIC INDUCTION & DC MOTORS 9
Introduction to magnetic circuits - Magnetically induced E.M.F and force - AC operation of magnetic circuits -
Hysteresis and Eddy current losses. Energy in magnetic systems - Field energy & mechanical force - Constructional
features of DC machine - Principle of operation of DC Machine - EMF and Torque equations.
SINGLE PHASE & THREE PHASE INDUCTION MACHINES 9
Construction and principle of operation of single phase & three phase induction motors - Torque & Power equations
- Slip-Torque characteristics - Starting and speed control of Induction Machines.
ELECTRIC DRIVES 9
Electric Drives - Advantage of Electric Drives - Selection of motor power rating - Thermal model of motor for
heating and cooling - Classes of duty cycle - Determination of motor rating - Control of Electric drives - modes of
operation - Speed control and drive classifications - Closed loop control of drives.
SOLID STATE CONTROL OF DC DRIVES 9
DC motor and their performance - Braking - Transient analysis - Ward Leonard drives - Transformer and
Uncontrolled Rectifier Control - Controlled rectifier fed DC drives - Chopper controlled DC drives - Time ratio
control and current limit control - Single, two and four quadrant operations - Effect of ripples on the DC motor
performance.
SOLID STATE CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR 9
Induction Motor Drives - Stator control - Stator voltage and frequency control - V/f control - CSI, VSI and
cycloconverter fed Induction motor drives - Slip power recovery scheme - Control of rotor resistance using DC chopper.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Bose B.K., "Power Electronics and Variable Frequency Drives", 1st Edition, IEEE Press Standard Publications 2002.
2. Kothari D.P., and Nagrath I.J., "Electrical Machines", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2002.
REFERENCES
2. Dubey G.K., "Fundamentals of Electrical Drives", Narora publications, 1995.
3. Krishnan R., "Electric Motor Drives Modeling, Analysis and Control", 1st Edition, Pearson Publications, 2002.
WEB REFERENCES
3. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_ee65/preview
CASE STUDY
1. Applications of Electrical Machines in Electric Vehicles.
2. Four quadrant operation DC Motor using MATLAB software.
3. Simulation of closed loop control of Induction Motor.
4. Role of Electrical Drives in industries like Textile, Steel, Cement and Paper industries.

20EC2E51 CONSUMER ELECTRONICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the types and working principles of microwave ovens
and washing machines. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO2: Understand the operations of air conditioners and refrigerators PO1, PO2, PO3
CO3: Figure out theengineering concepts used in car computers PO1, PO2, PO3
CO4: Comprehend the operations of home/office digital devices PO1, PO2, PO3
CO5: Use different product safety, compliance standards and techniques PO1, PO2, PO3,
associated with electronic products PO6
MICROWAVE OVENS AND WASHING MACHINES 12
Microwave Ovens - Microwaves (Range used in Microwave ovens) - Magnetrons - Microwave oven block diagram
-LCD timer with alarm - Single-Chip Controllers - Types of Microwave oven -Wiring and Safety instructions -
Washing Machines - Electronic controller for washing machines - Washing machine hardware and software - Types
of washing machines - Fuzzy logic washing machines - Features of washing machines.
AIR CONDITIONERS AND REFRIGERATORS 8
Air Conditioning - Components of air conditioning systems - All-water air conditioning systems - All-air
conditioning systems - Unitary and central air conditioning systems - Split air conditioners. Refrigeration -
Refrigerants - Refrigeration systems - Domestic refrigerators.
IN-CAR COMPUTERS 8
Electronic ignition - Lock system - Antilock Braking System (ABS) - Electronically Controlled Suspension (ECS) -
Instrument panel displays - Air bag system - Vehicle proximity detection system - Car navigation system.
HOME/OFFICE DIGITAL DEVICES 9
Digital clocks - Block diagram of a digital clock - Dishwasher - - Set-Top boxes - Digital cable TV - Video on
demand. - Facsimile machine - Xerographic copier - Barcode scanner and decoder - Automated Teller Machines
(ATMs) - Electronic Fund Transfer.
PRODUCT COMPLIANCE 8
Product Safety Standards, Electrical Product safety concepts, Testing for Compliance and Safety, EMI/EMC
requirements, design techniques for ESD.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Bali, S.P., "Consumer Electronics", Pearson Education, 2008.
2. Anand, M.L, "Consumer Electronics", 3rd Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2006.
3. Steli Loznen, Constantin Bolintineanu & Jan Swart,"Electrical Product Compliance and Safety Engineering",
Artech House, 2017
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. B.R. Gupta and V. Singhal, "Consumer Electronics", S.K. Kataria & Sons, 2013.
2. Schuler C.A. and McNamee W.L., "Modern Industrial Electronics", McGraw Hill, 2002.
3. Shanefield, D.J., "Industrial Electronics for Engineers, Chemists and Technicians", 1st Edition, Jaico
Publishing House, 2007.

20EC2E52 MEMS AND NEMS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the concepts of microsystem technology and materials for MEMS. PO1
CO2: Recognize the use of materials in micro fabrication. PO1
CO3: Discuss the fabrication processes including surface micromachining,
bulk micromachining and LIGA. PO1
CO4: Explain the considerations, constraints and process in the design of MEMS devices. PO1
CO5: Outline the concepts of nanoelectromechanical systems. PO1
MEMS AND MICROSYSTEMS 9
Introduction - MEMS and microsystem products - Microsystems and microelectronics - Applications of
microsystems in automotive industry and other industries - Microsensors - Microactuation - MEMS with
Microactuators - Microaccelerometers - Microfluidics.
MATERIALS FOR MEMS AND MICROSYSTEMS 6
Substrates and Wafers - Active substrate materials - Silicon as substrate material - Silicon Compounds - Silicon
piezoresistors - Gallium Arsenide - Quartz - Piezoelectric crystals - Polymers - Packaging materials.
MICROFABRICATION AND MICROMANUFACTURING 9
Photolithography - Ion Implantation - Diffusion - Oxidation - Chemical Vapor Deposition - Physical Vapor
Deposition - Etching - Bulk Micromanufacturing - Surface micromachining -LIGA process.
MICROSYSTEM DESIGN 9
Design considerations - Process design - Mechanical design - Design of silicon die for micropressure sensor -
Microsystem Packaging - Essential Packaging Technologies
NANOELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS 12
Overview: From micro to Nanoscale and Beyond - Sizing features - Design and optimization of nano and
Microsystems in the behavioral domain - Biomemitics, Biological Analogies and Design of NEMS - Scaling laws
and Mathematical modeling - Nanostuctures - NEMS Architectures - Nanoengineering Bioinformatics and its
applications
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Tai-Ran-Hsu, "MEMS and Microsystems design and manufacture", 1st Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2017.
2. Sergey Edward Lyshevski, "Nano- and Micro-Electromechanical Systems: Fundamentals of Nano-and
Microengineering", 2nd Edition, CRC Press, 2018.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. John A Pelesko and David H. Bernstein, "Modeling MEMS and NEMS", 1st Edition, CRC Press, 2002.
2. Chang Liu, "Foundation of MEMS", 1st Edition, Peasron Education, 2011.
3. Sergey Edward Lyshevski, "MEMS and NEMS: Systems, Devices, and Structures", 1st Edition, CRC Press,
2018.
4. Stephen D. Senturia, "Microsystem Design", Springer International Edition, 2011.

20EC2E53 IMAGE PROCESSING AND APPLICATIONS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explain the Fundamentals of image processing PO1, PO11, PO12
CO2: Summarize various image Transforms PO1, PO2, PO5, PO11, PO12
CO3: Discuss different image enhancement techniques in spatial and
frequency domain. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO11, PO12
CO4: Describe the concepts of image restoration and segmentation. PO1, PO2, PO11, PO12
CO5: Outline the concepts of image Representation and Description. PO1, PO2, PO11, PO12
CO6: Explain different image analysis application. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO11, PO12
BASICS OF IMAGE PROCESSING AND IMAGE TRANSFORM 12
Introduction - steps in image processing - Image acquisition - representation - sampling and quantization -
relationship between pixels - color models - basics of color image processing. Introduction to Fourier transform: 1 -
D, 2 - D DFT and its inverse transform - Walsh - Hadamard - Haar transform, DCT.
IMAGE ENHANCEMENT 9
Image enhancement in spatial domain - some basic gray level transformations - histogram processing -
enhancement using arithmetic, logic operations - basics of spatial and frequency filtering: smoothing and
sharpening filters.
IMAGE RESTORATION AND SEGMENTATION 9
Image restoration: Model of degradation and restoration process - noise models - restoration in the presence of noise
- Image segmentation: Thresholding and region based segmentation.
IMAGE REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION 9
Representation and Description: Chain codes-Boundary descriptors -Regional Descriptors - Texture -Morphology -
dilation and erosion - opening and closing.
APPLICATIONS 6
License plate detection, Remote sensing change detection, crack detection, Missing component detection.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, "Digital Image Processing", 4th Edition, Pearson Education
Limited, 2018.
2. Anil K. Jain, "Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing", 1st Edition, PHI Learning, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Al.Bovik, "The Essential Guide to Image Processing", Academic Press, 2009.
2. Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, "Digital Image Processing", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
3. Jayaraman S , Veerakumar T , Esakkirajan S, "Digital Image Processing", 1st Edition, McGraw Hill Education,
2009.
WEB REFERENCE
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105079

20EC2E54 INTERNET OF THINGS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explain the basic concepts of IoT and its challenges. PO1
CO2: Summarize different communication technologies used for IoT. PO1
CO3: Explain the concept of Cloud Computing. PO1
CO4: Develop programs for interfacing sensors and communication modules with
Arduino microcontroller using Android development platform. PO1, PO3
CO5: Explain various IoT applications. PO1, PO3
INTRODUCTION10
Definition of IoT - Proposed architecture and reference model- Enabling technologies-Application areas: An
overview - Challenges
COMPONENTS IN INTERNET OF THINGS 12
Control Units - Sensors - Basics of Sensors and actuators - Examples and working principles of sensors and
actuators - Communication modules - Power Sources - Communication Technologies - RFID - Bluetooth - Zigbee -
Wifi - Rflinks - Mobile Internet - Wired Communication.
PROGRAMMING THE MICROCONTROLLER FOR IOT 13
Introduction to Cloud computing - Arduino Microcontroller platform - Setting up the IDE - Programming for IOT -
Reading from Sensors - Connecting microcontroller with mobile devices - communication through blue tooth and
USB - connection with the internet using wifi / ethernet
IOT IN CRITICAL APPLICATION DOMAINS 10
IoT enabled Smart Gas and Water grids - Electric distribution networks - Health care - Automotive Industry
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Charalampos Doukas , "Building Internet of Things with the Arduino", Create space, 2012.
2. Qusay F.Hassan, Atta ur Rehman Khan and Sajjid A. Madani, "Internet of things - Challenges, Advances and
Applications", CRC Press, 2018.
REFERENCES
1. Jan Holler, Vlasios Tsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stamatis Karnouskos, Stefan Avesand, David Boyle, "From
Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things", Academic Press, 2014.
2. Marco Schwartz, "Internet of Things with Arduino Cookbook", Packt Publishing, 2016.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.postscapes.com/

20EI2E12 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Explain the components of Programmable logic controllers. PO1,PO2
CO2 Summarize the hardware modules in PLC and its functioning. PO1,PO2
CO3 Develop PLC Ladder logic programs for sequential control applications. PO1,PO2,PO5
CO4 Establish communication between PLC and PC. PO1,PO2
CO5 Build a ladder programming for different applications. PO1,PO2,PO5
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER ARCHITECTURE 8
Evolution of Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) - Advantages over hardwired relay and Microcontrollers -
Components in PLC - PLC scan time.
I/O MODULES AND MEMORY 7
Digital input module - Digital output module - Concept of sourcing and sinking - Analog input module - Analog
output module - Local and remote I/O expansion - Special purpose modules Memory organization - I/O addressing
- Programming devices.
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER SOFTWARE 15
PLC programming - Basic relay logic instructions - Timers and Counter instructions - Data transfer instructions-
Data manipulation instructions - Program control instructions - Simple programs using LD instructions- Functional
block diagram programming and sequential chart programming: Simple example programs.
PLC NETWORKING, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE 8
Types of networking - Connecting PLC with other PLC and PC - PLC installation procedure - PLC selection -
Preventive maintenance and trouble shooting of PLCs.
PLC APPLICATIONS 7
Controlling a Robot and CNC machine using PLC - Packing application using PLC - Traffic light control
applications in PLC - Case study on Bottle filling system.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Petruzella F.D, "Programmable Logic Controllers", 5th Edition, McGraw - Hill Publications, 2016.
2. Webb J.W. and Reis R.A., "Programmable Logic Controllers: Principles and Applications", 5th Edition,
Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Gray D., "Introduction to Programmable Logic Controller", 3rd Edition, Cengage Learning India Ltd., 2016.
2. Bolton W., "Programmable Logic Controllers", 6th Edition, Elsevier Newnes Publications, 2015.
3. Johnson C.D., "Process Control Instrumentation Technology", 8th Edition, Pearson Education Ltd., 2014.
WEB REFERENCES
1. nptel.ac.in/courses/108105062/18
2. nptel.ac.in/courses/112102011/12
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UQ16Cous_tY

20EI2E13 AUTOMATION AND MACHINE VISION SYSTEM 3003

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Infer the concepts and components of automation. PO1, PO2
CO2 Identify the controller for automation and programming technique
using ladder diagram PO1, PO2, PO5
CO3 Outline the basic operations of the image processing for vision system. PO1, PO2
CO4 Interpret the components of imaging system for acquisition and processing. PO1, PO2
CO4 Illustrate the applications of vision system in the automation. PO1, PO2
AUTOMATION TECHNOLOGY 10
Process automation: Necessity and evolution - Basic elements of an automated system - Advanced automation
functions - Levels of automation - Continuous versus discrete systems - Hardware components for automation:
Sensors, actuator, input/output devices for discrete data.
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER 12
Programmable logic controller: Internal architecture of PLC system - Input and output modules - Programming
languages: Ladder logic programming, functional block programming - Ladder diagrams: Logic functions,
latching, multiple outputs - Design of ladder diagram: Control the speed of conveyor of bottle filling system,
diagnostic program for cylinder action. Case study: Design of mixing of two liquids in a single tank.
IMAGING SYSTEM 15
Imaging fundamentals: Image acquisition, image sampling and quantization - Image compression: Image
compression models, image formats and compression standards - Morphological image processing: Boundary
extraction, erosion and dilation, opening and closing - Image segmentation: Line detection, basic edge detection -
Region based segmentation: Region growing, region splitting and merging.
Vision Component: Basic component, elements of visual conception, types of lenses - Camera: Sensor, type, size
resolution - Computer interface. Case study: Automation on vision based live object monitoring system.
APPLICATIONS OF AUTOMATION AND VISION SYSTEM 08
Machine learning algorithms and their application in medical image - Motion estimation and object tracking - Face
and facial expression recognition - Gesture recognition - Image fusion.
Total Hours:45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mikell P.Groover, "Automation, Production Systems, and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing", 4th Edition, Pearson, 2015.
2. Rafaen C.Gonzalez and Richard E.Woods, "Digital Image Processing", 4th Illustrated Edition, Pearson Education, 2018.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Bolton W., "Programmable Logic Controllers", 4th Edition, Elsevier Newnes, 2006.
2. Petruzella F.D., "Programmable Logic Controllers", 5th Edition, McGraw Hill Publications, 2016.
3. ManasKamalBhuyam,"ComputerVisionandImageProcessing,FundamentalsandApplications",1stEdition,CRCPress,2019.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.microscan.com/en-us/blog/solutions-applications/machine-vision-automation microhawk
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cs15/preview
3. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc19/SEM2/noc19-cs58/

20EI2E14 TESTING AND CALIBRATION OF EQUIPMENTS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Summarize the various uncertainty concepts of measurements. PO1,PO2
CO2 Infer the various techniques of calibration. PO1, PO2
CO3 Interpret the procedures of calibration standards. PO1,PO2
CO4 Outline the functions of calibration techniques. PO1,PO2
CO5 Illustrate the working of calibration setups. PO1,PO2
MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY 09
Background-Random and systematic errors-Type A and type B uncertainty-Sensitivity coefficients- Uncertainty
evaluation.
CALIBRATION 06
Objectives - Necessity of calibration - Basic calibration process, various components of a calibration system.
STANDARDS AND STANDARDIZATION 12
Absolute, primary, secondary, working and census standards, and measurement setup- Interpretation of
specifications of various calibration standards and Device Under Calibration (DUCs) - Levels of standard
accuracies, accuracy ratio between levels of calibration pyramid - Requirements of traceability - Metrology
standardization documents.
CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 12
Calibration curve method, Standard additions method, Internal standard method- Comparative technique -
Choosing calibration method - Determining calibration intervals- Calibration procedure of voltmeter, multimeter,
oscilloscopes, clamp meter, Panel meters.
CALIBRATION SETUPS 06
Electrical calibration-Temperature calibration-Pressure and flow calibration-Demonstrations- Case study of bio
medical instruments calibration- Calibration of instruments using LabVIEW.
Total Hours:45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mike Cable, "Calibration: A Technicians Guide", ISA Publisher,1st Edition, 2005.
2. Patranabis D, "Principles of Industrial Instrumentation", Mc-GrawHill Publications, 2nd Edition, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Murty D.V.S, "Transducers and Instrumentation", Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited, 2nd Edition 2009.
2. Mike Cable, "Calibration: A Technicians Guide", ISA Publisher,1st Edition 2005.
3. Eckman.D.P, "Industrial Instrumentation", Wiley Eastern Ltd, 3rd Edition, 2004.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.youtube.com/watchv=CUmO42_g-es
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/108105063/pdf/L- 10(SS)%20(IA&C)%20((EE)NPTEL)%20.pdf

20EI2E17 INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION AND CONTROL 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Interpret the types of pollution, their sources and effects PO1,PO2,PO7,PO12
CO2 Explain the sources and behavior of air pollutants. PO1,PO2,PO7,PO12
CO3 Outline the various measurement techniques for air pollutants. PO1,PO2,PO7,PO12
CO4 Infer the different sources, analysis and treatment of water pollution. PO1,PO2,PO7,PO12
CO5 Identify the hazardous waste with their treatment and disposal methods. PO1,PO2,PO7,PO12
POLLUTION AND TYPES 05
Types of pollution - Types of emission from chemical industries and effects of environment - Environment
legislation - Effluent guidelines and standards.
AIR POLLUTION 15
Scales of concentration - Classification and properties of air pollution - Emission sources - Behaviour of Air
pollutants: Wet precipitation, chemical reactions in atmosphere, photochemical smog.
Air pollution sampling and measurement - Types - Collection of gaseous air pollutants - Stack sampling - Analysis
of air pollutants: Sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxide, carbon monoxide.
WATER POLLUTION 15
Origin of waste water - Types of water pollutants: Synthetic organic compounds, sediments, radioactive substances -
Methods of analysis: Dissolved oxygen, biochemical oxygen demand, chemical oxygen demand - Waste water
treatment: Flotation, aerobic biological treatment - Chemical oxidation.
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT: HARZARDOUS WASTE 10

Sources and classification - Treatment methods: Biological, thermal treatment - Disposal methods: Landfill,
underground
Case Studies:
1. Environmental Pollution and Control: A Case Study of Delhi Mega City
2. Assessment of groundwater pollution in North Erode city
Total Hours:45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rao.C.S, "Environmental Pollution and Control Engineering", 2nd Edition, Wiley Eastern Limited, 2006
2. Swamy A.V.M, "Industrial Pollution Control and Engineering", 1st Edition, Galgotia Publications, 2005.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Narayan Rao M., and Datta A.K, "Waste Water Treatment", 2nd Edition, Oxford and IBH Publication, 2005.
2. PrathapMouliP.andVenkataSubbaya N., "Air Pollution Control", 1st Edition, DivyaJyothi Publishers, 2003.
3. Mahanjan S.P, "Pollution Control in Process Industries", 1st Edition, Tata-Mcgraw Hill, 1985.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102089.

20IT2E51 ANDROID APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the key aspects of mobile application development and
Android platform. PO1, PO12
CO2: Design and develop an Android application using UI resources,
intents and threading concepts. PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO3: Develop an Android application using services, notifications through
broadcast receivers, native data handling techniques, telephony and
messaging services. PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO4: Apply the concepts of graphics, animation, multimedia, location awareness
and sensors to develop mobile apps. PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO5: Make use of testing tools like JUnit, Robotium and MonkeyTalk to test
the mobile apps. PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO6: Build the signed, release-ready APK and distribute mobile apps to
market place. PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
GETTING STARTED WITH MOBILITY 8
Mobility Landscape - Mobile Platforms - Mobile Apps Development - Overview of Android Platform -Setting up
the Mobile App Development Environment along with an Emulator - A case study on Mobile App Development.
BUILDING BLOCKS OF MOBILE APPS 17
App User Interface Designing - Mobile UI Resources (Layout, UIelements, Draw-able and Menu) -Activity- States
and Life Cycle - Interaction amongst Activities - App Functionality beyond User Interface - Threads - Async Task -
Services - States and Lifecycle - Notifications - Broadcast Receivers - Telephony and SMS APIs- Native Data
Handling - On-device File I/O - Shared Preferences - SQLite and Enterprise Data Access.
SPRUCING UP AND TESTING MOBILE APPS 15
Graphics and Animation - Custom Views - Canvas - Animation APIs - Multimedia: Audio/ Video Playback and
Record, Location Awareness and Native Hardware Access - Debugging Mobile Apps -Test Automation of Mobile
Apps - JUnit for Android - Robotium- Monkey Talk.
TAKING APPS TO MARKET 5
Versioning - Signing and Packaging Mobile Apps - Distributing Apps on Mobile Market Place.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Anubhav Pradhan, Anil V. Deshpande, "Composing Mobile Apps: Learn, Explore, Apply Using Android", 1st
Edition Wiley publication, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Barry Burd, "Android Application Development All in one for Dummies", 1st Edition, John Wiley & Sons
Publication, 2011.
2. Charlie Collins, Michael Galpin and Matthias Kappler, "Android in Practice", DreamTech, 2012.
3. Jeff McWherter and Scott Gowell, "Professional Mobile Application Development", John Wiley & Sons,
Inc.,Wrox, 2012.
4. Lauren Darcey Shane Conder, "Teach Yourself Android Application Development in 24 Hours", 3rd Edition,
SAMS Publication, 2013.

20IT2E52 DATABASE SYSTEMS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Illustrate the basic concepts and architecture of Database
Management System. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO12
CO2: Make use of relational algebra, SQL queries to manipulate a database PO1, PO2, PO3,
for a given domain. PO4, PO5, PO12
CO3: Identify and use suitable normal form for designing relational databases. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO12
CO4: Illustrate storage management and file organization concepts. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO12
CO5: Explain concurrency control and recovery management techniques. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO12
CO6: Summarize various database system architecture, data warehousing & PO2, PO3, PO4,
mining and NoSQL databases. PO5, PO12
INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE AND SQL 18
Introduction - Introduction to Relational Model - Relational Algebra Operations - Introduction to SQL -
Intermediate SQL - Advanced SQL: Functions and Procedures - Triggers.
E-R MODEL, DATABASE DESIGN AND FILE STRUCTURE 12
Database Design and ER Model - Relational Database Design - Storage and File Structure: Overview of Physical
Storage Media, Magnetic Disk and Flash Storage, RAID - File Organization - Organization of Records in Files -
Data Dictionary and Storage - Database Buffer.
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT AND ADVANCED CONCEPTS 15
Transactions - Concurrency Control - Recovery System -Database System Architecture - Data Warehousing and
Mining - Motivation for NoSQL Databases.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F Korth and S Sudarshan, "Database System Concepts", 6th Edition, Tata
McGraw- Hill, 2010.
2. Dan Sullivan, "NoSQL for Mere Mortals", Addison Wesley, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Peter Rob, Carlos Coronel, "Database Systems: Design, Implementation and Management", 8th Edition,
Thomson Course Technology, 2009.
2. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B Navathe, "Fundamental Database Systems", 7th Edition, Addison Wesley,
2016.
3. Raghu Ramakrishnan, "Database Management System", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007.
WEB REFERENCE

20IT2E53 FOUNDATIONS OF IT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explore C++ language to implement object oriented concepts. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO12
CO2: Acquire knowledge about the concepts of computer architecture. PO1, PO12
CO3: Interpret different software development models and UI design. PO1, PO2, PO12
CO4: Acquire knowledge about implementing SQL Queries and RDBMS. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO12
CO5: Learn about the concepts of operating systems and networking. PO1
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS USING C++ 12
Introduction to Classes and Objects - Constructors and its types - Destructors - Passing Objects as Function
arguments and Returning Objects from Functions - Operator Overloading - Inheritance -Virtual Functions - Friend
Functions - Static Functions.
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 9
Fundamentals of Computer architecture - Introduction - Organization of a small computer - Central Processing Unit
- Execution cycle - Instruction categories - Measure of CPU performance - Memory -Input/output devices - BUS -
Addressing modes.
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 6
System Development Methodologies - Software development Models - UML Class Diagrams - Relationship - User
interface Design - Introduction - The process - Elements of UI design & reports.
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 9
Introduction - Database basics - RDBMS - Database design: Database life cycle - ER modeling - SQL - Need for
SQL - Types of SQL - Data types of SQL - Select statement with operators - Single row and Multi row functions -
Group by and Having Clauses.
OPERATING SYSTEM AND NETWORKING ESSENTIALS 9
Operating system concepts - Introduction - Functions of Operating System - Types of Operating Systems -
Fundamental computer network concepts - Types of computer networks - Network layers - TCP/IP model - Wireless
Local Area Network - Ethernet - WiFi - Network components.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Robert Lafore, "Object-Oriented Programming in C++", 4th Edition, SAMS Publishing, 2008.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, "Structured Computer Organization", Pearson, 6th Edition, 2013.
3. Roger S Pressman, "Software Engineering - A Practitioner's Approach", 7th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,
International Edition, 2015.
4. Ali Bahrami, "Object Oriented Systems Development", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
5. Wilbert O. Galitz, "Essential Guide to User Interface Design", 3rd Edition, John Wiley, 2007.
6. James F. Kurose, Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach, 6th Edition, Pearson, 2012.
7. Silberschatz and Galvin, "Operating System Concepts", John Wiley & Sons, 7th Edition, 2013.
8. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F Korth and S Sudarshan, "Database System Concepts", 6th Edition, Tata McGrawHill, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES
1. Infosys campus connect portal
6. https://www.scs.stanford.edu/10au-cs144/

20IT2E54 INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the data science process and its applications. PO1, PO2,PO12
CO2: Illustrate the tasks involve in life cycle of Data analytics. PO1, PO2,PO12
CO3: Apply the basic data analytics methods for business problems. PO1, PO2,PO3, PO4, PO5,PO12
CO4: Apply the advanced analytical methods for business problems. PO1, PO2,PO3, PO4, PO5,PO12
CO5: Create effective visualization for the given data. PO1, PO2,PO3, PO4, PO5,PO12
INTRODUCTION 8
Big Data and Data Science Hype - Datafication - The Current Landscape - A Data Science Profile, Data Science
tools - Applications of Data Science - Introduction to big data Analytics : State of the practice in Analytics - Key
roles for the new big data ecosystem - Data Analytics life cycle.
BASIC DATA ANALYTICS METHODS USING R 12
Introduction to R - Exploratory Data Analysis - Statistical methods for evaluation.
ADVANCED ANALYTICAL THEORY AND METHODS 20
Clustering - K Means -Association Rules: Apriori, Evaluation of candidate rules - Applications of Association rules,
Regression: Linear and Logistic regression - Classification: Decision tree - Naïve Bayes - Time series analysis -
ARIMA model -Text Analysis.
DATA VISUALIZATION 5
Principles - ggplot2 to create custom graph.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. "Data Science and Big Data Analytics: Discovering, Analyzing, Visualizing and Presenting", EMC Education
Services, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2015.
2. Cathy O'Neil and Rachel Schutt, "Doing Data Science, Straight Talk from the Frontline", O'Reilly, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Joel Grus, "Data Science from Scratch", Copyright © 2015.
2. Roger D. Peng, "R Programming for Data Science", Learn Pub, 2015.
3. Foster Provost and Tom Fawcett, "Data Science for Business: What You Need to Know about Data Mining and
Data-analytic Thinking", ISBN 1449361323. 2013.
WEB REFERENCE

20ME2E01 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS 3 0 03
FOR ENGINEERS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Classify Intellectual property rights P05, PO6, PO7, PO8,PO10, PO12
CO2: Understand Patents and patentability criteria PO6, PO8, PO10, PO12
CO3: Demonstrate Patent search in all the aspects PO6, PO8, PO10, PO12
CO4: Summarize Industrial Design and IC circuit layout design registrationPO6, PO8, PO10, PO12
CO5: Illustrate protection of Trade marks PO6, PO7, PO8, PO10, PO12
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND PATENTS 18
Introduction, types of intellectual property, international organizations, Agencies and treaties, Importance of
Intellectual property rights. India patent revolutions, India patent office procedures.
Introduction to Patents, Patentability criteria, The Patent Act, 1970. Inventions not patentable, Patent
Specifications: Provisional and complete - Types of patent applications .Compulsory licensing.
COPY RIGHT LAW 10
Fundamental of copy right law, Originality of material l, Rights of Reproduction, Rights to perform the work
publicly, copy right ownership Issues, Copy Right Registration, Notice of copy right, International copy right law,
Copy right infringement.
INDUSTRIAL DESIGNS AND IC CIRCUIT LAYOUT DESIGN 8
Need for Protection of Industrial, Designs Subject Matter of Protection and Requirements, The Designs Act, 2000,
Procedure for obtaining Design Protection, Revocation, Infringement and Remedies.
The Semi Conductor Integrated Circuits Layout Design Act, 2000, Conditions and Procedure for Registration,
Duration and Effect of Registration, Assignment and Transmission.
TRADEMARKS AND TRADE SECRETS 9
Purpose and function of trademarks , Types of Marks, Acquisition of Trade Mark Rights, Categories of Marks, Trade
names and business names, Protectable matter , Selecting and Evaluating Trade mark Registration process.
Trade secret law, determination of trade secret status, liability for misappropriations of trade secrets, protection for
submission, trade secret litigation.
Total Hours:45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Intellectual property right, Deborah, E. Bouchoux, cengage learning, 4th edition, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Intellectual property right - Unleasing the knowledge economy, Prabhuddha Ganguli, Tata McGrew Hill
Publishing Company Ltd, 2001
2. Ajit Parulekar and Sarita D' Souza, Indian Patents Law - Legal & Business Implications; Macmillan India ltd, 2006
3. B.L.Wadehra; Law Relating to Patents, Trade Marks, Copyright, Designs & Geographical Indications;
Universal law Publishing Pvt. Ltd., India 2000
4. P. Narayanan; Law of Copyright and Industrial Designs; Eastern law House, Delhi, 2010
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/Intellectual Property India.

20ME2E52 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to;
CO1 Demonstrate the understanding of concept of money and its PO1, PO2
importance in the evaluation of projects
CO2 Discuss the time value of money, and how to sketch the cash flow PO1, PO2, PO11
diagram
CO3 Demonstrate to convert different cash flows into Present worth, PO1, PO2, PO11
Future worth and Annual equivalent worth
CO4 Compare the alternatives using different compound interest PO1, PO2, PO11
factors using the proper Economic analysis tools
CO5 Select a feasible alternative based on the analysis. CO6. PO1, PO2, PO11
Formulate a given problem for decision making
INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS 9
Introduction to Economics- Flow in an economy, Law of supply and demand, Concept of Engineering Economics -
Engineering efficiency, Economic efficiency, Scope of engineering economics - Element of costs, Marginal cost,
Marginal Revenue, Sunk cost, Opportunity cost, Break-even analysis - V ratio.
VALUE ENGINEERING 9
Make or buy decision, Value engineering - Function, aims, Value engineering procedure. Interest formulae and their
applications -Time value of money, Single payment compound amount factor, Single payment present worth factor,
Equal payment series sinking fund factor, Equal payment series payment Present worth factor- equal payment series
capital recovery factor - Uniform gradient series annual equivalent factor, Effective interest rate, Examples in all the
methods.
CASH FLOW 9
Methods of comparison of alternatives - present worth method (Revenue dominated cash flow diagram), Future
worth method (Revenue dominated cash flow diagram, cost dominated cash flow diagram), Annual equivalent
method (Revenue dominated cash flow diagram, cost dominated cash flow diagram), rate of return method,
Examples in all the methods.
REPLACEMENT AND MAINTENANCE ANALYSIS 9
Replacement and Maintenance analysis - Types of maintenance, types of replacement problem, determination of
economic life of an asset, Replacement of an asset with a new asset - capital recovery with return and concept of
challenger and defender, Simple probabilistic model for items which fail completely.
DEPRECIATION 9
Depreciation- Introduction, Straight line method of depreciation, declining balance method ofdepreciation-Sum of
the year's digits method of depreciation, sinking fund method of depreciation/ Annuity method of depreciation,
service output method of depreciation-Evaluation of public alternatives- introduction, Examples, Inflation adjusted
decisions - procedure to adjust inflation, Examples on comparison of alternatives and determination of economic
life of asset.
Total Periods: 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Panneer Selvam, R, "Engineering Economics", Prentice Hall of India Ltd, New Delhi, 2001.
2. Chan S.Park, "Contemporary Engineering Economics", Prentice Hall of India, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Donald.G. Newman, Jerome.P.Lavelle, "Engineering Economics and Analysis" Engg. Press, Texas, 2010.
2. Degarmo, E.P., Sullivan, W.G and Canada, J.R, "Engineering Economy", Macmillan, New York, 2011.
3. Zahid A khan: Engineering Economy, "Engineering Economy", Dorling Kindersley, 2012

20ME2E53 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Outline the concepts of entrepreneurship and characteristics of an PO1

entrepreneur
CO2 Summarize the requirements and components of creativity PO1
CO3 Describe entrepreneurial motivation concepts and barriers of PO1
entrepreneurship
CO4 Identify start-up opportunities by appraising the characteristics of Small PO1, PO2
Business Enterprises
CO5 Formulate a business plan considering various appraisal methods PO1, PO5
CO6 Plan required funds from different sources and manage accounts PO1, PO11
Introduction: Definition & Concept, Five core elements of Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurship dynamic need.
Entrepreneurial values and attitudes, Characteristics and Role demand of entrepreneurship, Principles and
essentials of entrepreneurship, Sources of finance for entrepreneurship.
MOTIVATION AND BARRIERS TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP 9
Creativity, Innovation and idea generation: Creativity and Innovation, Components of creative performance,
Creativity, innovation and entrepreneurship, Creative enterprises, The business idea, Project identification and
dynamics. Entrepreneurial motivation: Factors for entrepreneurial motivation, internal & external factors. Barriers
to entrepreneurship: Environmental, economic and non-economic and personal barriers.
START UPS - OPPORTUNITY IDENTIFICATION AND SELECTION 9
Small enterprise: meaning and definition, micro and macro units, essentials, features and characteristics, rationale
behind micro and small enterprises, role of micro enterprises in economic growth. Business opportunity in various
sectors, identification of business opportunity, opportunity selection, steps in setting up of a small business
enterprise.
BUSINESS PLAN AND APPRAISAL 9
Meaning, concept and significance of a business plan, formulation of a business plan, guidelines for formulating a
project report, network analysis. Project appraisal: Concepts of project appraisal. Methods of project appraisal:
economic, financial, market analysis, environmental clearance for SMEs.
FINANCE MANAGEMENT FOR ENTREPRENEURS 9
Introduction, financial planning, statement of accounts, balance sheet, operating statement, ratio analysis, fund flow
analysis, financial fore casting, working capital management: managing current liabilities, finance for working
capital requirement. Introduction to costing, sources of finance.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. S.L.Gupta and Arun Mittal, "Entrepreneurship Development", International Book House Pvt.Ltd., 2011.

2. S.S.Khanka, "Entrepreneurial Development", S.Chand and Company Pvt. Ltd., 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Robert D.Hisrich, Mathew J. Manimala, Michael P. Peters and Dean A.Shepherd, "Entrepreneurship" McGraw
Hill Education, 2016.
2. Vasant Desai, "The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management" Himalaya Publishing
House, 2014.

20ME2E54 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Outline the concepts and fundamentals of Project Management. PO1, PO11
CO2 Describe project selection procedure and practise effective project PO1, PO11
leader traits.
CO3 Plan and schedule a project using various quantitative techniques like PO1, PO5, PO11
PERT, CPM, GANTT Chart etc
CO4 Categorize different resources and manage resources in multi project PO1, PO5, PO11
environment and controls.
CO5 Summarize project audit types and execute Project closure process. PO1, PO11
INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT 9
Project Management concepts, Importance of Project Management, Types of projects, Project life cycle. Project
selection - Feasibility study, Types of feasibility, Steps in feasibility study.
PROJECT SELECTION 9
Project selection, Portfolio management, Project formulation, Project manager. Planning process tools, Project
uncertainty and Risk Management. Project Leadership.
PROJECT PLANNING AND SCHEDULING 9
Work breakdown structure, Work packages estimate, Project scheduling, PERT & CPM networks, Gantt chart, Lean
Project Management and Agile Project Management.
RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND CONTROLLING 9
Resource utilization, expediting a project resource, Loading and levelling, Managing resources in multi projects
environment, Monitoring project performance, Project execution, Project control process, Purpose of project
execution and control, Control cycle.
PROJECT CLOSURE 9
Process of project audit, Post project audit, Normal project closure, Premature closure, Perpetual projects, Project
closure process.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS
1. Jeffrey K. Pinto, "Project Management - Achieving Competitive Advantage", 5th Edition (Global), Pearson,
2020.
2. Arun Kanda, "Project Management A Life Cycle Approach", Prentice Hall of India, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Jack Gido, Jim Clements and Rose Baker, "Successful Project Management", Cengage Learning, Edition, 7th
Edition, 2017.
2. Prashnna Chandra, "Projects: Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing, Implementation and Review", Tata
McGraw Hill, 9th Edition, 2019.

20PH2E01 CHARACTERIZATION OF NANOSTRUCTURES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the principles of Microscopes and Spectroscopes. PO1
CO2: Explain the properties of the materials with Optical and Electron microscopes. PO1
CO3: Illustrate the characteristics of the materials using Spectroscopic Techniques PO1, PO5
CO4: Summarize the properties of the materials with the Resonance and Thermal Methods PO1
STRUCTURAL CHARACTERIZATION 12
Structural Characterization - X-ray diffraction - Small angle X-ray Scattering - Optical Microscope - Scanning
Electron Microscopy (SEM) - Scanning Probe Microscopy (SPM) - Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) and
Energy Dispersive X-Ray Analysis (EDAX) analysis - Scanning Tunneling Microscopy (STM) - Atomic force
Microscopy (AFM).
SPECTROSCOPIC CHARACTERIZATIONS 13
Spectroscopic characterizations: Basic concepts of spectroscopy - operational principle and application for analysis
of nanomaterials - Ultraviolet-visible (UV-VIS) spectroscopy - Infrared (IR) Spectrophotometery - Principle of
operation and application for band gap measurement - Raman spectroscopy
SURFACE CHARACTERIZATION 8
Surface Characterization: X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) - Auger electron spectroscopy - Low Energy
Ion Scattering Spectroscopy (LEISS) - Secondary Ion Mass Spectroscopy (SIMS) - Rutherford Backscattering
Spectroscopy (RBS).
RESONANCE METHODS 4
Resonance Methods Electron Spin Resonance (ESR) - Ferromagnetic Resonance (FMR) - Nuclear Magnetic
Resonance (NMR) - Mossbauer Spectroscopy
THERMAL CHARACTERIZATION 8
Thermal Characterization of Materials: Principle and Applications of Differential thermal analysis (DTA) -
Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) - Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) - Determination of thermo physical
parameters.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. B. D. Cullity, "Elements of X -ray Diffraction", Creative Media Partners, LLC, 2017.
2. Ray F. Egerton, "Physical Principles of Electron Microscopy: An Introduction to TEM, SEM, and AEM",
Springer International Publishing, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Günter Gauglitz and David S. Moore, "Handbook of Spectroscopy", Wiley VCH Verlag GmbH and Co, 2014.
2. Robert F Speyer, "Thermal Analysis of Materials", New York, Marcel Dekker, Inc., 1994.
WEB REFERENCES:
5. http://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/113107075/L37.html

20PH2E02 NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY RESOURCES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the new developments in Non-conventional and Renewable energy sources. PO1
CO2: Recall the Basics of Solar radiation and application of Solar energy. PO1, PO5
CO3: Explain the significance of Wind energy, Biomass energy and Hydrogen energy. PO1
CO4: Summarise the principle and applications of Ocean and Tidal energy. PO1
PREREQUISITE: Nil
CONVENTIONAL AND NON-CONVENTIONAL SOURCES 9
Introduction to Energy Sources: Energy consumption - World energy futures - Discussion on conventional energy
sources - Availability and non-conventional energy sources - Green coal technologies - Petroleum and natural gas -
Nuclear fuels - power plants - Hydro sources - power plants - Energy strategies - Energy conservation - Energy audit
- Cost of energy.
SOLAR RADIATION AND APPLICATIONS OF SOLAR ENERGY 9
Solar Radiation: Solar spectra - latitude and longitude - Solar window - Seasonal variations - Daily variation - Hour
angle - Calculation of angle of incidence - Angstroms equation - constants - Solar radiation data - Daily global
radiation calculations.
Applications of Solar Energy: Solar water heating systems - Solar space heating and cooling systems - active -
passive - Solar distillation - Solar cell: fundamentals - characteristics - Construction of module -panel and array -
Solar PV systems - Applications.
WIND ENERGY 9
Nature of wind - Planetary - local day, night winds - Wind power density - Power in wind turbine - Efficiency, torque,
thrust calculations - Velocity at different heights - Site selection - Favourable wind speed range - Basic components
of wind energy conversion systems - Horizontal - vertical axis wind machines.
BIOMASS AND HYDROGEN ENERGY 9
Biomass Energy: Principles of bio-conversion - Anaerobic - aerobic digestion - Types of bio-gas digesters - Gas
yield - Combustion characteristics of bio-gas - Utilization for cooking - IC engine operation - economic aspects.
Hydrogen Energy: Properties- Production - Electrolysis - Thermochemical method - Hydrogen storage - Utilization
of Hydrogen gas.
OCEAN AND TIDAL ENERGY 9
Ocean Energy: Ocean energy conversion - Energy sources in ocean - Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion (OTEC) -
Open - closed cycle - Ocean saline gradient concept - Electrical, non - electrical routes - Bipolar, Mono polar -
HVDC cable Transmission - Merits - demerits of ocean energy technologies.
Tidal Energy: Tides - Spring tide, Neap tide - Daily and monthly variations - Tidal range - Tidal power - Types of
tidal power plants - Single basin - double basin schemes - Main requirements in tidal power plants - Energy storage -
Prospects of tidal power in world.
Total Hours: 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Rai G.D., "Non-conventional Resources of Energy", Khanna Publishers, 4th Edition, 2010.
2. Khan B.H., "Non-Conventional Energy Resources", McGraw Hill Education, 3rd Edition, 2017.
REFERENCES
1. Rao S., Parulekar, "Energy Technology", Khanna Publishers, 4th Edition, 2005.
2. Pai B.R., Ram Prasad, "Power Generation through Renewable Sources of Energy", Tata McGraw Hill, 1991.
3. Bansal, Kleeman, Meliss, "Renewable Energy Sources and Conversion Techniques", Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1990.
4. Godfrey Boyl, "Renewable Energy: Power Sustainable Future", Oxford University Press, 3rd Edition, 2012.
5. John Twidell, Tony Weir, "Renewable Energy Resources", Taylor and Francis, 3rd Edition, 2015.
WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Renewable_energy
2. https:// nptel.ac.in/courses/108108078/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/108108078/pdf/chap6/teach_slides06.pdf

20PH2E03 SOLAR TECHNOLOGY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the concepts of solar heating, cooling and collecting systems. PO1
CO2: Explain the construction and operation of solar thermal Technologies. PO1
CO3: Illustrate the principle and working of Thin Film Solar Cells and Photovoltaic systems. PO1, PO5
CO4: Summarize the concept of solar passive architectures. PO1, PO6
SOLAR RADIATION AND COLLECTORS 9
World Energy Requirement - Energy emitted by sun and energy received by earth - Sun - Earth geometry - Solar angles -
Angles of incidence - Zenith angle - Azimuthal angle - Hour angle - Latitude and longitude - Solar Spectrum and Solar
constant -- Solar Collector Basics - Flat plate collector - Evacuated tubular collectors - Concentrator collectors.
SOLAR THERMAL TECHNOLOGIES 9
Solar heating and cooling system - Principle of working - Types - Design and operation - Thermal Energy storage -
Types of thermal Energy Storage systems - Sensible Heat Storage - Liquids - Latent heat Storage -Thermo chemical
storage - Solar thermal power plant - Solar Desalination - Solar cooker - Domestic - Community - Solar pond
technology - Principle of working and description - Solar drying.
SOLAR PV FUNDAMENTALS 9
Semiconductor - Properties - Energy levels - P-N junction - Homo and hetro junctions -Solar Cell technologies -
process in solar cell technologies, Sawing and surface texturing, diffusion process, thin film layers, Metal contact-
Crystalline Cells: Mono- crystalline and poly - crystalline cells- Basic Silicon Solar cell - GaAs Solar cells - Dark
and illumination characteristics - Efficiency limits -Thin Film Cells - thin film deposition techniques-Advantage of
thin film: Copper Indium Gallium Selenide Solar Cell (CIGS) - Tandem - Dye - sensitized - Organic solar cells
SPV SYSTEM DESIGN AND APPLICATIONS 9
Photovoltaic cell - Photovoltaic module - PV array - Solar cell array design concepts - PV system design - Maximum power
points tracking - Storage autonomy - Centralized and decentralized SPV systems - Comparative study of Conventional
lighting system - solar lighting system- Standalone - Hybrid and Grid connected system - System installation - Operation
and maintenances -Electrical safety Rules, Simple First Aid , General safety of tools and equipment - Fundamental of
Earthing system - Energy and Role of Photovoltaic - Economics of Solar Photovoltaic systems.
SOLAR PASSIVE ARCHITECTURE 9
Passive heating concepts - Direct heat gain - Indirect heat gain - Thermal storage wall - Attached Green house -
Isolated gain and sun spaces - Passive cooling concepts - Evaporative cooling - Shading and ventilation - Radiative
cooling - Green coupling - Application of wind - Water and earth for cooling - Paints and cavity walls for cooling -
Roof radiation traps - Energy efficient landscape design.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sukhatme S.P. J K Nayak, "Solar Energy", Tata McGraw Hills Private Company, 4th Edition, 2017.
2. Chetan Singh Solanki, "Solar Photovoltaics, Fundamentals, Technologies andApplications", PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, 2018.

REFERENCES
1. Peter Würfel, Uli Würfel, "Physics of Solar Cells: From Basic Principles to Advanced Concepts", Wiley-VCH,
3rd Edition, 2016.
2. Garg H. P. and Prakash J., "Solar Energy Fundamentals and Applications", Tata McGraw- Hill, 2010.
3. Roger A. Messenger and Jerry Vnetre, "Photovoltaic Systems Engineering", 4th Edition,CRC Press, 2020.
4. Kalogirou S. A., "Solar Energy Engineering: Processes and Systems", Elsevier, 2nd Edition, Academic Press, 2013.
5. Michael Boxwell, "Solar Electricity Handbook", Greenstream Publishing Ltd, UK, 2019.
WEB REFERENCES
2. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/energy-resources-and-technology.html
4. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc20/SEM2/noc20-ph14

20RA2E51 AUTOMATION IN INDUSTRY 4.0 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of this course the students will be able to
CO1: Understand the fundamentals and elements of Automation and Industry 4.0. PO1, PO6
CO2: Outline the various technologies for enable the Industry 4.0. PO1, PO6
CO3: Identify the concept of Internet of Things in smart systems. PO1, PO6
CO4: Summarize the use of robotics and 3D printing in Industry 4.0. PO1, PO6
INDUSTRY 4.0 10
Automation- Principles and Strategies of Automation-basic elements-levels of Automation-smart automation-
introduction to Industry 4.0- Reason for Adopting Industry 4.0 - Definition -Main Concepts and Components of
Industry 4.0-Technologies of Industry 4.0 - Big Data - Artificial Intelligence (AI) - Industrial Internet of Things -
Cyber Security - Cloud - Augmented Reality-Robotics.
TECHNOLOGIES 10
Technologies for enabling Industry 4.0 - Smart factory - Cyber Physical Systems, Robotic Automation and
Collaborative Robots-, Support System for Industry 4.0, Mobile Computing, Digital twin and Cyber Security.
INTERNET OF THINGS 10
Internet of Things (IoT) - Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT) - Internet of Services- Smart Manufacturing- Smart
Devices and Products- Smart Logistics - Smart Cities- Smart home automation - Predictive Analytics -IIoT case
studies - Industry 4.0 in healthcare services -Strategies for competing in an Industry 4.0 world
ROBOTICS AND 3D PRINTING FOR INDUSTRY 4.0 15
Components of Robots- Sensors in Robotics, Internet of Robotic Things (IoRT)-Human robot interaction-Cloud
Robotics and Cognitive Architecture for Cyber Physical Robotics- Autonomous Robots- Industrial Robotic
Applications- Manufacturing, Maintenance and Assembly.
3D printing technologies - selection of material and equipment- develop a product using 3D printing in Industry 4.0
environment.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Alasdair Gilchrist, "Industry 4.0: The Industrial Internet of Things", Apress, 2016.
2. Lan Gibson, David W. Rosen and Brent Stucker, "Additive Manufacturing Technologies Rapid Prototyping to
Direct Digital Manufacturing", Springer, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Andreas Gebhardt, "Understanding Additive Manufacturing: Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling, Rapid
Manufacturing", Hanser Publisher, 2011.
2. J. Chanchaichujit, A.Tan, Meng, F., Eaimkhong, S. "Healthcare 4.0 Next Generation Processes with the Latest
Technologies", Palgrave Pivot, 2019.
3. M. P. Groover, Industrial Robotics: Technology, Programming and Applications, 2nd edition, McGraw- Hill,
2012

20RA2E52 SOCIAL ROBOTICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explain the evolution and design principles in Human Robot Interaction. PO1,PO6
CO2: Illustrate the design principles in social robots. PO1,PO6
CO3: Categorize the social robots based on the various applications. PO1,PO6,PO7
CO4: Explain the ethical implications in robots. PO1,PO6,PO8
HUMAN ROBOT INTERACTION 11
Introduction - Robot anatomy - Evolution of Human Robot Interaction (HRI) - Limitation of robotics for HRI -
Robot morphology and form - affordances - design patterns - design principles in HRI - Anthropomorphization in
HRI Design - Robot appearance and behavior.
SOCIAL ROBOTICS 12
Design for social robots - Aesthetics - Facial traits - Natural language processing - Spatial interaction for robots:
Localization and navigation - Socially appropriate positioning - Spatial dynamics of initiating HRI - Robot motion
trajectories - Types of nonverbal interaction.
APPLICATIONS 12
Service robots - Tour guide robots - Receptionist robots - Robots for sales promotion - Robots for learning - Robots
for entertainment - Robots in healthcare and therapy - Robots as personal assistants - Collaborative robots - Self-
driving cars - Remotely operated robots - Future applications - Sentient robots - Problems for robot application.
ROBOT ETHICS 10
Ethical theory for robots - Deontology - consequentialism - Implementing ethics as an architecture - ethical
governor - consequence engine - Virtue ethics - Ethics in HRI.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Christoph Bartneck, Tony Belpaeme, Friederike Eyssel, Takayuki Kanda, Merel Keijsers, Selma Sabanovi,
"Human-Robot Interaction - An Introduction", Markono Print Media Pte Ltd,2020, ISBN 978-1-108-73540-7
2. Arkapravo Bhaumik, "From AI to Robotics Mobile, Social, and Sentient Robots", CRC Press Taylor & Francis
Group,2018, ISBN 978-1-4822-5147-0
REFERENCES
1. Changliu Liu, Te Tang, Hsien-Chung Lin, Masayoshi Tomizuka, "Designing Robot Behavior in Human-Robot
Interactions", CRC Press, 2019, ISBN 13 - 9780367179694
2. Patrick Lin, Keith Abney, Ryan Jenkins, "Robot Ethics 2.0: From Autonomous Cars to Artificial Intelligence,
Oxford University Press, USA,2017, ISBN 13 -9780190652951.
3. Oliver Korn," Social Robots: Technological, Societal and Ethical Aspects of Human-Robot Interaction",
Springer International Publishing,2019, ISBN:978-3-030-17106-3.

20RA2E53 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS FOR ROBOTIC APPLICATIONS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explain the concept of typical embedded systems. PO1, PO2
CO2: Describe the firmware of embedded systems and its design. PO1, PO2
CO3: Illustrate the various sensor and actuator interfacing using Arduino PO1, PO2
CO4: Develop and implement an embedded system necessary to control a
typical robot application PO1, PO2
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 12
Embedded systems-General Computing Systems -classification-application- characteristics and Quality Attributes
- different microcontroller architectures- ASICs, PLDs, Commercial Off-The-Shelf Components (COTS)-Memory
Architectures (RAM/ROM)- Memory selection for Embedded Systems- Sensors and Actuators- Communication
Interface: Onboard and External Communication Interfaces.
EMBEDDED FIRMWARE 8
Reset Circuit- Brown-out Protection Circuit, Oscillator Unit, Real Time Clock, Watchdog Timer, Embedded
Firmware Design Approaches and Development Languages.
SENSOR AND HARDWARE INTERFACING 10
Arduino Board-Arduino Family-C language basics- Input and output- Interfacing Arduino with Display Devices-
Fire Sensors-Infrared and Ultrasonic Sensor-Temperature Sensor-Dc Motor-Stepper Motor-AC motor with Relay-
Real Time Advance Sensors: Color Detect Sensor, Accelerometer Sensor
ROBOTICS AND HARDWARE INTERFACING 15
Study of Robotic ARM - Configuration- Robot parts and functions-Mobile robots -Localization and Navigation-
Real Rime Robots: Line Follower, Stair Climbing Robot, Self-balancing Robot,
Case Studies: Home Automation System- Automated Plant-Watering System - Soccer Playing Robot- Maze
Exploration- Automotive Systems-Aerial Robot- Three-Servo Ant Robot - Three-Servo Hexabot.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Shibu K.V, "Introduction to Embedded Systems", Second Edition, McGraw Hill, 2017.
2. Raj Kamal," Embedded Systems- Architecture, Programming and Design", 3rd Edition,2017.
3. Simon Monk, "Programming Arduino, Getting Started with Sketches", McGraw Hill Education TAB, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Nilanjan Dey, Amartya Mukherjee," Embedded Systems and Robotics with Open-Source Tools", CRC Press,
1st edition, 2016.
2. Rajesh Singh Anita Gehlot), Bhupendra Singh," Arduino-Based Embedded Systems: Interfacing, Simulation,
and LabVIEW GUI", CRC Press ,1st edition,2017.
3. Thomas Bräunl, "Embedded Robotics: Mobile Robot Design and Applications with Embedded Systems",
Third Edition, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2008.
4. Groover," Industrial Robotics_ Technology Programming and Applications", 2nd Edition- McGraw Hill
Education,2017.

20RA2E54 ROBOTIC SYSTEM ENGINEERING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Outline the fundamentals of robot and basic robot configurations. PO1,PO2
CO2: Identify the robot sensors and actuators for industrial applications. PO1,PO2,PO3
CO3: Categorize therobots used in various industrial applications. PO1,PO2,PO12
CO4: Understand the basics of robot mechanisms and robot programming. PO1,PO2,PO3,PO9
FUNDAMENDALS OF ROBOT 8
Need for robots - definition of a robot - Laws of robotics - robot anatomy - robot parts and their functions - types and
configurations - co-ordinate systems - specifications - pitch, yaw and roll - degrees of freedom - joint notations -
robot motions - work envelope.
ROBOT SENSORS AND DRIVES 12
Internal and external sensors of robot: Position sensors, Optical Encoders, Proximity sensor, Ultrasonic sensor,
Touch Sensor, Tactile Sensors, vision sensors.
Types of Robot drives: electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic drives - Types of Robot End Effectors/grippers:
(mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, magnetic and vacuum grippers) - Robot/ End - Selection and design
considerations of grippers.
ROBOT APPLICATIONS 10
Material handling, welding, soldering and brazing, painting and coating, machining, machine tending, assembly,
inspection, collaborative robots, social and medical robots.
ROBOT KINEMATICS AND PROGRAMMING 15
Homogeneous transformations (Only basics and simple problems) - Forward and Inverse Kinematics - Methods of
Robot programming -Teach Pendant Programming - Open source softwares and tools - Case Studies: Simulation of
simple pick and place programs using Robotstudio software, Robot programming and palletizing operations using
teach pendant.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Groover M.P., "Industrial Robotics - Technology, Programming and Applications", Tata Mcgraw Hill
Education, 2nd Edition (Special Indian Edition), 2012.
2. Saha, "Introduction to Robotics", Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2nd Edition, 2008.
REFERENCES
1. Deb S.R.,"Robotics Technology", Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2nd Edition, 2010.
2. Fu K.S.,Gonzalz R.C., and Lee C.S.G., "Robotics Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence", McGraw-Hill,1st
Edition, 2008.
3. Robert J. Schilling, "Fundamentals of Robotics Analysis and Control", PHI Learning, 2009.
4. John.J.Craig, "Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control", Pearson Education India, 3rd Edition, 2008.
5. YoramKoren., "Robotics for Engineers", McGraw-Hill Book Co., 12th Edition, 2007

20NT2E01 FUNDAMENTALS AND APPLICATIONS OF 3003
NANOSCIENCE AND NANOTECHNOLOGY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the various methods of preparation of Nanomaterials PO1, PO2
CO2: Comprehend the properties and functions of nanomaterials used in
different industries / domains PO1, PO2
CO3: Acquire knowledge on nanotechnology based alternate energy and
healthcare applications PO1, PO4
BASICS AND SCALE OF NANOTECHNOLOGY 9
Introduction - Time and length scale in structures - Definition of a Nanosystem - Dimensionality and size dependent
phenomena - Surface phenomenon - surface to volume ratio, fraction of surface atoms, surface energy and surface
stress, surface defects - Scientific revolutions - Potential applications involving Nanotechnology - Scope of
Nanoscience and Technology.
STRUCTURAL NANOMATERIALS 9
High strength materials - Carbon nanostructures - Heat exchangers and coolants - Biofouling and Corrosion
prevention - Water repellent and insulating paints - Foldable light weight solar cells - Regulation of building
environment using nanosensors - Super Hydrophobic Coating - Waste water treatment by photocatalysis - Super
insulators : aerogels -Nanosorbents.
NANOELECTRONICS 9
Nano ferroelectrics - Ferroelectric random access memory -Fe-RAM circuit design - Solar energy conversion -
Molecular and printed electronics - Nanoelectronics - Applications in displays and other devices - Nano Robots -
Nanomaterials for data storage - NanoBiosensors - Electronic noses - Identification of hazardous solvents and gases
- Semiconductor sensor array.
FUNCTIONAL-HYBRID NANO MATERIALS 9
Nanomaterials for corrosion prevention - Hydrogen fuel: storage and harvesting - Emission control - Nano
lubricants - Nanoengines - Nanofluidics - Space applications - Smart and functional fabrics - Fire retardant and
insulating materials- Electrochromic glasses - Self healing materials - Shape memory alloys.
NANO BIOMATERIALS 9
Bionics- Swim-suits with shark-skin-effect, Soil repellence, Lotus effect - Nano finishing in textiles (UV resistant,
antibacterial, hydrophilic, self-cleaning, flame retardant finishes) - Modern textiles (Lightweight bulletproof vests
and shirts, Color changing property, Smart Fabrics - Cosmetics -Sun-screen dispersions for UV protection using
Titanium oxide - Color cosmetics - Nano Drug Delivery systems - Nano Tissue engineering scaffolds.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. T. Pradeep, "A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology", Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
2. Hari Singh Nalwa, "Nanostructured Materials and Nanotechnology", Academic Press, 2002.

3. Mick Wilson, Kamali Kannargare., Geoff Smith, "Nano technology: Basic Science and Emerging
technologies", Overseas Press, 2005.
4. Biomedical applications of nanotechnology edited by Vinod Labhasetwar and DiandraL.Lesie - Pelecky.
REFERENCES:
1. Mark A. Ratner, Daniel Ratner, "Nanotechnology: A Gentle Introduction to the Next Big Idea", Prentice Hall
P7R:1st Edition, 2002.
2. Robert W. Kelsall, Ian W. Hamley and Mark Geoghegan, "Nanoscale Science and Technology", John Wiley &
Sons, Ltd., UK, 2005.
3. Mancini L H, Esposito C L., "Nanocomposites: Preparation, Properties and Performance" Nova Science
Publisher Inc., 2008
4. A. Nouailhat, "An Introduction to Nanoscience and Nanotechnology", John Wiley & Sons, Inc., UK, 2008.
5. Bandhyopadyay A K., "Nanomaterials" New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers., 2008
VIDEO LECTURES
1. Nanostructured Materials-Synthesis, Properties, Self Assembly and Applications, http://nptel.ac.in/courses/
118102003/, IITD 2014
2. Soft Nanotechnology, https://www.class-central.com/course/nptel-soft-nano-technology-9923, IITKG 2018
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://www.scielo.br/scielo.phpscript=sci_arttext&pid=S0101-20612010000300002
2. http://journal.frontiersin.org/article/10.3389/fphys.2014.00002/full
CASE STUDIES
1. Case studies on textile industry effluent treatment
2. Case studies on ultra-low dimension computing processors

20NT2E02 NANOTECHNOLOGY IN ENVIRONMENTAL 3003
REMEDIATION
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1: Understand and explain the various methods of environmental augmentation
strategies using nanomaterials PO1,PO3,PO7
CO2: Design various detection and remedial measures for large scale agricultural
and industrial bodies using nanoparticles PO1,PO3,PO7
CO3: Identify and manage the exposure of various nanoparticles used for
environmental remediation activities PO1,PO3,PO7
INTRODUCTION TO NANOTECHNOLOGY 9
Importance of Nanotechnology - Opportunity at the nano scale - Length and time scale in structures - Energy
landscapes - Interdynamic aspects of inter molecular forces - Classification based on the dimensionality -
Nanoparticles - Nanoclusters - Nanotubes - Nanowires and nanodots - Semiconductor nanocrystals carbon
nanotubes - Influence of Nano structuring on Mechanical, optical, electronic, magnetic and chemical properties
PHYSICAL PROCESSES FOR AUGMENTATION OF GREENER ENVIRONMENT 9
Current scenario and conventional strategies - Necessity for water treatment measures - Adsorption - Agricultural
wastage treatment - Nanofertilizers and Nanobiochar - Nanopesticides and pesticides degradation
CHEMICAL PROCESSES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL REMEDIATION 9
Current scenario and conventional strategies - Photocatalytic oxidation of waste from water using semiconductor
nanoparticles - Industrial treatment processes by Nanomaterials - Soil enrichment by augmenting microbiome
growth
LARGE SCALE ENVIRONMENTAL TREATMENT PROCESSES 10
Current scenario and conventional strategies -Anaerobic method - Aerobic method - Detection and removal of
contaminants in large water bodies by nanobiosensors - Electrobioremediation - Nanoremediation -
Nanomembranes for filtration of pathogens and potable water generation - Nanobiocomposites for water
purification - Anti microbial nanoparticles for air purification in solid landfills
FATE OF NANOPARTICLES 8
Current scenario and future directions - Effect of non degradable nanoparticles in the environment - Necessity for
recycling and reusing of nanoparticles used in large scale - Monitoring and removal strategies for air and water
suspended nanoparticles
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rao C.N.R, Muller.A and Cheetham A.K, "The Chemistry of Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and
Applications, Volume-I and II", John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2005.
2. Grassian V.H, "Nanoscience and Nanotechnology - Environmental and health impacts", John Wiley & Sons, 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Awan T.I, Bashir A, Tehseen A, "Chemistry of Nanomaterials - Fundamentals and Applications", Elsevier, 2020.
2. Ram M, Andreescu.S.E, Hanming.D, "Nanotechnology for Environmental Decontamination", McGraw Hill, 2007.
3. Hussain C.M and Mishra A.K, "Nanotechnology in Environmental Science", Wiley, 2018.
4. Fulekar M.H and Bhawana P. "Environmental Nanotechnology" CRC Press, 2018.
5. Gothandam K.M, Ranjan S, "Nanotechnology, Food Security and Water Treatment", Springer. 2018.
6. Lofrano G, Libralato G and Brown J, "Nanotechnologies for Environmental Remediation", Springer, 2017.
7. Islam S U, "Environmental Nanotechnology for Water Purification", Wiley, 2020.
N PTEL MATERIAL
1. Nanostructures and Nanomaterials: Characterization and Properties, Dr.Anandh Subramaniam, IIT Kanpur,
2. Nanotechnology in ground improvement and site remediation, Dr.G.L.Sivakumar Babu, IIsc Bangalore.
https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/105108075/module9/Lecture40.pdf
WEB RESOURCES
1. Thin films for Wastewater Treatment, by School of Mechanical Engineering at Georgia Tech,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GtxB2vMVaHI

20MA2E01 MATHEMATICS FOR DATA SCIENCE 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Infer various aspects data analytics problems using large and PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
small sample tests.
CO2: Use ANOVAto find the statistical differences between three or PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
more independent groups.
CO3: Demonstrate predictive analytics techniques and build PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
Mathematical Models for the given data.
CO4: Use matrix decomposition algorithms in finding the solutions of PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
Data Science problems.
TESTING OF HYPOTHESIS 15
Large sample tests: Test of significance for single proportion, difference of proportions, Single mean and difference
of means - Small sample tests: t- test for single mean and difference of means, F- test for variances - Chi square test
for goodness of fit and independence of attributes - ANOVA table for one way and two way classification.
CORRELATION AND REGRESSION ANALYSIS 15
Correlation and causation, Types of correlation, Karl Pearson's coefficient of correlation - Regression lines - linear
regression equations - coefficient of determination - Analysis of residuals - Estimation and prediction of regression
equations - Multiple linear regression model - Logistic Regression.
LINEAR ALGEBRA 15
Vectors - basic operations on vectors -Dependence and independence of vectors -Matrix Decomposition
Algorithms: Special Matrices and their Properties - Spectral decomposition - Singular Value Decomposition (SVD)
- Properties- LU Decomposition - Gram Schmidt Process - QR Factorization - Polar Decomposition
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
2. Alan Jeffrey, "Matrix Operations for Engineers and Scientists: An Essential Guide in Linear Algebra, Springer,
2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Jay L. Devore," Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences", Cengage Learning, 9thEdition, 2016.
2. Stephen Andrilli and David Hecker, "Elementary Linear Algebra", 5th Edition, Academic Press, 2016.
WEB REFERENCES

20MA2E02 MATHEMATICS FOR MACHINE LEARNING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Apply principles of matrix algebra to Linear Transformations. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO2: Demonstrate matrix decomposition techniques in finding PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
solutions of Machine Learning problems.
CO3: Use gradient based methods in finding the optimum value of PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
multivariable functions.
CO4: Solve nonlinear optimization problems using Search Methods. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
LINEAR ALGEBRA 20
Vector Spaces and Subspaces - Basis and Dimensions - Linear Transformation - Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors -
Matrix Decomposition Algorithms: Special Matrices and their Properties - Spectral decomposition - Singular Value
Decomposition (SVD) - Properties- LU Decomposition - Gram Schmidt Process - QR Factorization - Polar
Decomposition
MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS 8
Partial derivatives - Gradient - Directional Derivatives - Jacobian - Hessian Matrix - Convex functions and its
properties.
MULTIVARIABLE OPTIMIZATION 17
Unconstrained Multivariable Optimization - Unidirectional Search - Direct Search Methods - Box's Evolutionary
Optimization Method - Hooke - Jeeves Pattern Search Method - Gradient-based Methods - Cauchy's (Steepest
Descent) Method - Marquardt's Method - Conjugate Gradient Method - Solution of Unconstrained Non-Linear
Programming Problem by using One Dimensional Search Procedure and the Gradient Search Procedure.
Total Periods:45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gilbert Strang, "Introduction to Linear Algebra", 5th Edition, Wellesley Cambridge Press, 2016.
2. Kalyanmoy Deb, "Optimization for Engineering: Design-Algorithms and Examples", PHI second edition,
2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. S. Axler, Linear Algebra Done Right (Third Edition). Springer International Publishing, 2015.
2. S.S.Rao, "Engineering Optimization-Theory and Practice", John Wiley and sons Inc., Fifth edition, 2019.
3. RanjanGanguli, Engineering Optimization - A modern approach, Universities Press, First Edition, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES

20MA2E03 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Formulate and solve real life situations involving linear PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
variables.
CO2: Optimize transportation and assignment problems. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO3: Find optimal replacement period. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Analyze Network Models. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
LINEAR PROGRAMMING 10
Formulation of Linear Programming models - Graphical solution - Simplex method -Artificial Variable Techniques-
Big-M method - Duality- Primal-dual relationship.
TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEMS 15
Transportation Problem - Balanced transportation problem - Unbalanced transportation problem - Initial Basic
feasible solution by Vogel's Approximation Method - Optimal solution by MODI method - Assignment problem -
Balanced assignment problem - Unbalanced assignment problem - Hungarian method - Travelling Salesman
Problem.
REPLACEMENT MODELS 10
Replacement of items that deteriorate whose maintenance costs increase with time without change in the money
value. Replacement of items that fails suddenly: individual replacement policy, group replacement policy.
NETWORK SCHEDULING 10
Network and basic components - Rules of network construction - Time calculations in networks - Critical path
method -Project Evaluation and Review Technique - PERT calculations.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Taha H.A., "Operation Research", 10th Edition, Prentice Hall of India,2018.
2. KantiSwarup, GuptaP.K. and Man mohan, "Operations Research", Sultan Chand & sons, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Fredrick S. Hillier and Gerald J. Liebermann, "Introduction to Operations Research", 11thEdition,
McGrawHill, 2021.
2. Anderson, "Quantitative Methods for Business", 12th Edition, Thomson Learning, 2013.
3. Sharma J.K., "Operations Research Theory and Applications", 3rd Edition, MacMillan Business Books, 2006.
WEB REFERENCE
https://online courses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mg10

20MA2E04 STATISTICS FOR BIG DATA ANALYTICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, the students will able to
CO1: Understand the foundations of big data and Essentials of PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
Statistics.
CO2: Use the advanced Statistical methods in solving the problems of PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
big data analytics.
CO3: Analyse the data using Testing of Hypothesis. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Analyse the variance using ANOVA PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
DATA SCIENCE AND BIG DATA ANALYTICS 10

Classification of Digital Data, Structured and Unstructured Data - Introduction to Big Data: Characteristics -
Evolution - Applications of Data - Data Warehouse and Hadoop Environment. Big Data Analytics: Classification of
Analytics - Challenges - Data Science Terminologies used in Big Data Environments - Soft State Eventual
Consistency - Top Analytics Tools.
STATISTICAL ANALYTICS 17
Introduction to Machine Learning, Data Mining, Text Mining. Naïve Bayesian classifier, decision tree classifier -
categorization using K - means clustering and association rules - predictive modelling using Linear, Multiple and
logistics regression.
HYPOTHESIS TESTING 18
Sampling Techniques- Estimation- Parametric Test- Z Test-Single Mean and difference of means-t test-F Test-Chi
Square test- Non-Parametric Test- Kruskal Wallis Test-Mann Whitney U Test. Design of Experiments, ANOVA -
One Way and Two-Way classification.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Seema Acharya, SubhashiniChellappan, "Big Data and Analytics", Wiley Publications, Fourth Edition, 2020
Edition, 2020.
REFERENCE BOOKS
2. Ronald E. Walpole, Raymond H. Myers and Sharon L. Myers, "Probability & Statistics for Engineers and
Scientists", Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd 9th Edition,2017.
3. Morris H DeGroot, Mark J Schervish, "Probability and Statics", Addison Wesly, 4th Edition, 2015.
4. Michael Berthold, David J. Hand Intelligent Data AnalysisSpringer2007
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/big-data-language-1/1-1-introduction-to-big-data-and-language-6tLnz
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/big-data-introduction

20MA2E05 GRAPH THEORY AND ITS APPLICATIONS 2003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the basic concepts of graph theory and c ompute the PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
distance in graphs and weighted graph.
CO2: Use the fundamental theorems in Graph theory to study PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
matching, connectivity, coloring and planar graphs.
CO3: Analyze matching problems. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
CO4: Apply graph model and algorithm for solving network problems. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO9
FUNDAMENTALS OF GRAPHS AND TREES 15

Graphs - Introduction - Isomorphism - Sub graphs - Walks - Paths - Circuits - Connectedness - Components - Euler
graphs - Hamiltonian paths and circuits. Trees - Distance and centers in tree - Rooted and binary trees - Spanning
trees - Spanning trees in a weighted graph.
PLANAR, DUAL GRAPHS AND MATRIX REPRESENTATION OF GRAPHS 15
Planar and dual graphs - Combinatorial representation- Detection of planarity - Geometric dual graphs. Incidence
matrix - Sub matrices - Circuit matrix - Path matrix - Adjacency matrix. Chromatic number - Chromatic partitioning
- Chromatic polynomial - Matching - Covering - Vertex coloring - Edge coloring - Four color problem.
DIRECTED GRAPHS, GRAPH THEORETIC ALGORITHMS 15
Digraphs - Types of digraphs - Directed paths and connectedness - Euler graphs - Adjacency matrix of a digraph.
Algorithms - Connectedness and components - Spanning tree - Fundamental circuits - Cut vertices - Directed
circuits - Shortest path algorithm.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. NarasingDeo, "Graph theory with application to Engineering and Computer Science", Prentice Hall India, 2016.
2. West D.B, "Introduction to Graph Theory", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Harary F., "Graph Theory", Addison Wesley, 2019.
2. Wilson R.J., "Introduction to Graph Theory", 5th Edition, Pearson Education, 2010.
WEB REFERENCE
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ma05/course

20EN2E01 LIFESKILLS & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT 2103
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 Realize the need for good social and professional behavior. PO9, PO10, PO12
CO2 Introspect and soul-search to set realistic and concrete goals. PO9, PO10, PO12
CO3 Accept heterogeneity and dynamism in social circles PO9, PO10, PO12
CO4 Recognize that personal branding can lead to better chances of PO9, PO10, PO12
achieving personal andprofessional goals.
SOCIAL CONDUCT 10
Etiquette: As a code of conduct - Origins & Types - Online Communication. Emotional Intelligence: What is
Emotional Intelligence - Enhancing your emotional self-awareness - Impact of emotional intelligence - Strategies to
hone emotional intelligence - crisis management and emotional intelligence.
ATTRIBUTES IN PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT 10
Goal Setting: Creating purpose and finding goals - smart goals - goal setting in workplace - evolution and
incorporation of goals - strategies in setting goals - the power of positive thinking - building positive attitude -
strategies of positive attitude - causes of negative attitude.
DEALING WITH PEOPLE 15
Interpersonal Skills: Definition & Types of Interpersonal Skills, Acquiring and developing Interpersonal skills.
Conflict Management: Value of Conflict Management skills. Stress Management: Symptoms of stress, Effective
ways to identify stress, Techniques & strategies in managing stress.
IMPRESSION MANAGEMENT 10
Transition from education to employment - preparing for employment - Image management: building a self-image -
image creation and growth - branding in the digital world - Interview Skills: Purpose and types of interview -
interview techniques and questions - use of body language and stories. Public Speaking: effective public speaking -
language and skills for effective speaking
Total hours: 45
TEXT BOOK
Shinde Maithry, et all, Life Skills and Personality Development, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2022.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Pillai Sabina &Agna Fernandez, Soft Skills & Employability Skills, Cambridge University Press, 2022.
2. Hurlock, E.B (2006).Personality Development, 28th Reprint. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Andrews, Sudhir.How to succeed at Interviews.21st (rep) New Delhi. Tata McGraw-Hill.1988.
4. Lucas, Stephen. Art of Public Speaking. New Delhi.Tata-Mc-Graw Hill.2001.

20EN2E02 ART OF SPEAKING 1203
COURSE OUTCOMES
Realize and execute the significance of speaking. PO9, PO10, PO12

CO 1
Understand the fundamentals of speaking such as vocabulary, PO9, PO10, PO12
CO 2
pronunciation and basic conversation skills
CO3 Gain proficiency in speaking. PO9, PO10, PO12
INTRODUCTION TO THE ART OF SPEAKING 15

Verbal and Non-Verbal Communication - Effective Communication- Stages of communication -Types of
communication- Active Listening - Communication Flow- The seven Cs of communication - Barriers of
communication - Dealing with feelings in communication
PHONETICS 15
Phonemes of English: Vowels - diphthongs and consonants - Stress and rhythm - Intonation - Voice and delivery:
pace, pause, pitch, volume, modulation and resonance - tips to improve voice, delivery- Practicing vowels,
consonants and diphthongs in words and sentences.
FORMAL AND INFORMAL SPEAKING 15
Basic conversational skills: Self Introduction- greetings- seeking information, permission, accepting and declining.
Professional speaking skills: Attributes of presentation and Group discussion - How to make a successful spoken
presentation - participating in Group Discussion, appearing in an interview, participating effectively in business
meetings.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOK
Stephen E Lucas, The art of Speaking. MC Graw Hill.2020
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Dr.T.Balasubramainam," The text book of English Phonetics for Indian Students" Macmillan,2020.
2. Kenneth Anderson,Joan Maclean and Tony Lynch. "Study Speaking: A Course in Spoken English for
Academic Purpose." Cambridge University Press India Pvt.Ltd. 2004.
3. Owen Hargie, "The Handbook of Communication Skills." Routledge Taylor & Francis Group, New York,
2019.
WEB REFERENCES:
1. NPTEL 8 WEEKS COURSE:https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in//noc22_hs13

20EN2E03 GENERIC SKILLS FOR EMPLOYABILITY 2103
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 To improve knowledge, skills, and habits on how to use digital PO9, PO10, PO12
devices more efficiently for both business and personal reasons.
CO 2 Introspect and develop a planned approach towards one's career PO9, PO10, PO12
and life in general.
CO3 To comprehend career planning process and to be able to match PO9, PO10, PO12
one's skills and interests to the desired career path.
DIGITAL LITERACY 9
Role of digital technology in day-to-day life and in a workplace- Types of digital devices-Mobile phones-
Computers - parts, functionality and usage- Managing files and folders-Microsoft and its applications - MS Word,
MS Excel, MS PowerPoint, MS Outlook- The Internet - connecting, accessing information- Accessing information
on Government portals and online utility portals- Importance of email- Social media platforms and basic features.
FINANCIAL LITERACY 9
The importance and benefits of saving money- Methods of saving money- Types and features of bank accounts-
Microfinance- Microfinance Institutions (MFIs)- Post office schemes- Using a bank account- Electronic funds
transfer and digital/online transactions- Linking bank account with mobile number- Banking cards and their
features- Loans and their types- Insurance -Investment options -Taxation- Security.
PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT 9
Effective communication- Written communication (formal and informal) - Barriers to communication - Etiquette
(verbal and nonverbal) - Legal implication of social media communication- Personal qualities, interests and
personality traits- Values and the value system- Personal branding for success- Self-esteem- Personal and
professional hygiene- Goals setting and obstacles- Dealing with stress and anger- Time management-Positive
thinking- Good work ethics- Security regulations at the workplace.
PEOPLE CONNECT 9
Ways of working with others- Diversity at workplace- Identifying organisational norms and adapting to them-
Demonstrating self-worth and a positive attitude at the workplace- Flexibility and adaptability to change- Taking
initiative at the workplace-Team skills- Effective use of human resources-Grooming for the workplace- Types of
customers- Customer needs and expectations-Customer handling skills- -Customer satisfaction and retention-
Resolution of customer issues.
EMPLOYMENT 9
Preparing a résumé - Online job search services- Preparing for and facing an interview- Group Discussion (GD) -
Importance of current information related to the sector/market- Researching the job market / job roles- Awareness of
compensation standards- new developments in the fields of education and technology- The need for up-
skilling/reskilling.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOK
Agna Fernandez, Generic Skills for Employability, Cambridge University Press India Pvt. Ltd, 2020.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Cooper Nicola, Forrest Christy, Cramp Paul, Essential Guide to Generic Skills, Blackwell Publishing, 2006
2. NawaleArvind, M MNivargi, GahelotManisha, An Introduction to Employability Skills, Macmillan, 2018
3. Khabeishvili Guranda, Promoting Generic Employability Skills Development in Higher Education, LAP
Lambert Academic Publishing, 2019.

20EN2E04 GENDER PERSPECTIVE IN 3003
TEAM BUILDING & LEADERSHIP
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Develop knowledge on various leadership scales PO9, PO10, PO12

CO2 Apply techniques for developing inter-personal communication PO9, PO10, PO12
skills and positive attitude leading to their professional
competence.
CO3 Gain knowledge on team building skill with gender PO9, PO10, PO12
perspective.
CO4 Acquire the various life skills needed to excel in the PO9, PO10, PO12
professional world
MODULE I: LEADERSHIP & GENDER 10
Leadership Basics-Theories - Importance of Leadership-Role of a Leader- Leadership and Management- Leader

versus Manager- Authority vs Leadership- Leadership and Motivation- Emotional Intelligence for Leaders-
Organizational Leadership- Myths about Leadership- Assessing Leadership & Measuring its Effects -Women and
Leadership- Leadership Ethics-Listening and Communicative skills
MODULE II: FOCUS ON THE LEADER IN GENDER PERSPECTIVE 13
Leadership Strategy-Leadership Styles-Personal Leadership Brand- Leadership Levels- Leadership and

Subordinate Development- Intrinsic vs Extrinsic Motivation-Leadership for the 21st Century- Traits of Effective
Leadership- Compassion in Leadership- social media Skills for Leaders- Leadership and Trust- Leadership
Behaviour and gender inclusive leadership -Role of Leader in case of Emergency -Inter personal relations -Analysis
of Life Positions with gender lens- Case Studies.
MODULE III: ROLE OF GENDER INCLUSIVE TEAM 13
Team work & Team building -Aspects of Team building-Skills needed for Teambuilding-Team versus Group-Role
of a Team Leader-Interpersonal skills - Conversation, Feedback, Feed forward -Delegation, Trust, Expectations,
Values, Status, Compatibility -Loopholes in team work -success of team work and gender influence- Team building
activities -Communication activities- Problem solving and decision-making activities-Trust-building activities.
MODULE IV: GENDER PERSPECTIVE IN CONFLICT MANAGEMENT 9
Introduction -Types-Cognitive Conflict & Emotional Conflict -Levels of conflict -Intrapersonal &
Interpersonal Conflict -Intra & Inter-group Conflict -Intra-Organizational Conflict- Conflict Resolution Style with
gender notion- Self-Discipline- Build Self Confidence and Self Esteem -SWOT Analysis
TEXT BOOK
Adair, John. Effective Leadership (new Revised Edition): How to Be a Successful Leader, 2011. Print.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Achua, Christopher F, and Robert N. Lussier. Effective Leadership. Mason, Ohio: South-Western, 2010. Print.
2. Gary, N P. Gender and Leadership. SAGE Publications Ltd, n.d. Internet resource
3. Ellet, William. The Case Study Handbook: How to Read, Discuss, and Write Persuasively About Cases; [5
Sample Cases Included]. Boston, Mass: Harvard Business School Press, 2009. Print.
4. Alex, K. Soft Skills: Know Yourself & Know the World. New Delhi: S. Chand & Company Ltd, 2012. Print.
RELATED ONLINE CONTENTS
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sex_differences_in_leadership
2. https://www.managementstudyguide.com/leader_versus_manager.htm
3. https://www.verywellmind.com/how-to-write-a-psychology-case-study-2795722
4. NPTEL Video:https://youtu.be/0TttNypNWNM
5. NPTEL Video:https://youtu.be/EjqBdFH5c1A
6. NPTEL Video:https://youtu.be/R-Mq6PCZwq4

18NT1E24 NANOWEARABLES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the basics of wearables and nanobiosensors PO1,PO4

CO2: Explain the functions of various components of wearables PO1,PO4
CO3: Visualize various applications of wearables and their augmentation by nanotechnology PO1,PO4
SCOPE OF WEARABLES 9
Textiles and clothing -Agriculture; Pest detection - Soil health monitoring- Cattle rearing; Health monitoring of
cattle - Waste management in storage houses -Laboratory hazard management for harmful chemicals - Smart
homes; food and water quality monitoring and management- Healthcare; Patient monitoring - Home detection kits
SENSORS IN WEARABLES 9
Resistive sensors for work safety - Radiation sensors - LASER Safety- Piezoelectric sensors - Accelerometers,
Gyroscopes and Pressure sensors for aiding physically impaired stress and strain detection - Packaging sensors-
Adulteration sensors - Sweat sensors - Soil Sensors; NPK sensors, pH and Electrical Conductivity of soil - Self
sensing cement composites
NANOBIOSENSORS 9
Biomarkers and food markers; Macromolecules - DNA and RNA based biosensors - Protein and Peptide based biosensors -
Electrolyte based biosensors - Pathogen based biosensors - Monoclonal Antibodies synthesis - Lab on a chip
NANOTECHNOLOGY IN WEARABLES AUGMENTATION 9
Nanomaterials for cancer diagnosis - Nanomaterials for cancer therapy - Nanotechnology in tissue engineering-
Nano artificial cells - Nanotechnology in 3D and 4D printed healthcare devices- Smart drug delivery systems
FLEXIBLE WEARABLE ELECTRONICS 9
Flexible electronics; Flexible power sources -Flexible batteries -flexible displays - Organic electronics -Stress
strain connectivity -Muscle movement tracking -- Nanogenerators - Textile and polymer platform - Self healing
polymer membranes - Paper based sensors
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Enderle J, Blanchard S, Bronzino J, "Introduction to Biomedical Engineering",ElsevierAcademic Press, 2012.
2. Mirkin C.A. and Niemeyer, C.M., "Nanobiotechnology II: More Concepts and Applications", Wiley-VCH. 2007.
3. Kumar C. S. S. R., Hormes, J. and Leuschner C., "Nanofabrication Towards Biomedical Applications:
Techniques, Tools, Applications, and Impact", WILEY -VCH Verlag GmbH & Co., 2005
4. Tong, R., "Wearable Technology in Medicine and Health Care", Elsevier Science., 2018
5. Singh V.K., Singh A.K, Ali Z., Dubey V., Tiwari R., "Design and Optimization of Sensors and Antennas for
Wearable Devices", IGI Global, 2019
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Fraden J, "Hand Book of Modern Sensors: physics, Designs and Applications", 4thedition. Springer, 2010.
2. Webster J. G, "Medical Instrumentation: Application and Design", John Wileyand Sons, 2003.
3. Malsch, N. H., "Biomedical Nanotechnology", CRC Press, 2005
4. Yilmaz N.D., "Smart Textiles, Wearable Nanotechnology", Wiley, 2018
RESEARCH ARTICLES
1. https://www.mdpi.com/2079-9292/11/5/716 (2022)
2. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/B9780128228586000194 (2022)
3. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s00216-021-03602-2 (2021)

ONE CREDIT COURSES

20AEI02 LEAN MANUFACTURING 1001
INTRODUCTION TO LEAN MANUFACTURING 8

Introduction to seven waste and their narration; Global competition, Lean Manufacturing, Value flow and Muda,
Muri and Mura, Need for Lean Manufacturing8
LEAN TOOLS AND TECHNQIUES 4
Various tool of Lean Manufacturing, Fundamental blocks of Lean, 5S, Kaizen, Poka-yoke, Kanban, Line
balancing
TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE (TPM) 4
Need for TPM, Pillars of TPM, Implementation of TPM, Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE), OEE
improvement
VALUE STREAM MAPPING 4
Sections of VSM - symbols of VSM- Current state mapping, Future state mapping, application of VSM for an
industrial process
Total Periods: 20

20AEI003 CESSNA 152 AIRCRAFT AND 1001
R11F2S300 ENGINE
CESSNA 152 10
Introduction Cessna 152 A/C specification, Dimensions, Engine, Weight, fuel - Panel Familiarization and
Instrument System in Piston Engine Aircraft - Air Frame Systems, Primary Flight Controls - Engine Systems,
Engine Controls, Engine Instruments E.g. Airspeed Indicator, Engine Indicator and Fuel System in CESSNA
152Aircraft - Electrical System,Maser Switch, Ammeter circuit Breaker, Vacuum System and Panel Familiarization
in CESSNA 152 Aircraft - Ignition and Starter System Primer System CESSNA 152Aircraft - Pitot Static System,
Stall Warning, Lighting System - Various Instruments and their functions. - Navigation ADF -Frequency Selection
and operating modes, Landing gear, Doors and Exits CESSNA 152 Aircraft RT 359- operating the Transponder,
Squawk Identification, Reply Light - Engine Starting - Hot engine Start- Fire Procedures
R11F2S300 Engine 5
Jet Engine Theory - R11F2S300 Engine Specification -Air Intake Cone, Air Intake Casing, Compressor Casing,
Stators, Low Pressure Rotor, High Pressure Rotor - Diffuser Guide Vanes, Combustion Chamber, HP Turbine, LP
Turbine, After Burner Diffuser Casing, Jet Pipe Assembly, Jet Nozzle Assembly, Accessory Gear Box, AC
Generator, DC Generator, Engine Lubrication Systems, Oil Pump Assembly, Fuel Pump NR21F2, Fuel Pump
NR22F2, Electromagnetic Valves, PURT 1F Unit, BU-5 Unit, Engine Bearings
Total Periods: 15

20BMI001 MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS TRAINING 1001
PATIENT MONITORING SYSTEMS 3

Application of ECG, SPO2, NIBP, IBP, Temp, Respiration, Cardiac Output, Etco2, BIS - Function if each modules
used in the patient monitors - ECG methods & Lead wire systems - Different Arrhythmia - Cardiac output methods -
Spo2 technology- Etco2(Main stream, side stream, Microstream) measurement and types.
ICU VENTILATOR & ANESTHESIA WORKSTATION OVERVIEW 5
Respiratory breathing System - Different Blocks of Ventilator - Modes if ventilation (Pressure & Volume) -
Simulation demonstration on Ventilator on all modes - Purpose of ICU ventilator & Anaesthesia workstation.
CRITICALCARE EQUIPMENTS TECHNICAL & APPLICATION 5
Syringe pump & Infusion pump: Different blocks - modes of syringe pump - bolus - purge- Volume, Time & Flow -
Internal Parts of Syringe pump. Diathermy: Basics blocks of Diathermy- Monopolar & Bi-polar modes - Internal
blocks of Diathermy. Defibrillator: Basics blocks of Defibrillator - Monophais & Biphasic - Different modes -
Internal Parts of defibrillator. CPAP: Basic Blocks of CPAP & it's purpose - Internal parts of CPAP.
ROLE OF BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERS IN CRITICAL CARE 2
Know the technology- Easy Handling - Troubleshooting - Maintenance - Calibration - MIS
Total Periods: 15

20BMI002 MACHINE LEARNING FOR HEALTHCARE 1001
INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE LEARNING AND SCIENTIFIC TOOLS 3

Overview of different categories of Machine Learning approaches - Regression, Classification, Clustering and
Dimensionality Reduction - State of the art Machine Learning approaches in building Artificial Intelligence
applications - Scientific computing environment for Machine Learning - Google Colab; Scikit-Learn; TensorFlow
Scientific Python - Numpy - Numerical computing library - Matplotlib - Visualization library.
DEEP LEARNING AND REGRESSION ANALYSIS 3
Introduction to TensorFlow - Shallow and Deep Neural Networks for Regression Analysis - Mean Squared Error as
objective function - R-Square goodness of fit for evaluation Prediction using Regression models - Implement Fully
Connected Network (FCN) for regression analysis - Predicting sales of product based on budget spent on different
advertising media.
CLASSIFICATION USING FULLY CONNECTED NETWORKS 3
Logistic/Softmax based shallow and deep neural models for classification - Negative-log likelihood / Cross-
Entropy objective function Model evaluations - Diagnostic Wisconsin Breast Cancer Database - Binary
classification into benign or malignant class - Confusion matrix - Precision, Recall and F1-score.
RECURRENT NEURAL NETWORKS 3
Models to process sequential data - Different types of Recurrent Neural Networks - Long Short-Term Memory
(LSTM) - Gated Recurrent Units (GRU) Time series prediction - ECG Heartbeat Categorization - Multiclass
classification based on the time series ECG signal.
CONVOLUTIONAL NEURAL NETWORKS 3
Feature detection and classifier modules of ConvNets - Convolutions, strides, pooling and FCN building blocks
Computer vision applications - Invasive Ductal Carcinoma (IDC) cancer detection from histopathology images -
Build a CNN to perform medical image classification.
Total Periods: 15

20BMI003 3D PRINTING FOR MEDICAL AND ROBOTIC USE 1001
INTRODUCTION TO ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING AND 3D PRINTING 5

Introduction to additive manufacturing, rapid prototyping, Introduction to 3D printing and various 3D printing
technologies, Applications of 3D printing, Illustration of FDM/FFF 3D printers, Applications and case studies of 3D
printing. Hands-on with 3D modelling software:Introduction to Computer Aided Designing, Hands-on with open
source 3D modelling software and tools for 3D printing.
INTRODUCTION AND HANDS-ON WITH 3D SLICING 5
Introduction to 3D printing and slicing parameters, Hands-on with 3D slicing software, Operating procedures of 3D
printers. Medical 3D Printing and Its Applications: Introduction and applications of Medical 3D Printing,
Introduction to prosthetics and bionics using 3D printing, Methodology and case studies of 3D printed Bionic arm,
Introduction to 3D Bioprinting.
DICOM 3D PRINTING AND SURGICAL PRE-PLANNING 5
Introduction to Medical imaging and formats, Hands-on with converting and processing medical DICOM images
for 3D printing, Applications of 3D printing DICOM images. Robotic Applications: Introduction and case studies
3D printed robots, Introduction to 3D printed humanoid robot, Applications of 3D printed robotics
Total Periods: 15

20BMI004

20BMI005

20CEI001 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY 10 0 1
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Analyse the protective measures and standards in construction and PO1,PO2,PO3,
their impact on the industry. PO6,PO7,PO8
Personal Protective Equipment: Protecting Employees- Head Injuries -. Eye Protection - Hearing Protection - Foot
Protection - Hand and Body Protection
Falls in Construction: Fall Protection- Personal Fall Arrest Systems -Guardrails and Safety Nets -Skylights and
Other Openings-Excavations-Roofs-OSHA's Fall Protection Policies for Residential Construction.
Scaffold: Types/Hazards-Fall Protection - Safe Scaffold Construction - Types of Scaffolds - Inspections- Assembly
& Use.
Materials Handling: Hazards -Manual Material Handling - Tunnelling- Mining - Mechanical Handling (Cranes) -
Rigging - Stacking and Storing - Erection of Prefabricated structures.
Total Hours:15

20CEI002 WATER AUDIT 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify the process of conducting water audit and implement PO1, PO6, PO7
water management measures.
Water system analysis: Monitoring and measurements using pressure and flow meters - Quantification of
inefficiencies and leaks - Quantification of water quality loads and discharges - Quantification of variability in flows
and quality parameters.
Water management: Strategies for water treatment and reuse or direct use - Complete water balance of the facility -
Developing 'recycle' and 'reuse' opportunities - Water consumption and wastewater generation pattern - Specific
water use and conservation - Water saving opportunities.
Total hours:15

20CEI003 GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION AND INVESTIGATION 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Describe the various methods of soil exploration and field testing PO1, PO2
CO2: Develop the Bore Log report of given soil profile. PO1, PO9, PO10
COURSE CONTENT
Site Investigation- Soil exploration techniques- Field testing - Bore hole Investigation - Ground water table
determination - Bore Log report preparation from field data - Bearing capacity evaluation for different soil profile -
Industrial geotechnical ethics - Preparation of geotechnical approval report- Role of Registered Geo-Technical
Engineer.
Total Hours: 15

20CEI004 DESIGN OF HIGH PERFORMANCE CONCRETE 1001
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1: Describe the construction techniques and methods of placing & PO1, PO3,
curing for high performance concrete. PO6, PO7
COURSE CONTENT
High Strength Concrete and Standard specifications and test methodology for durability concrete-Materials for
High Performance Concrete-Properties of HPC- Non-destructive testing methods for HPC strength -RMC -
Guidelines for mix proportioning of HPC and Relationships between mechanical properties.
Total Hours: 15

20CEI005 NON - DESTRUCTIVE TESTING PRACTICES 1001
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1: Illustrate different surface NDE techniques and apply them PO1, PO3,
for inspecting materials in Accordance with industry specifications. PO6, PO7
COURSE CONTENT
Introduction to non-destructive evaluation -Sources of X and Gamma Rays and their interaction with Matter,
Radiographic equipment, Radiographic Techniques, Safety Aspects of Industrial Radiography- Industrial
Applications of NDE- Span of NDE Activities Railways, Nuclear, Non-nuclear and Chemical Industries, Aircraft
and Aerospace Industries, Automotive Industries, Coal Mining Industry, NDE of pressure vessels, castings, welded
constructions.
Total Hours: 15

20CSI001 NEXTGEN IMAGING 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Understand the Basic Concepts Context Setting and Next Gen Imaging.
CO2 : Understand the Fundamentals of Hyper Spectral Imaging and Spectroscopy.
Introduction - Participant Introduction and Involvement Exercise - Context Setting - Expectation Gathering -
Computer Vision in the Industry - Next Gen Imaging - Overview - Technologies for Seeing Invisibles: Thermal
Imaging - UV Imaging - Spectroscopy - Hyper Spectral Imaging - Hyper Spectral Imaging - Deep Dive -Spectral
Signature and Hyper Cube concepts - Tools and Software - Hyper Spectral Imaging - Hands on: Software
Installation - Overview - Hands-On Experiments - Hyper Spectral Imaging - Applications of Hyper Spectral
Imaging in various business verticals - Overview about the spectroscopy - Single Pixel - Spectroscopy Concepts -
hyper spectral imaging - NIR Spectroscopy - Deep Dive and applications - Spectroscopy Hands on Software
Installation and Data collection for a small experiment.
Total Hours: 18

20CSI002 INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN OF WEARABLE 1001
MEDICAL DEVICES
COURSE OUTCOMES
On Successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO1: Knowledge onWearable Medical Equipments
CO2: Know the Hardware, Firmware & Software design of wearable Medical Device
Course Contents:
MEDICAL DEVICES
• Categories of wearable medical equipments
• Invasive and non invasive
• Non invasive physiological parameters
• Requirement gathering/clinical observation
• Limitations and benefits of wearable devices
• Design Components
• Hardware design
• Firmware design
• Algorithm development
• Software design
• Validation, Verification and testing
Total Periods: 18

20CSI003 EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES & INNOVATION 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, Students will be able to
CO1: Know about the emerging technologies & innovation and acquainted with the research approach
Course Contents:
Emerging Technologies
• Technology Trends
• Gartner Hype Cycle and Magic Quadrants
Innovation
• Product, Service, Process
• Disrupt Innovation, Open Innovation
• Technology-Push Innovation and Demand-Pull Innovation
Total Periods: 18

20CSI004 FULL STACK DEVELOPMENT 1001
Course Outcomes
CO1 : Know the current development process followed in industries.
CO2 : Know the best practices followed by industry experts.
Course Contents
Frontend
• MVC - Model Voice Controller
• Modern Programming Frameworks (Angular or React JS)
Backend
• Monolithic vs Microservice
• Architecture & Design Patterns - Decorator pattern, Observer pattern, Singleton pattern
• Programming Paradigms (Imperative or Logical or Functional or Object-Oriented)
Total Periods: 18

20CSI005 HANDS ON MEDICAL IMAGE PROCESSING 1001
WITH SIMPLE ITK
Course Outcomes
CO1: Know the Medical Image Processing Techniques
CO2: Know the Real time implementation of Medical images
Course Contents
• Medical Image Processing Techniques
• Real Time Implementation using SimpleITK library
Total Periods: 18

20CSI006 APPLIED MATRIX OPERATIONS 1001
Course Outcomes
CO1: Know the Linear Algebra core concepts & applications
CO2: Know the applications of Data Science, Machine Learning, Deep Learning and Robotics
Course Contents
• Linear Algebra Real World Applications
• Linear Algebra Core Concepts
• Real world Practical Applications of
• Data science
• Machine learning, Deep learning
• Robotics concepts.
Total Periods: 18

20CSI007 DEEP LEARNING &IMAGE PROCESSING USING 1001
CONVOLUTIONAL NEURAL NETWORKS (CNN)
Course Outcomes
CO1: Understand basics of Machine Learning, deep learning and end-to-end process.
CO2: How to build image classification and object detection models using Tensorflow 2.0.
Course Contents
• Introduction to AI, Machine Learning and Deep Learning
• Types of Machine learning
• Basics of Deep Learning
• Optimizers
• Basics of Image processing
• Convolutions
• Convolutional Neural Networks
• Transfer learning
• End-to-end deep learning process
• Computer vision tasks
• Object detection
• Tensorflow 2.0 (Keras is included)
• Introduction to Google Colab
• Hands-on - build deep learning models for classification and object detection
• Simple convnet from the scratch
• Transfer learning
• Object detection
Total Hours: 18

20CSI008 INDUSTRIAL CODING STANDARDS 1001
Course Outcomes
CO1: Understand industrial coding standards to design/develop fail safe system.
CO2: Knowledge in GNU/Linux toolchain, embedded application design guide, IIoT.
Course Contents
1. C Programming Code Style (MISRA) (Industrial Standards) (Hands-On)
2. GNU/Linux toolchain (Hands-On)
a. GCC
b. MAKE
c. CTAG
d. CSCOPE
3. Git Repository (Hands-On)
4. Embedded Application (Hands-On)
a. Overview
b. Choosing right microcontroller
c. ARM Architecture
d. Fail Safe System
e. IIoT
Total Periods: 18

20CSI009 PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUES FOR SUPERCOMPUTERS 1001
Course Outcomes
CO1: ToUnderstand the Programming Techniques for Super Computers.
CO2: To know the Heterogeneous systems, Distributed systems and HPC Profiling
Course Contents
• Parallel programming concepts
• Fundamentals of shared and distributed memory architecture
• Shared memory programming)
• Introduction to OpenMP
• Parallel constructs for CPU programming
• Parallel constructs for GPU programming
• Distributed memory programming
• Introduction to MPI
• Point to point communication
• Collective communication
• Heterogeneous computing
• Introduction to heterogeneous architecture
• Introduction to CUDA and OpenACC (GPU programming)
• Hybrid programming and scalability
• HPC application profiling
• CPU application profiling (perf tool, mpstat, perf stat, iosta, nmont etc.)
• MPI profiling and tracing.
• GPU profiling using NVProf and NVVP.
• HPC benchmarks and case study of HPC application performance analysis (Gromacs, NAMD, CPMD etc.)
• Hands on (Algorithms from Matrix operations (multiplication, transpose etc or kmeans)
• OpenMP, MPI and GPU implementation.
Total Periods: 18

20CSIO12 AGILE - DEVOPS METHODOLOGY 1 0 0 1
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, Students will be able to be
CO1: Understand Agile Methodology of Software Development
CO2: Understand DevOps Methodology of Software Development
INTRODUCTION TO AGILE:
Agile Introduction - Agile Manifesto & Principles - Agile Flavours - Classification of Agile Methods - Agile Project
Management - Agile Team Interactions - Ethics in Agile Teams - Agility In Design and Testing - Agile
Documentations - Agile Drivers, Capabilities and Values.
SCRUM AND SPRINT PROCESSES:
Scrum Basics - Scrum Cycle - Sprint Role - Sprint Planning Meeting - Sprint Review - Sprint Retrospective - Daily
Scrum / Standup Meeting - User Stories - Sprint details - Sprint Burndown Chart
INTRODUCTION TO DEVOPS:
Introduction to Devops and Continuous Delivery - A View from Orbit - Release management - Scrum, Kanban, and
the delivery pipeline - Wrapping up - a complete example - Identifying bottlenecks - How DevOps affects
Architecture - Everything is Code
BUILDING BLOCKS OF DEVOPS:
Building the Code - Testing the Code - Deploying the Code - Configuring the base OS - Describing clusters -
Delivering packages to a system - Virtualization stacks - Executing code on the client - Ansible - Deploying with
Docker- Comparison tables - Cloud solutions
Total Periods: 18

20EEI001 INDUSTRIAL IoT (USING FULLY OPEN SOURCE) 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the Industrial IoT Architecture (from device to fog to cloud to iSMAC layers)
CO2: Understand the idea of business transformation using connected car case study - Why you may never buy
a car in the near future?
CO3: Learn the practically explore the concepts behind "Connected Motion".
Module Topic No of
No Lectures
1 Basics of Industrial IoT 1

1.1 IIoT Architecture Layers
1.1.1 Introduction to IIoT End Point Gateway, Fog Layer and iSMAC Layers
(IoT, Social, Mobile, Analytics and Cloud)
1.1.1 Difference between traditional SCADA/DCS architectures and IIoT
architectures - "Business Transformation Potential"
2 Introduction to IIoT Business Transformation Potential using Connected
Car Case Study 1
2.1 Future of Drives - "Connected Motion"
2.2 How connected drives will communicate with car's central computer
2.3 What are the other systems in the connected car - elimination of driver
2.4 Why should car's central computer communicate with the cloud?
2.5 Why you may never buy a car in the near future?
3 Connected Motion
3.1 Drives & Motion Control in a connected world 1
3.2 Introduction to Industrial Ethernet Protocols - (Profinet, EtherCAT,
Ethernet/IP, Sercos, POWERLINK, TSN-OPC-UA, IEEE 802.1 ) 1
3.3 Introduction to key concepts across different Industrial Ethernet Protocols 1
3.3.1 Concept of Time & Need for Time Synchronization (Atomic Clock, Clock,
Drift, Clock Domains, Clock Synchronization, GPS, NTP, PTP, IEEE 1588 1
3.3.2 Scheduling & Traffic Shaping 1
3.3.3 Time triggered sending & Auto-response capabilities to utilize the underlying
hardware capabilities fully 1
3.3.4 Concept of Process Data & Service Data & Configuration Tool/Agents 1

Module Topic No of
No Lectures
3.4 Introduction to open source POWERLINK technology & how it implements

the key concepts of real time networking 1
3.5 Introduction to Raspery by Pi POWERLINK - open source open CONFIGURATOR 2
3.5.1 Lab experiments - Raspbery Pi POWERLINK Demo - Remote IO 2
3.5.2 Lab experiments - Raspbery Pi POWERLINK Demo - Distributed Remote IO &
Measuring Deterministic Behaviour 2
3.5.3 Lab experiments - Raspbery Pi POWERLINK Demo - Stepper Motor Control 2
3.5.4 Lab experiments - Raspbery Pi POWERLINK Demo - Distributed Motor Control &
Measuring Deterministic Behaviour 2
Total Periods: 20
REFERENCE
1. www.kalycito.com/rpi2

20EEI002 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND AUDIT 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Demonstrate the philosophy of energy audit and energy management.
CO2: Explain the different energy management methodologies used to develop an energy audit report.
CO3: Summarize the types of instruments used for energy auditing and monitoring.
General Philosophy and need of Energy Audit and Management
Definition and Objective of Energy Management, General Principles of Energy Management, Energy Management
Skills.
Energy Management Strategy
Energy Audit: Need, Types, Methodology and Approach.
Energy Management Approach: Understanding Energy Costs, Bench marking, Energy performance, matching
energy usage to requirements, Maximizing system efficiency, Optimizing the input energy requirements, Fuel and
Energy substitution.
Energy Audit Reporting
The plant energy study report- Importance, contents, effective organization, report writing and presentation.
Energy Audit Instruments
Instruments for Audit and Monitoring Energy and Energy Savings, Types and Accuracy.
Total Periods: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Y P Abbi and Shashank Jain, "Handbook on Energy Audit and Environment Management", Teri Press, 2006.
2. Barney L. Capehart and Wayne C. Turner, "Guide to Energy Management", 7th Edition, Oxford Books, 2011.

20EEI003 SOLAR PV INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING 1 0 01
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recall the principles and applications of Photovoltaic system.
CO2: Explain the concept of solar passive architecture
SPV SYSTEM DESIGN AND APPLICATIONS 8
Photo voltaic cell - Photo voltaic module - PV array-Solar cell array design concepts - PV system design - Maximum
power point stracking - Storage autonomy - Centralized and decentralized SPV systems - Standalone-Hybrid and
Grid connected system - System installation - Operation and maintenances - Field experience - PV market analysis
and Economics of Solar Photo voltaic systems.
SOLAR PASSIVE ARCHITECTURE 7
Passive heating concepts - Direct heat gain - Indirect heat gain-Thermal storage wall-Attached Green house-
Isolated gain and sun spaces - Passive cooling concepts - Evaporative cooling - Shading and ventilation - Radiative
cooling - Green coupling - Application of wind - Water and earth for cooling - Paints and cavity walls for cooling-
Roofr adiation traps - Energy efficient landscape design.
Total Periods: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sukhatme SP, JK Nayak, Solar Energy, Principle of Thermal Storage and Collection, 3 Edition, Tata Mc Graw
rd
Hill, 2008.
2. Chetan Singh Solanki, Solar Photo voltatics, Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications, PHIL earning
Private Limited, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. PeterWürfel, Physics of Solar Cells: From Basic Principles to Advanced Concepts, Wiley-VCH,2009.
2. Jeffrey M.Gordon, SolarEnergy: The Stateof the Art, Earthscan,2013.
3. Garg H.P. and PrakashJ., Solar Energy Fundamentals and application, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishing,7th Reprint
2006.
4. Roger A. Messenger and Jerry Vnetre, Photovoltaic Systems Engineering, CRC Press, 2010.
5. Kalogirou S.A., Solar Energy Engineering: Processes and Systems, 2ndEdition, Academic Press, 2013.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solar_power
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solar_energy
4. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/energy-resources-and-technology.html

20EEI004 POWERS EMI CONDUCTORS-CHARACTERISTICS, 1001
DRIVING AND APPLICATIONS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the Electrical and Switching Characteristics of Power Semiconductor Devices.
CO2: Understand the applications and current trends in Power Semiconductor Devices.
OVERVIEW 5
Types of and classifications - Ratings - Manufacturers - Loss Calculation - Packaging
CHARACTERISTICS 5
Data sheet understandings - Characterization - single pulse testing
DRIVING 5
Basics of gate driver unit - General gate drive requirements - Switching characteristics
APPLICATIONS AND CURRENT TRENDS 5
Major applications of power semiconductors - applications requirements - topologies - current trends in power
semiconductors - simulation tools
Total Periods: 20
REFERENCE:
1. RobertWErickson,"FundamentalsofPowerElectronics",SecondEdition,KluwerAcademicPublishers,New
York 2001.

20EEI005 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (PLC AND SCADA) 1 0 01
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the need and applications of automation.
CO2: Learn the practical applications of PLC and SCADA in automation sector.
INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
Automation-Typesofautomation-Needofautomation-Applicationofautomation-Historyofautomation-Toolsof
automation-IntroductionofPLC-HistoryofPLC-ArchitectureofPLC-WiringmethodsofPLC-Typesofprogramming
language in PLC
LADDER LOGIC PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE
Introduction of ladder logic-Basic elements of ladder logic-Rules of ladder diagram-Logic Gates & Basic
programs- Latching concept & Blinking concept - Timers concept - Counters concept - Application Problems
Practice - Program Development for Batch Processing System
HARDWARE WIRING CONCEPTS
Control panel wiring-Explanation-Power panel wiring-Explanation-Difference between control & powerpanel
wiring- PLC Wiring Types- Selection of power cables-Different type of Switches
PROGRAMMING PRACTICE IN SOFTWARE
Hardware configuration & software introduction-Program Development-Communication between PLC&PC-
Uploading & Downloading-Programming Practice in Software
INTRODUCTION TO SCADA - WONDERWARE IN TOUCH
Application Manager - Window Maker - Window Viewer - Basic Screen Development - Scripts & Trends in
SCADA
DEVELOPING CONCEPTS
Digital Tags - Analog Tags - Development of Industrial Designs
DEVELOPING CONCEPTS
Creating Basic Animations - Location Property - Filling Property
DEVELOPING & INTERFACING CONCEPTS
Application Problems based on-Movements, Filling-Interfacing with PLC & Application Design Developments-
Case Studies
INDUSTRIAL CASE STUDIES & APPLICATION PROBLEMS
Students Queries & Discussion
Total Periods: 15

20EEI006 MAGNETICS 1 0 01
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the fundamentals and applications of to roidal transformer and current transformer.
CO2: Learn the practical applications of magnetic components.
FUNDAMENTALS OF TRANSFORMER
Working Principle, Classification, EMF Equation, Types. Testing Load Test No load Test - Efficiency Regulation,
DCR, Excitation Current & Saturation, Temperature Rise
TOROIDAL TRANSFORMER CONSTRUCTIONS
Construction Basics, Construction Cross Sectional Analysis, Construction Methods and Equipment's used
COMPARISON OF TOROIDAL TRANSFORMER VS CONVENTIONAL EI TRANSFORMER
Comparison Table Design Comparison, Functional Comparison, Dimensional Comparison.
MATERIALS & INSULATION SYSTEM
Insulation class Introduction and Material used for various Class of Insulations. Introduction to International
Insulation System Standards
TOROIDAL TRANSFORMER DESIGN FACTORS
Design Parameters, Basic Design Concept, Design Examples, Design RFQ sheet - example
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS OF TOROIDAL TRANSFORMER
Importance Quality needs, Key Features, CTQs, Test Methods, Routine Test and Type Test, Analytical Tools.
CURRENT TRANSFORMER BASICS, CONSTRUCTION, DESIGN & APPLICATION
Current transformer Types Metering Protection, Construction, Application. Current Transformer Testing
Accuracy & Linearity and other tests - Introduction: Current Transformer International standards anintroduction.
INDUCTORS AND CHOKES
Inductors applications, AC chokes, DC chokes, EMI Filter chokes, Power Factor Correction and Invertor Chokes,
Common Mode Chokes, Inductors Testing. Material used, Construction details.
SPECIAL MAGNETICS COMPONENT
Introduction to Special Magnetics Components & its Application.
PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS MAGNETIC COMPONENTS.
Practical application with examples
Total Periods: 15

20EEI007 E-VEHICLE: THE FUTURE 1 0 01

CO1: Choose a suitable drive scheme for developing an electric hybrid vehicle depending on resources
CO2: Design and develop basic schemes of electric vehicles and hybrid electric vehicles.
CO3: Choose proper energy storage systems for vehicle applications
CO4: Identify various communication protocols and technologies used in vehicle networks.
HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLES
IntroductiontoHybridElectricVehicles,ConventionalVehicles,HybridElectricDrive-trains,ElectricPropulsionunit,
Configuration and control of DC Motor drives, Induction Motor drives, Permanent Magnet Motor drives, switched
reluctance motor, Energy Storage Requirements in Hybrid and Electric Vehicles, Sizing the drive system, Design
ofa Hybrid Electric Vehicle, Energy Management Strategies.
Total Periods: 15
TEXT BOOK
1. Iqbal Hussein, "Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals", CRC Press, 2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. James Larminieand John Lowry,"ElectricVehicleTechnologyExplained",Wiley,2003.
2. Mehrdad Ehsani, YimiGao, Sebastian E.Gay, Ali Emadi, "Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell
Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design", CRCPress,2004.

20EEI008 CYBER SECURITY ENABLED IOT 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the cyber security fundamentals.
CO2: Infer the knowledge on Risk Management and Assessment.
CO3: Learn the applications of IoT.
SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS
Social Media and Cyber Security Fundamentals-IT Act- CNCI - Legalities
Cyber Attack and Cyber Services Vulnerabilities - Phishing - Online Attacks. - Cyber Attacks - Cyber Threats -
Denial of Service Vulnerabilities - Server Hardening
RISK MANAGEMENT AND ASSESSMENT
Risk Management Process - Threat Determination Process - Risk Assessment - Risk Management Lifecycle -
Vulnerabilities, Security Policy Management - Security Policies - Coverage Matrix, Business Continuity Planning
- Disaster Types - Disaster Recovery Plan - Business Continuity Planning - Business Continuity Planning Process.
APPLICATIONS OF IOT
Smart HOME - Smart Agriculture - Smart Grid, Phasor Measurement, Information Transfer, Distributed Generation
- Function of IIoT components, Challenges in IIoT.
Total Periods: 15

20ECI001 INTRODUCTION TO AUGMENTED REALITY 1001
Course Outcomes
CO1: Understand AR app development concepts.
CO2: Deploy their AR appon Android and iOS devices.
CO3: Knowledge in the main application of AR technologies in education, medicine and surgery,
cultural heritage, IOT and games.
Course Content:
1. Introduction to Augmented Reality
• About Augumented Reality
• Augumented Reality vs Virtual reality vs Mixed Reality
• How Augumented Reality works
• Types of Augumented Reality
• AR Applications and AR Development tools
2. Introduction to Unity and Vuforia
• Vuforia API Configuration with Development Portal.
• Introduction to Vuforia Targets and its differences
• Configure our first API with Unity
• Introduction to Unity Editor
3. Creating your First Unity Project
• Creating our First Project
• Working with 3D Models(Position, Scaling and Rotation)
• Working with Materials.
4. Scripting with C#and Setting up Vuforia
• IntrotoC#Scripting
• AddingScriptswithModels
• Scripting with Rigid BodiesandPhysics
• ConfiguringVuforiawithapi key
• CreatingImageTargets
• Working with Image TargetsandARCamera
• Working with 3D Models(scalingandRotation)
5. AR Visiting Card Project- Project 1
• Setting up the Project and AR Stage.
• Working with UI Component.
• Working with Video playback on Image Target.
• Working with UI Components and adding Script components.
• Implementing Virtual Buttons.
6. CreatingSmartBookProject-Project2
• Creating Multiple ImageTargetsandDatabases
• Working with differentmodels
• Adding sounds andAnimation with backendscripting
7. Visualizing Sensor data using AR (IOT) - Project 3
• Formingcircuit with Arduino, Wifi/LAN moduleandSound Sensor
• Transmittingsensordatatothe cloud server
• CreatingnewUnityprojectand fetching data from theserver and displaying datausingUnity GUI

20ECI002 REVERSE ENGINEERING WITH SENSORS 1001
Course Structure
1. Sensor Technology Overview
• What are sensor / transducer?
• Classification of sensors
• Sensor technology
• Application of sensors
2. Practical/Hand-on Session
• Getting started with sensors with reverse engineering
• IR proximity sensor
• Ultrasonic distance sensor
3. Sensor Measurement Techniques
• Sensor data acquisition
• Signal conditioning processes
• Analog to digital converter (ADC)
4. Test challenges for smart sensors.

Total Hours: 15

20ECI003 MACHINE LEARNING - APPLICATION PERSPECTIVE 1001
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Identify how technology have developed to enable ML.
CO2: Classify the algorithms for ML.
CO3: Design and implement some basic machine learning algorithms using tools.
Introduction to Machine Learning 7 hours
Introduction- Basic concepts-Well-Posed learning problems- Designing a learning system-Issues in machine
learning. Types of machine learning: Learning associations. Supervised learning- Unsupervised Learning -
Reinforcement Learnings.
Application Programming for Machine Learning 8 Hours
Python Programming for ML- Mean, Median, and Mode- Standard Deviation, Percentiles Data Distribution-
Normal Data Distribution- Scatter Plot. Linear Regression- Polynomial Regression- Multiple Regression-
Applications- CoreML- Testing -Training and Applications.
Teaching form
Teaching consists of Hands on experience in Programming ML concepts , exercises, project, and home assignments.
Each Module is accompanied by a mandatory assignment for students to be worked on individually as well as in
groups. Assignments that have to be worked on in groups are afterwards presented in front of class
TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES
1. Muller Andreas , Introduction to Machine Learning with Python - A Guide for Data Scientists.
REFERENCES
2. Alex Smola and S.V.N. Vishwanathan , Introduction to Machine Learning , Cambridge University Press
3. Nilsson N.J., Introduction_to_machine_learning, Stanford University.
4. Kubat Miroslav, An Introduction to Machine Learning ,Springer International .
Total Hours: 15

20ECI004 LORA GATEWAY DESIGN & APPLICATION 1001
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Identify how technology have developed to enable ICT.
CO2: Classify the standards for LoRa
CO3: Design and Test LoRa Gateway
CO4: Identify the role of LoRa and LoRaWAN in Smart Cities
INTRODUCTION TO LORA 8
Introduction to LoRa -Radio Communication - Frequency Spectrum-Licensed and Unlicensed-Available Wireless
Technologies and need for LoRA- Class A, Class B , Class C operation- Radio Propagation- Power-Frequency-
Bandwidth - AFC- BT product- LoRa Modulation- Chirp Spread Spectrum -Spreading Factor- Window Length -
Transmission/Reception time.
LoRA GATEWAY CONFIGURATION 7
MAC Configuration-Channel Number/Frequency- Data Rate Selection- Gateway Parameters- Ip allocation-
Up/Down Ports- Polling Rate- Polling Behaviour- base- Network Session Key- Application Session Key -
Downlink- Queue - Application Testing.- Microchip- Semtech -mbed -Kerlink-Multitech-gateway-comparison-
selection- Case Studies- LoRaWAN design Thinking.
REFERENCES
1. http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/devicedoc/40001847a.pdf
2. https://lora-alliance.org/sites/default/files/2018-04/lorawantm_regional_parameters_v1.1rb_- _final.pdf
3. https://lora-alliance.org/sites/default/files/2018-04/lorawantm_specification_-v1.1.pdf
4. https://www.semtech.com/lora/lora-applications
5. https://www.loriot.io/lora-gateways.html
Total Hours: 15

20ECI005 EMBEDDED COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS 1001
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Know the need of Embedded Communication Protocols
CO2: Understand and Programming UART | I2C | SPI | CAN
Course Contents:
1. Introduction to Serial Communication using UART
• Types of Serial Communication
• Rules of Serial
• Baud Rate
• Framing the data
• Parity bits
2. The Physical Layer Standards
• TTL level UART
• RS-232 Basics
• Voltage Levels
• RS-232 Level Converters
• Baud Rate Calculation
3. Programming UART in MCU to Communicate with PC
4. Introduction to communication protocols
• Serial & Parallel Communication
• Why I2C is Required
• I2C Bus characteristics
• Hardware Details
• Electrical Aspects
5. Data Transfer
• I2C Addressing
• Data Frame Formats
• 10 Bit Addressing
• Repeated Start Condition
6. Understanding the Slave Device
• Memory Organization
• Device Addressing

• Write & Read Operations
• Interfacing &Programming I2C based EEPROM
7. Introduction to SPI Protocol
• Data and Control Lines of the SPI and the Basic Connection
• How do they communicate?
• Different types of configurations
8. Understanding the Slave Device
• Significance of the Clock Polarity and Phase
• Mode 0
• Mode 1
• Mode 2
• Mode 3
• Pin Assignment
9. Interfacing SPI based Graphic LCD Display Interface
10. Introduction to CAN
• History of CAN
• Features of CAN
• CAN Standards
• CAN Bus Characteristics
11. CAN Frame Formats
• Data Frame
• Remote Frame
• Overload Frame
• Error Frame
12. Errors in CAN
Establishing CAN Communication network between two controllers
Total Hours: 15

20ECI006 PCB DESIGN AND FABRICATION 1001
Course Contents:
Session -1&2
• Introduction to Electronic Design Automation (EDA) Introduction to Industrial
• Design Tools and Specifications Component Introduction and Categories
• Overview of PCB Terminology Library Standards
• PCB Design Flow
Session-3&4
• Introduction to EAGLE software Schematic Capture and Demo
• Schematic Verification
• Classes of PCB Design
• PCB Layout Stack-up and Standards
Session-5&6
• Component Placement Guidelines Design Rules Management
• Routing Guidelines
• Layout Planning and Designing (Single & Multi Layer Board's) PCB Routing - Sample Design
Session-7&8
• Impedance Control
• Design Verification
• DFM and DFA Standards
• Manufacturing Output Generation (BOM, Gerber's)
Session-9&10
• Overview of ETS PCBMATE Prototype Machine Introduction to CNC Machine Controller Software
Gerber to G-CODE Conversion
• Demo Board Printing
Total Hours: 15

20ECI008 CONNECTED CAR- ELECTRONICS 1001
The purpose of this course is to teach the students fundamental requirements and challenges of, Automotive
Electronics, ADAS, Connected Cars and how to integrate such technology into existing cars for making connected
cars.
PREREQUISITE
Basic Electronics and Circuits.
INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES
1. To familiarize with Automotive electronics and Protocols used.
2. To Identify the main challenges associated with Autonomous Cars.
3. To familiarise with connected cars and its applications.
4. To identify the requirements of OBD.
5. To develop application modules for Connected Cars and Smart Cars.
OUTCOME
Learners should be able to
1. Identify how technology have developed to enable Autonomous Cars.
2. Classify the standards for V2V Applications.
3. Design and Test OBD Product.
4. Identify the role of Sensors in ADAS
5. Become familiar with the various types of Advanced driver assistance systems
Module 1 7 hours
Introduction-Automated-Connected and Intelligent Vehicles - Automotive Electronics -Overview CAN-UDS
protocol - ECU operation- Networking of ECU-OnBoard Diagnostics- Advanced OBD -Failure Modes and Self
Calibration- Real Time On Board Parameters- Cloud Connectivity- Testing and Validation
Module 2 8 hours
Connected Car Technology - Connectivity Fundamentals M2M- V2V-V2I- ETSI Standards for V2V. Navigation
and Other Applications -ADAS- Sensor Technology for Advanced Driver-Assistance Systems - Basics of Radar -
LIDAR- Camera -Ultrasonic Sonar-Technology and Systems Integration of Sensor Data to On-Board Control
Systems.
Teaching form
Teaching consists of Hands-on experience with OBD- Connected Kits designed for Development.exercises,
project, and home assignments.
Grading Schedule -
Each Modules is accompanied by a mandatory assignment for students to be worked on individually as well as in
groups. Assignments that have to be worked on in groups are afterwards presented in front of class Final Assessment
format as per the institution demand.
TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES
1. Automotive Embedded Systems Handbook, CRC Press, ISBN 9781498797986.
2. Hermann Winner, Handbook of Driver Assistance Systems, Springer International Publishing Switzerland
2016- https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-12352-3.
3. Bosch Automotive Electrics and Automotive Electronics Systems and Components, Networking and Hybrid
Drive, Vieweg, 2014. ISBN 978-3-658-01784-2
4. Understanding Automotive Electronics-An Engineering Perspective, W B.Ribbens, Elsevier, ISBN: 978-0-08-
097097-4.
20EII001 AUTOMATION AND CONTROL 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Summarize different techniques for industrial automation PO1,PO2,PO5
CO2: Make use of PLC for the automation of industries PO1,PO2, PO5
CO3: Acquire knowledge on design and implementation of a SCADA PO1,PO2, PO5
AUTOMATION 5
Automation overview, Requirement of automation systems, Architecture of Industrial Automation system-
Manufacturing plants and operations- Industrial control Systems- Process-Discrete manufacturing industries- Final
control elements-Industrial drives
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS (PLCs) 5
Programmable logic controllers, Analog, digital input and output modules, PLC programming: Ladder logic,
functional block diagram - PLC Communication and networking-Error debugging-PLC selection-PLC
Installation-Application of PLC in process industries.
SUPERVISORY CONTROL SYSTEMS (SCADA) 5
SCADA System Components-SCADA Architecture-SCADA Communication-SCADA Applications-Creating
SCADA project - Creating & editing elementary graphic display - Attaching controls to graphic objects - Real time
& historical trends - Using alarms & events - Application of scripts - Communication with PLC-DCS and SCADA
Comparison
Total Hours: 15

20EII002 MACHINE LEARNING FOR INSTRUMENTATION- 1001
APPLICATION PERSPECTIVE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify the main challenges associated with ML PO1,PO2,PO5
CO2: Develop application modules for ML in Instrumentation. PO1,PO2, PO5
FUNDAMENTALS OF MACHINE LEARNING 8
Basic concepts-Well-Posed learning problems- Designing a learning system-Issues in machine learning. Types of
machine learning: Learning associations. Supervised learning- Unsupervised Learning - Reinforcement Learnings.
APPLICATION PROGRAMMING FOR SUPERVISED INSTRUMENTATION 7
Online Monitoring requirements and Applications.- ML for Online Monitoring- Data Distribution-Scatter Plot.
Linear and Polynomial Regression- Multiple Regression- Scale-Decision tree -Error Metrics -Error Diagnostics -
Error Filtering. Online Instrumentation design and testing
Total Hours: 15

20EII003 QUALITY CONTROL AND INVESTMENT 1001
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Acquire knowledge on quality control PO1,PO9,PO11,PO12
CO2: Infer the concepts of portfolio management PO1,PO9,PO11,PO12
QUALITY CONTROL 8
Quality Control-Need of Quality in industries or Software verticals-Quality Control Techniques and stages
involved-Objectives or Philosophy of QC
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT 7
Portfolio Management - Types of Portfolio Investments - Significances and Advantages of Investment Portfolio-
Strategies on investments
Total Hours:15

20EII004 SENSORS AND ITS APPLICATION IN 1001
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Acquire knowledge on industrial automation sensors PO1,PO2
CO2: Relate the types of industrial automation sensors PO1,PO2
CO3: Make use of development in sensors for future technologies PO1,PO2
FUNDAMENTALS SENSORS3
Sensors - Sensor classification - Static characteristics - Dynamic characteristics.
DISPLACEMENT ,PRESSURE SENSORS AND FLOW SENSOR 2
Potentiometers - Strain Gauges -LVDT - Capacitive Type sensors-Pressure Sensors - Diaphragms,
Bellows,differential pressure sensor-Flow sensor - MASS flow meter, turbine flow sensor, oval gear sensor
TEMPERATURE SENSORS AND MAGNETIC SENSORS 3
Thermistors - Thermocouple -Resistive Temperature detector - Radiation Thermometry; Magnetic sensors
LOAD SENSOR AND TORQUE SENSOR 2
Torque sensor and Load sensor-Tension, compression, bending and alternating sensor
BIOSENSORS 5
Blood gas and Acid - Base Physiology, Electrochemical sensors, reference electrode, pH, pO2, pCO2 electrodes,
Ion-Selective Field - Effect Transistor (ISFET), Noninvasive Blood-Glucose Sensors.
Total Hours:15

20EII005 INDUSTRIAL PNEUMATICS 100 1
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Interpret the air compressor and service unit in pneumatic systems
CO2 Outline the types and selection criteria for air compressors
CO3 Infer the working principle of different valves and accessories used in pneumatic
systems
CO4 Explain the pneumatic and electro-pneumatic circuits.
CO5 Develop a system using pneumatics’and actuator’s for an application.
AIR COMPRESSOR AND SERVICE UNIT 5

Requirements for Pneumatic System-Applications -Types & Selection criteria for Air Compressors-Air receiver-
Pipeline Layout-Air filter -Pressure regulator and Lubricator (FRL unit).
PNEUMATIC CYLINDERS, MOTORS AND VALVES 5
Types of Pneumatic Cylinders and Air motors-Cushion assembly-Mounting arrangements- Pneumatic Direction
control valves-Quick exhaust-Time delay Shuttle and Twin pressure valves.
PNEUMATIC CIRCUITS 7
Basic pneumatic circuits-Development of single Actuator Circuits-Development of multiple Actuator Circuits-
Cascade method for sequencing
Total Hours: 17

20IT2I02 MOBILE WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 1001
WITH COLDFUSION
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Fundamental understanding on Web App Architecture.
CO2: Have a clear understanding on implementing Bootstrap to design web pages.
CO3: Troubleshoot the application logs to find out where the errors are and how to correct them.
CO4: Understand and Implement ACID properties in multilevel transactional processing.
CO5: Have a fundamental understanding of Web Services.
INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
HTML5 Semantics - Design Elements - Form Elements - Post Form - Get Form - CSS3 Introduction - Media
Queries - Border Radius - BootStrap Library.
INTRODUCTION TO COLD FUSION
Application Server - Database Server - Page Life Cycle - Versions and Types of ColdFusion - Installation and
Configuration - Install ColdFusion - Configure a Web Site.
SQL
Database Server - Introduction to MySQL - Installation and Configuration - CRUD Operations - PSQL Statements.
APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
Fundamentals of Application Development - Page Design - Database Operations - Building a Web Service - Tag
based Application Development.
Sailing with ColdFusion cfsilent - cfform - cfif - cfoutput - cfloop - cfcomponent cffunction - cfargument - cfquery -
cfqueryparam - cfreturn - cftry - cfcatch - cflog - cfmail.
Total Hours: 20
REFERENCES
1. Programming ColdFusion MX, 2nd Edition Creating Dynamic Web Applications By Rob Brooks-Bilson
Publisher: O'Reilly Media.
2. Learning MySQL Get a Handle on Your Data By Seyed M.M. Tahaghoghi, Hugh E. Williams Publisher:
O'Reilly Media.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://www.adobe.com/in/products/coldfusion-family.html
2. http://lucee.org/
3. https://www.mysql.com/

20IT2I03 IBM CLOUD PRIVATE WITH LINUX ON Z SYSTEMS 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Study IBM Mainframe server, IBM z Linux and IBM Cloud Private.
CO2: Study the benefits of a public cloud on a security-rich, scalable private cloud platform for
developing and delivering cloud-native apps.
CO3: Understand all these concepts connecting to the real world scenarios about these technologies.
INTRODUCTION TO MAINFRAME 4
Introduction to the new mainframe - What is a mainframe - Who uses mainframe computers - Introducing the
Mainframe zEnterprise System - Mainframe hardware architecture - Processor units - Networking and Memory -
Disk devices - Typical mainframe workloads - Roles in the mainframe world - z/OS and other mainframe operating
systems - Reliability, availability, and serviceability.
VIRTUALIZATION IN MAINFRAME 4
Introduction to Virtualization - Virtualization benefits - Server virtualization techniques - Mainframe virtualization
technologies - Mainframe virtualization - Storage virtualization - Introduction to the New Mainframe: z/VM Basics
- Mainframe RAS OS perspective, CDU, Channel Sub System Overview.
IBM Z LINUX 3
IBM z Linux Introduction - IBM LinuxONE - Heavy workloads and thousands of Linux servers in one box.
IBM CLOUD PRIVATE 3
The IBM Cloud Private Introduction - Public and Private Clouds - Protecting Kubernetes and Docker workloads -
Microservice-based apps - Hybrid Cloud.
CASE STUDY: IBM CLOUD PRIVATE OFFERINGS 4
IBM Cloud Private Offerings - Making ICP Real for Business - IBM z14 and IBM Cloud Private.
Total Hours: 18
REFERENCES
1. Introduction to the New Mainframe - http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/redbooks/pdfs/sg246366.pdf
2. IBM Systems Virtualization: Servers, Storage, and Software-http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/
redpapers/pdfs/redp4396.pdf
3. Introduction to the New Mainframe: z/VM Basics - http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/redbooks/pdfs/ sg247316.pdf
4. IBM z, Linux ONE and IBM Cloud Private - www.ibm.com/

20IT2I04 BLOCKCHAIN ON IBM MAINFRAME 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand IBM Mainframe server, IBM Secure Service Container and IBM Blockchain offerings
connecting to the real world scenarios about these technologies
INTRODUCTION TO MAINFRAME 4
Introduction to the new mainframe - What is a mainframe - Who uses mainframe computers - Introducing the
Mainframe zEnterprise System - Mainframe hardware architecture - Processor units - Networking and Memory -
Disk devices - Typical mainframe workloads - Roles in the mainframe world - z/OS and other mainframe operating
systems - Reliability, availability, and serviceability
VIRTUALIZATION IN MAINFRAME 4
Introduction to Virtualization - Virtualization benefits - Server virtualization techniques - Mainframe virtualization
technologies - Mainframe virtualization - Storage virtualization - Introduction to the New Mainframe: z/VM Basics
- Mainframe RAS OS perspective, CDU, Channel Sub System Overview.
SECURE SERVICE CONTAINER (SSC) 3
Container Technology Introduction - Appliances Details - Secure Service Container Framework Overview - Secure
Service Container Protection - Need for Secure Service Container
IBM BLOCKCHAIN APPLIANCE IN Z 3
The Blockchain Appliance - zBlockchain Appliance - High Secure Business Network (HSBN) - Running
Blockchain Appliance in Secure Service Container
CASE STUDY: IBM BLOCKCHAIN OFFERINGS 4
IBM Blockchain Offerings - Making Blockchain Real for Business - IBM z14 and the new revolutionary transaction
model
Total Hours: 18
REFERENCES
1. Introduction to the New Mainframe - http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/redbooks/pdfs/sg246366.pdf
2. IBM Systems Virtualization: Servers, Storage, and Software - http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/redpapers
/pdfs/redp4396.pdf
3. Introduction to the New Mainframe: z/VM Basics -http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/redbooks/pdfs
/sg247316.pdf
4. Blockchain transactions on Z - https://www.ibm.com/itinfrastructure/z/capabilities/blockchain-transactions

20IT2I05 iOS APP DEVELOPMENT BASICS 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the basics of Mobile Application development and iOS.
CO2: Develop iOS application using UI components.
INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT AND IOS BASICS 7
Introduction to Mobile App Development - Web Development vs Mobile App Development - Hybrid App
Development vs Native App Development - Short comparison on Android and iOS Appdevelopment - Introduction
to iOS - iOS App restrictions and guidelines (Apple's recommendation).
AutoLayout - Screen orientations - Sample program to explain the use of AutoLayout.
NAVIGATION CONTROLLER, VIEW AND ITS IMPORTANCE 8
Overview about Navigation Controller and Segue and stack - Navigation Controller stack - Passing data between
controllers - Delegate and Notification Centre - Design Pattern (Observer Pattern, Singleton Pattern, and Delegate
Pattern)
ScrollView - TableView manipulations - Dispatcher - Queue operations - Illustration with image loading -
CollectionViews - CollectionView's manipulations - Distinguishing TableView vs CollectionView.
Device permission - ImagePickerController usage.
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jonathon Manning, Paris Buttfield - Addison, "Learning Swift: Building Apps for macOS, iOS, and Beyond",
3rd Edition, Shroff/O'Reilly publishers, 2018.
2. Matthew Knot, "Beginning Xcode: Swift Edition", 2nd Edition, Apress, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. SerhanYamacli,"Beginner's Guide to iOS 12 App Development Using Swift 4: Xcode, Swift and App Design
Fundamentals", Createspace Independent Publishing Platform, 1st Edition, 2018.
2. Matt Neuburg, "Programming iOS 9 - Dive Deep into Views, View Controllers, and Frameworks, Shroff
Publishers", 1st Edition, Kindle, 2015.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/referencelibrary/GettingStarted/DevelopiOSAppsSwift/
2. https://docs.swift.org/swift-book/GuidedTour/GuidedTour.html
3. https://developer.apple.com

20IT2I06 ETHICAL HACKING AND CYBER SECURITY 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify and analyse the stages an ethical hacker requires to take in order to compromise a target system.
CO2: Identify tools and techniques to carry out penetration testing.
CO3: Critically evaluate security techniques used to protect system and user data.
CO4: Demonstrate systematic understanding of the concepts of security at the level of policy and strategy
in a computer system.
ETHICAL HACKING AND SECURITY TECHNIQUES
Introduction to Ethical Hacking - Introduction to Networking - Introduction to Linux - Cyber Security Laws
Footprinting & Reconnaissance - Footprinting counter measures - DNS - Web Vulnerability - Key Logger - Deep,
Dark & Surface Web - Password Cracking & Security - XSS Cross side scripting - Working in TOR - Sniffing -
DNS Spoofing - Information Gathering - SQL Injection - Setting up VPN Server - DOS 7 DDOS attack - BurpSuit -
Addon Creation - Social Engineering - Cryptography - Wireshark - Android App Hacking - Cookies Stealing - Click
Jacking , Tab-nabbing & Session Hijacking - Case Studies.
Total Hours: 20
REFERENCES
1. Hein Smith, Hilary Morrison, "A Comprehensive Beginner's Guide to Learn and Master Ethical Hacking",
Kindle Edition.
2. Dafydd Stuttard, Marcus Pinto, "The Web Application Hacker's Handbook Discovering and Exploiting
Security Flaws", 2011.
3. Rafay Baloch, "Ethical Hacking and Penetration Testing Guide", 2014.

20IT2I07 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 1001
PREREQUISITES
Knowledge of any advanced programming language (Java, Python etc.,), Algorithms and Data structures,
Elementary Discrete Mathematics or similar.
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify problems that are amenable to specific solution by appropriate AI methods.
CO2: Understand and explore knowledge representation techniques and problem solving strategies
to common AI applications.
CO3: Design good evaluation framework functions for different problem solving strategies.
INTRODUCTION:
What is AI through examples, Definition, History, Agents, Structure of Agents, Problem Solving Agents. Problem
solving search approaches: Search, Search Space, Tree based search [DFS, BFS], Dynamic Programming with and
without memory, Staircase problem, rod/wood/diamond cut problem, Constraint satisfaction problem.
KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION ISSUES:
Representations and mappings, approaches to knowledge representation, issues in knowledge representation, using
predicate logic: simple facts in logic. A simple lab session using Graphs/OWL/RDL, Learning Problems: LR,
Learning Decision Trees, Ensemble learning, NLP, Logic programming, fuzzy logic and probabilistic reasoning in
brief, Mini AI activity Design of a real world problem.
Total Hours: 16
TEXT BOOK
1. Stuart Russel, Peter Norvig: Artificial Intelligence - A Modern Approach, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Shivashankar B Nair: Artificial Intelligence, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
2. Peter Jackson, "Introduction to Expert Systems", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
3. Deepak Khemani, "Artificial Intelligence", Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2013.
WEB REFERENCE
1. http://nptel.ac.in

20IT2I08 BLOCKCHAIN AND ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS 1 0 0 1
PRE REQUISITE
20IT208 - Data Communication and Networks
CO1: Understand the mechanism involved in Blockchain and the functionality associated PO1, PO2
CO2: Learn the fundamentals of Cryptographic Background PO1,PO2,PO4
CO3: Understand the principles of cryptographic algorithm for Blockchain transactions PO1,PO2,PO4
CO4: Understand the basics of cryptocurrency in Blockchain PO8, PO12
CO5: Understand the Blockchain protocols and regulations PO6, PO8, PO12
COURSE CONTENT
Introduction to Cryptography - Introduction to Ledgers - Hashing in blockchain - Centralization vs
Decentralization-Introduction to NFT-Cryptography in blockchain - Linking blocks - Introduction to Blockchain -
History of blockchain - Blockchain functionality- Characteristics of Blockchain -Features of Cryptography-
Linking blocks using SHA - Consensus without identity using a blockchain - Difference of blockchain with
database -Types of Cryptography Algorithms - Block structure - Symmetric Cryptogrphy- Asymmetric
Cryptogrphy - Creating blockchain- Introduction to Smart Contracts-Digital signature in blockchain- Sample
architecture- Tokens - Hash Pointers - Types of Blockchain - Asset ownership in blockchain - Overview of blocks,
Block attributes - Transferring an asset - Applications of Blockchain.
Total Hours: 16
REFERENCE
1. Blockchain Revolution: How the Technology BehindBitcoin is Changing Money, Business, and the World,
2016.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs44/
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/blockchain

20IT2I08 BLOCKCHAIN AND ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS 1 0 0 1
PRE REQUISITE
20IT208 - Data Communication and Networks
COURSE OUTCOMES
Understand the mechanism involved in Blockchain and the

CO1: PO1, PO2
functionality associated
CO2: Learn the fundamentals of Cryptographic Background PO1,PO2,PO4
Understand the principles of cryptographic algorithm for
CO3: PO1,PO2,PO4
Blockchain transactions
CO4: Understand the basics of cryptocurrency in Blockchain PO8, PO12
CO5: Understand the Blockchain protocols and regulations PO6, PO8, PO12
COURSE CONTENT
Introduction to Cryptography - Introduction to Ledgers - Hashing in blockchain - Centralization vs Decentralization
- Introduction to NFT - Cryptography in blockchain - Linking blocks - Introduction to Blockchain - History of
blockchain - Blockchain functionality- Characteristics of Blockchain -Features of Cryptography-Linking blocks
using SHA - Consensus without identity using a blockchain - Difference of blockchain with database - Types of
Cryptography Algorithms - Block structure - Symmetric Cryptogrphy- Asymmetric Cryptogrphy - Creating
blockchain - Introduction to Smart Contracts - Digital signature in blockchain- Sample architecture- Tokens - Hash
Pointers - Types of Blockchain - Asset ownership in blockchain - Overview of blocks, Block attributes -
Transferring an asset - Applications of Blockchain.
Total Hours: 16
REFERENCE
1. Blockchain Revolution: How the Technology Behind Bitcoin is Changing Money, Business, and the World, 2016.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs44/
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/blockchain

20MEI001 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROL (PLC) 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the basic components of Programmable logic controllers.
CO2: Describe the hardware modules in PLC and its functioning.
CO3: Establish communication between Hardwares and Software.
Duration
S.No Topics
(Hours)
Theory
1 Basics of PLC 1
2 PLC Blocks & functions 2
3 Input & Output modules 2
4 Input & Output devices 2
5 PLC Selection criteria 2
6 Hardware aspects of PLC (Only Digital Inputs & Output 2
Devices)
7 Software aspects (Ladder Programming using Latching, 2
Memory, Interlocks, Timers, Counters,comparators, move
instructions) of PLC
Practical
8 Industrial Exercises 3
Total Hours: 16

20MEI002 INTRODUCTION TO INJECTION MOULDING PROCESS 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline various types of molding process.
CO2: Differentiate between Thermo and Thermo set plastics.
CO3: Express the quality problems associated with Injection molding.
Duration
S.No Topics (Hours)
1 Types of molding process

Injection molding / compression molding/extrusion/blow molding 3
2 Types of thermo plastic materials

Amorphous / crystal 3
3 Molding machine functions

Clamping / injection /open close/ejection /melting 3
4 Process technics in thermo plastics/thermo set

Pressure / speed / time 3
5 Process faults and trouble shooting in thermo plastics

All quality related problem 4
Total Hours: 16

20MEI003 GEOMETRIC DIMENSIONING & 1 0 0 1
TOLERANCING
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Summarize fundamentals of dimensioning.
CO2: Demonstrate elements of measurement system elements and interpretation of drawing.
CO3: Contrast the angles of projections and types of fits and tolerances.
Duration
S.No Topics
(Hours)
Dimensioning - General Dimensioning, Geometrical Dimensioning,
1 1
Surface Texture Standards
Terminologies- Maximum Material Condition (MMC), Least Material
2 2
Condition (LMC), Tolerance, Allowance, Basic Dimension, etc
3 Types of Tolerances- Form, Profile, Orientation, Location & Run-out 1
4 Measurement System and its Elements 1
5 Feature Control Frame 1
6 Reading and Interpretation of Drawings with respect to GD&T 2
7 Anatomy of a Drawing 1
8 Title block, Scales and BOM 1
Angles of projections – First and Third angle projections,
9 1
Orthographic Projections
10 Limits, Fits & Tolerances, Type of Fits, Standards 2
Hole Based System, Shaft Based System, Specifying Fits in
11 2
Technical Drawing
Total Hours: 15

20MEI004 ADVANCED CAST IRONS AND FOUNDRY 1 0 0 1
MANAGEMENT
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline casting process.
CO2: Demonstrate the need of automation and modernization of foundry Processes.
CO3: Apply concepts of IOT in casting process.
Duration
S.No Topics
(Hours)
SYSTEMATIC DEVELOPMENT OF CASTINGS: Understanding casting

1 drawings - review of technical requirements, costing aspects, process design and 4
control - gating and risering design through simulation techniques - validation of
process and casting quality.
CAST IRONS FOR AUTOMOTIVE AND HYDRAULIC VALVES
APPLICATIONS: Manufacturing of cast irons - material standards - design
2 3
requirements - raw material selection - process design - gating system design - process
controls and testing requirements as per standards.
SPECIAL CAST IRONS: Austempered Ductile Iron (ADI): International standards -
different types and properties - production process - austempering heat treatment
process - applications - Compacted Graphite Iron (CGI): international standards -
3 properties - production process, applications - casting suitable for sub-zero 4
applications: design requirements - material selection - microstructure and mechanical
property requirements - process design, process controls and test requirements.
AUTOMATION AND MODERNIZATION OF FOUNDRY PROCESSES:
Advanced foundry processes and casting inspection techniques application of IoT -
Foundry 4.0: need, concepts & benefits - challenges in foundry industry - special
4 moulding techniques: shell moulding, last-wax process, lost-foam process, vacuum 4
moulding process, foundry waste management - waste disposal and waste recycling
methods.
Total Hours: 15

20MEI005 HEAT TREATMENT OF STEEL CASTINGS 1 0 0 1
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Summarize fundamentals of heat treatment and microstructure studies.
CO2: Contrast the different heat processes and their advancements.
CO3: Describe Heat treatment equipment maintenance and heat treatment standards.
Duration
S.No Topics
(Hours)
Basics Heat Treatment of steels/Castings

1 Classification of steel and need of Heat treatment process. 3
Basics of Heat Treatment Principles - Key Process parameters Rate of Heating, Soaking,
and Rate of cooling.
Micro structure study
2 Micro Structure of different steel grades. 2
Effect of different alloying elements and its impact on heat treatment process.
Different Heat Treatment Process
3 Full Annealing, Stress Relief Annealing, Process Annealing, Normalizing, Hardening, 3

Tempering, Different Mechanism of heat removal in hardening process, Mass effect,
Harden ability of steel parts. Solution annealing
Special Heat Treatment Process
4 Carburizing, Heat Treatment after carburizing, Cyaniding and Carbonitriding, Nitriding, 2
Induction Hardening, Flame Hardening,
Heat Treatment Equipment Maintenance
Different parts and segments of heat treatment equipment. Need of Procedures,
5 3
Equipment Calibration, Heat Treatment Process Validation, Documentation and
Reading of Heat Treatment Graphs.
Heat Treatment Standards
6 Relevant Heat Treatment Requirements and specification, ASTM Standard, EN 2

Standard Requirements. Dos and Don'ts of Heat treatment, Heat Treatment Failures and
its Control Measures.
Total Hours: 15

20MEI006 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to :
CO1: Select & identify suitable automation hardware for the given application.
CO2: Describe & explain potential areas of automation.
CO3: Differentiate various control aspects of automation.
CO4: Demonstrate the self-learning capability of Industrial Automation.
CO5: Candidates would understand the concepts of Basic Components of Automation, Hardware / Software
classification of Automation concepts like - PLC, SCADA and MMI/HMI
Duration
S.No Topics
(Hours)
1 Automation in Production Systems 2
2 Automation Principles and Strategies 2
3 Basic Elements of an Automated System, Advanced Automation Functions, 2

Levels of Automations
4 Reasons for Automation and its need 2
5 Overview of Manufacturing 2
6 Automation and Control Technologies 2
7 Building Blocks of Automation Systems: LAN, Analog & Digital I/O Modules, 3
SCADA Modeling and Simulation for Plant Automation
Total Hours: 15

20MEI007 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Apply standard safety procedures in an industrial environment.
CO2: Work place ergnomics and practices
CO3: How to use PPE and its role
CO4: How to conduct JSA (Job safety Analysis)
CO5: Preparation and execution of work permit system
Duration
S.No Topics (Hours)
1 Introduction to industry practices 1

2 Work place ergonomics 1
3 Fire safety & Mock drill 1
4 Equipment safety Confined space entry 2
5 Personal protective equipment (PPE) 2
6 Job Safety Analysis 2
7 Environment Safety and Analysis 2
8 Fall prevention 2
9 Work permit system and its need 2
Total Hours: 15

20MEI008 METAL ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand application potential of Additive Manufacturing in Industrial context.
CO2: Demonstration of Industrial Metal AM based solution for development of Aerospace and Automotive Parts.
CO3: Understand in depth about laser powder bed fusion, it's characteristics and manufacturing outcomes.
CO4: Virtual walkthrough of Advance Technology Centre of Wipro3D, Peenya Industrial Area, Bangalore.
S.No Topic
1 AM Processes and Materials- Vat Polymerization, Extrusion, Powder Bed Fusion and Binder Jetting.
AM Materials of Photopolymers, Plastics and Composites.
2 Basics of Metal Additive Manufacturing - Metal Powder Bed Fusion, Electron Beam Melting, Metal
Binder Jetting and Directed Energy Deposition.
3 Process Physics for Laser Powder Bed Fusion - Brief overview of the build environment, Basics of Input
data preparation, Laser-particle Interaction, Concepts of Energy Density and Process Window.
4 Materials for LPBF - Material characteristics for feedstock, Factors governing selection of material,
microstructure and mechanical properties of LPBF material used in strategic and core sectors.
5 Additive Engineering - Overview of the Additive Engineering framework. Design for Additive
Manufacturing, Value addition through introduction of Metal AM in part development cycle, Part
Consolidation, Light Weighting, Extended Design Freedom, Distributed Manufacturing and Mass
Customization.
6 Topology Optimization - Simulation driven design, Concept of Design Space, Load cases & Constraints
and Industrial Case Study of Upright Knuckle/Bracket (E-vehicle component).
7 Part Building on Industry Grade LPBF System - Laser exposure parameters, exposure strategy, process
conditions, and selection of substrate. Build file generation for LPBF, Powder recovery using Integrated
Process Chain Management.
8 Post processing for metal AM - Stock addition for post process machining, considerations for part
orientation & part positioning and design of support structures for heat dissipation. Explanation with
industrial examples. Considerations for stress relieving and separation of substrate and part. Surface
treatment techniques - abrasive flow machining, MMP, tumbling, shot blasting etc.
9 Elements of Industry Grade LPBF System (EOS M290) - Process chamber, laser optics, recirculating
filter system, cooling system for laser, in-situ process monitoring using optical imaging.
Total Hours: 16

20MEI009 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING 1 0 0 1
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the testing procedures of Liquid Penetrant Testing.
CO2: Summarise the concept, principle and testing procedures of Magnetic Particle Testing
CO3: Demonstrate the concept of Ultrasonic wave and its application for various inspection methods.
CO4: Illustrate the concepts and principles of Radiography
S.No Topics Duration

(Hours)
1 Liquid Penetrant Testing 4
Introduction -Principle of liquid penetrant Testing -Methods of Pre -cleaning -
Properties of Penetrant -Types of Penetrant -Methods of Penetrant ap plication -
Methods for removal of excess Penetrant -Methods for drying -Properties of
developers -Types of developers -Methods for developer application -Inspection
requirements -Post cleaning -Usage of black light for inspection -Familiarization
of variou s Penetrant systems -Codes, standards and specification -Evaluation of
Defects -Preparation of test reports.
2 Magnetic Particle Testing 4
Introduction - Theory on Magnetism - Magnetic Field - Permanent magnets and
electromagnets - Hysteresis Loop - Diamagnetic, paramagnetic and ferromagnetic
materials - Circular and longitudinal magnetization - Principle of magnetic
Particle Testing - Familiarization of common magnetic particle equipments -
Detecting medium - Demagnetization - Usage of black light for i nspection -
Codes, standards and specification - Evaluation of Defects - Preparation of test
reports.
3 Ultrasonic Testing 4
Introduction - Theory on Sound - Wave theory - Types of sound waves - Velocity
of sound in material - Amplitude of sound - Modes of sound waves -
Familiarization of common ultrasonic equipments - Familiarization of ultrasonic
testing probes - Familiarization of Calibration Standards - Training on A Scan
Equipment - Production of ultrasound - Types of probes - Features of probes -
Profile of sound (Near field, far field and Dead Zone) - Selection of probe
diameter - Selection of probe frequency – Sensitivity.
4 Radiographic Testing 4
Introduction - Structure of Atom - Production of X -ray and Gamma Ray -
Radiation Safety and work p ermit system - Interaction of radiation with matter -
Radiation detection and measurement - Regulations on use of radiography sources
- Elements of industrial radiography - Geometrical principles in image quality -
Selection of radiation source - Control o f scattered radiation - Selection of
radiography films - Radiographic Techniques - Radiography of castings -
Radiography of tanks and vessels - Calculation of exposure time - Special
Radiographic Techniques - Codes, standards and specification - Radiographic
Test Film Interpretation - Preparation of test reports.
Offered By: M/s Shri Sai NDT, Pondicherry

20MEI010 HVAC BUILDING LOAD CALCULATIONS 1001
PSYCHROMETRY
COURSE OUTCOMES
Demonstrate various Refrigeration Cycles.
Estimate the Cooling Load of Air - Conditioning Systems.
Examine Air-Conditioning Processes with the help of Psychrometric Chart.
Duration
S.No. Topic
(Hours)
Air Distribution: Types of supply air outlets, Room Air 2

1.
distribution.
2. Mechanism of flow through Inlets and outlets. 2
3. Selection and Location of outlets. 1
4. General considerations. Distribution patterns of outlets. 1
5. Ducts Definition and types – Materials for ducts and its 2

specification, friction loss in ducts.
6. Duct design procedure, Duct construction, Air duct designs. 7
Total Periods: 15 Hours
Offered By: M/s Sigma Solutions, Coimbatore

20MEI011 HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
Select effective room air distribution systems and associated flow machines and control systems.
Study of various outlets and its mechanism of flow through outlets
Construct and Design of air duct systems
Duration
S.No. Topic
(Hours)
Air Distribution: Types of supply air outlets, Room Air 2

1.
distribution.
2. Mechanism of flow through Inlets and outlets. 2
3. Selection and Location of outlets. 1
4. General considerations. Distribution patterns of outlets. 1
5. Ducts Definition and types – Materials for ducts and its 2

specification, friction loss in ducts.
6. Duct design procedure, Duct construction, Air duct designs. 7
Total Periods: 15 Hours
Offered By: M/s Sigma Solutions, Coimbatore

20MEI012 CONTROL AUTOMATION 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1 Outline the basics of Industrial Automation

CO2 Describe the communication protocol and understand the concepts of ladder
diagrams
CO3 Demonstrate the communication protocol between PLC and PC

(Hours)
Theory
1. Introduction to Industrial Automation 1
2. Types & Tools of automation 2
3. Roles of Relays in Automation 1
4. Introduction to communication protocol 1

Industrial Communication protocols
5. 1
Modbus protocol
6. Introduction to Ladder Diagram 1
Concepts of Ladder Diagram

· Logic Gates implementation 2
7.
· Series & parallel connections
· Timer
8. Communication Protocol between PLC and PC 1
9. Simulating application problems in software 2

Practical
10. Real time application problems 2
11. Hands on PLC Hardware 2
Total Periods : 16
Offered By: M/s Axis Global automation, Coimbatore

20MEI013 TOOL DESIGN 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1 Outline the basics of Tool design

CO2 Apply the concepts of DFM in jigs and fixtures and understand the inspection techniques
CO3 Assign the tolerance in manufacturing application

CO4 Demonstrate the drawing knowledge and application of GD&T

(Hours)
Theory
1. Introduction – application & functions 2

Design & manufacturing techniques of jigs and Fixtures - Inspection
2. 4
Techniques
Tolerance: Tolerance application in manufacturing in tooling and
3. 4
other areas.
4. GAUGES- Inspection technique 3

Practical
5. CAD Software : Design Drawing with Application of GD&T 4
Total Hours: 15
Offered By: M/s Mechtech Engineering centre, Coimbatore

20NTI001 PHYSICAL CHARACTERIZATION AND 1001
APPLICATIONS OF NANOMATERIALS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Define the principles behind various surface characterization techniques like Atomic Force Microscopy,
Scanning Electron Microscopy and X Ray diffraction and correlate the results for analyzing the
properties of nanomaterials
CO2: Perform suitable experimentations deduced from the results of the analytical methods
INTRODUCTION AND SYNTHESIS 5
History of Nanomaterials - Definition of a Nanosystem - Dimensionality and size dependent phenomena - Time and
length scale in structures - Synthesis of Nanomaterials - Nucleation growth - Aggregation of nanoparticles - Top-
down and Bottom-up approach
METHODS AND TECHNIQUES 5
Atomic Force Microscopy - Contact mode - Non contact mode - Tapping mode - Scanning Electron Microscopy-
Types of SEM - FE SEM - Environmental SEM - Transmission SEM - X-Ray Diffraction -Types of XRD - Single
crystal XRD - Powder XRD - Analysis of liquid samples - SAXS and WAXS
APPLICATIONS 5
Surface analysis of thin film biosensors - Atom by Atom manipulation for fabricating MEMS and NEMS- Analysis
of structures of Silicon Chips -Analysis of scaffolding materials behavior- Identification of amorphous and
crystalline behaviors of organic and inorganic drug delivery systems- Calculation of elemental composition of
nanocomposites- Hands on training - Data interpretation
Total Periods: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rao C.N.R, Muller.A and Cheetham A.K, "The Chemistry of Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and
Applications, Volume-I and II", John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2005
2. Wang Z.L, "Characterization of Nanophase Materials", Wiley Interscience International, 2001
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Shard A, Hodoroaba V-D, Unger W, "Characterization of Nanoparticles", Elsevier, 2019
2. Sanders W.C, Atomic Force Microscopy, "Fundamental Concepts and Laboratory Investigations", CRC press, 2019
3. Hamid U.A, "A Beginners' Guide to Scanning Electron Microscopy", Springer, 2018
4. Seeck O.H, Murphy B.M, "X-Ray Diffraction; Modern Experimental Techniques", Pan Stanford publications, 2015
NPTEL MATERIAL
1. Introduction to Nanotechnology, IIT Delhi, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/118/102/118102003/
2. Fundamentals of X ray Diffraction by Department of Materials and Metallurgical Engineering,IIT Madras,
3. Fundamentals of Optical and Electron microscopy by Department of Materials and Metallurgical Engineering,
IIT Madras, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113/106/113106064/
WEB RESOURCES
1. Introduction to AFM, MIT Openware, https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/biological-engineering/20-309-biological-
engineering-ii-instrumentation-and-measurement-fall-2006/tools/tutorial-1/
CASE STUDIES
1. Identification of thickness of polymeric thin films by AFM for usage in sensors.
2. Porosity distribution analysis in Mesoporous silica materials used in cosmetic industries.
3. Identification of crystallite size of Quantum dots for Bioimaging techniques.

20NTI002 OPTICAL CHARACTERIZATION AND APPLICATIONS 1 0 0 1
OF NANOMATERIALS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Define the fundamental working principles of spectroscopy tools such as Fourier Transform Infrared,
UV-Visible and fluorescence.
CO2: Illustrate the instrumentation components of various spectrometers and particle size analyzer.
length scale in structures - Synthesis of Nanomaterials - Nucleation growth - Aggregation of nanoparticles - Top-
down and Bottom-up approach
METHODS AND TECHNIQUES 5
Principles and instrumentations - Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy - UV-visible Spectroscopy - Particle
size analysis - Dynamic light scattering - Dispersion, Size and distribution of particles - Brownian motion -
Electrical double layer - Surface charges and Zeta potential - Fluorescence spectroscopy
APPLICATIONS 5
Industrial applications - Spectroscopic chemical identification of nanocomposites - Forensics industries -
Identification of controlled substances - Research on nanocolloid-electrolyte interactions - Electronic circuits
dopant analysis -Characterization of 2D photonic crystals- Luminescence properties of quantum dots, nanotubes,
new phosphors and LED materials.
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Murty B. S, Shankar P, Raj B, Rath B. B andMurday J, "Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology", Springer, 2013.
2. Vollath D,"Nanomaterials: An Introduction to Synthesis, Properties and Applications", 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2013.
3. Sidney Perkowitz, "Optical Characterization of Semiconductors, Volume 14 1st Edition", Academic Press, 2012.
4. Dalip Singh Verma, Latif Ullah Khan, Shalendra Kumar, Sher Bahadar Khan, Surender Kumar Sharma,
"Handbook of Materials Characterization", Springer, 2018.
REFERENCES & JOURNAL ARTICLES
1. S Zhang, L. Li, Ashok Kumar, "Materials Characterization Techniques", CRC Press, 2008
2. Valsangkar A. J., "Principles, methods and applications of particle size analysis", Can. Geotech. J., 29, 1006, 1992
3. Stetefeld J., McKenna S. A., Patel T. R., "Dynamic light scattering: a practical guide and applications in
biomedical sciences", Biophysical Rev. 8, 409-427, 2016
4. Barbara H. Stuart, "Infrared Spectroscopy: Fundamentals and Applications", Wiley, 2004.
5. Douglas A. SkoogStanley R. CrouchF. James Holler, "Principles of Instrumental Analysis", 6th Edition,
Cengage, 2014
6. Lakowicz Joseph R, "Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy", 3rd edition, Springer, 2006.
WEB REFERENCES
1. NPTEL : Introduction to Nanotechnology https://nptel.ac.in/courses/118/104/118104008/
2. NPTEL: Basics of Fluorescence Spectroscopy, https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc17/SEM2/noc17-cy01/
3. NPTEL: Introduction to Spectroscopy, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/104/106/104106122/
4. MIT OpenCourseWare: Fundamentals of Spectroscopy, https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/chemistry/5-35-
introduction-to-experimental-chemistry-fall-2012/labs/MIT5_35F12_Mod1_Background.pdf
CASE SUDIES
1. Identification of cross linking in thin films by using FTIR.
2. Analysis of Surface Plasmon Resonance mediated detection of heavy metals in aqueous systems.
3. Identification of metal enhanced fluorescence in organic dyes using fluorescence spectroscopy.

20NTI003 ELECTROCHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION AND 1001
APPLICATIONS OF NANOMATERIALS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Define the theoretical principles behind various electrochemical characterization techniques such as
Impedance spectroscopy, Polarization, electrical, surface, etc.
CO2: Apply the suitable characterization technique to analyze nanoparticles and correlate the theoretical principles
behind analytical data
CO3: Illustrate the methodology of various analyses used and compare that with the other types of characterization
techniques
length scale in structures - Synthesis of Nanomaterials - Nucleation growth - Aggregation of nanoparticles - Top-down
and Bottom-up approach
METHODS & TECHNIQUES 5
Fundamental aspects of electrode reactions -Experimental parameters - Preparation of modified electrode - Cyclic
Voltammary and Differential Pulse Voltammetry - Electrochemical Impedance spectroscopy - Faradaic and Non Faradaic
reactions - I/V characterization - Hands on Training
APPLICATIONS 5
Types of Applications - Real-time analyte sensing - Corrosion monitoring and inhibition - Industrial applications -
Supercapacitor, Solar cell and Battery applications - Electric vehicle components - Hands on Training - Data
interpretation
Total Periods: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Murty B. S, Shankar P, Raj B, Rath B. B andMurday J, "Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology", Springer, 2013.
2. Vollath D,"Nanomaterials: An Introduction to Synthesis, Properties and Applications", 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2013.
3. Bagotsky V. S, "Fundamentals of Electrochemistry", 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2006.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Aliofkhazraei, Mahmood, Makhlouf and Hamdy A.S, "Handbook of Nanoelectrochemistry", Springer International
Publishing, 2016.
2. Wang J, "Analytical Electrochemistry", 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc,, 2006.
3. Rahman M. M and Asiri A. M, "Electrochemical Sensor Technology", IntechOpen, 2017.
4. Ni J and Lu L, "Functional Materials for Next-Generation Rechargeable Batteries", World Scientific Publishing, 2021.
5. Noel M and Vasu K. I, "Cyclic Voltammetry and the Frontiers of Electrochemistry", Oxford & IBH Publishing
Company, 1990.
6. Bard A. J and FaulknerL. R, "Electrochemical Methods: Fundamentals and Applications", 2nd Edition, John Wiley
& Sons, Inc., 2001.
WEB REFERENCES
1. NPTEL : Introduction to Nanotechnology https://nptel.ac.in/courses/118/104/118104008/
2. Fundamentals of Electrochemical Techniques, Prof. J. R. Mudakavi, Department of Chemical Engineering, IISc,
Bengaluru, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l2ENx_Y0dNU
3. ElectrochemicalMethods, https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/103108100/module6/module6.pdf
4. Selection of Nanomaterials for Energy Harvesting and Storage Applications, Prof. Kaushik Pal, IIT Roorkee,
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_me83/preview
5. Electrochemical Energy Storage, Prof. S. B. Majumder, IIT KGP, https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/
noc21_mm34/preview
CASE STUDIES
1. Case studies on analyte of interest sensing in several industrial effluents
2. Case studies on corrosion inhibition on various objects
3. Case studies on lab scale fabrication of solar cells

20RAI001 EXPLORING ROS BASICS AND MODELLING
Course Description:
This Course provides an intuitive understanding on ROS framework which will help the learners to leverage their
knowledge in Robot Software Development. This course has been designed for undergrads for their academic
purposes and to realize virtual robot development and simulation.
Course Objective:
To enhance and uplift the skills in Robot Software Development using Robot Operating System.
Course Plan:
Module 1: BASICS & INTRODUCTION TO ROS
• Introduction to ROS (Robot Operating System)
• Linux Environment Setup
• Basic Linux Commands & Python
• Installing ROS, Tools & Plugins related to ROS
• Creating a ROS Package & Nodes
• Understanding ROS Topics
• Concept of Publisher/Subscriber Python + ROS Launch creation
• Procedure for ROS bag recording and playback
Module 2: 3D DESIGNING & MODELLING, CAD TO URDF CONVERSION
• Installing and Introduction to CAD & Designing softwares
• Make simple 2D Cad drawings & 3D models
• Fusion2URDF Installation & Debugging
Total Hours: 15
References Text Books:
• Introduction to Mobile Robotics, Roland Seigwart
• Probabilistic Robotics, Wolfram Burgard, Sebastian Thrun and Dieter Fox

20RAI002 ROS TOOLS, MAPPING AND NAVIGATION
Course Description: This Course provides an intuitive understanding on various ROS Tools and it's Hardware and
software integration
Course Objective:
To enhance and uplift the skills in ROS Tools and Simulations
Course Plan:
Module 1: ROS TOOLS - GAZEBO, RVIZ & RQT
• Cleaning FUSION2URDF package & Setting Parameters for Teleoperation
• Introduction to Blender and using it to model DAE files for making Gazebo World
• Introduction to RViz and using RQT graph
• Exploring & Implementing gazebo plugins
Module 2: SIMULATION, ROS Hardware Integration, MAPPING & NAVIGATION
• Demo of Tortoise Bot and understanding navigation package file systems
• Setting up ROS and Hardware Communication
• Introduction and Implementation of SLAM on Self-designed robot and TortoiseBot
• Introduction, Implementation & Dynamic Tuning of Navigation Stack on Self-designed robot and TortoiseBot
Total Hours: 15

20RAI003 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRIC PANEL DESIGN
Objective:
Basic knowledge to design and built industrial control panel in an automation industry.
Course Outcome: Understanding the basics design knowledge of a control panel and User Interface of
DRAFTSIGHT (CAD Software).
Course Content
1: Electrical Control Design - 5 HOURS
• Selection and sizing of MCB, MCCB, SMPS, DISCONNECTOR SWITCH etc,
• Understanding the basics of RELAY, CONTACTOR, SAFETY RELAY etc,
• Selection of motor drivers, VFD's,
• Selection of Programmable Logic Controller (PLC), Human Machine Interface (HMI).
2: Electrical Control Cad Design - DRAFTSIGHT - 10 HOURS
• Basic of electrical symbols and electrical CAD design,
• Sheet format & Layout design,
• AC & DC Control wiring,
• Safety Concept of designing a project,
• Earthing and cabling of panels,
• Control Panel sizing & Rating selection.
Total Hours: 15

20RAI004 MOTION CONTROL
Objective:
Basic knowledge to design and built systems using motion control systems
Course Outcome:
Understanding the basics on Motion Control Systems using Matlab Software
Course Content:
1. Single Axis Systems
2. Multi Axis Systems and its applications
3. Linear Positioning
4. Simple and Modular System Positioning
5. Rotary Indexing
6. Gantry Systems
Total Hours: 15

20RAI005 AUTOMATION USING PLC, SCADA AND HMI
Objective:
Basic knowledge in Automation using major key in the technology and industrial sector.
Course Outcome:
Understand the fundamentals of automation and acquire knowledge on controlling and Monitoring system using
PLC, SCADA and HMI.
Course Content:
Module 1: Introduction to Industrial Automation and Controlling Systems
Types of automation -Current scenario of Automation -Tools of automation -Introduction to PLC -Programming
languages in PLC -Introduction to Ladder Diagram -Concepts of Ladder Diagram -Real time application problems -
Introduction to PLC software -Simulating application problems in software -Introduction to SCADA -Introduction
to Role of SCADA in chemical industries -Basic tag creation in SCADA Digital valves ON & OFF control
Module 2: HMI Software and Communication Protocols.
Analog input tags -Analog values monitoring and control - Screen development using tags - Basic scripting
operations - Looping operations - Digital and Analog alarms in Industries - Introduction to HMI - Configurations in
HMI Software Input functions in HMI software - Industrial Screen development in HMI - Communication protocols
- Hands on PLC Hardware Description - Hands on HMI Hardware Description - Career opportunities in core field
Total Hours: 15

20RAI006 ROBOTIC SIMULATION USING MOTO SIM SOFTWARE
Objective:
Basic knowledge to design and simulate a Robotic cell.
Course Outcome:
Understanding the Offline programming, 3D simulation and Virtual Robot Control.
Course Content:
Module 1: Introduction to Industrial Robotics.
Types of Industrial Robotics -Anatomy of Industrial Robotics -Application of Industrial Robotics - Introduction to
Motosim EG -Adding Robot from Library -Adding End Effecter to Robot - Introduction to Interpolation - Different
types of Interpolation -Teaching for 2D object using different types of Interpolation - Applications on 2D object
teaching
Module 2: Application development of 3D object teaching.
Teaching for 3D object - Introduction to Co-ordinate system - Different types of Coordinate system Working with
Timers - Working with Jump - Working with If Condition - Industrial application Development - Conveyer Tracking
Method
Total Hours: 15

UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
(MANDATORY COURSE)

UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
(MANDATORY COURSE)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. Development of a holistic perspective based on self-exploration about them selves (human being), family,
society and nature/existence.
2. Understanding (or developing clarity) of the harmony in the human being, family, society and nature/existence
3. Strengthening of self-reflection.
4. Development of commitment and courage to act.
In an effort to bring in the value aspect, AICTE has taken the initiative to include (Universal Human Values)
UHV in the model curriculum for professional education in 2018. In this regard, inputs on human values are
being imparted to all the students admitted in B.E./ B.Tech during Students Induction Programme (SIP)
conducted for three weeks. In continuation to this, Universal Human Values and Professional Ethics are also
being taught in three consecutive semesters as follows.
No of
Semester Course Code Course Title Contact
Hours
UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES AND

I 20HS205 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS - PART I 15

II 20HS206 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS - PART II 15

III 20HS207 15
PROFESSIONAL ETHICS - PART III
This course is conducted through discussion in small groups (20 students) each mentored by a faculty member. Lecture
hours are to be used for interactive discussion placing the proposals about the topics and motivate the students to reflect,
explore and verify them. For every module, 75 % attendance is mandatory and a minimum of 15 marks is mandatory for
the successful completion of the course.

20HS205 SEMESTER - I
UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS - PART 1
(Common to all B.E. / B.Tech Programmes)
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify the basic requirements for human aspiration. PO6, PO7, PO8, PO12
CO2: Develop a holistic perspective based on self-exploration about the PO6, PO7,
self, family and society. PO8, PO12
BASIC HUMAN ASPIRATIONS AND UNDERSTANDING HARMONY IN THE HUMAN BEING 15
Need for Value Education - Basic requirements for fulfilment of aspirations - Self-Exploration - Natural Acceptance
- Experiential Validation - Continuous Happiness and Prosperity - Right understanding, Relationship and Physical
Facility.
Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Co-existence of the self and body - Understanding the needs -
characteristics - activities of Self ('I') and 'Body' - happiness and physical facility - Understanding Harmony in the
Family and Society- Understanding values in human-human relationship - nine universal values in relationships -
trust - respect - affection - care - guidance - reverence - glory - gratitude - love - Difference between intention and
competence - Harmony in the society - Extending relationship from family to society.
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Prof.D.R.Kiran "Professional Ethics and Human Values" McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited New
Delhi, 2nd Edition,2014.
2. R. S. Naagarazan "A Textbook on Professional Ethics and Human Values" New Age International (P) Limited,
Publishers, 1stEdition,2006.
REFERENCES
1. M.Govindarajan, S.Natarajananad, V.S.SenthilKumar, "Engineering Ethics includes Human Values",PHI
Learning Pvt Ltd, 2nd Edition,2009.
2. R R Gaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria, "Human Values and Professional Ethics" Excel Books, New Delhi, 1st
Edition, 2010.
3. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, "Ethics in Engineering", Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd Edition, 2003.
4. A.N. Tripathy, "Human Values", New Age International Publishers, 3rd Edition, 2019.
WEB REFERENCES

20HS206 SEMESTER - II
UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS - PART II
(Common to all B.E. / B.Tech Programmes)
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Develop a holistic perspective of harmony at all levels of existence. PO6, PO7, PO8, PO12
CO2: Summarize various social and environmental problems to act ethically. PO6, PO7, PO8, PO12
HARMONY IN NATURE AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN 15
Four orders of nature - interconnectedness and mutual fulfilment - Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of
existence - Human being as cause of imbalance in nature.
Basic Environmental Issues - pollution, depletion of resources and role of technology - Sustainable Development -
Global Environmental Issues - International Initiatives on Environmental Issues - Environmental Impact
Assessment - Engineer's Role in Environment Protection - Environmental Engineering - Green Design - Principles
of Green Design - Environmentally Conscious Manufacture - Basic Approaches for Resolving Environmental
problems - Natural acceptance of human values - Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence.
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
Publishers, 1stEdition, 2006.
REFERENCES
Edition, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES

20HS207 SEMESTER - III
UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS - PART III
(Common to MECH, EEE, EIE and RA)
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline engineering education and responsibilities of Engineers. PO6, PO7, PO8, PO12
CO2: Relate sound morals and ethical values scrupulously to prove as good citizens.PO6, PO7, PO8, PO12
ENGINEERING ETHICS AND GLOBAL ISSUES 15
Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct - Competence in professional ethics - Role and Responsibilities of
Engineers - Safety and Risk - Underestimation and Overestimation of Risk - Designing for Safety - Professional
societies and their codes of ethics - Constraints in engineering - Engineering as Experimentation - Similarities to
standard Experiments - Learning from the past - Knowledge gained - Framing the problem.
Globalisation: Benefits - Transfer of Technology - Relative Values - International Rights - Promoting Morally
Justifiable Measures - Business Process Outsourcing.
Computer Ethics: Computer Crimes - Categories - Commandments of Computer Ethics - Ethical Principles for
SoftwareMobile Etiquette Guidelines - Ethical Hackers.
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
REFERENCES
Learning Pvt Ltd, 2st Edition,2009.
Edition, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES

(ECE)
COURSE OUTCOMES
Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct - Competence in professional ethics - Role and Responsibilities of
societies and their codes of ethics - Constraints in engineering - Engineering as Experimentation - Similarities to
standard Experiments - Learning from the past - Knowledge gained - Framing the problem.
Software Mobile Etiquette Guidelines - Ethical Hackers - Ethical issues in IoT.
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
REFERENCES
Edition, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES

(AERO)
COURSE OUTCOMES
Definitiveness of ethical human conduct - Competence in Professional ethics - Role and Responsibilities of
Societies and their codes of ethics - Constraints in Engineering - Engineering as Experimentation - Similarities to
Standard Experiments - Learning from the past - Knowledge gained - Framing the problem.
Engineers as Managers: Engineers as Expert Witnesses and Advisors - Moral Leadership - Sample Code of Conduct
-Government agencies - Resolving Employee concerns - Limits on acceptable behavior in large corporation -
Ethical and legal considerations, Organizational responses to offensive behavior and harassment.
Software Mobile Etiquette Guidelines - Ethical Hackers.
Total Hours:15
TEXT BOOKS
REFERENCES
Edition, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES

20HS207 SEMESTER III
(CSE)
COURSE OUTCOMES
HUMAN VALUES AND GLOBALIZATION - ROLE AS AN ENGINEER 5
Human Moral Values- Integrity- Commitment- Challenges in the workplace - Engineering Ethics - Engineering as a
Social Experimentation - Safety, Responsibility and Rights - Global Issues and Ethical perspectives.
ETHICS IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ERA 10
Professional Codes of Ethics- Common Ethical Issues for IT users - Implementing Trustworthy computing-
Freedom of Expression- Key Intellectual property issues- The Impact of IT on Healthcare- The use of online Social
Networking - Cyberbullying- Cyberstalking - Encounters with sexual predators- Uploading of Inappropriate
material- Educational and Business use of Virtual worlds- Industry Code of Conduct (ICT).
Total Hours:15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Tanu Shukla, AnupamYadav, "Human Values and Professional Ethics", Cenage Learning, 1st Edition, 2017.
3. George W. Reynolds, "Ethics in Information Technology", Fifth Edition, Cengage learning, 5nd Edition, 2015.
REFERENCES
Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2014.
2. PSR Murthy "Indian Culture, Values and Professional Ethics" BS Publication, 1st Edition, 2014.
3. Keith W Miller, MariarosariaTaddeo, "The Ethics of Information Technologies", Rouledge, 1st Edition, 2016.
WEB REFERENCES

(IT and AI & DS)
COURSE OUTCOMES
Need for Engineering Ethics - Role and Responsibilities of Engineers - Safety and Risk - Underestimation and
Overestimation of Risk - Designing for Safety - Professional societies and their codes of ethics - Constraints in
engineering - Engineering as Experimentation - Similarities to standard Experiments - Learning from the past -
Knowledge gained - Framing the problem.
ETHICS OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Introduction to AI Ethics - Ethical challenges in AI based systems - Responsible AI principles:Fairness, privacy,
security, transparency, accountability, reliability and safety - The Responsible AI Development Lifecycle - Ethical
frameworks for evaluating AI systems - use cases: TAM-DEF and DEEP-MAX scorecard
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2014.
2. David Carmona, "The AI Organization", O'Reilly Media, Inc., 1st Edition, 2019.
REFERENCES
Edition, 2010.
5. Mark Coeckelbergh, "AI Ethics", MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, 1st Edition, 2020
WEB REFERENCES

(CIVIL)
COURSE OUTCOMES
ENGINEERING ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES 15
Introduction to Ethics; Engineering Ethics and its Senses; Moral Issues - dilemmas, moral autonomy, Kohlberg's
theory, Gilligan's theory, Moral leadership; Codes of Ethics; A Balanced Outlook on Law; Engineers as responsible
experimenters.
Safety and Risk - Assessment, Risk Benefit Analysis, Risk Mitigation; Responsibilities and Rights - Confidentiality,
Conflicts of Interest, Employee Rights, Intellectual Property Rights, Corporate Social responsibility; Occupational
Crime, Discrimination; Environmental Ethics, Industrial Geotechnical Ethics- Engineers as managers-Case
studies.
Total Hours: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. M. Govindarajan, S.Natarajananad, V.S.SenthilKumar, "Engineering Ethics includes Human Values", PHI
REFERENCES
1. Charles E. Harris, Michael S. Pritchard and Michael J. Rabins, Engineering Ethics - Concepts and Cases,
Cengage Learning, 12th Edition, 2009.
2. Laura P. Hartman and Joe Desjardins, Business Ethics: Decision Making for Personal Integrity and Social
Responsibility McGraw Hill education, India Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2013.
WEB REFERENCES
2. www.nspe.org
3. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=CWMSAAAAQBAJ

MANDATORY COURSES (MAC)

MANDATORY COURSES (MAC)
These courses include Personality and Character development and the courses recommended by the regulatory
bodies such as AICTE, UGC.etc.
All Students shall enroll, for atleast one course from Personality and Character Development category and one
course from Allied Skills category listed below in addition to one course from the Additional Courses prescribed in
the curriculum of the Programme concerned for the award of degree.
Category Course Title

Sports & Games
Empowerment through Yoga
Personality and Character National Cadet Corps
development National Service Scheme Any one Course
Youth Red Cross
Extra/Co-Curricular Activities
Soft skills
English Proficiency Certification
Foreign/ Vernacular Languages Any one Course
Allied Skills Technical Certification Courses
Mandatory courses recommended by the
Career Development and Placement
Additional Courses Division Any one Course
Bureau of Overseas Education
Entrepreneur Development Cell
Given below are the set of rubrics for the students to follow for the mandatory courses.
Rubrics are multidimensional sets of scoring guidelines that can be used to provide consistency in
evaluating student work. It is an assessment tool that clearly indicates achievement criteria across all
the components of any kind of student work, from written to oral to visual. In order to take any
Mandatory course, he/she should be a bonafide student of SREC.

INSTITUTIONAL ACTIVITIES
S.No Course code Course title Faculty Advisor

1 20MC201 Sports and Games Physical Director
2 20MC202 Empowerment through Yoga - Faculty In charge
Yoga & Meditation club
3 20MC203 National Cadet Corps Associate NCC
Officer
4 20MC204 National Service Scheme Programme Officer
5 20MC205 Youth Red Cross Programme Officer
6 20MC206 IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers –
Student Branch Faculty In charge
Ø IEEE Women in Engineering
Ø IEEE Computer Society
Ø IEEE Engineering in Medicine and
Biology Society
7 20MC207 Women empowerment Cell Faculty In charge

8 20MC208 Soft skills Faculty In charge
9 20MC209 English Literary Society Faculty In charge
10 20MC210 Science Association Faculty In charge
11 20MC211 ISTE-students chapter Faculty In charge
12 20MC212 Tamil Mandram Faculty In charge
13 20MC213 Renewable Energy club Faculty In charge
14 20MC214 Philatelic club Faculty In charge
15 20MC215 Phorartz club Faculty In charge
16 20MC216 Quiz club Faculty In charge
17 20MC217 Fine arts club Faculty In charge
18 20MC218 Reading Club Faculty In charge
19 20MC219 Red Ribbon club Faculty In charge
20 20MC220 Robo club Faculty In charge
21 20MC221 Uyir club Faculty In charge
22 20MC222 YI YUVA Faculty In charge
CSE
1 20MC011 Association of Computer Engineers Faculty Advisor
2 20MC012 Computer Society of India(Common to CSE,IT Faculty Advisor
and AIDS)
3 20MC013 Artificial Intelligence Club Faculty In charge
4 20MC014 Foss club Faculty In charge
5 20MC015 Nature club Faculty In charge

ECE
1 20MC021 Association of Electronics and Communication Faculty Advisor
Engineering
2 20MC022 Institute of Electronics and Telecommunication Faculty Advisor
Engineers Students Chapter
3 20MC023 Social Innovation Club Faculty In charge
EEE
1 20MC031 Association of Electrical and Electronics Faculty Advisor
Engineering
2 20MC032 Indian Association for energy management Faculty Advisor
professionals -IAEMB
MECHANICAL
1 20MC041 Mechanical Engineering Association Faculty Advisor
2 20MC042 Institution of Engineers (IE) Faculty Advisor
3 20MC043 Society of Automotive Engineers(SAE) Faculty Advisor
IT&AIDS
1 20MC051 Information Technology Engineers Association Faculty Advisor
2 20MC052 Software development and information storage Faculty In charge
club
EIE
1 20MC061 Association of Electronics and Instrumentation Faculty Advisor
Engineers
2 20MC062 Instrument Society of India Faculty Advisor
3 20MC063 Social Development club Faculty In charge
BME
1 20MC071 Association of Biomedical Engineering Faculty Advisor
2 20MC072 Biomedical Engineering Society of India Faculty Advisor
4 20MC073 Biomedical Social Outreach club (BMSOC) Faculty In charge
AERO
1 20MC081 Aeronautical Engineers Association Faculty Advisor
2 20MC082 SEDS India Students Chapter Faculty Advisor
3 20MC083 Aero Modelling club Faculty In charge
CIVIL
1 20MC091 Association of Civil Engineering (CIVEANZ) Faculty Advisor
2 20MC092 Indian Geotechnical Society Faculty Advisor
3 20MC093 Green Kalam club Faculty In charge
4 20MC094 Indian Concrete Institute Faculty Advisor
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
1 20MC101 Robotics and Automation Association Faculty Advisor

ALLIED SKILLS
The candidate under regulation 2020 has to complete the specified proficiency levels in any one of the following
languages during his/her period of study.
Sl.No Course code Name of the Prerequisite Eligibility Faculty

Language Advisor
1 20MC271 English BEC Preliminary B2 Level (BEC
(148 and above) Vantage) English
Department
2 20MC272 Spanish - Basic Spanish Faculty
Coordinator
3 20MC273 Hindi Prathmic Madhyama
4 20MC274 Hindi - Basic Spoken

Hindi
5 20MC275 Technical Respective Department Faculty Coordinator

Certification
ADDITIONAL COURSES
Sl.No. Course Course title Faculty Advisor

code
1 20MC291 Career Development and Placement Division -
Faculty Advisor
Employability and Enhancement Course
2 20MC292 Bureau of Overseas Education Faculty Advisor
3 20MC293 Entrepreneurship Development Centre Faculty Advisor

RUBRICS FOR PERSONALITY AND CHARACTER DEVELOPMENT
20MC201 - SPORTS and GAMES
Sports and games allow individuals to learn, develop and can provide opportunities that support their physical,
cognitive, social, and emotional development.
Physical Education Grading and Rubric score for effort, Sportsmanship, Cooperation & Attendance, High Level of
Participation. Participation in game/activity >90% always puts forth personal best effort.
Eligibility: 1st year students
Duration: 50 hours per year
Criterion Outstanding(5) Excellent (4) Good (3) Adequate (2) Poor (1)
Frequency of He /She
He /She attends He /She attends He /She attends
Participation He /She attends the attends the
the 90% of the 80% of the 60% of
in Events/ 70 % of sessions sessions less
sessions sessions sessions
Promptness than 50%
He/ She always
He/ She always He/ She always He/ She always He/ She does
Engagement/ engaged in
engaged in all engaged in 80% engaged in 70% of not show keen
Activeness 60% of the
the sessions of the sessions the sessions interest
sessions
He / She not
He / She He / She
He / She delivers He / She delivers as much of
delivers 90% delivers 60%
Competence 80% effort in all 70% effort in all the effort in
effort in all the effort in all the
the activities activities minimum
activities activities
activities
He/ She not
He/ She attains He/ She attains
He/ She attains attains laurels /
laurels/ laurels/ participated He/ She attains
laurels / participated in
participated in in the Anna laurels/
participated in the any level
Achievements the Anna University Zonal / participated in
the University of scheduled
University IZ/ Open Inter the Intramural
level tournaments in
TIES / Open State collegiate, District tournaments
tournaments the stipulated
level tournaments level tournaments
period
He /She
90% aware of 60% aware of requires
80% aware of 70% aware of own
own potential own potential significant
own potential and potential and
Leadership and organizes and organizes assistance in
organizes and organizes and lead
skills and lea d the and lead the organizing and
lead the group the group
group group leading the
group

20MC202 - EMPOWERMENT THROUGH YOGA
Yoga is a path towards total harmony of body, mind, and spirit. It is an inherent desire in humans to be happy.
Yoga activities help to maintain the Physical and mental health.Yoga Techniques helps to develop the attitude of
Love and Compassion. It is useful to understand the cause and effect system of Nature.
Eligibility: 1st, 2nd and 3rd year students
Duration: 45 hours
Yoga Skills Outstanding (5) Excellent (4) Good (3) Adequate (2) Poor (1)
Student is always Student is always Student is fairly ready Student is rarely ready
Readiness very eager to begin ready and willing to and willing to begin and able to begin the No Efforts
the yoga lesson. begin yoga lesson. yoga lesson. yoga lesson.
Extraordinary at Great at deep
Shallow breathing, at
deep breathing breathing exercises. Able to do some deep
the Wor st case. not
exercises. Allows Allows breath to run breathing practices.
being able to inhale and
breath to run the the mind. Is able to Inhale and exhale
Breathing mind. Is able to inhale and exhale from
exhale for longer than No Efforts
4-5seconds each during
inhale and exhale for for prescribed 5-10 seconds during
breathing exercise and
prescribed duration duration during breathing exercises.
asana’s
during exercises. exercises.
Excitedly perseveres
Strongly perseveres Usually perseveres Fairly perseveres when
and concentrates
and concentrates when learning/holding poses.
when Learning
when Learning learning/holding Participates actively
/holding poses.
/holding poses. poses. Participates within frequent, gently
Focus/ Always participates
Always participates actively with reminders to follow No Efforts
Concentration actively, willingly,
actively, willingly, infrequent, gently instruction and remain
and excitedly,
and excitedly, reminders to follow on task.
applies and transfers
applies and transfers instruction and remain
learning. Models for
learning. on task.
peers.
Usually has the
Usually either has the
Pose/Mudra/
Always has the Pose/Mudra/Bandhasati
Always has the Bandhamoderately
Pose/Mudra/ sfactorily executed with
Pose/Mudra/ executed with all
Bandhacomplement all lines/shapes, or if
Technique Bandhaexcellently
arily executed with
lines/shapes, or if not,
not, needs minor
No Efforts
executed with all needs minor
all lines/shapes adjustments to form
lines/shapes intact. adjustments to form
intact. and is willing/able to
and is willing/able to
make adjustments.
make adjustments.
Expertise in
Excellent in Usually has the pose
execution of all the Almost always has Has difficulty in
execution of all the moderately executed
pose with all the pose strongly understanding
pose with all with most lines/shapes.
lines/shapes. Minor executed with all how to translate
lines/shapes. Minor If not, needs only
adjustments are lines/shapes. Minor oral direction to
adjustments are minor adjustments to
Flexibility made on his/her adjustments are easily the body
made on his/her form and is willing/able
own. A model for made and accepted. shape/for.
own. to make adjustments.
peers.

20MC203 - NATIONAL CADET CORPS
The NCC provides opportunities to the youth of the country for their all-round development with a sense of Duty,
Commitment, Dedication, Discipline and Moral Values so that they become leaders and useful citizens. The NCC
provides exposure to the cadets in a wide range of activities with a distinct emphasis on Social Services, Discipline
and Adventure Training.
Eligibility: Should be Citizen of India and satisfy the standards of physical fitness
Duration: 3 years (120 hours/year and 1 Camp compulsory)
Discharge of cadets: Students do not have minimum attendance required for regular parades
and camps or found medically unfit.
Number of student's enrolment per year: 17
Outstanding
Criterion Excellent (4) Good (3) Average (2) Poor (1)
(5)
Students Students Students
Students Students
Frequency participating participating in participating
participating participating in
of in more than 81 % and in less than
in all the 75 - 80 % of
participatin 90% of above of 75% of
parades and a parades and a
g in parades parades and parades and a parades and
camp camp
a camp camp no camp
Students
Students Students
Students show Students show show less
show 100 % show 90 %
Leadership, 75 % success 50 % succes s than 25 %
success in success in
communicat in leading the in leading the success in
leading the leading the
ion skills& group and group and leading the
group and group and
team work completing the completing the group and
completing completing
task task completing
the task the task
the task
Participation Participation
Participation
and and
and
Adventure completion completion of Participation in
completion of No efforts
activities of the 80% the the task
the task
task 70 % of the
assigned
assigned task assigned
Participation Participation Lack of
Participation
and show and show Participation participation
and show
extraordinary great and show and
satisfactory
Social involvement involvement recognizable involvement
involvement in
service and in in involvement in in
discharging
Community discharging discharging discharging discharging
Social service
developmen Social service Social Social service Social
and
t activities and service and and community service and
community
community community development community
development
development development activities developmen
activities
activities activities t activities
Certificate examination: B certificate compulsory at the end of 2nd year, C certificate compulsory at the end of 3rd
year

20MC204 / 20MC205 - NATIONAL SERVICE SCHEME/YOUTH RED CROSS
The aim of National Service Scheme is personality development through social service or community service. NSS
helps the student to grow individually and also as a group. It makes the students confident, develop leadership skills,
and gain knowledge about different people from different walks of life.
NATIONAL SERVICE SCHEMEYOUTH RED CROSS
Eligibility: 1stand 2nd year studentsEligibility: 2nd,3rd and Final year students
Duration: 2 years (240 hours with 1 Special camp compulsory) Duration: 40 Hours
Number of student's enrolment per year: 150
Criterion Outstanding (5) Excellent (4) Good (3) Adequate (2) Poor (1)
Frequency of Students Students
participating in participating in participating in
participating in all participating in 50%
participation in more than 90% 75% of events less than25% of
the events and a of events and a
events of events and a and a special events and no
special camp special camp
special camp camp special camp
Students show Students show Students show
Team work and Students are able to Students show
good fairly good moderate
show maximum less cooperation
coordination cooperation cooperation cooperation
cooperation among amongteam
among group team members with
among team amongteam amongteam members
members with
members members with members with with ethical
ethical behavior ethical behaviour
ethical behavior ethical behavior behaviour
Students have
Students show very good Students have fair Students have Students have
excellent involvement and involvement and adequate poor involvement
Leadership involvement and demonstrate demonstrate involvement and and demonstrate
Skills demonstrate social social social demonstrate social social
responsibility in responsibility in responsibility in responsibility in responsibility in
organizing events organizing organizing events organizing events organizing events
events
Students are
Students are not
Students are able to able to Students are able Students are able to
Communication able to
communicate very communicate to communicate communicate
communicate well
and learning well with public well with public fairly well with moderately with
with public and
skills and learn and learn public and learn public and learn
learn behavioural
behavioural skills behavioural behavioural skills behavioural skills
skills
skills
Students give Students give
Students give Students Studentsparticipat
very good fairly good
outstanding participation in ion in activities of
participation in participation in
participation in activities of public public concern
activities of activities of
Civic activities of public concern for for individual life
public concern public concern
Engagement concern for
for individual for individual life
individual life and and social
individual life and social benefits of the benefits of the
life and social and social
social benefits of community is community is
benefits of the benefits of the
the community satisfactory unsatisfactory
community community

20MCXXX - PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES
Jointly proposes the following Rubrics for Personality and Character Development one credit course (likeIE,
CPC,ISTE STUDENT CHAPTER, SAC, IEEE, ISTEIETE, CSI, WOMEN IN ENGINEERING - IEEE, ISOI,
BMESI, IGS, SEDS INDIA AND MBA-CMA, etc.,)
Involvement with a professional society will afford the participant an opportunity to network with other colleagues
in industry and practice. Joining a professional organization is critical in keeping abreast of the latest knowledge and
practices locally, regionally, and globally. An active participant will have the opportunity to serve in professional
development. There will be possibilities for making real contributions to the human condition through projects the
professional organization may take on as a part of giving back to the community. There are events that will call for
public speaking skills and professional visibility which will assist in moving one's career to another level by
connecting with other professionals and local leaders in the area. Being a member of a professional organization is a
symbiotic relationship between the organization and the member that will benefit them both.
Eligibility: 1st and 2nd year students
Duration: 40 hours
Student has 6 0%
Student has 100% Student has 75 %
Student has 90% participation
participation participation The student
participation through through
through through require significant
Organizational membership in the membership in
membership in the membership in the assistance
involvement activities related
activities related to
activities related to
the activities
(less than 50%
any registered related to any
to any reg istered any registered success)
student society registered student
student society student society
society
Frequency of The students The students
The students The students The students
participating in participating in
Participation more than 90% of
Participatingin 80 % participating in participating in
less than 50 % of
in Events of events 70 % of events 60 % of events
events events
The student
engages The student
exceptionally with excellently engages The student The student
team me mbers with team members strongly engages fairly engages
The student
and treats team and treats team with team with team
engages
members members members and members and
less with team
respectfully, respectfully, treats team treats team
members
motivates motivates teammates members members
Team work teammates by by expressing respectfully respectfully
expressing confidence
confidence
Student has less
Student has 100% Student has Student has 60%
Student has 75% than 50%
involvement,respo 90 % involvement,respo
involvement,respon involvement,respo
nsibility or involvement,responsi nsibility or
sibility or nsibility or
Leadership accomplishment bility or accomplishment
accomplishment in accomplishment
skills in planning, accomplishment in
planning, leading
in planning,
in planning,
leading managing planning, leading leading managing
managing and leading managing
and organizing managing and and organizing
organizing events and organizing
events organizing events events
events

20MCXXX - ALL TECHNICAL ASSOCIATIONS AND CLUBS OF
VARIOUS DEPARTMENTS
Jointly proposes the following Rubrics for Personality and Character Development one credit course
Clubs and organizations are a great way to help develop your character and the skills that will benefit your career and
in life. Skills like commitment, leadership, effective communication, and being able to work successfully in a group
all come from participating in a club. Your participation will reflect your interest and knowledge in extra-curricular
activities thereby making you an all-rounder
Eligibility: 2nd year students
Duration: 40 hours
Criterion Outstanding(5) Excellent(4) Good(3) Adequate(2) Poor(1)

Frequency of The students The students The students The students The students
participationin participating in more participating in 80 participating in participating in 60 Participating inless than
Events than 90%of events % ofevents 70 % of events % of events 50 % of events
The student
Student The Student does not
The student is always The student is iswell- The student is
seek involvement,
engagement/ well-focused and very well-focused and focused focusedand
opportunities and
commitment activelyengaged in all actively engaged in and fairly moderatelyengaged
engaged engaged in less number
theevents events inevents
inevents of events
The student engages The student

Thestudent
exceptionally strongly The student
excellently engages
withteam engages fairly engages
withteammembersandtre
members and treats with team with team The student engages
Team work teammembers
atsteam members
membersand membersand Lesswithteammembers
respectfully, motivates
respectfully, motivates treats team treats team
teammates by expressing members
teammates byexpressing members
confidence respectfully
confidence respectfully
Enhanced
awarenessof
Outstandingawarenessof Qualityawarenessofown The student
Ownpotential The student requires
ownpotential and plan, potential is hesitant but
Andplan, significant assistance in
Organization and organizes, lead, and plan,
organizes, lead,
abletoleadand
leading and empowering
ManagerialSkills managemorenumber organizes, lead, manage empower group
manage more group members
ofevents more number ofevents members
number of
events
Organizational Organizational
Patternis clear and pattern is clear Message is
Adequate with
consistent, polished; andconsistent. Basicallyunders Demonstrates minimal
Incompleteexplanati
makes the content Usually identifies tandable but is Attentionto the context and
ons,examples,
cohesive.Consistently learning opportunities, not reinforced. uses unclear language to
descriptions.
Communication/ identifieslearning criteria, choices, and Sometimes
Rarely identifies
the audience.Not
Learning skills opportunities, criteria, strategies to meet identifies identifying
learning
choices, and strategiesto personal learning learningopportunities
opportunities
meet personal needs and needs and opportunities
achievegoals achievegoals

20MC208 : SOFT SKILLS
LEADERSHIP AND WORKPLACE ETIQUETTE
Course Outcomes
CO1 Learn professional communication and its significance in the workplace. PO10, PO12
CO2 Use effective interpersonal communication to acquire leadership skills. PO10, PO12
CO3 Master the techniques of workplace ethics and etiquette. PO9, PO10, PO12
Introduction to workplace communication 5
Communication - Principles of communication- types of communication- Verbal, Non-verbal communication -Key
elements of communication- Functions of communication- Communication network in an organization-
Intercultural communication, Barriers of communication -Social media communication.
Leadership Skills and Team Management 5
Qualities of a Leader- Decision making, identifying the problem, Problem solving skills- Cognitive skills -Lateral
thinking skills- Presentation skills- Group discussion-Coping with workplace realities- Interpersonal skills-Team
Management- Effective team player- Interview skills- Mock interview.
Professional Ethics and Corporate Etiquettes 5
Importance of Ethics and values- Ethical dilemma, choices and dilemmas faced, Office Etiquette-Telephone and
Email Etiquette-Grooming Etiquette-Dining Etiquette.
Total: 15 hours
Text Book
Frederick H. Wentz Soft Skills Training: A Workbook to Develop Skills for Employment- Create Space
Independent Publishing Platform; Large edition, 2012
Reference Books
1. M.S.Rao- Soft skills- I.K. International publishing House pvt.ltd: Bangalore, 2011.
2. GeetuBharwaney- Increase your emotional Intelligence- Jaico publishing house: Delhi, 2009.
3. R.C.Bhatia- Personality Development- Ane books private ltd: Delhi, 2013.
Web References
1. https://courses.lumenlearning.com.
2. https://www.thebalancecareers.com

ASSESMENT PATTERN FOR
20MC208 SOFT SKILLS-LEADERSHIP AND WORKPLACE ETIQUETTE
On completion of this course, the candidate will master Workplace Communication and Etiquette, Leadership
Skills, Team Work and Corporate Ethics. Soft Skills is a 15 hour course and the candidate is expected to complete
his/ her opted course during his/her period of study (second - sixth semesters).
Criterion Outstanding(5) Excellent(4) Good(3) Inadequate(2) Poor(1)

Participation 100% 80% participation 60 % 40% 20% or below
in the event participation and involvement participation and participation participation and
and involvement involvement and involvement
involvement
Collaboration Acts as a leader A strong team Participates and Rarely Does not
member. member. sometimes provides provide any idea
Consistently Values and requires idea and strong and rarely values
provides encourage ideas prompting. prompting and encourages
thoughtful ideas and team required team members.
in teams. members.
Respect Seeks and Listens and Shows progress Sometimes Usually ignores
accepts the accepts the in accepting accepts the opinion and
opinion and opinions of others. opinion. opinion. input from
input of others. others.
Initiative Initiates Demonstrates Shows progress Seldom Never shows

curiosity and Curiosity and in resourcefulness demonstrates interest in
interest in interest in and seeks And rarely learning
learning. learning. assistance at engages in activities.
Independently Demonstrates times. learning Rarely uses
engages in Resourcefulness. activities. assist with
learning forcing it.
activities and
high
perseverance.
Enthusiasm in Prefect and easy Clear flow of Most of the No clear Flow of thoughts
delivery flow of thoughts thoughts are clear thoughts and is confusing.
thoughts. Consistent use and not effective. flow. Speaks in no
Holds attention, variations in tone Speaks Speaks in variation in tone.
speaks with to keep in contact satisfactorily uneven tone.
fluctuation in with audience. variation of
volume to volume and tone.
maintain interest
of the audience.
Habits Always Always on task Stays on task. Occasionally Seldom punctual
punctual and and strives to Strives to meet Punctual and and prepared.
prepared. reach full potential. prepared. Needs to remain
Consistently potential. Ensures Beginning to focused on task.
displays a to do well. strive to meet
positive attitude. potential.

ADDITIONAL COURSES
20MC291 - EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSE
(General Aptitude)
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Improve on the Deductive and Logical skills.
CO2: Understand, analyze and perfect a solution.
CO3: Improve the numerical and conceptual ability.
CO4: Improve the ability to use measurable data and get reliable results.
CO5: Demonstrate a better capability for analytical and conceptual thinking.
CO6: Recognize and comprehend pattern quickly and solve the problems perfectly.
CO7: Improve the real time engineering and calculative skills.
CO8: Understand grammatical structure on written and spoken form.
Quantitative Aptitude: 45
Basic Mathematics and Analytical Ability
Percentages, Profit, Loss and Discount, Simple Interest and Compound Interest, Number Systems: LCM and HCF-
unit digit and last two digit- Remainder theorem concept, Ratio and Proportion: Partnership problems- Races and
games-problems based on coins-proportionality and variation, Allegation and Mixtures, Mensuration - Areas and
Volumes.
Engineering and Applied Mathematics
Averages, Algebra - word problems, Time and Work, Pipes and cisterns, Time and distance-concept of average
speed, relative speed Trains, boats and streams, circular motion. Permutation and combination, Probability, concept
of areas, Calendars and clocks, Elementary Statistics-measure of central tendency, standard and mean deviation.
Reasoning Ability: 30
Deductive Reasoning
Analogy and odd man out, Alphabet and number series; Blood relations, Coding and decoding; Directions and
distance, Linear seating arrangement; Circular seating arrangement; Puzzles; Inequality.
Inductive& Critical Reasoning
Statements and action; Statement and assumptions; Statement and Conclusions, Syllogism; Data interpretation;
Data sufficiency; Venn diagram based; Visual reasoning-paper cutting, folding, image formation, picture analogy,
mirror and water images, Cubes and Dices.
Verbal Ability: 15
Verbal Analogies, Vocabulary-Synonyms and Antonyms, Sentence Correction, Reading Comprehension,
Parajumbles.
Total Hours: 90
REFERENCES
1. Edgar Thrope, "Test of Reasoning for Competitive Examinations", Tata McGraw Hill, 4thEdition, 2014
2. Sijwali.B.S, "A New Approach to Reasoning Verbal & Non-Verbal", Arihant Publication 2015.
3. Anand.P.A, "Quantitative Aptitude", Wiley Publication, 2015.
4. AbhijitGuha, "Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations", Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2015
5. Thorpe Edgar and Thorpe Showich, "Objective English", Pearson Education 2016.
6. Bakshi.S.P, "Objective General English", Arihant Publication 2015.

ASSESMENT PATTERN FOR
20MC291 - EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSE
Among the advantages, grading students' performance that relies on higher order thinking or complex matters
combined with training to make basic analytics without calculators. By developing techniques to analyze, interpret
and synthesize data, depth understanding by using relevant and accurate detail by coherence and progression of data
is developed. Refined choice of language and sentence structure and purposeful demonstrating of command of the
language and a variety of usage of sentence structure is focused for development.
Eligibility: 2nd and 3rd year students
Duration: 45 hours per academic year
GENERAL APTITUDE
Criterion Outstanding Excellent Good Inadequate Poor

(5) (4) (3) (2) (1)
20% or below
Participation 100% participation and 80% participation and 60 % participation 40% participation
Quantitative Aptitude
participation and
Training involvement involvement and involvement and involvement
involvement
Adequate level of Minimum
Some mistakes.
Application - Exemplary work. work. It could be acceptable work. Mostly wrong.
Several major
Calculation No mistakes. Well improved. Many minor No
mistakes.
Skill without organized. Good level of mistakes. understanding.
Limited
calculators Excellent understanding understanding. Some
understanding
understanding.
20% or below
participation and
involvement
General
Excellent knowledge of
vocabulary Insufficient of
vocabulary. Good vocabulary.
knowledge. vocabulary
Verbal Ability
Excellent at identifying Good at identifying Insufficient of

The student has knowledge.
word meanings. word meanings. vocabulary
internalized The student has
Student demonstrates Good at grammatical knowledge.
Skill-vocabulary grammatical usage not internalized
very high command of and usage pattern. The student does not
and Grammar with some grammatical and
grammatical and usage Good at manipulating manipulate the
Ability accuracy and usage patterns. A
patterns. The student is the language. Some language to express
confidence. Some large number of
excellent in minor discrepancies meaning.
error impairs grammar and
manipulating the do not interfere with
linguistic usage errors.
language with accuracy competence.
performance.
and confidence.
20% or below
participation and
involvement
Reasoning Ability
Analysis-
Minimum
Interpretation of Adequate level of
Exemplary work. acceptable work. Some mistakes.
data, work.
No mistakes. Well Many minor Several major Mostly wrong.
numbers, It could be improved.
organized. mistakes. mistakes. Limited No understanding
tables, Good level of
Excellent understanding Some understanding
Synthesis of understanding.
understanding.
data

20MC292 - BUREAU OF OVERSEAS EDUCATION
The aim of Bureau of Overseas Education (BoE) is to create an awareness on higher education opportunities
available abroad through arrangement of seminars, training classes for competitive exams like GRE, TOEFL,
IELTS etc. It also encourage students to study any relevant foreign languages.
Eligibility: 3rd and 4th year students
Duration: 2 years
Requirement: To fulfill any 4 criteria
Frequency of Students Students
participation in participating in participating in
participating in all participating in participating in 50%
various seminars more than 80% less than 25% of
the lectures 70% of lectures of lectures
and guest lectures of lectures lectures
Attending training Participation Participation with
Participation with Participation with Participation with 50
sessions for GRE, with 80 % less than 25 %
100 % attendance 70 % attendance % attendance
TOEFL, IELTS etc attendance. attendance
Students with a
Students with a Students with a Students with a
Publication of minimum Students with a
minimum number minimum number minimum number
project work in number of 1 minimum number of
of 1 publication in of 1 presentation of 1
Journal and publication in 1 presentation and
Scopus indexed and publication in presentation/parti
conference Scopus indexed publication in any
Journal with an Scopus indexed cipation any
presentations journal without conference.
impact factor. conference. conference
an impact factor.
Students with an Students with an
internship in a internship in any
Students with an
foreign University NITs/ Central
Students with an internship in any
of developed Government Students with an
internship in any State Government/
Internship country/ IITs/ Universities/ internship in any
foreign aided institutions.
IISc /IIITs/ Public sector industry.
University.
Government companies/
approved research Fortune India
institutes. 500 companies.
Communication Students showing Students
Students showing Students showing Students showing
skills with 100% success showing 90%
80% success with 70% success with 60% success with
certification like with any one success with any
any one language any one language any one language
BEC, Japanese, language one language
certification certification certification
etc., certification certification
Online certification
course related to
their field of
Students with
interest / higher Students with 4 Students with 3 Students with one
more than 4 Students with 2
education from online online online
online online certifications
online platforms certifications certifications certification
certifications
like NPTEL,
Coursera, Udemy,
etc.,

20MC293-ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT CENTRE (EDC)
The objectives of the centre is to inculcate a culture of innovation driven entrepreneurship, to channelize the
knowledge and the energy of youth towards becoming active partners in the EDC and to catalyse&promote
development of knowledge-based and innovation-driven enterprises and promote employment opportunities
amongst youth specially students.
Eligibility: 1st, 2nd and 3rd Years
Duration: 40 hours
Outstanding (5) Excellent (4) Good (3) Adequate (2) Poor (1)
Frequency of Student should Student should Student should Student should The student
Participation possess 100% possess 90% possess 75% possess 60% require significant
in the events participation participation participation participation assistance
(less than 50%
participation)
Ideation More than 90% 80 - 89 % of 70 - 79 % of 60 - 69 % of less than 50 % of

innovation and innovation and innovation and innovation and innovation and
novelty novelty novelty novelty novelty
The student The student The student The student The student
engages excellently strongly engages fairly engages engages
exceptionally with engages with with team with team less with team
team members and team members members and members and members
treats team and treats team treats team treats team
Team work members members members members
respectfully, respectfully, respectfully respectfully
motivates motivates
teammates by teammates by
expressing expressing
confidence confidence
Entrepreneu Student has 100% Student has Student has 75% Student has 60% Student has less
rial Skillsets involvement,respo 90 % involvement, involvement, involvement,
nsibility or involvement, responsibility or responsibility or responsibility or
accomplishment in responsibility or accomplishment accomplishment accomplishment
leadership, Task accomplishment in leadership, in leadership, in leadership,
oriented, Passion in leadership, Task oriented, Task oriented, Task oriented,
and risk taking Task oriented, Passion and risk Passion and risk Passion and risk
ability Passion and taking ability taking ability taking ability
risk taking
ability
Outcome of Startup creation Commercializati Product Validity Proof of Concept Not Devised /
a Business and access to on Formulated
Plan funding

B.E. ELECTRICAL AND

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
The department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering established in the year 1994 offers B.E. (Electrical and
Electronics Engineering) and M.E. (Power Electronics and Drives) Programs and is permanently affiliated to Anna
University, Chennai. It is also a recognized research department by Anna University, Chennai offering Ph.D
program. The Undergraduate Program was accredited in the year 2003 and reaccredited in 2007, 2012 and 2016 by
NBA, New Delhi.
VISION AND MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT
VISION
The department will strive and achieve global recognition as a Centre of Excellence for engineering education. This
distinguished education will enable the graduates to appreciate the need for the technological, economic & social
enrichment of the nation in particular and the world at large.
MISSION
• Electrical and Electronics Engineering program will provide quality under graduate education following
outcome based education model, besides promoting ethical and social values.
• The program will prepare qualified graduates for professional practice or graduate studies, at regional, national
and international levels.
• Graduates are able to work skillfully and effectively in single and/or multidisciplinary teams and competent to
engage in life-long learning.
Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs)
The graduates of this program after four to five years will,
PEO I. Lead successful career or engage in higher studies in a broad range of electrical engineering & allied
specializations at the regional, national and international levels.
PEO II. Consider societal, environmental and ethical issues in executing their work to help fulfill their
professional responsibilities by continuous updating of their knowledge, to themselves, employers,
employees, co-workers and the local and global communities.

Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes (POs and PSOs)
Program Outcomes as stated by NBA: Engineering Graduates will be able to
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an
engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering problems
reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering
sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system
components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and
safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods
including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to
provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and
IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the
limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,
safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering
practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal
and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the
engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams,
and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design
documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and
management principles and apply these to one's own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage
projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and
life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
Program Specific Outcomes:
Graduates of Electrical and Electronics Engineering at the time of graduation will be able to
PSO1. Understand the Principles and Construction of Electrical Machines and determine their Performances.
PSO2. Specify, Architect and Design Power Electronic Systems for Drives, Power quality Management and
Renewable Energy Systems.
PSO3. Specify, Architect and Analyse Power Systems that can efficiently Generate, Transmit and Distribute
Electrical Power.
PSO4. Design, Implement and Test Analog, Digital and Embedded Signal Processing Systems using state of the
art components and software tools.

Category wise distribution of credits
Credits per semester

S. Credits
Category
No. Total
I II III IV V VI VII VIII
Humanities and Sciences 3 3
1 2 2 11
(HS) 1
9 4 3
2 Basic Sciences (BS) 5 2 25
2
3 Engineering Sciences (ES) 8 10 6 3 27
4 Professional Core (PC) 3 10 13 15 16 57
5 Professional Electives (PE) 3 3 12 18
6 Open Electives (OE) 3 3 3 09
Employability Enhancement Course (EEC)

I. Project Work, One Credit 2 2 8
7 Courses, Seminar and 15
internship in industry 1 2
II. Mandatory Courses - -
20- 20- 23- 26- 25- 23- 12-

Total 08 162
23 23 26 28 27 25 14

PROFESSIONAL CORE (PC)
S. No. Course Code Course Title L T P C POs CA ES TOTAL
Sensors and
1. 20EI251 2 0 2 3 1,2,4,5,9,10 50 50 100
Instrumentation
2. 20EI206 Analog Integrated Circuits 3 0 0 3 1,2,5 40 60 100
3. 20EC204 Digital System Design 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,5,12 40 60 100
DC Machines and 3 1 0 4
4. 20EE204 1,2,3,9,10 40 60 100
Transformers
5. 20EE205 Control Systems 3 1 0 4 1,2,3,4 40 60 100
Model Based System 2 0 2 3 1,2,3,5,9,10,
6. 20EI253 50 50 100
Design 12
Induction and 3 1 0 4
7. 20EE206 1,2,3,9,10 40 60 100
Synchronous Machines
8. 20EE207 Power Electronics 2 1 0 3 1,2,3,4,5 40 60 100
Transmission and
9. 20EE208 Distribution of Electrical 3 0 0 3 1,2,6,10 40 60 100
Energy
Microcontrollers and
10. 20EI209 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,5 40 60 100
Embedded System
Electric Drives and 1,2,3,4,5
11. 20EE211 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Control
12. 20EE212 Power System Analysis 3 1 0 4 1,2,3 40 60 100
Power System Protection 1,2,5,6,7,9,1
13. 20EE213 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
and Switchgear 0
14. 20EE214 Renewable Energy 2 0 0 2 1,6,11 40 60 100
Smart Grid and Data 1,2,4,5,6,11,
15. 20EE215 2 0 0 2 40 60 100
Analytics 12
Electric Vehicle
16. 20EE217 2 0 0 2 1,2,9,10 40 60 100
Technology
Analog Integrated Circuits 1,2,4,5,9,10,
17. 20EI273 0 0 2 1 60 40 100
Laboratory 12
Digital System Design 1,2,3,5,9,10,
18. 20EC271 0 0 2 1 60 40 100
Laboratory 12
DC Machines and
19. 20EE271 0 0 2 1 4,5,9,10 60 40 100
Transformers Laboratory
Control Systems 1,2,4,5,9,10,
20. 20EI278 0 0 2 1 60 40 100
Laboratory 12
Induction and
21. 20EE272 Synchronous Machines 0 0 2 1 4,5,9,10,12 60 40 100
Laboratory
Microcontrollers and
2,3,4,5,9,10,
22. 20EI275 Embedded System 0 0 2 1 60 40 100
12
Laboratory
20EE273 Power System Simulation
23. 0 0 2 1 1,2,4,5,9,12 60 40 100
Laboratory
Power Electronics and 1,2,3,4,5,9,1
24. 20EE274 0 0 2 1 60 40 100
Drives Laboratory 0,12

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE (PE)
40 60
40 60
40 60
40 60
40 60
40 60
40 60
40 60
40 60

PROFESSIONAL CORE
COURSES (PC)

20EI251 SENSORS AND INSTRUMENTATION 2023
PREREQUISITE:
20PH205 - Applied Physics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recall the concepts of measurement system with statistical analysis PO1
CO2: Recognise the principles of sensing mechanisms and its thermal properties PO1
CO3: Select an appropriatesensor for various applications PO1
CO4: Outline about the data analytics and visualization of sensor data in
various applications PO1
CO5: Experiment with appropriate sensing devices to measure the physical PO1,PO2,PO4,
parameters from various environments. PO5,PO9, PO10
MEASUREMENTS AND ERRORS 05

Significance of measurement - Methods of measurements - Mechanical, Electrical and Electronic Instruments -
Elements of generalized measurements system - Errors in Measurements- Calibration- Statistical analysis of errors -
Units and standards.
Classification of sensors - Physical principle of sensing: Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance, Magnetism,
SENSOR APPLICATIONS 10
Sensors For Industrial Automation - Sensors for Electric Vehicles - Sensors for Structural Health Monitoring -
Measurement of room temperature using Thermistor - Sound measurement using sound and vibration sensors -
Measurement of force using strain gauge and load cell.
SENSOR DATA ANALYTIC ARCHITECTURE 07
Sensor - Communication gateway - Data logging - Data warehouse - Data analytics.
Waste water treatment in industries and Drift control in BMW cars: Data set creation, Feature extraction, Model
selection and Data visualization using simulation tool.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 15
2. Real time sound measurement in motor using sound and vibration sensor.
3. Measurement of angular displacement of stepper motor using Arduino.
4. Measurement of force using strain gauge and load cell.
Total Hours: 45 (30+15)

TEXT BOOKS
1. Jacob Fraden, "Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs and Applications", 4th Edition, Springer
REFERENCES
1. Patranabis D, "Sensors and Transducers", 2nd Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2013.
2. Hermann K.P. Neubert, "Instrument Transducer", 2ndEdition, Oxford University press, 2015.
3. John Soldatos, "Building Blocks for IoT Analytics", River publishers, 2017.
WEB REFERENCES
1. www.scnsoft.com/blog/sensor-data-analytics.
2. https://www.bosch-mobility-solutions.com/en/products-and-services/passenger -cars-and-light-commercial-
vehicles/interior-and-body-systems/body-electronics/electronic-battery-sensor/.
3. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3410/machinery-fault-diagnosis-and-signal-processing/16

20EI206 ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 3003
PREREQUISITES
1. 20EC201 - Electron Devices
2. 20EE201- Electric Circuits
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Infer the procedure used for the fabrication of integrated circuits(IC). PO1,PO2
CO2: Interpret the characteristics of OP-AMP. PO1,PO2
CO3: Design circuits for various applications using OP-AMP ICs PO1.PO2,PO5
CO4: Develop different kinds of waveforms and converters using OP-AMP ICs. PO1.PO2,PO5
CO5: Familiarize the concept of special ICs used for specific applications PO1.PO2,PO5
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FABRICATION 9
Integrated circuit classification - Fundamental of monolithic IC technology - Basic planner processes -Fabrication
of active and passive components of IC - Thin and thick film technology- Practical consideration of ICs: Avoiding
unwanted signals and fault conditions.
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 9
Operational amplifier Equivalent circuit - OP-AMP parameters - characteristics of OP-AMP: Ideal, DC and AC
characteristics, transfer characteristics - Testing of ICs using data science and Machine learning techniques.
APPLICATIONS OF OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 12
Linear applications: Instrumentation amplifier - Design of voltage to current converter using LM 324 op-amp,
isolation amplifier, active filters - Nonlinear applications: Comparators using LM 710, linearization amplifiers,
precision rectifiers, logarithmic amplifiers, multifunction circuits and RMS converters - Waveform generators: Sine
wave oscillators, square wave, triangular wave generator - D/A and A/D converter-Simulation of linear IC
applications using software tools.
APPLICATION SPECIFIC INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 15
Timer : IC 555, PLL and VCO: CD4046B, Voltage regulators: LM 723,LM 117, MA7840 - MAX25430-
Automotive buck-boost controller, IPS16xHF - Intelligent Power Switches for Safety Critical Applications,
NXH40B120MNQ - Power Modules for Solar Inverter Applications, RN5T5610 - Harsh and Outdoor Applications,
EFP01 - Improve Battery Life in IoT applications, TLP2363 - Photocoupler for PLC Digital Interface,TPS62840
Ultra-low-power Switching Regulator in IoT Designs.
CASE STUDIES:
1. Trouble shooting of special ICs for remote switching applications.
2. Integrated solutions for ECG and Bioimpedance measurement using Bipotential sensor IC.
3. Analysis of cold junction compensation ICs for thermocouple.
Total Hours: 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Roy Choudhary.D, SheilB.Jani, "Linear Integrated Circuits", 4th Edition, New Age, Reprint 2010.
2. Robert F.Coughlin, Fredrick F.Driscoll, "Operational Amplifier and Linear Integrated Circuits", 6th Edition,
Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Sergio Franco, "Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits", 4th Edition, McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2015.
2. Jacob Millman, Christos C.Halkias, "Integrated Electronics - Analog and Digital circuits system", 2nd Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009.
3. Ramakant A.Gayakward, "Op-amps and Linear Integrated Circuits", 4th Edition, Pearson Education, New
Delhi, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES
2. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc20/SEM1/noc20-ee24/
3. http://www.ti.com/lit/an/sloa020a/sloa020a.pdf
4. http://www.ti.com/lit/an/sbfa006/sbfa006.pdf
5. http://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/tl082.pdf

20EC204 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 3003
PREREQUISITES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Interpret the principles of Boolean algebra to manipulate and
minimize logic expressions PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO4: Explain the concepts of logic families and memory devices PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
CO5: Describe the concepts of Verilog HDL PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO12
Digital Abstraction - Number System and Codes - Boolean algebra and logic gates - From Logic to Gates -
Simplification of Switching Functions - Karnaugh Map Method - Quine-McCluskey Technique.
Analysis of combinational logic circuits - Arithmetic Circuits - Magnitude comparator - Decoders / Encoders -
Multiplexers / Demultiplexers - Code converters - Parity circuits - Applications of combinational logic circuits
Models for Sequential logic circuits - Flip-flops - Analysis of clocked synchronous sequential circuits - Mealy and
Registers - Types of Asynchronous logic circuits - Analysis and Synthesis of Fundamental mode Asynchronous
logic circuits - Introduction to pulse mode asynchronous sequential circuits - Cycles - Races - Hazards.
LOGIC FAMILIES AND MEMORY DEVICES 6
Characteristics of Digital ICs, DTL, TTL, ECL, Calculation of noise margins and fan-out. Memory: Basic Organization,
ROM, RAM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM - PLDs, - FPGA - Design of combinational circuits using PLDs.
HARDWARE DESCRIPTION LANGUAGE 9
Introduction to VLSI design - Design flow - Hierarchical Modelling Concepts - Modules & Ports - Modelling
techniques - Tasks and Functions - User defined primitives - Realization of combinational and sequential circuits
using Verilog HDL
CASE STUDY:
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
3. Samir Palnitkar, "Verilog HDL", Prentice Hall, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Ronald J. Tocci, "Digital Systems: Principles and Applications", 12th Edition, Pearson Education, 2017.
3. Victor P. Nelson, H. Troy Nagle, J. David Irvin, Bill D. Carol, "Digital logic Analysis and design", 2nd edition,
Pearson Education, 2019
4. S. Brown and Z. Vranesic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2008.
WEB REFERENCES:

20EE204 DC MACHINES AND TRANSFORMERS 3104
PREREQUISITES
20EE203- Electromagnetics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Demonstrate the principle of electromechanical energy conversion PO1, PO2, PO9
and basic concepts of rotating machines.
CO2: Outline the constructional details, operation, types of DC Machines PO1, PO2,
and illustrate the effect of Armature Reaction and commutation. PO9, PO10
CO3: Discuss various starting methods, speed control techniques and testing PO1, PO2, PO3,
methods in DC machines and to determine the losses and efficiency. PO9,PO10
CO4: Describe the construction, operation and classification of transformers PO1, PO2, PO3,
and determine the equivalent circuit parameters. PO9,PO10
CO5: Demonstrate various tests in transformers and to determine PO1, PO2, PO3,
the losses and efficiency. PO9,PO10
PRINCIPLES OF ELECTROMECHANICAL ENERGY CONVERSION 12
Basics magnetic circuit analysis - Energy in Magnetic System - Field Energy and Mechanical Force - Single and
Multiple-Excited Magnetic Field Systems- Force and Torque - MMF of distributed A.C. windings - Rotating
magnetic field - Generated voltage - Torque in round rotor machine.
DC MACHINES 15
Constructional details - Principle of operation - EMF and Torque - Armature reaction - Compensating windings -
Commutation- Methods of excitation - Magnetization characteristic - Types and characteristics of DC generators
and motors - Starting of DC motors - Speed control of DC motors - Braking of DC motors - Losses and efficiency in
DC machines - Condition for maximum efficiency.
TESTING OF DC MACHINES 9
Brake test, Swinburne's test, Hopkinson's test and Retardation test, Universal Motors, Permanent Magnet DC Motor
- Applications.
TRANSFORMERS 15
Constructional details - Principle of operation - Types - EMF equation - Transformation ratio - Transformer on no-
load -Transformer on load - Equivalent circuit - Regulation - Parallel operation of transformers - Methods of cooling
- Losses and efficiency in transformers -Condition for maximum efficiency -Harmonics and switching transients in
transformers. Three phase transformer connections - Auto transformer - Principle of Operation - Equivalent Circuit
- Phasor Diagram.
TESTING OF TRANSFORMERS 9
Open circuit and short circuit tests -Sumpner's test - All day efficiency - Instrument Transformers - High frequency
Transformers.
Total Hours: 60

TEXT BOOKS
1. Kothari D. P., &Nagrath I.J., "Electric Machines", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd,
2004.
2. Albert E. Clayton and Hancock N. N., "The Performance and Design of Direct Current Machines", Oxford and
IBH Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd., 1990.
REFERENCES
2. Fitzgerald A. E., Charles KingselyJr, Stephen D. Umans, "Electric Machinery", 6th Edition, McGraw Hill
Books Company, 2003.
3. Irving L. Kosow, "Electric Machinery and Transformers", 2nd Edition, PHI, 1991.
4. S. K. Bhattacharya, "Electrical Machines", Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105017/7/
CASE STUDY
1. Design and analysis of attracted armature relay using ANSYS Maxwell software.
2. Applications of DC Motors in Electric Vehicles.
3. Transformer Failure Analyses.
4. Speed Control of DC Motor using MATLAB software.

20EE205 CONTROL SYSTEMS 3104
PREREQUISITES
1. 20EE201- Electric Circuits
2. 20MA211-Transforms and Partial Differential Equations
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Develop various representations of system. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO2: Infer the time and frequency domain specifications from the response. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO3: Construct plots for the stability analysis determine the stability for
various systems. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO4: Design compensators to meet the desired specifications. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4
CO5: Understand the concepts of controllers. PO1, PO2, PO3
CO6: Develop various state space representations of systems PO1, PO2, PO3
MODELING OF CONTROL SYSTEMS 15

Concepts of Control Systems - Open loop and closed loop systems - Examples - Basic requirements of a control
system- Control system components - Modelling of Electrical systems, Mechanical and Electro-mechanical
systems - Electrical analogous of mechanical systems - Block diagram reduction Techniques - Signal flow graphs.
TIME DOMAIN, FREQUENCY DOMAIN 15
Time response of first and second order systems - Time domain specifications - Steady state error.
Frequency response - Frequency domain specifications - Bode plot - Polar plot - Phase margin and Gain margin -
Design of Lag, Lead and Lead-Lag compensators using Bode plot.
STABILITY ANALYSIS 12
Concept of stability - Characteristic equation - Location of roots of characteristics equation for stability - Routh
Hurwitz Criterion - Root locus technique.
CONTROLLERS 8
Design of On-Off Controller, P, PI and PID controllers.
STATE SPACE REPRESENTATION 10
State space formulation - Physical, phase, canonical variable forms - State transition matrix using Laplace and
Cayley-Hamilton theorem - Concepts of Controllability and Observability using KALMAN's Test.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Nagrath I.J and Gopal M, "Control System Engineering", 6th Edition, New Age International Publishers, 2017.
2. Norman S. Nise, "Control Systems Engineering", 8th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2019.

REFERENCES
1. Benjamin C. Kuo, "Automatic control systems", 7th Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 1995.
2. Gopal M, "Control System: Principles and Design", 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
3. Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop, "Modern Control Systems", Pearson Prentice Hall, 2012.
4. John J.D., Azzo Constantine, H. and HoupisSttuart, N Sheldon, "Linear Control System Analysis and Design
with MATLAB", Reprint, CRC Taylor & Francis, 2014.
5. Katsuhiko Ogata, "Modern Control Engineering", 5th Edition, PHI Learning Private Ltd, Pearson, 2015.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDY
Simulation study using MATLAB
1. Vehicle Control Systems - Cruise Control of a Car
2. Controller in industrial applications
3. Generation of Test cases and creating subsystems
4. Artificial Intelligence for Control Engineering

20EI253 MODEL BASED SYSTEM DESIGN 2023
PREREQUISITES
20EE205-Control System
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Interpret the basics of model based design and system engineering PO1, PO2
CO2: Apply model based system design techniques for hybrid vehicle PO1, PO2, PO3,PO5
CO3: Develop CAN communication protocols using Model Based
System Design (MBSD) techniques PO1, PO2, PO3,PO5
CO4: Construct controller and testing methods for the given
application using MBSD. PO1, PO2, PO3,PO5
CO5: Analyze the performance of the developed models and testing
methods using hardware/simulation platform PO1, PO2, PO3,PO5
CO6: Communicate the results of the experiments through reports. PO9,PO10,P12
MODEL BASED SYSTEM ENGINEERING 10
Model Based Systems (MBS) engineering - Systems engineering and the life cycle - Systems engineering process
overview - Model Based Definition (MBD) - MBS engineering methodologies - Systems modeling Language -
MBS Engineering (MBSE) application strategies - Modeling language : Unified Modeling Language (UML),
syntax, modelling system logical structure using UML
MODEL BASED DESIGN FOR HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE 05
Introduction to hybrid electric vehicles - Mathematical model: Transfer function, State space - Closed loop control
model : PID controller and PWM control - Model for electric motor (BLDC), battery and glider model
MODEL BASED DESIGN FOR COMMUNICATION 05
CAN basics: typical bus, bus flow, standard data frame, message types, data frame, remote frame, error frame - CAN
using Vehicle Networking Toolbox (VNT)
CONTROL AND TESTING METHODS 10
Controller on target - Plant on target - Processor in the Loop real-time simulations (PIL) - Model In Loop test (MIL) -
Code verification using Software In Loop (SIL) test - Hardware In loop Test (HIL) - HIL implementation using
raspberry pi: coupled tanks model, quarter car model - FPGA based Hardware in Loop simulation (HIL) for Power
Electronics
Case Studies:
1. Model-Based Design for embedded control systems
2. Model-Based Design of Communication Protocols for Deployment on FPGAs
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Simulate RLC, Converter and Rectifier circuit using simscape software

2. Simulate and analyse the performance of Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV)
3. Simulate the CAN communication using the MBD software
4. Model In Loop test for plant and PID controller using simulation software
5. Real-Time Simulation of Hardware In Loop (HIL) test using MBD software
Total : 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS
1. Roger Aarenstrup, "Managing Model-Based Design", 1st Edition, Create Space Independent Publishing
Platform, 2015
2. Jose L. Fernandez, "Practical Model-Based Systems Engineering", 1st Edition, Artech House, 2019
3. Bernhard Rumpe, "Modeling with UML Language, Concepts, Methods", 2nd Edition, Springer International
Publishing, 2018
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. A. Wayne Wymore, "Model-Based Systems Engineering", 1st Edition, CRC Press, 2018
2. David A. Long, Zane Scott , "A Primer for Model-based Systems Engineering", 1st Edition, Vitech Company,
2011
3. Patrice Micouin, "Model Based Systems Engineering : Fundamentals and Methods", 1st Edition, Wiley, 2014
WEB REFERENCES
4. https://www.ti.com/seclit/ml/ssqu017/ssqu017.pdf
5. https://dzone.com/articles/iot-enabled-embedded-web-server-reference-example
6. https://in.mathworks.com/videos/fpga-based-hardware-in-the-loop-hil-simulation-for-power-electronics-
1561644009561.html
7. https://in.mathworks.com/help/ecoder/software-in-the-loop-sil-simulation.html

20EE206 INDUCTION AND SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES 3104
PREREQUISITES
20EE204 -DC Machines and Transformers
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the construction, operation, and analyse the performance characteristics PO1, PO2, PO3,
through equivalent circuit and circle diagram of Induction Machines. PO9, PO10
CO2: Describe the various starting methods and speed control PO1, PO2, PO3,
techniques of Induction Motor. PO9, PO10
CO3: Explain the construction, operation, EMF equation, regulation, and PO1, PO2, PO3,
parallel operation of Synchronous Generator. PO9, PO10
CO4: Understand the principle of operation, power equations, and starting PO1, PO2, PO3,
methods of Synchronous Motor. PO9, PO10
CO5: Compare and contrast different types of single phase synchronous motors. PO1, PO2,
PO9, PO10
THREE PHASE INDUCTION MACHINES 15
Construction - Types of rotors - production of RMF and torque - Slip - Torque-speed characteristics - Condition for
maximum torque - Losses and efficiency - No load and blocked rotor test, Equivalent circuit, circle diagram -
Starting - Need for starting - Types of starters - Stator resistance and reactance, autotransformer and star-delta
starters- Rotor resistance starter - Cogging and Crawling - Speed control - Change of voltage, frequency, number of
poles and slip - Cascaded connection - Slip power recovery scheme - Deep bar and double cage rotors - Induction
generator - Synchronous Induction Motor, Linear Induction Motor.
SINGLE PHASE INDUCTION MOTOR 9
Construction and Operation of single phase Induction Motor - Double field revolving theory - Equivalent circuit -
No load and blocked rotor test - Performance analysis - Starting methods of single phase Induction Motors.
SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR 18
Constructional details of Synchronous Machine - Types of rotors - Principle of operation - EMF Equation -
Synchronous reactance and short circuit ratio - Armature reaction - Voltage regulation - E.M.F, M.M.F, and Z.P.F
methods - Blondel's two reaction theory - Determination of direct and quadrature axes synchronous reactance using
slip test - Synchronizing and parallel operation. DC excitation - static excitation - brush less excitation and self-
excitation.
SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR 17
Principle of operation - phasor diagram - torque and power relations - effect of load changes on synchronous motor -
mechanical load diagram - armature current as function of power developed and excitation - V curves - inverted V
curves - hunting - periodicity of hunting - suppression - different starting methods.
Single Phase Synchronous Motor: Reluctance Motor, Hysteresis Motor, Stepper Motor.
Total Periods: 60

TEXT BOOKS
1. D.P. Kothari and I.J. Nagrath, "Electric Machine", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
2004.
2. J.B. Gupta, "Theory and Performance of Electrical Machines", S. K. Kataria and Sons Publications, 2002.
REFERENCES
1. M.G.Say, "Performance and Design of Alternating Current Machines", 3rd Edition, CBS Publishers, 2005.
2. Langsdorf A.S., "Theory of Alternating Current Machinery", 2nd Edition, MCGraw Hill, NY 1955.
3. Chapman S J, "Electric Machinery Fundamentals", 4th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2004.
4. K. Murugesh Kumar, "Induction and synchronous machines", Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2002.
5. Sheila C. Haran, "Electrical Machines II", 2nd Edition, Scitech Publications, 2008.
WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDY
1. Applications of Induction Motors in Electric Vehicles.
2. Applications of Synchronous Generators in Wind Turbines.
3. Speed Control of Induction Motor using MATLAB software.
4. Role of Synchronous Motor in Power Factor correction.

20EE207 POWER ELECTRONICS 2103
PREREQUISITES
20EE201 - Electric Circuits
20EI205 - Analog Integrated Circuit
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the static and dynamic characteristics of power
semiconductor devices and various power electronic converters. PO1, PO2, PO5
CO2: Analyse the behavior of various converters under different
modes of operation. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4
CO3: Evaluate the performance of power semiconductor devices,
power converters with PWM operation PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5
CO4: Design different converter circuits under various operating modes
for various applications PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5
CO5: Validate various power converter operations and their control schemes PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5
THYRISTOR AND TRANSISTOR FAMILY DEVICES 10
Structure, Characteristics, Switching actions, Trigger requirements, Ratings, Protections and Areas of application
of SCR, TRIAC and GTOs, Power MOSFET, IGBT and MCTs - Introduction to IPM.
AC-DC CONVERTERS 10
Single phase and three phase half (semi) and full converters: Quadrants of operation, circuit configurations,
working, performance parameters and input-output waveforms for R, R-L and RLE loads - Dual converter in
circulating and non-circulating current modes - PWM Converters.
AC VOLTAGE CONTROLLERS 5
Principle of On-off and phase control - circuit configurations - Single and three phase AC voltage controllers with R
and R-L loads.
DC-DC Converters 10
Step-up and step-down configurations - CLC and TRC techniques - PWM and FM techniques - types of choppers -
Practical transistorized chopper circuits (Buck, Boost, Buck-Boost): working, control, output waveforms,
continuous and discontinuous current conduction - Switched mode power supply.
DC-AC CONVERTERS 10
Single phase and three-phase thyristorised bridge circuits - Voltage Source Inverter - output waveforms for R and R-
L loads. PWM techniques - Single, Multiple and Sinusoidal PWM - PWM Inverters: Principle of operation,
Performance parameters, working of single phase and three phase circuits, Current Source Inverter - frequency and
voltage control.
Total Periods: 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Ned Mohan, Tore M. Underland and William P. Robbins, "Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and
Design", 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
2. Rashid, M.H, "Power Electronics - Circuits, Devices and Applications", Prentice Hall Publications, 3rd Edition,
2003.
REFERENCES
1. M.D.Singh and K.B.Kanchandhani, "Power Electronics", Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
2nd Edition, 2006.
2. P.S. Bimbhra, "Power Electronics', Khanna Publishers, 3rd Edition, 13th Reprint, 2004.
3. L. Umanand, "Power Electronics: Essentials and Applications", Wiley India, 2009.
4. Shaffer, Randall, "Fundamentals of Power Electronics with MATLAB", Firewall media, 2013.
5. Robert Erickson, Maksimovic D, "Fundamentals of Power Electronics", Springer Science, 2007.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-334-power-electronics-spring-
2007/index.html
CASE STUDY
Simulation study using MATLAB Sim Power Systems
1. Switching Transient Shaping
2. Thyristor Based Static Var Compensator: Study the steady state and dynamic performance of a static var
compensator (SVC) on a transmission system.
3. GTO Based STATCOM: Study the steady state and dynamic performance of a static synchronous compensator
(STATCOM) on a transmission system.
4. Control of load flow using UPFC: Study the steady state and dynamic performance of a unified power flow
controller (UPFC).

20EE208 TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION OF 3003
ELECTRICAL ENERGY
PREREQUISITES
20EE203-Electromagnetics
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Describe the basic operating principles of power supply system PO1, PO10
CO2: Infer the knowledge on transmission line parameters PO1, PO2, PO10
CO3: Illustrate the modeling and performance of transmission lines. PO1, PO2, PO10
CO4: Explain the different types of insulators, cables, substations,
grounding and distribution systems PO1, PO2, PO6, PO10
CO5: Analyse and survey the arrangement of various types of Transmission
line equipments. PO1, PO2, PO6, PO10
TRANSMISSION LINE PARAMETERS 15
Structure of electric power systems - One line diagram - Two wire DC, AC single phase and three phase systems,
Recent Trends in transmission systems, Comparison of EHVAC and HVDC systems, Economic distance for HVDC
- Introduction to FACTS technology, Parameters of single and three phase transmission lines with single and double
circuits: Resistance, Inductance and Capacitance of solid, Stranded and Bundled conductors, Symmetrical and
unsymmetrical spacing and transposition - Application of self and mutual GMD.
PERFORMANCE OF TRANSMISSION LINES 12
Classification of lines - Short line, Medium line and Long line, Transmission efficiency and voltage regulation, Real
and Reactive power flow in lines - Skin and proximity effects, Ferranti effect and Corona loss - Interference with
neighbouring communication circuits.
TRANSMISSION LINE EQUIPMENTS AND GROUNDING SYSTEMS 10
Types of Insulators - Voltage distribution in insulator string and improvement of string efficiency - Underground
cables, Constructional features of LT and HT cables, capacitance, dielectric stress and grading, thermal
characteristics - lightning arrestors-types, surge diverters, Types of substations - Grounding - Resistance of
grounding systems, design principles of substation grounding system, Neutral grounding.
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 8
Radial and ring-main distributors - Interconnectors - AC distribution, AC distributor with concentrated load, three-
phase, four-wire distribution system - Sub-mains, stepped and tapered mains - Wave trap - Power line
communication - Load dispatch - Power Factor improvement - Issues and Challenges of Indian Grid system.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. V. K. Mehta and Rohit Mehta, "Principles of Power System", 3rd Revised Edition, S.Chand Publishing, 2005,
Reprint 2020.

2. Singh S.N, "Electric Power Generation, Transmission and Distribution", Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. A.Chakrabarti, M. L. Soni, P. V. Gupta, U. S. Bhatnagar and A Chakrabarti, "A Textbook on Power System
Engineering", Dhanpat Rai and Company Private Limited, Reprint Edition, 2009.
2. Begamudre R.D, "Extra high voltage AC Transmission Engineering", New Age International (P) Ltd., 2009
3. Gupta B.R, "Power System Analysis and Design", S. Chand and Company, ISBN 9788121922388, 2014.
4. Central Electricity Authority (CEA), "Guidelines for Transmission System Planning", New Delhi.
5. Tamil Nadu Electricity Board Handbook, 2003.
WEB REFERENCES
2. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/power-sys-generation-transmission.html
CASE STUDY
1. Failure of UG Power Cable
2. Failure of Electrical sub-station
3. Failure of Grounding
4. Effects of Corona in transmission line
5. Effects of interference of Electrical conductors with communication lines

20EI209 MICROCONTROLLERS AND EMBEDDED SYSTEM 3003
PREREQUISITES
20EC204 Digital System Design
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the internal architecture, addressing modes and
the instruction sets of 8051 PO1, PO2,PO5
CO2: Explore the features of ARM processor and its programming PO1, PO2,PO5
CO3: Infer the hardware architecture in an embedded system. PO1,PO2
CO4: Outline the operating system for embedded system and related mechanism PO1,PO2, PO5
CO5: Model the embedded system for real-time applications PO1,PO2, PO3,PO5
THE 8051 ARCHITECTURE, INSTRUCTION SET AND PROGRAMMING 12

8051 Microcontroller Hardware - Input/output Pins - Ports and Circuits - External Memory - Counters and Timers -
Serial Data Input / Output - Interrupts - 8051 Addressing Modes - Instruction set - 8051 programming in Assembly
and C
ARM ARCHITECTURE 09
ARM Cortex M3 Architecture -Thumb 2 Technology- Registers - Operation modes- Interrupts and exceptions -
Stack memory operations -Memory map-Bus interface- MPU - Instruction set -Vector tables - NVIC Interrupt
controllers - Cortex M implementation - Pipelines-Assembly language programming and Embedded C
programming
EMBEDDED SYSTEM 09
Embedded system overview - Features and architecture considerations -ROM, RAM, timers - Watch dog timer-Real
time clock-Data and address bus - Memory mapping concepts - Memory mapped I/O - Direct Memory Access
(DMA) CISC Vs RISC design philosophy - Von-Neumann Vs Harvard architecture - Fixed point and floating point
arithmetic operations.
OPERATING SYSTEM FOR EMBEDDED SYSTEM 10
Multitasking and Process Management - Portable Operating System (POSIX) - Role of OS in real time systems
scheduling, resource allocation, interrupt handling - Middleware and Application Software - Memory
management- Embedded debugging Methods: In-System Programming (ISP), In-Application Programming (IAP),
In-Circuit Emulators(ICE)
APPLICATIONS OF EMBEDDED SYSTEM 05
Automobile dash board - Cruise control -Portable medical devices - Anti lock braking system(ABS)

Case Studies:
1. Wireless Networked Embedded Control system
2. IoT Enabled Embedded Web Server
3. Tiva based embedded system application for communication with external devices
Total Hours:45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kenneth J.Ayala, "The Microcontroller Architecture - Programming & Applications", Cengage Learning, 3rd
Edition, 2010.
2. Rajkamal, "Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming and Design", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
3. Joseph Yiu, "The Definitive Guide to the ARM Cortex-M3", 2nd Edition, Elsevier Publications, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Jonathan W Valvano, "Introduction to Arm Cortex -M Microcontrollers", 5th Edition, CreateSpace Independent
Publishing Platform, 2012.
2. Andrew Sloss& Dominic Symes& Chris Wright, "ARM System Developer's Guide", 1st Edition, Elsevier,
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, reprint, 2004.
3. David E Simon, "An Embedded Software Primer", 1st Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2002
WEB REFERENCES
4. https://www.ti.com/seclit/ml/ssqu017/ssqu017.pdf
5. https://dzone.com/articles/iot-enabled-embedded-web-server-reference-example

20EE211 ELECTRIC DRIVES AND CONTROL 3003
PREREQUISITES
20EE206 - Induction and Synchronous Machines
20EE207 - Power Electronics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the steady state operation and transient dynamics
of a motor load system. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5
CO2: Understand the operation and performance of DC motor drives. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5
CO3: Analyze the operation of the converter / chopper fed dc drive,
both qualitatively and quantitatively PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5
CO4: Understand the operation and performance of AC motor drives PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5
CO5: Analyze the solid state speed control techniques for AC motor drives PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5
INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL DRIVES 15
Basic Elements - Types - factors affecting the selection of electric drive - Classes of duty - Selection of rating of
motor - Heating of electric motors - Heating and cooling curves - Selection of power rating - Selection of motors for
industrial applications - Comparison of DC and AC drives - Four quadrant operation
DC DRIVES 15
DC motors- Power, torque, speed equation - Characteristics - Braking - Starter - Necessity of starter - Four Point
Starter - Automatic and electronic starters - Speed control of DC shunt and series motor - Speed control of dc motor
using power electronic converters - Single phase drives - Half, semi, full, dual converter drives - Three phase drives
- Half, semi, full, dual converter drives - Chopper fed DC drives
AC DRIVES 15
Induction motors - Single phase and three phase induction motors - Effect of slip - Torque equation - Condition for
maximum torque - Torque-slip characteristics - Necessity of starter - Types of starters - Speed control of three phase
induction motor - Speed control of AC drives - Slip power recovery scheme - Solid state speed control - Induction
motor using VSI - Cycloconverter fed IM drive - Static slip power recovery scheme - Synchronous motor drives
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. G.K. Dubey, "Fundamentals of Electrical Drives", Narosa Publishing House, 2nd Edition, 2008.
2. R .Krishnan, "Electric Motor Drives - Modeling, Analysis, and Control", Pearson Education Publishers, 1st
Edition, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. B.K.Bose, "Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives", Pearson Education Publications, 2nd Edition, 2005.
2. T. Wildi, "Electrical Machines Drives and Power Systems", Pearson Education Publications, 6th Edition, 2013

3. Pillay. S.K., "A First Course on Electric Drives", Wilely Eastern Limited, Bombay, 2012.
4. V. Subrahmanyam, "Thyristor Control of Electric Drives", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1988.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-334-power-electronics-spring-
2007/index.html
CASE STUDY
1. Chopper Fed DC Motor Drive: Study of a DC motor drive with armature voltage controlled by a GTO thyristor
chopper.
2. Three Phase Network with Electrical Machines: Simulation of a three phase power system containing
electrical machines and other three phase models.
3. Variable Frequency Induction Motor Drive: Study of a PWM inverter driven variable frequency AC induction
motor in variable voltage, variable speed operation.
4. Electrical Drive System used for Electric Vehicles.

20EE212 POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS 3104
PREREQUISITES
20EE208 - Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the power system Scenario and illustrate the formation of
different buses in the power system network. PO1,PO2
CO2: Analyze the power flow studies and short circuit faults by applying
numerical methods PO1,PO2,PO3
CO3: Analyze the symmetrical and unsymmetrical faults and determine the
symmetrical components of power system. PO1,PO2,PO3
CO4: Demonstrate the stability analysis and compute the stability of
power systems. PO1,PO2
POWER SYSTEM OVERVIEW 15

Power scenario in India, Power system components, Representation - Single line diagram, per unit quantities, p.u.
impedance diagram, Network graph,Bus incidence matrix Bus admittance matrix using singular method. Triangular
factorization method, Representation of off-nominal transformer.
POWER SYSTEM STABILITY 15
Bus classification, Formulation of Power Flow problems, Power flow solution using Gauss Seidel method, Analysis
of Newton Raphson load Flow in polar co-ordinate and in rectangular co-ordinate , AC-DC System Power flow
Analysis.
SYMMETRICAL AND UNSYMETRICAL FAULT ANALYSIS 15
SYMMETRICAL FAULT: Symmetrical short circuit on Synchronous Machine, Bus Impedance matrix building
algorithm, Symmetrical fault analysis through bus impedance matrix, Selection of circuit breaker.
UNSYMMETRICAL FAULT: Types, Symmetrical components, Sequence impedance, Sequence networks,
Impedance matrix for analyzing unsymmetrical fault.
POWER SYSTEM STABILITY 15
Introduction to stability studies, Swing equation, Swing curve, Equal area criterion, Critical clearing angle and time,
Modified Euler's method, Fourth order RungeKutta method, Multi-machine transient stability.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Hadi Sadat, "Power System Analysis", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 2002.
2. John .J Grainger and William D. Stevenson, "Power System Analysis", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company, 2016.

REFERENCES
1. Nagarath I J and Kothari D P, "Modern Power System Analysis", 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
company, 2011.
2. O. I. Elgerd, "Electric Energy Systems Theory - An Introduction", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill company,
1988.
3. M A Pai, Dheeman Chatterjee, "Computer Techniques in Power System Analysis", Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company, 3rd Edition 2014.
4. Arthur R and Vijay Vittal, "Power Systems Analysis", Dorling Kinderley (India) Private Limited, 2nd Edition
2011.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDY
1. Real time Distribution grid in India
2. The 30 July 2012 blackout in India
3. Different Blackouts in the world
4. Issues and trends impacting today's power industry
5. Power quality standards of India and European Standards

20EE213 POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION AND SWITCHGEAR 3003
PREREQUISITES
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Describe the principle of protective schemes and various faults in the
Power System and explain the purposes of protection, in relation to
major types of apparatus, protection principle, dangers and criteria. PO1, PO10
CO2: Compare merits of various principles, CTs and PTs, relays and
interrupting devices. PO1, PO10
CO3: Choose and justify a suitable protective scheme for the protection of various PO1, PO7,
electrical apparatus; analyze and compare specified protective schemes. PO10
CO4: Explain the arc quenching phenomena and circuit breaker operation. PO1, PO2, PO6,
PO7, PO10
CO5: Compare the different type of circuit breakers performance based on which PO1, PO6,
selection of circuit breaker can be made for a given application. PO7, PO10
CO6: Analyse and survey the arrangement of various types of protection equipment. PO1, PO5, PO6,
PO7, PO9,PO10
INTRODUCTION 7
Nature, causes and consequences of faults - Types of faults - Fault statistics - Need for protective schemes - Zones of
protection and essential qualities of protection - Primary and Backup protection - Protection schemes - Earthing -
Arcing ground - Fuses - Selection of fuses, fuse characteristics - Isolators - Earthing switches.
PROTECTIVE CURRENT TRANSFORMER AND POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER 5
Magnetization curve of CT - Difference between measurement & protective CT - CT errors - Calculation of CT
accuracy - Selection of CT - Specifications of CT and PT - Applications in protection schemes.
PROTECTIVE RELAYS 8
Operating principle of relays, Electromagnetic relays: Over current, Directional, Distance and Differential relays,
Negative sequence relays, Frequency relays - Static relays - Microprocessor based relay - Introduction to Digital
relays - recent advancements in relays.
APPARATUS PROTECTION 9
Apparatus protection - Transformer, Generator, Motor, Bus bar, Transmission lines - Induction Motor protection -
Overvoltage protection - Ground wires, Peterson coil, Lightning arrestors - Relay co-ordination - Introduction to
substation automation and protection.
THEORY OF CIRCUIT INTERRUPTION 6
Physics of arc phenomena and arc interruption, Restriking voltage and Recovery voltage, Rate of Rise of Recovery
Voltage, Resistance switching, current chopping, interruption of capacitive current - DC circuit breaking.

CIRCUIT BREAKERS 10
Types of Circuit Breakers - Low voltage circuit breaker - Miniature circuit breaker - High voltage circuit breaker -
Oil, Air break, Air blast, SF6, Vacuum circuit breakers, Earth leakage circuit breakers - Comparative merits of
different circuit breakers - Modern trends - Selection of circuit breakers - Circuit breaker ratings - Auto reclosing -
Testing of circuit breakers.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Badri Ram and Vishwakarma, "Power System Protection and Switchgear", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Ltd., 2001.
2. Bhuvaneshoza, Nirmal-Kumar Nair, Rashesh P. Mehta and Vijay H. Makwana, "Power System Protection &
Switchgear", Tata McGraw Hill, 1st Edition, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Sunil S. Rao, "Switchgear and Protection", Khanna publishers, New Delhi, 1986.
2. Paithankar Y.G. and Bhide S.R., "Fundamentals of Power System Protection", Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
2003.
3. Van A. R. and Warrington C., "Protective Relays - Their Theory and Practice: Vol. I and Vol. II", 3rd Edition,
Chapman and Hall Ltd.
4. Wadhwa C.L., "Electrical Power Systems", 4th Edition, New Age International (P) Ltd., 2005.
WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDY
1. Circuit Breakers Failures
2. Relay Failure
3. CT and PT Failure
4. Earthing Failure

20EE214 RENEWABLE ENERGY 2002
PREREQUISITES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the world energy scenario and recent trends in energy consumption. PO1, PO6, PO12
CO2: Illustrate the principle and operation of solar thermal power generation
systems, power conditioning circuits and MPPT algorithms. PO1, PO6, PO11
CO3: Summarize the concepts and classification of wind energy systems, OTEC
and miscellaneous sources. PO1, PO6, PO11
INTRODUCTION AND SOLAR ENERGY CONVERSION 15

Indian energy scenario in various sectors - Domestic, industrial, commercial, agriculture, transportation and others -
Solar radiation - Measurements of solar radiation and sunshine - Solar spectrum - Solar thermal collectors - Flat
plate and concentrating collectors- Solar thermal applications - Solar thermal energy storage- Fundamentals of solar
photo voltaic conversion - Solar cells - Solar PV Systems - Solar PV applications- Power Conditioners - Charge
controllers - PV arrays - Maximum Power Point Tracking - Synchronized Operation with grid supply - Economic
analysis of PV systems-Recent developments in solar energy
WIND ENERGY SYSTEMS, ENERGY FROM OCEANS AND MISCELLANEOUS SOURCES 15
Basic principle of wind energy conversion - Nature of wind-Power in the wind - Components of a wind energy
conversion system - Classification of WECS - Generator control - Load control - Ocean thermal energy conversion -
Method of ocean thermal electric power generation - Energy from tides - Ocean Waves - Mini, Micro Hydel power
generation - Fuel cells - Types - Bio mass Energy Conversion Technologies.
Total Periods: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rao .S and Paruklekar, "Energy Technology - Non Conventional, Renewable and Conventional", 3rd Edition,
Khanna Publishers, 2017.
2. Mukund R. Patel, "Wind and Solar Power Systems", CRC Press LLC, 2021.
REFERENCES
1. Rai .G .D, "Non-Conventional Energy Sources", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Garg H. P., and Prakash J., "Solar Energy - Fundamentals and Applications", Tata McGraw Hill, 2017.
WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDY
1. Biomass Energy survey
2. Energy Audit
3. Availably of Wind Energy Sources
4. Solar Thermal Energy

20EE215 SMART GRID AND DATA ANALYTICS 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Instantiate the concepts, needs and functions of smart grid. PO1, PO6, PO11
CO2: Understand the Intelligent Electronic Devices and Wide Area PO1, PO5,
Measurement System PO6, PO11
CO3: Recall the basic concepts of big data and data science. PO1, PO2, PO12
CO4: Utilize statistical concepts of big data collection, data analysis, PO1, PO2, PO4,
modelling, and inference. PO5, PO12
INTRODUCTION TO SMART GRID 15
Introduction to Smart Grid: Evolution of Electric Grid, Concept of Smart Grid, Definitions, Need of Smart Grid,
Functions of Smart Grid, Opportunities & Barriers of Smart Grid, Difference between conventional grid & smart
grid, Concept of Resilient & Self-healing Grid, Present development & International policies in Smart Grid.-
Present development & International policies in Smart Grid, Smart Substations, Smart storage like Battery, Pumped
Hydro stations, Intelligent Electronic Devices (IED) & their application for monitoring & protection, Wide Area
Measurement System (WAMS).
OVERVIEW OF BIG DATA AND DATA SCIENCE 8
Big data concepts - Big data analytics applications- Data Science and its importance - Life cycle of Data Science -
Art of Data Science- Data Science Hype - Getting Past the Hype - Datafication - The Current Landscape - The Role
of the Social Scientist in Data Science - Data Science Jobs - A Data Science Profile - Exploratory Data Analysis and
Data Science Process.
RELATION TO STATISTICS 7
Representations of relations between data and linear algebraic operations on matrices - Statistics: Descriptive
Statistics: distributions and probability - Statistical Inference: Populations and Samples - Statistical modelling -
Fitting a model.
Total Hours: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jean Claude Sabonnadiere and NouredineHadjsaïd, "Smart Grids", Wiley Blackwell, 1999.
2. Cathy O'Neil and Rachel Schutt, "Doing Data Science, Straight Talk from the Frontline", O'Reilly, 2014.
3. Allen B.Downey, "Think Stats: Probability and Statistics for Programmers", O'Reilly, 2nd Edition, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Stuart Borlase, "Smart Grids (Power Engineering)", CRC Press.
2. Roger D. Peng, "R Programming for Data Science", Learn Pub, 2015.
3. Peter Bruce and Andrew Bruce, "Practical Statistics for Data Scientists", O'Reilly, 1st Edition, 2017.
WEB REFERENCES
2. https://www.coursera.org/collections/data-science-foundations
3. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/data-science-foundations-r
CASE STUDY
1. Building Energy Analytics
2. Real time Energy Monitoring
3. Big data analytics methodologies applied at energy management in industrial sector
4. Electricity peak demand consumption management Analytics

20EE217 ELECTRIC VEHICLE TECHNOLOGY 2002
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Infer the evolution and basic concepts of EV technology. PO1, PO2, PO9, PO10
CO2: Interpret the EV and HEV configurations along with the standards and regulations.PO1, PO2, PO9, PO10
CO3: Understand the classification and fundamental methods of vehicle dynamics. PO1, PO2, PO9, PO10
CO4: Realize the concept of motion along with the transmission characteristics
and performance of vehicle. PO1, PO2, PO9, PO10
CO5: Infer the fundamental concepts of energy conversion and specifications of battery.PO1, PO2, PO9, PO10
CO6: Interpret the various charging techniques and schemes with economic PO1, PO2, PO9, PO10
considerations.
INTRODUCTION TO EV AND HEV 10
Evolution of EV- Comparison of EV Vs IC engine. EV configuration: Fixed & variable gearing, single & multiple
motor drive, In-wheel drives - EV weight, size, force, energy & performance parameters. HEV configuration -
series, parallel, series-parallel & complex, power flow control, standards and regulations of EV.
BASICS OF VEHICLE DYNAMICS 10
Fundamental approaches to vehicle dynamics modelling; SAE Vehicle axis system - Forces & moments affecting
vehicle - Earth fixed coordinate system - Equations of motion - Transmission characteristics - Brake proportioning,
Braking efficiency.
ENERGY STORAGE AND CHARGING TECHNIQUES 10
Cells, Batteries - Conversion of chemical energy to electrical energy, Battery specifications. Requirements of the
charging system, charging system principles, charging sources - Alternate charging sources: wireless, solar energy -
Economical considerations, fuel cell based and supercapacitor based energy storage systems.
Total Periods: 30
TEXT BOOKS
1. Iqbal Hussein, "Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals", 2nd Edition, CRC Press, Taylor and
Francis Group, 2010.
2. Thomas D. Gillespie, "Fundamentals of' Vehicle Dynamics", SAE Internationals, 1992.
3. D Smith, "Electric Vehicle Charging Station (EVCS)", 1st Edition, Kindle Edition, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. C.C Chan, K.T Chau, "Modern Electric Vehicle Technology", 1st Edition, Oxford University Press Inc., New York, 2001.
2. Reza N. Jazar, "Vehicle Dynamics: Theory and Application", 3rd Edition, Springer, 2017.
3. Gerardus Blokdyk, "EV Charging Infrastructure: A Complete Guide", The Art of Service, 2020.
WEB REFERENCES
CASE STUDY
1. Case study on storage of hydrogen in designing fuel cell.
2. Demonstration of wiring layout of electric vehicle.
3. Case study on basics of vibrations, tires and chassis components.
4. Case study on designing a charging circuit in an electric vehicle.

20EI273 ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Construct an analog circuits using OP-AMP IC for various applications. PO1,PO2,PO4
CO2: Implement real-time applications using special ICs. PO1,PO2,PO4
CO3: Simulate an electronic circuits using software tools. PO1,PO2,PO4,PO5
CO4: Communicate the results of the experiments through reports. PO9,PO10,PO12
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Design of Zero-crossing Detector and Precision rectifier using IC 741 OP-AMP
2. Design and implement the sound activated switch using operational amplifier
3. Construct a RC phase shift oscillator using OP-AMP for single resistor frequency control
4. Measurement of small resistance change in strain gauge using Instrumentation amplifier IC
5. Design and test an automatic gain control system for specific gain requirement
6. Design and implement a signal indicator circuit in automobiles using IC 555 timer.
7. Design of remote switching regulator using IoT
8. Simulation of OP-AMP based second order active filters using software tool
9. Simulation of V-F and F-V converters using software tool
10. Testing of ICs using Intelligent Techniques

20EC271 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Develop skills for designing combinational logic circuits. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO9, PO10, PO12
CO2: Design sequential logic circuits. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO9, PO10, PO12
CO3: Simulate Combinational and Sequential circuits using HDL. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO9, PO10, PO12
CO4: Design a digital system. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO5, PO9, PO10, PO12
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Implementation of logic functions.
2. Design and Implementation of combinational logic circuits.
3. Design and Implementation of synchronous sequential circuits.
4. Design and Implementation of asynchronous sequential circuits.
5. Design of Mealy and Moore models of state machines.
6. Simulation of combinational and sequential circuits using HDL.
7. Design and implementation of a digital system.

20EE271 DC MACHINES AND TRANSFORMERS LABORATORY 0021
CO-REQUISITES
20EE204 - DC Machines and Transformers
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the principle of operation of DC generators, DC motors
and Transformers. PO4, PO9, PO10, PO12
CO2: Evaluate the performance and losses of various DC Machines and
transformers by direct and indirect methods. PO4, PO9, PO10, PO12
CO3: Analyze the various speed control techniques in DC shunt motors. PO4, PO9, PO10, PO12
CO4: Understand various connections of three phase transformers. PO4, PO9, PO10, PO12
CO5: Develop simulation models for various machines.
(using Ansys RMxprt tool box) PO4, PO5, PO9, PO10, PO12
CO6: Communicate through reports PO9, PO10, PO12
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Open circuit and load characteristics of DC separately and self-excited Shunt Generators.
2. Load test on a DC Compound generator with differential and cumulative connections.
3. Load test on DC shunt and compound motors.
4. Load test on DC series motor.
5. Speed control of DC shunt motor.
6. Swinburne's test on a DC shunt motor.
7. Hopkinton's test on a pair of DC shunt machines.
8. Load test on single phase transformer
9. Open circuit and short circuit tests on a single-phase transformer.
10. Sumpner's test on single-phase transformers.
11. Separation of losses in a single-phase transformer.
12. Three phase transformer connections.
13. Simulation of DC Machine (using Ansys RM xpert) and analyzing the performance report

20EI278 CONTROL SYSTEM LABORATORY 0021
Course Outcomes
CO1 Construct the response for the given systems using standard inputs PO1, PO2, PO4,PO5
CO2 Analyze the stability of the system using time and frequency domain PO1, PO2, PO4,PO5
CO3 Design controllers and compensators for the given system PO1, PO2, PO4,PO5
CO4 Use an intelligent controller for a control system application PO1, PO2, PO4,PO5
CO5 Communicate the results of the experiments through reports PO9,PO10, PO12
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determine the time response of the first, second and higher order systems.
2. Interpret the response of a second order system with the standard inputs as impulse, step, ramp and parabolic.
3. Conversion of given transfer function into a state space model and infer the response of a second order systems.
4. Compare the simulation response of P, PI, PD and PID controller for a given second order system.
5. Analyze the stability of the system using frequency response plots (Bode and Polar).
6. Analyze the stability of the system using Root Locus Technique.
7. Design a suitable composite controller for a linear and a non-linear system.
8. Infer the system response for lag and lead compensators.
9. Construct a PID controller for a real-time system using Arduino.
10. Demonstrate an Intelligent controller for a process control system/PWM based speed control for DC
motor/Closed loop control (PID) using microcontroller.
REFERENCE:
www.mathworks.com

20EE272 INDUCTION AND SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES 0021
LABORATORY
CO - REQUISITES:
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Evaluate the performance and losses of various types of induction and
synchronous Machines by direct and indirect methods. PO4, PO9, PO10, PO12
CO2: Pre-evaluate the regulation of salient pole and non-salient pole alternators. PO4, PO9, PO10, PO12
CO3: Measure negative and zero sequence impedances of an alternator. PO4, PO9, PO10, PO12
CO4: Develop simulation models for various machines. PO4, PO5, PO9,
(using AnsysRMxprt and Maxwell tool boxes) PO10, PO12
CO5: Interpret the performance of PLC based induction motor drive. PO4, PO9, PO10, PO12
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Load test on three-phase and single phase induction motors.
2. No load and blocked rotor tests on three-phase and single phase induction motors.
3. Speed control of three phase Induction motor.
4. Separation of no-load losses of three-phase induction motor.
5. Regulation of three phase salient and non-salient pole alternators using different methods.
6. Synchronizing three phase alternator with infinite bus bar.
7. Measurement of negative sequence and zero sequence impedance of alternators.
8. V and Inverted V curves of three phase synchronous Motor.
9. Simulation of AC Machines (using AnsysRMxpert) and analyzing the performance report
10. Performance study of PLC based induction motor drive.

20EI275 MICROCONTROLLERS AND EMBEDDED SYSTEM 0021
LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Develop assembly language program to perform arithmetic and
branching operations for 8051. PO2, PO3,PO4,PO5
CO2: Develop C embedded program for 8051 on chip peripherals PO2, PO3,PO4,PO5
CO3: Develop embedded C programs for interfacing sensors, actuators
with ARM controller. PO2, PO3,PO4,PO5
CO4: Develop embedded C programs for ARM on chip peripherals PO2, PO3,PO4,PO5
CO5: Communicate the results of the experiments through reports PO9,PO10, PO12
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
8051 MICROCONTROLLER
1. Programming using Arithmetic and Branching Instructions
2. On-chip Timers of 8051 in Interrupt Mode and Polling Mode.
3. On-chip Serial Port (UART) to establish communication between a PC and an 8051 Microcontroller
ARM CONTROLLER
4. Develop a digital Input / Output programming for LED strip control
5. Develop an embedded C program for the PID controller
6. Develop an embedded C program for time delay operation
7. Construct a Real Time Clock in UART terminal screen
8. Develop an analog output port with Integrated Development Environment
9. Perform the debugging in Embedded C programs using JTAG
10. Design a health care monitoring system using RFID

20EE273 POWER SYSTEM SIMULATION LABORATORY 0021
CO-REQUISITES
20EE212- Power System Analysis
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Construct parameters and develop equivalent model of transmission lines, PO1,PO2,
Formation of bus admittance and impedance matrices for the analysis of PO4, PO5
transmission line network.
CO2: Analyze the characteristics of various power system loads, electromagnetic PO1,PO2,
transients, economic dispatch and load-frequency dynamics in power PO4,PO5
systems and power quality issues.
CO3: Examine the power flow studies and fault analysis of power system network PO1,PO2,PO4,PO5
CO4: Identify the transient stability limits of the dynamic system using PO1,PO2,
swing Equation PO4,PO5
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Computation of Transmission Line Parameters and Modeling of Transmission Lines.
2. Formation of Bus Admittance matrix and Impedance matrix.
3. Load Flow Analysis using Gauss-Seidel Method, Newton Raphson and Fast-Decoupled Methods.
4. Fault Current Calculation for Symmetrical and Unsymmetrical Fault Condition.
5. Transient and Small Signal Stability Analysis of Single-Machine Infinite Bus system.
6. Transient Stability Analysis of Multi machine Power Systems.
7. Electromagnetic Transients in Power Systems.
8. Load - Frequency Dynamics of Single- Area and Two-Area Power Systems.
9. Economic Load Dispatch in Power Systems.
11. Numerical Integration of Swing equation.
(Software: ETAP, EMTP-RV & MATLAB)

20EE274 POWER ELECTRONICS AND DRIVES LABORATORY 0021
PRE-REQUISITES
20EE207 - Power Electronics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the Characteristics of the power semiconductor devices PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4,
and its critical resistances. PO5, PO9, PO12
CO2: Demonstrate the AC-DC converter, DC-DC converter, DC - PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4,
AC converter and voltage controllers. PO5, PO9, PO12
CO3: Realize the application of power converters to the speed control PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4,
of AC and DC machines. PO5, PO9, PO12
CO4: Apply the software knowledge and simulate the speed control of PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4,
AC and DC drives. PO5, PO9, PO12
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Characteristics of SCR, TRIAC, MOSFET and IGBT
2. AC to DC half controlled converter and fully controlled converters
3. Step down and Step up MOSFET based choppers
4. IGBT based single phase PWM inverter and three phase PWM inverter
5. AC Voltage controller
6. Switched Mode Power Converter.
7. Simulation of PE circuits (1ø & 3ø semi converter, 1ø & 3ø full converter, DC-DC converters, AC voltage
controllers)
8. Speed control of converter fed DC motor
9. Speed control of chopper fed DC motor
10. V/F control of three phase induction motor

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE (PE)

SPECIALIZATION IN
ELECTRIC VEHICLES


6 Eee Flip Book

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

6 Eee Flip Book

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

6 Eee Flip Book

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SRI RAMAKRISHNA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

[Educational Service : SNR Sons Charitable Trust]

UG REVISED REGULATIONS 2020 (V1.0)

Curriculum and Syllabus

† Regular candidates (4 years) : 162 credits

† Lateral Entry candidates (3 years) : 120 credits

Chairperson Academic Council/Principal

2 B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

S.No Contents Page No.

I HIGHLIGHTS OF THE CURRICULUM 5

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS 3

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS 5

Excellence in domain knowledge, practice and theory

Excellence in co-curricular and Extra-curricular talents

Excellence in character and personality

6 B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

REVISED REGULATIONS 2020 (V1.0)

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS 7

Degree Stipulated number of Semesters Permitted number of Semesters

8 B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Category of Course D Description Credits

Engineering Science courses including Courses include Workshop, Drawing, Basics of

• The medium of instruction is English for all courses.

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS 9

Contact period per week Credits

• All student have to attend and complete the induction programme.

8. DIRECT SELF STUDY ELECTIVE COURSES

10 B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

• The candidate is also permitted to study a course / a topic of candidate choice.

Please note the following when selecting your open elective/s:

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS 11

Duration of Training Credits

13. TRANSFER OF CREDITS THROUGH ONLINE COURSES

12 B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Marks Letter Grade Grade Point

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS 13

S. Under Graduate Engineering Name of the Specialization / Permitted to

14 B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Won 10 Won 5 Applied 2

Final Round 10 Participation 5

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS 15

16 B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS 17

18 B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Semester in Exam - I 120 min 12.5 End Semester

20.3 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT FOR LABORATORY COURSES:

Continuous Assessment weightage 60%

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS 19

20.5 ASSESSMENT FOR MINI PROJECT / PROJECTWORK

20 B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Ethics & Academic Integrity Requirements of Mini Project /Project work

SEMINAR Seminar Paper / Report 40

21. PASSING REQUIREMENTS

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS 21

Letter Grade Description Grade Points

23. GPA AND CGPA CALCULATION

22 B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

The Cumulative Grade Point Average(CGPA), which is calculated as follows:

Where Ci/ Cj- is the credits assigned to the course